Table of Contents

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 20, 2026.

Registration No. 333-297228

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware

5812

41-5138619

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724
Telephone: (732) 223-4044
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Charles R. Morrison
Chief Executive Officer

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.
1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724
Telephone: (732) 223-4044
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Joshua Ford Bonnie

William R. Golden III

Katharine L. Thompson

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

900 G Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20001

Telephone: (202) 636-5500

Scott G. McLester

General Counsel

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.
1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724
Telephone: (732) 223-4044

Michael Kaplan

Roshni Banker Cariello

Meaghan Kennedy

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Telephone: (212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

☐

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☒

Smaller reporting company

☐

 

 

Emerging growth company

☐

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted

 

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 20, 2026
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

43,478,261 Shares
img114416868_0.jpg
Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.
Class A Common Stock
$ per share

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. We are selling 13,782,609 shares of our Class A common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering 29,695,652 shares of Class A common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $21.00 and $25.00 per share of Class A common stock. We have applied to list our shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the trading symbol “JMKE.”

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have two classes of common stock outstanding after this offering: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally. The Continuing Common Unitholders (as defined herein) will hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock, on a one-for-one basis with the number of Common Units (as defined herein) held by each such Continuing Common Unitholder. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) from the issuance of the 13,782,609 shares that it is selling in this offering to acquire an equivalent number of newly issued Common Units from Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC (“Jersey Mike’s Holdings”), as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” which Jersey Mike’s Holdings will in turn use for the repayment of indebtedness and the remainder for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders (including any sales pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders). See “Use of Proceeds.”

After the completion of this offering, entities controlled by affiliates of Blackstone Inc. (“Blackstone” or “our Sponsor”) will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our shares eligible to vote for the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. See “Management—Controlled Company Exception” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 29 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Per Share

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

 $

 

 $

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

 $

 

 $

Proceeds, before expenses, to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

 $

 

 $

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

 

 $

 

 $

 

(1)
Please see the section entitled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 43,478,261 shares of our Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 6,521,739 shares of our Class A common stock from certain of our pre-IPO owners (the “selling stockholders”) at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain individuals associated with us and our shareholders. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2026.

Global Coordinators and Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

Morgan Stanley

Jefferies

J.P. Morgan

Co-Global Coordinators and Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

Barclays

 

Guggenheim Securities

Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

BofA Securities

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Evercore ISI

UBS Investment Bank

Baird

Wells Fargo Securities

William Blair

RBC Capital Markets

Deutsche Bank Securities

Wolfe | Nomura Alliance

Piper Sandler

Raymond James

Stifel

TD Securities

BTIG

Mizuho

Societe Generale

Truist Securities

Co-Managers

Blackstone Capital Markets

PJT Partners

Rabo Securities

Loop Capital Markets

Tigress Financial Partners

Academy Securities

Drexel Hamilton

Penserra Securities LLC

Roberts & Ryan

Telsey Advisory Group

 


The date of this prospectus is , 2026.

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_1.jpg

 

 

Company Logo & Images

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_2.jpg

 

 

Company Logo OUR MISSION To Make A Difference, One Sub at a Time. OUR VISION Be The World’s Most Beloved Destination for Authentic Sub Sandwiches.

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_3.jpg

 

 

Company Logo Core Values We… Bring the Juice Delivering the “extra and unexpected” — in the way we serve our guests, support our teams, and uphold our standards. It’s the energy, consistency, quality, and commitment to excellence that drives our results. Give to Give Thinking of others before ourselves and making a positive difference wherever and whenever we show up. We don’t “give to get” we “give to give” – our passion, our time, our talent and our attention. Helping is who we are, and this generosity strengthens our people, our teams, and every community we serve. Stay True to our Roots Acting with intention and integrity and preserving the authenticity that has gotten us to where we are today. Leading with humility, always remembering what shaped us, and carrying those principles forward in everything we do.

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_4.jpg

 

 

Company Logo A BRAND THAT BELIEVES In the value of ingredients, in the virtue of intention, and the idea that making a sub sandwich and making a difference can be one and the same. Help Nourish. Help Flourish. Be a sub above®

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_5.jpg

 

 

Company Logo STARTED IN 1956 Mike opens up one of the first submarine sandwich spots in the country. It’s a family run storefront offering up this relatively new food invention for the first time in America. It’s an instant success as families line up for the delicious food and friendly service. Peter Cancro was a 17-year-old high school kid who absolutely loved working at Mike’s and heard the original owner was planning on selling the store. With a loan from his football coach, he purchased the shop. Even though he was young, Peter began expanding Mike’s subs locally, and everywhere he went people continued to line up around the block for sandwiches. PRIDE in one PRODUCE PREPPED DAILY VETERAN STAFF: MIKE MANZO MIKE'S ORIGINAL TEAM

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_6.jpg

 

 

Company Logo Lettuce, onions, tomatoes, oil, vinegar and spices still top amazing authentic sandwiches across the nation, carrying on the namesake who created the store 70 years ago. Our secret to longevity has been making sure that everything is always high quality. Our MSA Grade top round beef is trimmed and cooked right in the store. Our meats and cheeses are all top-quality premium brands. Our bread is fresh-baked each day on the premises. And of course, everything’s prepared right in front of you. It’s what makes Jersey Mike’s the most authentic tasting submarine sandwich.

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_7.jpg

 

 

Company Logo 3,300 LOCATIONS $ 4.3 BN SYSTEMWIDE SALES $1.4 MM AUV 50% 2020-2025 CUMULATIVE SAME-STORE SALES GROWTH (1) 12MM+ ACTIVE LOYALTY CUSTOMERS $166MM MONTH OF GIVING DONATIONS (SINCE 2011) Note: All figures as of Q1 2026 1. Represents the sum of Same-Store Sales Growth for 2020-2025

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_8.jpg

 

 

Company Logo OFFICIAL PARTNER OF THE NFL ALL 4 QUARTERS

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_9.jpg

 

 

Company Logo MADE RIGHT IN FRONT OF YOU A SUB ABOVE® Jersey Mike's

 


Table of Contents

 

Table of Contents

 

Page

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or authorized to be provided on our behalf. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, or can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any information other than the information in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or authorized to be provided on our behalf. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

i


Table of Contents

 

About This Prospectus

Financial Statement Presentation

Following this offering, Jersey Mike’s Holdings will be the accounting predecessor of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. for financial reporting purposes. Immediately following this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material assets will be its equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. As the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and, through Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. The Reorganization Transactions (as defined herein) will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the Reorganization Transactions at their historical carrying amounts, as reflected in the historical financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will consolidate Jersey Mike’s Holdings on its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the Units (as defined herein) held by the Continuing Unitholders who are the owners of Jersey Mike’s Holdings immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions on its consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations. See “Organizational Structure.”

Jersey Mike’s Holdings was formed on January 7, 2025 primarily as a vehicle to effect the Sponsor Acquisition (as defined below) on January 16, 2025. As Jersey Mike’s Holdings did not have any previous operations, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC (“Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems”) is viewed as the predecessor to Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries. Accordingly, this prospectus includes certain historical consolidated financial and other data for Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems for periods prior to the completion of the Sponsor Acquisition. As a result of the Sponsor Acquisition, a new basis of accounting was created on January 16, 2025. Accordingly, the financial statements included elsewhere herein are separately presented for the periods before and after the application of the new basis of accounting. The financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems prior to the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition on January 16, 2025, for the period from January 1, 2023 to January 15, 2025 (the “Predecessor Period”), reflect the financial position and operating results of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems (the “Predecessor”) prior to completing the Sponsor Acquisition. The period commencing on January 16, 2025 (the “Successor Period”), reflects the financial position and operating results of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Successor”). Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we are required to present separately our operating results of the Predecessor Period ended January 15, 2025 and the Successor Period.

On December 12, 2025, we changed our fiscal year-end from December 31 to a 52-week fiscal calendar. We now operate on a 52-week fiscal calendar and our fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of such calendar year. Therefore, any references to fiscal year 2025 ended December 28, 2025, refer to the 52-week period. As a result of this 52-week fiscal calendar, a 53rd week must be added to our fiscal year every five or six years. In a 52-week year, all four quarters are comprised of 13 weeks. In a 53-week year, one extra week is added to the fourth quarter. Our fiscal year 2025 ended December 28, 2025 consisted of 52 weeks.

The historical financial information of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has been included in this prospectus as of February 24, 2026, as it is a newly incorporated entity formed on that date, and March 29, 2026. The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented because there has been no business transactions or activities to date.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have been calculated, in some cases, not on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures, on the face of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.

ii


Table of Contents

 

Certain Definitions

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context requires otherwise:

•
“Adjusted EBITDA” refers to net income plus (i) interest expense, net of interest income; (ii) income tax expense; (iii) depreciation and amortization; (iv) equity-based compensation and related payroll taxes; (v) acquisition-related expenses; (vi) IPO-related expenses; (vii) founder-related discretionary expenses that by their nature have not recurred and are not expected to recur in periods following the Sponsor Acquisition; (viii) Area Director buyouts; (ix) corporate transition (severance, early contract termination, etc.) and other expenses, which includes gain (loss) on the sale or disposal of assets and extinguishment of debt. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of this metric and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
•
“Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures” refers to Adjusted EBITDA less purchases of property and equipment and acquisition of intangible assets (software developed for internal use and website design). Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of this metric and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
•
“Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion” refers to Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures divided by Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of this metric and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
•
“Adjusted EBITDA margin” refers to Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues. Adjusted EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of this metric and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA margin to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
•
“Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio” refers to systemwide AUV divided by average system Build Costs.
•
“Average Unit Volume” or “AUV” refers to (i) the trailing 364 days revenues of stores in the comparable store base, divided by (ii) the number of operating days of comparable stores in the same period, multiplied by (iii) 364. Operating days is equal to the number of days the store was open for business. The calculation of Average Unit Volume excludes both non-traditional stores and any Traditional Stores that have been open for less than 425 days.
•
“Blackstone” or “our Sponsor” refers to investment funds associated with Blackstone Inc.
•
“Build Costs” refers to expenses incurred by a franchise owner to open a new traditional store, primarily encompassing, but not limited to, construction and equipment; excludes pre-opening and training costs, as reported by our franchise owners.
•
“Cash-on-Cash Returns” refers to average Store-level EBITDA divided by average Build Costs.
•
“Class A Units” refers to the interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings that are outstanding prior to the Reclassification. In connection with the Reclassification, Class A Units held by Continuing Common Unitholders will be converted into Common Units. For additional information, see “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Treatment of Existing Equity Interests.”
•
“Class B Units” refers to the interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings that are outstanding prior to the Reclassification. In connection with the Reclassification, Class B Units held by Continuing Incentive Unitholders will be converted into Incentive Units. For additional information, see

iii


Table of Contents

 

“Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Treatment of Existing Equity Interests.”
•
“Common Units” refer to the new class of units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings created by the reclassification as described under “Organizational Structure” and does not include Incentive Units.
•
“Continuing Common Unitholders” refers to certain pre-IPO holders of Class A Units who will hold Common Units following the Reclassification, as described under “Organizational Structure.”
•
“Continuing Incentive Unitholders” refers to certain pre-IPO holders of Class B Units who will hold Incentive Units following the Reclassification, as described under “Organizational Structure.”
•
“Continuing Unitholders” refers collectively to Continuing Common Unitholders and Continuing Incentive Unitholders.
•
“Existing owners” or “pre-IPO owners” refer to our Sponsor, our Founder and other equity holders who are the owners of Jersey Mike’s Holdings immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions.
•
“Founder” refers to Peter Cancro together with entities beneficially owned by Mr. Cancro.
•
“Fiscal 2023” refers to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
•
“Fiscal 2024” refers to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
•
“Fiscal 2025” refers to the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025.
•
“Incentive Units” refers to the new class of units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings created by the reclassification of the Class B Units in the Reclassification as described under “Organizational Structure.” The Incentive Units are “profit interests” having economic characteristics similar to stock appreciation rights and having the right to share in any equity value of Jersey Mike’s Holdings above specified participation thresholds. Vested Incentive Units may be converted to Common Units and be subsequently exchanged for shares of Class A common stock, as described under “Organizational Structure.”
•
“Jersey Mike’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition, to Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems and its consolidated subsidiaries, (2) after the Sponsor Acquisition but prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries and (3) after the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
•
“Net Store Growth” refers to (i) the total number of open stores as of a specific date divided by (ii) total number of open stores in the prior annual period, (iii) minus one.
•
“New Stores” refers to gross number of total store openings in a period, including franchised and company-owned stores.
•
“Offering Transactions” refers to the offering of Class A common stock hereby and certain related transactions, as defined in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.”
•
“Pre-IPO Stockholders” refers to certain of our pre-IPO owners that will receive shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. pursuant to the Blocker Transfers as defined and described in “Organizational Structure—Blocker Transfers.”
•
“Pipeline” refers to the number of franchised locations that are contractually committed but not yet open, including units committed under development agreements and signed franchise agreements.
•
“Principal Stockholders” refers collectively to Blackstone and our Founder.
•
“Reclassification” refers to the reclassification of the partnership interests of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, as described in “Summary—Our Structure” and “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings.”

iv


Table of Contents

 

•
“Reorganization Transactions” refers to the transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings.”
•
“Same-Store Sales Growth” refers to the change in year-over-year sales for the same store base on a constant-currency basis, which includes traditional stores (whether company-owned or franchised) open for at least 425 days (14 calendar months). The calculation of Same-Store Sales Growth excludes all non-traditional stores and also excludes any Traditional Stores that have been open for less than 425 days.
•
“Securitization Notes” refers collectively to the Series 2021-1 Notes, Series 2024-1 Notes, Series 2025-1 Notes and Series 2026-1 Notes.
•
“Sponsor Acquisition” refers to the acquisition on January 16, 2025 by our Sponsor of a majority interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, including to indirectly hold 100% of the equity interests of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, and certain transactions related thereto pursuant to the equity purchase agreement entered into on November 8, 2024 by and among Submarine Buyer LLC, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, Jersey Shore Construction LLC, Original 56ers, Inc. (formerly named Jersey Mike’s Inc.) and our Founder.
•
“Store-level EBITDA” refers to net store revenue less cost of goods sold, labor, occupancy, royalties, advertising fees and other operating expenses incurred by the store, as reported by our franchise owners.
•
“Store-level Margin” refers to Store-level EBITDA divided by AUV.
•
“Systemwide store count” or “total stores” refers to the total number of stores in our system as of the relevant measurement date, including both franchised and company-owned stores and traditional and non-traditional stores.
•
“Systemwide Sales” refers to net sales of our total stores.
•
“Traditional Store” refers to in-line and end-cap retail averaging ~1,500 square feet (with new builds targeted at 1,200-1,400 square feet), and excludes venues such as airports, college campuses, entertainment venues, and kiosks.
•
“Units” refers collectively to the Common Units and the Incentive Units.

 

Cash-on-Cash Returns, Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio and Store-level EBITDA referenced throughout this prospectus are based on information self-reported by our franchise owners and have not been independently verified.

 

Throughout this prospectus, we have included growth rates for certain metrics that compare pre-COVID periods to post-COVID periods. We believe the period from 2020-2022, which was materially impacted by the COVID-19 operating environment and related matters, is less meaningful in providing information about the trends of our business in a more normalized operating environment. See “Business—‘A Sub Above’—Charting Our Competitive Advantages—Selected Industry and Jersey Mike’s Metrics—Year-Over-Year Comparisons.”

 

Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 6,521,739 shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders and that the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $23.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

v


Table of Contents

img114416868_10.jpg

 

 

Letter from Our Founder Dear Fellow Shareholders, My journey with Jersey Mike's began over 50 years ago in Point Pleasant, New Jersey, where I learned the craft of preparing sandwiches with care and serving customers at a local shop called Mike's Subs. I knew that caring about quality, treating people well, and serving the community around you mattered. At 17, with the support of my youth football coach, I purchased the original Mike's Submarines, and in 1987 began franchising. What started as a single neighborhood sandwich shop has grown into Jersey Mike's, now with more than 3,300 locations across the United States and Canada. That growth has been driven by the same core values that I learned so many years ago, which continue to guide the business today. Delivering value to our franchise owners and customers, as well as supporting the communities that Jersey Mike's serves, has been foundational to our success. From the beginning, our focus has been on partnering with our franchise owners to help them grow their businesses. That partnership shows up in the quality of the products we serve, the consistency of the guest experience, and the positive impact our stores have on their local communities. Since launching our Month of Giving program in 2011, our system has raised more than $166 million for local charities, reinforcing our belief that serving others helps us stand out from competitors and touches the hearts of the communities we serve. In November 2024, I made the transformational decision to sell a majority of the Company to Blackstone. Their experience with leading franchisors aligns with the values and long-term mindset that have shaped Jersey Mike's and will help continue our expansion in the United States and abroad. I remain involved in the Company now and in the future. I have retained meaningful equity ownership in the Company. and I have signed a Master Franchise Agreement for the UK and Ireland. We are projecting our first UK stores to open towards the end of 2026, beginning in greater London. Charlie Morrison has been selected as the CEO of Jersey Mike's and brings more than three decades of experience scaling restaurant brands. Most notably, he was the CEO of Wingstop and took that Company public. With Charlie's strong background, he is well positioned to lead Jersey Mike's as it continues to grow domestically and internationally. Our company stands out because of our incredible franchise owners and team members-with our Blackstone partnership and Charlie's leadership, we are well positioned for the next chapter of growth. Sincerely, Peter Cancro Founder and Director Jersey Mike's.

 


Table of Contents

img114416868_11.jpg

 

 

 

Letter from Our Chief Executive Officer Dear Fellow Shareholders, I have long admired Jersey Mike's. It's a brand that stands out in our industry as a model for exceptional product quality, consistency, and an unmistakable sense of care behind every sandwich. In April 2025, 1 was honored to be appointed as only the second CEO ever in the 50-year history of Jersey Mike's, succeeding our legendary founder Peter Cancro, who retired shortly after he sold the company to Blackstone. Long before stepping into this role, my family and I were customers of Jersey Mike's, and I remain a loyal fan today. My go-to order has always been the #13 Original Italian, made Mike's Way and topped with banana peppers and our signature Chopped Pepper Relish. Amazing! What makes Jersey Mike's unique goes beyond the food. Our commitment to our franchise owners, our focus on serving local communities, and our high standards for quality and execution set us apart. By treating franchise owners as true partners and maintaining a culture rooted in operational excellence and giving back to our communities, Jersey Mike's has earned lasting customer trust, which has driven our long-term success. At Jersey Mike' s. Our Strategic Vision Revolves Around Four Core Priorities: First, expanding our domestic footprint. With more than 3,300 stores across the United States and Canada, we have achieved significant national scale, yet we believe we are still in the early innings of our domestic growth opportunity. We benefit from best-in-class brand awareness, a highly portable model, and strong momentum across both established and newer markets. Importantly, a substantial portion of our future development is being driven by existing franchise owners, reflecting their confidence in the brand and desire to continue growing with us. Second, driving operational excellence and Innovation. While we remain true to our roots, over the years, we have continued to evolve the ways in which we serve our customers and support our franchise owners. We will continue to enhance our digital ordering capabilities, streamline operations for our franchise owners, and leverage vast amounts of first-party data to better understand and serve our customers' needs no matter where they are. We succeed when our franchise owners succeed, and Innovation must align with our mission by making it easier for customers to enjoy our products and our owners to run successful businesses. Third, deepening customer engagement Jersey Mike's benefits from best-in-class brand awareness and a deeply loyal customer base, creating a strong foundation for continued engagement. Our opportunity is to thoughtfully reach new customers while strengthening relationships with those who already know and trust the brand. We intend to continue investing in targeted, data-driven marketing, social media, and digital channels to meet customers where they are, while ensuring our messaging remains authentic and consistent with our core values. As our customer base continues to grow and diversify across age, income, and ethnicity, we aim to engage communities in ways that feel genuine, local, and reflective of the Jersey Mike's experience. Fourth, building a global brand. The international opportunity for Jersey Mike's is immense, and we are approaching it with the same discipline that has fueled our success in the United States. Our expansion into the United Kingdom, Ireland, and Canada Is just the beginning. We are excited that our founder Peter Cancro is leading the charge in Europe. Having led international expansion in other brands before, I understand that success requires patience, cultural sensitivity, and an unwavering commitment to the authenticity that made the brand successful in the first place. We will enter new markets thoughtfully, with the right partners, and we will not compromise on the standards that define Jersey Mike's. Throughout our growth, we will remain true to our core values. The culture Peter established over the last 50 years, centered on giving back and making a difference, is non-negotiable and remains both our responsibility and our competitive advantage. We are building a brand with global, long-term endurance, one that stands for quality, community, and doing right by our customers, franchise owners, and team members, and we are excited to welcome new shareholders to this next chapter. I am honored to lead Jersey Mike's into this exciting new phase and look forward to navigating the journey together with you. Sincerely. Charlie Morrison Chief Executive Officer Jersey Mike's

 


Table of Contents

Summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in shares of our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus before you decide to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

In assessing the performance of our business, in addition to considering a variety of measures in accordance with GAAP, our management team also considers a variety of key performance measures and non-GAAP financial measures.  We believe these key performance measures and non-GAAP measures provide useful information to users of our financial statements in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of the rationale for the presentation of non-GAAP items and a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures. The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. Cash-on-Cash Returns, Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio and Store-level EBITDA referenced throughout this prospectus are based on information self-reported by our franchise owners and have not been independently verified.

img114416868_12.jpg

img114416868_13.jpg

We are Jersey Mike’s: A high-growth franchisor of fast casual, submarine-style sandwich restaurants specializing in authentic, hand-crafted, craveable subs. Built over 70 years on one uncompromising belief – that a truly great sub sandwich can change your day and that a truly great brand changes its community – Jersey Mike’s is now one of the largest and fastest-growing limited-service restaurant brands based on U.S. systemwide sales and unit growth, with 3,300 stores across all 50 states and two countries – nearly all of which are franchised.

img114416868_14.jpg

At Jersey Mike’s, everything begins and ends with the food. Every sub starts with high-quality, hand-sliced ingredients – no shortcuts, no compromises. Customers order by a memorable menu number and each sub is hand-sliced, served fresh or grilled to order, then finished Mike’s Way: fresh onions, crisp lettuce, juicy tomatoes, sprinkled with the Juice, our signature blend of red wine vinegar and oil…an exquisite zing, a splash of extra and unexpected, and then seasoned to perfection. Our passion, our time, our talent, and our attention are reflected in every sub we make. The result: a deeply loyal, passionately-engaged and growing customer base with a powerful connection to our brand.

img114416868_15.jpg

We have spent 70 years perfecting the authentic sub sandwich and building the infrastructure to deliver it at scale. Our operating platform combines a robust marketing engine with growing digital capabilities to accelerate customer acquisition, deepen frequency, and elevate the overall customer experience. Coupled with best-in-class supply chain efficiencies, proprietary technology, and instructional know-how to protect and enhance Store-level Margin, our system is purpose-built to drive exceptional franchise owner returns. We believe our platform offers an attractive investment opportunity, as evidenced by our Cash-on-Cash Returns of approximately 42% in Fiscal 2025 and the addition of over 2,000 stores over the last decade. We have a robust development pipeline of over 1,600 stores as of June 30, 2026. Over 90% of this pipeline is being undertaken by existing franchise owners, highlighting the durability and attractiveness of our model and creating a strong runway for asset-light growth.

 

 

 

img114416868_16.jpg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1


Table of Contents

 

We believe our efficient operating platform, the strength of our brand, the quality of our product, and the depth of our franchise owner relationships position Jersey Mike’s for continued growth for years to come. The following charts illustrate the consistency and strength of our historical financial performance:

img114416868_17.jpg

img114416868_18.jpg

 

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of these metrics and reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

 

img114416868_19.jpg

img114416868_20.gifimg114416868_21.jpg

 

2


Table of Contents

 

img114416868_22.jpgimg114416868_23.jpg

img114416868_24.gif

 

img114416868_25.jpg

img114416868_26.gif

img114416868_27.jpg

——————

(1)
Systemwide Sales do not reflect our revenue and should not be viewed as a substitute for total revenue.
(2)
2006-2017 includes a non-meaningful impact from non-traditional stores. Beginning in 2018, AUV has been measured exclusively on Traditional Stores to exclude the potential volatility of seasonally driven non-traditional stores. Non-traditional stores accounted for approximately 1% of our total store count and approximately 1% of our Systemwide Sales for each of Fiscal 2025 and the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026.
(3)
See “Certain Definitions” for a definition of Same-Store Sales Growth.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

img114416868_28.jpg

Jersey Mike’s competes in the large and growing limited-service restaurant market. As of 2025, this market in the U.S. is $377 billion in size and has grown at an approximate 6% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) since 2019, according to Technomic, Inc. The Company is well-positioned to capitalize on several favorable industry trends.

•
Growing Preference for Convenience and Rising “Food-Away-From-Home” Spend. Consumers are allocating a record share of food dollars to food away from home, reaching an all-time high of $1.2 trillion, approximately 45% of total food spend in 2025. Off-premise traffic continues to grow, propelled by digital solutions, and now represents approximately 83% of visits for the limited-service segment in 2024, up from 76% prior to the pandemic in 2019, reinforcing demand for convenient, high-quality meals and robust digital ordering and loyalty capabilities.
•
Sustained Fast Casual Growth. The fast casual dining segment has continued to take share from both quick service restaurant (“QSR”), or traditional fast-food restaurants, and casual dining. This segment continues to outperform the broader restaurant industry, delivering a historical 8.4% sales CAGR from 2019 through 2025 compared to a 5.5% CAGR for the rest of the restaurant industry, driven by demand for higher-quality food, customization, and digital accessibility.
•
Rising Consumer Emphasis on Ingredient Quality and Transparency. Consumers, particularly Millennials and Gen Z, are increasingly favoring higher-quality, freshly prepared food with greater transparency, driving share gains for fast casual brands positioned around premium ingredients and perceived quality relative to traditional QSR concepts.

These trends have resulted in a strong growth trajectory with the market growing from approximately $52 billion in 2019 to $84 billion in 2025 representing a CAGR of 8.4%. Jersey Mike’s fast-casual positioning, with its commitment to premium ingredients, menu customization, digital accessibility, and a strong culture of service, aligns directly with these consumer preferences, supporting expectations of sustained growth and continued market share gains from both the fast-casual and quick service segments in the U.S. and around the world.

img114416868_29.jpg

4


Table of Contents

 

img114416868_30.jpg

Our Dedication to Authentic, High-Quality Subs

Jersey Mike’s is a brand that believes in the value of the highest-quality ingredients, the virtue of intention, and the idea that making a sub sandwich and making a difference can be one and the same. We believe that a Sub Above is one that’s measured in more than inches or seconds ‘til served. We carefully consider every aspect of what we do – every slice, every sandwich, every store. We proof, score, and bake our bread fresh every morning. We hand cut fresh vegetables daily in every store. We slice deli meats and premium cheeses fresh to order. We finish subs with our classic “Mike’s Way” preparation: fresh onions, crisp lettuce, juicy tomatoes, a sprinkling of the Juice – our signature blend of red wine vinegar and oil – and the perfect amount of seasoning. And then there’s the aroma and crackling of sizzling meats on our flattop grills, heating up the love for Jersey Mike’s. Our delicious hot subs are made with fresh-grilled steak and chicken as well as freshly cooked bacon.

img114416868_31.gif

We believe our diverse menu offers something for everyone on every occasion. Guests can choose from a wide variety of cold and hot subs on white, wheat, rosemary parmesan, or gluten-free bread – or opt for wraps or our signature, low-carb bowl. We feature our iconic cold subs such as the #2 (Jersey Shore’s Favorite) and #13 (The Original Italian), alongside hot grilled favorites like the #17 (Famous Philly Cheesesteak) and #26 (Chicken Bacon Ranch). Through our broad assortment of breads and toppings, customers can customize their sandwiches to their individual preference, supporting a balanced mix of occasions across lunch, dinner, and off-premise as shown in the charts below (presented for Fiscal 2025):

5


Table of Contents

 

img114416868_32.jpgimg114416868_33.gif

Our product quality, skilled preparation, and menu breadth combine to create a differentiated, craveable offering that fosters an enthusiastic fan base and positions Jersey Mike’s as a leader in premium submarine sandwiches.

We Give to Give – Community First Culture

img114416868_34.jpg

Jersey Mike’s has cultivated a community-first culture centered on service and integrity. Since 1956, we have embraced the idea that great food and meaningful impact go hand in hand, built on the highest-quality ingredients, authentic relationships, and a commitment to giving back to the communities we serve. Each new store we open partners with a local charity, embedding community engagement into every market we enter from day one. We don’t give to get, we give to give: Our passion, our time, our talent, and our attention…we always have and always will.

Our commitment to giving is embedded in our day-to-day operations, with franchise owners and the Company supporting local and national charities throughout the year. These efforts intensify each March, when our system comes together for our annual Month of Giving, rallying customers and communities in support of charitable partners across the U.S. The month builds to our Day of Giving, held on the last Wednesday of March, when 100% of sales from participating stores are donated. From 2011 to April 2026, Jersey Mike’s has raised more than $166 million through the Month of Giving.

6


Table of Contents

 

A Powerful Marketing Engine Driving Brand Awareness and Customer Loyalty

Jersey Mike’s has built one of the most recognized brands in fast casual. Our brand benefits from a $200+ million annual advertising fund and robust marketing platform that drives awareness, frequency and loyalty at scale. Our aided brand awareness exceeded 90% in 2025 – a reflection of sustained national campaigns that feature brand ambassadors like Danny DeVito and Eli Manning, strategic partnerships, and our designation as “the ‘Official Sub Sandwich Partner’ of the NFL”. This brand strength is reinforced by a best-in-class Net Promoter Score of 36, underscoring high customer satisfaction and strong word-of-mouth advocacy.

In June 2026, in our first year of inclusion in the American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI) Restaurant and Food Delivery Study, we debuted as the highest-rated quick-service restaurant in the United States, with a score of 84 out of 100. In doing so, we became the first new brand to lead the ACSI's quick-service restaurant category in more than a decade, surpassing Chick-fil-A, which had ranked at the top of the category for the prior 11 years. The ACSI recognized us for food freshness, menu variety and value, and noted that we have maintained quality while rapidly scaling our restaurant footprint. In an environment where consumers are becoming more selective about where they spend their restaurant dollars, the ACSI noted that brands delivering a consistently strong guest experience are increasingly differentiating themselves, underscoring the strength of our customer value proposition and operating model.

img114416868_35.gif

Our MyMike’s loyalty program grew to over 12.5 million active members in 2025, up from approximately 7.9 million in 2021. Together, our marketing scale, brand awareness and loyal customer base create a durable competitive advantage that is difficult to replicate and designed to compound over time.

img114416868_36.gif

 

7


Table of Contents

 

A Proven, Portable Concept with Compelling Unit Economics

Jersey Mike’s has demonstrated a proven, highly-portable business model, with 3,256 stores across all 50 states and a systemwide AUV of approximately $1.4 million in Fiscal 2025. Our strong brand and compelling unit economics have supported consistent performance across a broad set of markets and formats.

Our AUVs are consistent across regions, reflecting broad consumer appeal. Our brand performs well across multiple formats, from in-line and end-cap retail locations to non-traditional venues like airports and college campuses. Our flexible operating model has delivered 20 consecutive years of positive Same-Store Sales Growth, demonstrating the durability and scalability of the brand.

img114416868_37.jpgimg114416868_38.jpg

Our franchise owners have enjoyed consistently improving unit economics. As illustrated in the chart below, over the past 14 years, new store cohorts have performed in line with or above prior cohorts, demonstrating sustained consumer demand, increasing brand awareness, and low market saturation.

img114416868_39.gif

Our franchise owners benefit from a compelling and well-defined economic model. In 2025, our Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio was 2.6x, with Cash-on-Cash Returns of approximately 42%. We believe these compare favorably to other investment opportunities our franchise owners may evaluate. The strength of our economic model rests in the combination of a $1.4 million AUV, a 16% Store-level Margin (after royalties and advertising fees), and a low average Build Cost of approximately $515,000. Our ability to build “in-line” and

8


Table of Contents

 

“end-cap” locations, historically averaging ~1,500 square feet (with new builds targeted at 1,200-1,400 square feet), contributes to a lower Build Cost relative to many peers, particularly those reliant on higher-cost, drive-thru formats.

img114416868_40.jpg

Our unit economics have demonstrated the potential for even higher returns through a combination of increased AUVs and operating leverage. A growing portion of our system is already operating at higher AUV levels, with over 6% of stores delivering AUVs above $2.0 million in 2025, up from less than 1% in 2019. In addition, our initial units in Canada have generated annualized average weekly sales of $1.6 million, outperforming our U.S. average. As these initiatives are implemented and AUVs expand, we aim to achieve increased margin flowthrough and franchise owner Cash-on-Cash Returns to increase to ~60% or better.

Committed and Diverse Franchise Owner Base

Jersey Mike’s benefits from a diverse franchise owner base comprised of both large multi-store operators and smaller, single‑store franchise owners who are deeply invested in their local communities. As of December 28, 2025, the system included more than 630 unique franchise owners of which approximately 80 franchise owners operate 10 or more stores, while more than 330 franchise owners operate only one or two stores, resulting in a highly diversified ownership base with no meaningful reliance on any single operator. The largest franchise owner operates 91 stores, representing approximately 3% of total system stores as of December 28, 2025. Strong demand from existing franchise owners, alongside continued interest from new franchise owners, reflects deep confidence in the brand, the durability of the operating model, and the significant white space that exists across the U.S. and internationally.

img114416868_41.gif

9


Table of Contents

 

Our franchise owners execute an Area Development Agreement (“ADA”) that gives them the right to develop a specified number of stores in a protected area on a pre-determined timeline, as well as a separate franchise agreement for each restaurant opened. Our franchise agreement typically provides for an initial term of 10 years, with a 10-year renewal option subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. While our standard agreements are revised periodically and terms may vary, our latest agreements include an ADA fee of $10,000 along with an initial franchise fee of $20,000 per store opened in accordance with the ADA. Additionally, franchise owners are required to pay a continuing royalty fee of 6.5% of gross receipts. Our standard agreements also mandate a total advertising fund contribution equal to 5.0% of gross receipts, which is reinvested for the benefit and growth of the system.

Asset-Light Model Generates Strong CASH FLOW

Jersey Mike’s operates a proven, highly-franchised, asset-light business model that generates stable, diversified, and high-margin cash flows. In combination with our strong unit-level economics, our asset-light business model enables ongoing system expansion with minimal franchisor capital, low working capital requirements, and limited maintenance capital expenditures. Furthermore, we benefit from the resilience of a diverse and unconcentrated franchise owner base, which provides relative stability across economic cycles. In 2025, we generated approximately $55 million of Net income and $328 million of Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures converting from Adjusted EBITDA at a rate of approximately 97%. Corporate capital expenditures requirements remain low, and strong net income and Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 8% and 47%, respectively, underscore the efficiency of our performance. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of these metrics and reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

A Mission-Driven Management Team with a Proven Track Record

Jersey Mike’s is led by Chief Executive Officer Charlie Morrison, who previously served as CEO of Wingstop for approximately 10 years. He is supported by Chief Financial Officer Michele Allen, a seasoned public company CFO who brings over 25 years of hospitality and franchising experience; President and Chief Operating Officer Stacy Peterson, who has a track record of scaling high-growth concepts including at Wingstop as Chief Revenue & Technology Officer and Chief Digital & Technology Officer, and most recently, at Jeni’s Splendid Ice Creams, where she served as CEO; and President, International and Global Development Officer Andrew Skehan, who brings over two decades of global franchise leadership, including six years as President of International at Popeyes and previously President of North America at Krispy Kreme.

Rounding out the leadership team, Chief Information Officer Scott Scherer has spent more than two decades with Jersey Mike’s and led the buildout of the company’s proprietary, fully-integrated technology platform; Chief People Officer Betsy Mercado brings 27 years of experience leading people strategy, culture, and organizational development at scale, most recently at Flynn Group; General Counsel Scott McLester brings decades of legal expertise spanning major public companies and high-growth franchise systems; SVP of Finance Corey Horsch brings deep restaurant finance expertise having previously served as CFO at Sonic Drive-In; U.S. Chief Development Officer Brian Sommers has over 25 years of experience with Jersey Mike’s, rising from field operations to head of U.S. franchise development; and Matt Warren as SVP of Marketing brings over 15 years of experience with digital marketing spanning across Dutch Bros Coffee, Wingstop, Panera and Domino’s Pizza.

Together, this team combines institutional knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s brand with best-in-class functional expertise—positioning the company to execute its growth strategy and deliver long-term value for franchise owners and all stakeholders.

img114416868_42.jpg

Jersey Mike’s growth is driven by a self-reinforcing model rooted in strong unit-level economics and sustained consumer demand. Our high-quality, craveable subs and strong brand awareness support category-leading AUVs, which translate into attractive returns for franchise owners. These economics drive continued franchise owner interest and investment, supporting disciplined domestic expansion while extending the brand into large, underpenetrated international markets.

10


Table of Contents

 

We employ an asset-light, 99%-franchised business model that generates high operating margins that requires minimal capital expenditures, which facilitates strong cash flow generation. As we execute the growth strategies below, we expect to continue growing revenues, earnings and cash flows.

Expand Our System

We believe we have a significant opportunity to grow our store footprint in the U.S. and internationally through increased penetration in both existing and new markets. Our highly portable, profitable, and capital-efficient store model continues to generate strong franchise owner demand and drive store growth. We believe significant whitespace remains in the U.S., with the opportunity to open approximately 7,500 stores, based on benchmark store density levels achieved in our most penetrated domestic market. We believe we also have a meaningful international expansion opportunity, with the potential to eventually grow to approximately 15,000 stores globally over the long term, supported by the international growth experience of comparable restaurant brands.

•
Grow Domestic Stores. We believe there is considerable opportunity to further expand our domestic store count. While we operate in all 50 states today, we believe we remain under-penetrated in all markets, providing substantial runway for growth. We have a strong domestic development pipeline of over 1,600 stores across new and existing markets. Over 90% of this pipeline is being undertaken by existing franchise owners – a powerful signal of franchisee confidence in the model. As of June 30, 2026, agreements have been signed for over 1,250 of these stores and the remaining are in active negotiation.

img114416868_43.jpg

img114416868_44.gif

We support franchise owner expansion through a rigorous, cross-functional approach to site selection, prioritizing opportunities based on market potential, profitability and ongoing assessments of growth in both new and existing markets. We leverage data-driven insights, local broker expertise, landlord relationships, and market intelligence to identify prime locations, supported by detailed demographic and trade area analysis, traffic pattern evaluation, competition assessment and cash-on-cash return analyses. Within this framework, we target high-visibility inline or end-cap locations in first-ring retail centers.

11


Table of Contents

 

•
Expand Internationally. The sub sandwich market has been well established globally – our largest peer had over 16,000 international locations in 2025 based on Technomic, Inc. research – and we believe our premium offering and portable store model position us for significant long-term expansion outside the U.S. Similar to what we did in the U.S., we are in the process of investing in and building an operating platform to support our international growth objectives. We have entered into a 300-store development agreement within Canada, where our initial locations have achieved annualized average weekly sales of $1.6 million as of December 28, 2025, exceeding U.S. system averages and validating the international appeal of the Jersey Mike’s brand. We have also secured an initial development agreement for 300 stores in the UK and Ireland, partnering with the brand’s founder, Peter Cancro, who will bring the same vision and passion that built the brand in the U.S. to European guests. We believe our international opportunity is substantial and could ultimately exceed the size of our domestic business. We will continue to invest and expand in markets where the sandwich category is established and affinity for U.S. brands is high, bringing a higher-quality product, a proven operating model, strong brand equity, and a franchise-first approach to each new market we enter.

Grow Same-Store Sales

Our operations are purpose-built to support continued AUV expansion via higher opening volumes and sustained Same-Store Sales Growth. Jersey Mike’s has grown AUVs every year since 2006, reaching $1.4 million in Fiscal 2025 representing a 6% CAGR since 2006. Kitchen workflows, labor models, and technology infrastructure are already designed to handle meaningfully higher volumes with no material changes to operations or efficiency. One of the key factors driving AUV Growth is Same-Store Sales Growth, which was 8.4% in 2023, 2.0% in 2024, and 3.2% in 2025. 2023 Same-Store Sales Growth was impacted by price increases related to inflation. In the second half of 2022 and early 2023, we recommended non-routine price increases to our franchisees to offset increases in their cost of goods sold, which contributed to a 4% increase in the average transaction price in 2023 versus 2022.

img114416868_45.jpg

A growing number of stores – representing approximately 6% of the system as of December 28, 2025 – have already achieved volumes of $2.0 million or higher, demonstrating that our store model is proven at significantly higher volume levels and gives us confidence in our long-term AUV goal. We are confident in our ability to drive continued Same-Store Sales Growth and AUV expansion, supported by the following strategies:

•
Broaden our Customer Base and Drive Frequency. We will continue to make marketing investments across targeted, performance-driven digital channels, with an increasing share directed toward lower funnel and social media to drive trial among new audiences and repeat visits among existing customers. Our MyMike’s loyalty program provides proprietary customer insights that enable more personalized brand engagement and higher frequency. We will also continue to pursue incremental sales occasions through catering and bundled offerings.
•
Increase Digital and Delivery. Digital and delivery represent one of the most compelling AUV growth opportunities. Jersey Mike’s stores are already built to capture the opportunity for higher frequency and ticket averages with dedicated online order makelines and convenient online order pickup infrastructure in place to support higher digital and delivery volumes. Importantly, these investments are designed not just to shift channel mix, but to expand our total addressable market and reach customers beyond the traditional in-store visit.

12


Table of Contents

 

•
Leverage Menu Innovation. We are committed to delivering continued menu innovation that excites our customers and drives trial and frequency while limiting operational complexity. One of our most recent limited-time offerings, Mike’s Hot Italian Sub, was a successful new product launch, reaching 3.3% product mix as of April 2026 and demonstrating our ability to create genuine excitement around newness while staying true to the quality and simplicity that define our brand.
•
Focus on Making Great Subs Every Time. The foundation of our AUV growth is simple – we will aim to consistently deliver the best sub sandwich experience in the industry. We will remain true to our brand beliefs: in the value of ingredients, in the virtue of intention, and in the idea that making a sub sandwich and making a difference can be one and the same. If you’re good, be good always. If you’re true, be true always. And if you’re the best submarine sandwich on the planet, be the best submarine sandwich on the planet always.

img114416868_46.jpg

Immediately following this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material assets will be its equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. As the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and, through Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Prior to the completion of this offering:

(1)
the Pre-IPO Stockholders will receive shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. pursuant to the Blocker Transfers as defined and described in “Organizational Structure—Blocker Transfers”;
(2)
the limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying its interests as follows (such reclassification, the “Reclassification,” as further described under “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Treatment of Existing Equity Interests”):
•
Class A Units held by Continuing Common Unitholders will be converted into Common Units; and
•
Class B Units held by Continuing Incentive Unitholders will be converted into Incentive Units; and
(3)
the Continuing Common Unitholders will receive a number of shares of Class B common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. equal to the number of Common Units held by each such Continuing Common Unitholder.

For a description of the vesting and other terms of the Incentive Units received by Continuing Incentive Unitholders upon conversion of their Class B Units see “Management—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

Subject to certain restrictions, pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the holders of vested Incentive Units will have the right to convert their vested Incentive Units into a number of Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a function of the “spread value” of such vested Incentive Units, i.e. the amount by which the market value of a Common Unit (based on the public trading price of a share of Class A common stock) exceeds the applicable participation threshold of such Incentive Unit. The applicable participation threshold is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. An unvested Incentive Unit will not be exchangeable unless and until such Incentive Unit vests. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

13


Table of Contents

 

We and the Continuing Unitholders will also enter into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) will have the right (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) to exchange their Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, except that in certain circumstances, the Company may elect to settle such exchanges with the cash proceeds of a concurrent primary issuance of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Upon the settlement of any exchange, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. For a description of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and the exchange agreement, please read “Organizational Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

The Continuing Common Unitholders will hold all of the initially outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, and, upon conversion of vested Incentive Units for Common Units, the converting holders will also receive an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights but will entitle each holder to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally, with the number of shares of Class B common stock held by each Continuing Unitholder being equal to the number of Common Units held by each such Continuing Unitholder. If at any time the ratio at which Common Units are exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

Prior to the completion of this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 90% of certain tax benefits, if any, that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis in certain Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments to certain tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a result of sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units), (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis) of certain entities that are taxable as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes through which the Pre-IPO Stockholders hold their interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings prior to the Offering Transactions (the “Blocker Companies”), which Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. acquires in connection with this offering as described under “Organizational Structure—Blocker Transfers,” and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and not of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, certain changes of control occur (as described in more detail below), upon a breach by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. of a material obligation under the tax receivable agreement, or upon certain events of insolvency, in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. The payment to be made upon an early termination of the tax receivable agreement will generally equal the present value of payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement using certain assumptions. Payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the pre-IPO owners. Assuming: (i) a price of $23.00 per share of our Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); (ii) a constant U.S. federal, state, and local corporate income tax rate of 24.8%; (iii) that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits; and (iv) no material changes in tax law, if the Continuing Unitholders were to exchange all of the Common Units that they will hold immediately following this offering, and, assuming all Incentive Units are converted to Common Units and subsequently exchanged for shares of Class A common stock at an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we estimate that we would, as a result of the Reorganization Transactions, the Offering Transactions and such hypothetical exchange, record a deferred tax asset of approximately $503 million and that the aggregate non-current liability we would record based on our estimate of the aggregate amount that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would pay under the tax receivable agreement is approximately $2,084 million. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related non-current liabilities that we will recognize as a result of any such future exchanges will differ based on, among other things: (i) the amount and timing of future exchanges of Common Units by Continuing Unitholders, and the extent to which such exchanges are taxable; (ii) the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchanges; (iii) the amount and timing of future income against which to offset the tax benefits; and (iv) the tax rates then in effect. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

14


Table of Contents

 

Our post-offering organizational structure, as described above, is commonly referred to as an umbrella partnership-C-corporation (“UP-C”) structure. This organizational structure will allow the Continuing Unitholders to retain their equity ownership in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of Common Units. Investors in this offering and the Pre-IPO Stockholders will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that the Continuing Unitholders generally find it advantageous to continue to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not believe that our UP-C organizational structure will give rise to any significant business or strategic benefit or detriment to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure.”

The Reorganization Transactions will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the Reorganization Transactions at their historical carrying amounts, as reflected in the historical consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will consolidate Jersey Mike’s Holdings in its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the Common Units held by the Continuing Unitholders on its consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations.

The simplified diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering. For additional detail, see “Organizational Structure.”

img114416868_47.jpg

 

Note: Certain intermediate holding companies that are not material to this offering have been omitted from the structure chart.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

(1)
Includes 17.0% of outstanding Common Units and 17.0% of voting power in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. held by our Sponsor and 9.5% of outstanding Common Units and 9.5% of voting power in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. held by our Founder.
(2)
Includes 59.6% of voting power and 81.3% of economic interest in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. held by the Pre-IPO Stockholders.
(3)
Each share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders generally. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”
(4)
At the time of this offering, 491,202 shares of Class A common stock would be issuable upon the exchange of an equivalent number of Common Units into which Incentive Units held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders may be converted, which units have a weighted average per unit participation threshold of $19.74 (assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and assuming such Incentive Units are converted to Common Units). For additional information, see “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

Our Sponsor

Blackstone is the world’s largest alternative asset manager. Blackstone seeks to deliver compelling returns for institutional and individual investors by strengthening the companies in which the firm invests. Blackstone’s $1.3 trillion in assets under management include global investment strategies focused on real estate, private equity, credit, infrastructure, life sciences, growth equity, secondaries and hedge funds.

After the completion of this offering, our Sponsor will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our shares eligible to vote for the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, and accordingly, we may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (3) that our board of directors have a nominating and governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our Class A common stock continues to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

We intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with our Sponsor in connection with this offering. Among other things, this agreement will grant our Sponsor the right to designate an agreed number of individuals to our board of directors. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has been advised by our Sponsor that at the time of the offering, our Sponsor intends to designate three directors (Mr. Staub, Mr. Kestnbaum and Mr. Rinker) to our board of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for a description of this agreement.

Investment Risks

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and cash flows. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our company include, among other things, the following:

•
We operate in a highly competitive industry.
•
Food safety and packaging issues, food-borne illness concerns and public health concerns may harm our business.
•
Our and our franchise owners’ suppliers’, distributors’, service providers’ and other third
parties’ with which we have business relationships (collectively, “Third-Party Providers”) inability or
failure to execute a comprehensive business continuity plan following a disaster or force majeure event
could have a material adverse impact on our business.
•
Growth of our franchise business is dependent to a large extent on new store openings, which may be affected by factors beyond our control.

16


Table of Contents

 

•
Our success depends in significant part on the future performance of existing and new franchised stores, and we are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchise owners.
•
We and our franchise owners may be unable to secure and renew desirable store locations to maintain and grow our business.
•
There are risks associated with our increasing dependence on digital commerce and delivery platforms to maintain and grow sales.
•
If we fail to identify, recruit and contract with a sufficient number of qualified franchise owners, our ability to open new franchised stores and increase our revenue could be materially adversely affected.
•
Our expansion into new and in existing markets may present increased risks.
•
Changes in the control of our franchise owners may impair the success of franchised stores or result in the termination of a franchise owner’s right to operate its franchised store.
•
We and our franchise owners rely on information technology systems to process transactions and manage our business, and a disruption or a failure of such systems or issues with our key technology providers or technology could harm our ability to effectively manage our business and/or result in the loss of customers.
•
Our or our Third-Party Providers’ actual or perceived failure to comply with complex and evolving laws and regulations and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, email and telephone marketing and/or the Processing of personal information could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.
•
Interruptions in the supply of products to franchised and company-owned stores and our reliance on third parties could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
•
Our use of artificial intelligence and machine learning technologies (collectively, “AI Technologies”) in our business may result in financial and reputational harm or otherwise result in liability.
•
Our business activities subject us and our franchise owners to litigation risks that could subject us to significant money damages and other remedies or increase our and our franchise owners’ litigation expense.
•
We are subject to extensive laws and regulatory requirements, as well as third-party certifications for certain products, and failure to comply with, or changes in, these laws or regulations could have an adverse impact on our business.
•
The terms of our Securitization Notes through certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries include restrictive terms, and our failure to comply with any of these terms could result in a default, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.
•
Our Sponsor controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.
•
Upon the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. If we rely on such exemptions in the future, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Before you invest in our Class A common stock, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Corporate Information

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on February 24, 2026. Our principal executive offices are located at 1 Commvault Way, S300, Tinton Falls, NJ 07724, and our telephone number is (732) 223-4044. We maintain a website at www.jerseymikes.com. The reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

17


Table of Contents

 

Recent Developments

The data presented below reflects our preliminary estimated unaudited financial results and key performance measures for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended June 28, 2026, based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. This data is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended June 28, 2026.

While we currently expect our results for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended June 28, 2026 to be within the ranges set forth below, the review of our financial statements as of, and for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended, June 28, 2026 has not been completed. During the course of the preparation of these unaudited financial statements and related notes and the completion of the review, additional adjustments to the preliminary estimated financial information presented below may be identified. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to preliminary financial data presented below and, accordingly, Deloitte & Touche LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

During the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2026, we achieved same-store sales growth of 2.3%, primarily reflecting accelerating transaction growth throughout the quarter driven by our digital marketing initiatives and strong performance from our chicken salad limited time offer. Traffic growth in June 2026 exceeded that of the prior two months. Combined with 8.1% Net Store Growth, systemwide sales grew 10.0% in the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2026.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended

 

 

Twenty-Six Weeks Ended

 

 

 

June 28, 2026

June 29, 2025

 

 

June 28, 2026

June 29, 2025

 

 

 

Preliminary Estimated

Actual

 

 

Preliminary Estimated

Actual

 

Systemwide sales (in millions)

$

 

1,210

 

$

1,101

 

$

2,307

 

$

 

2,111

 

Same-store sales growth

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

4.2

%

Digital sales percentage

 

 

43

%

 

 

41

%

 

 

44

%

 

 

42

%

Average unit volume (AUV, in thousands)

$

1,376

 

$

1,354

 

$

1,376

 

$

 

1,354

 

Net store growth

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

10.0

%

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

10.0

%

New store openings (gross)

 

 

83

 

 

 

73

 

 

130

 

 

 

132

 

Total stores (end of period)

 

3,378

 

 

 

3,124

 

 

3,378

 

 

 

3,124

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended

 

 

Twenty-Six
weeks ended

 

 

Period from
January 16 to

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to

 

 

June 28, 2026

 

 

June 29, 2025

 

 

June 28, 2026

 

 

June 29, 2025

 

 

 

January 15, 2025

 

 

Preliminary Estimated

 

 

Actual

 

 

Preliminary Estimated

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

202

 

 

$

214

 

 

$

189

 

 

$

387

 

 

$

399

 

 

$

328

 

 

 

$

28

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

36

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

73

 

 

 

$

(4

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

111

 

 

$

117

 

 

$

107

 

 

$

195

 

 

$

201

 

 

$

163

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

During the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2026, the expected increase in revenue was driven by Net Store Growth of 8.1% and Same-Store Sales Growth of 2.3%. The expected decrease in net income was driven primarily by incremental Area Director buyouts. Adjusted EBITDA includes an estimated $3 million of advertising fund underspend (advertising revenues in excess of advertising expenses) in the second quarter of 2026 compared to $13 million in the prior-year quarter. Absent this advertising fund timing difference, estimated Adjusted EBITDA would have grown 18% year-over-year, reflecting our revenue growth and $8 million in lower expenses related to our prior area director program as a result of our transition to an internally staffed franchise support model.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

During the twenty-six weeks ended June 28, 2026, the expected increase in revenue was driven by Net Store Growth of 8.1% and Same-Store Sales Growth of 2.0%. The expected decrease in net income was driven primarily by incremental Area Director buyouts. Adjusted EBITDA includes an estimated $7 million of advertising fund overspend (advertising expenses in excess of advertising revenues) in the first half of 2026 compared to $8 million of advertising fund underspend in the first half of 2025. Absent this advertising fund timing difference, estimated Adjusted EBITDA would have grown 23% year-over-year, reflecting our revenue growth and $14 million in lower expenses related to our prior area director program as a result of our transition to an internally staffed franchise support model.


We use a number of operational and other metrics in order to evaluate performance and make decisions about our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Measures” for additional information regarding our use of these metrics.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure that is required to be disclosed by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for our results as reported under GAAP. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion on how we define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important to an understanding of our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended

 

 

Twenty-Six
weeks ended

 

 

Period from
January 16 to

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to

 

 

June 28, 2026

 

 

June 29, 2025

 

 

June 28, 2026

 

 

June 29, 2025

 

 

 

January 15, 2025

 

 

Preliminary Estimated

 

 

Actual

 

 

Preliminary Estimated

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

36

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

73

 

 

 

$

(4

)

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

(1

)

Interest expense

 

 

30

 

 

32

 

 

 

24

 

 

60

 

 

62

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

5

 

Loss of extinguishment of debt

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

7

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Gain on sale of company-owned stores

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

24

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

 

50

 

 

51

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

—

 

Equity-based compensation expense(a)

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

—

 

 

6

 

 

6

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Acquisition-related expenses(b)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

1

 

IPO-related expenses(c)

 

7

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

13

 

 

13

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Founder-related discretionary expenses(d)

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

11

 

Area Director buyouts(e)

 

19

 

 

21

 

 

 

—

 

 

51

 

 

53

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

—

 

Corporate transition and other expenses(f)

 

6

 

 

6

 

 

 

1

 

 

11

 

 

11

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

—

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

111

 

 

$

117

 

 

$

107

 

 

$

195

 

 

$

201

 

 

$

163

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

(a)
Represents non-cash expense and related payroll taxes associated with equity incentive compensation; included within SG&A.
(b)
Represents costs incurred in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, included within SG&A.
(c)
Represents legal, consulting, accounting and other professional fees associated with preparing for this offering, included within SG&A. These expenses do not include ongoing public-company compliance or operational costs.
(d)
Represents certain historical expenses that are a legacy of the Company’s operations as a private, founder-led organization, including large, founder-directed discretionary bonuses paid to certain individuals and charitable donations, that by their nature have not recurred and are not expected to recur after the Sponsor Acquisition. Included in SG&A.

19


Table of Contents

 

(e)
Represents payments made to third-party Area Directors to terminate certain contracts that mandated payment of a percentage of gross sales for a geographic region. Included in SG&A.
(f)
Represents expenses incurred in connection with restructuring our operations to a corporate-led business, including severance and settlement payments, as well as any gains or losses on the sale or disposal of assets. Included in SG&A. In the period ended June 28, 2026, we incurred $6 million of expense related to the accrual of future rent at the Company's former corporate headquarters.

20


Table of Contents

 

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

13,782,609 shares.

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

29,695,652 shares.

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders

 

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 6,521,739 additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders.

Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to this offering

 

232,834,177 shares (or 234,282,329 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Class A common stock outstanding after this offering, assuming exchange of all Common Units held by the Continuing Common Unitholders

 

317,638,900 shares.

Class B common stock outstanding, after giving effect to this offering

 

84,804,723 shares, all of which will be held by the Continuing Common Unitholders (or 83,356,571 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Voting power held by investors in this offering, after giving effect to this offering

 

13.7% (or 15.7% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Voting power held by our pre-IPO owners, after giving effect to this offering

 

86.3% (or 84.3% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the proceeds to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. from the issuance of the 13,782,609 shares that it is selling in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $301 million.

 

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. intends to use these net proceeds to acquire an equivalent number of newly issued Common Units from Jersey Mike’s Holdings, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” which Jersey Mike’s Holdings will in turn use $295 million to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Series 2026-1 Notes and the remainder for general corporate purposes. The Company estimates offering expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) will be approximately $23 million, of which $11 million has been paid and an accrual for estimated unpaid offering expenses of approximately $12 million is reflected on Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 29, 2026.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders (including any sales pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders).

 

Voting rights

 

Each share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

 

The Continuing Common Unitholders will hold all of the initially outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and, upon conversion of

21


Table of Contents

 

 

 

vested Incentive Units for Common Units, the converting holders will also receive an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights but will entitle each holder to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally, with the number of shares of Class B common stock held by each Continuing Unitholder being equal to the number of Common Units held by each such Continuing Unitholder. If at any time the ratio at which Common Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock.”

Dividend policy

 

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on general economic and business conditions; our financial condition and operating results; our available cash; current and anticipated cash needs; capital requirements; contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries (including Jersey Mike’s Holdings) to us; and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. Holders of Class B common stock are not entitled to any dividends (other than dividends payable in the form of additional shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire such shares).

 

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its equity interests held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. We intend to cause Jersey Mike’s Holdings to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If Jersey Mike’s Holdings makes such distributions to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., the other holders of Common Units and any participating Incentive Units (as described below) will be entitled to receive equivalent pro rata distributions. Incentive Units initially will not be entitled to receive distributions (other than tax distributions) until holders of Common Units have received a minimum return as provided in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. However, Incentive Units will have the benefit of adjustment provisions that will reduce the participation threshold for distributions in respect of which they do not participate until there is no participation threshold, at and after which time the Incentive Units would participate pro rata with distributions on Common Units. The adjustment to the participation threshold of an Incentive Unit for distributions in respect of which such Incentive Unit does not participate will be factored into calculating the number of Common Units the holder of vested Incentive Units would receive upon conversion of a vested Incentive Unit for a Common Unit.

22


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Under the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement, Jersey Mike’s Holdings is obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Common Units (including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) at certain assumed tax rates. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure—Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is a holding company and its only material assets after completion of this offering will be its equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Jersey Mike’s Holdings to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement, and pay any dividends.”

Exchange rights of holders of Common Units and Incentive Units

 

Prior to this offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with the Continuing Unitholders so that they may, after the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, except that in certain circumstances, the Company may elect to settle such exchanges with the cash proceeds of a concurrent primary issuance of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Upon the settlement of any exchange, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Subject to certain restrictions, pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the holders of vested Incentive Units will have the right to convert their vested Incentive Units into a number of Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a function of the “spread value” of such vested Incentive Units, i.e. the amount by which the market value of a Common Unit (based on the public trading price of a share of Class A common stock) exceeds the applicable participation threshold of such Incentive Unit. The applicable participation threshold is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. An unvested Incentive Unit will not be exchangeable unless and until such Incentive Unit vests. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

Controlled company

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our Sponsor will beneficially own approximately 76.5% of the combined voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors (or 74.5% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” under NYSE rules. As a controlled company, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Conflicts of Interest

 

Because certain affiliates of Blackstone Securities Partners L.P., an underwriter in this offering, (i) own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock and (ii) will receive proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders and will receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, Blackstone Securities Partners L.P. is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule

23


Table of Contents

 

 

 

5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5121(c), no sales of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be made to any discretionary account over which Blackstone Securities Partners L.P. exercises discretion without the prior specific written approval of the account holder. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Tax receivable agreement

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 90% of certain tax benefits, if any, that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis in certain Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments to certain tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a result of sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) in connection with or after this offering, (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis) of the Blocker Companies, which Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. acquires in connection with this offering as described under “Organizational Structure—Blocker Transfers,” and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. Sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions available to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. for tax purposes and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Actual tax benefits realized by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the tax receivable agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. This payment obligation is an obligation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and not of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Directed share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock being offered for sale, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations. Any directors and officers buying shares of Class A common stock through the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period with respect to such shares. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

24


Table of Contents

 

Risk factors

 

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

 

For a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to non-U.S. stockholders, see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.”

Proposed trading symbol

 

“JMKE.”

 

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders and does not reflect:

•
84,804,723 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of 84,804,723 Common Units, or if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, 83,356,571 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of 83,356,571 Common Units, that will be held by the Continuing Common Unitholders immediately following this offering;
•
Up to 13,624,121 shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”), which shares of Class A common stock are issuable in exchange for an equivalent number of Common Units (together with an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock) into which outstanding Incentive Units held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders are convertible subject to vesting and other conditions as described in “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement”:
•
At the time of this offering, 491,202 shares of Class A common stock would be issuable upon the exchange of an equivalent number of Common Units into which 3,461,366 participating outstanding Incentive Units held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders may be converted, which units have a weighted average per unit participation threshold of $19.74 (assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and assuming such Incentive Units are converted to Common Units);
•
10,000,000 additional shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan; or
•
3,500,000 shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).

See “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Omnibus Incentive Plan,” “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Employee Stock Purchase Plan,” “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Treatment of Existing Equity Interests,” and “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Equity Awards.”

25


Table of Contents

 

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial and other data for Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries and the summary pro forma condensed consolidated financial and other data for Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. for the periods and at the dates indicated. Immediately following this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material assets will be its equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. As the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and, through Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. The Reorganization Transactions will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the Reorganization Transactions at their historical carrying amounts, as reflected in the historical financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will consolidate Jersey Mike’s Holdings in its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the Common Units held by our Continuing Unitholders on its consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of operations.

On January 16, 2025, our Sponsor acquired a majority interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries. As a result of the Sponsor Acquisition, a new basis of accounting was created on January 16, 2025. Periods prior to January 16, 2025 reflect the financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings prior to the Sponsor Acquisition, referred to herein as the Predecessor period. Periods subsequent to January 16, 2025, reflect the financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings after the Sponsor Acquisition, referred to herein as the Successor period. Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date of the Sponsor Acquisition.

The summary consolidated statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data presented below for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 (successor), the period from January 16 to March 30, 2025 (successor), the period from January 16 to December 28, 2025 (successor), and the summary consolidated balance sheet data presented below as of March 29, 2026 (successor) and December 28, 2025 (successor) have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data and statements of cash flows data presented below for the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025 (predecessor), the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (predecessor) and the summary consolidated balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 2024 (predecessor) have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has not been presented because Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period. You should read the summary historical consolidated financial data below, together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

26


Table of Contents

 

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. presented below has been derived from our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed financial information gives effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” including the sale by us of 43,478,261 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if they had occurred as of and for the periods specified therein. The following summary unaudited consolidated pro forma condensed financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results or financial position. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

On December 12, 2025, we changed our fiscal year-end from December 31 to a 52-week fiscal calendar. We now operate on a 52-week fiscal calendar and our fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of such calendar year. Therefore, any references to fiscal year 2025 refers to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2025. Prior-period operating results were not adjusted and remain presented on a calendar basis. While the shift affects comparability of fiscal quarters and the annual period for the year ending December 28, 2025, the impact is not material. As a result of this 52-week fiscal calendar, a 53rd week must be added to our fiscal year every five or six years. In a 52-week year, all four quarters are comprised of 13 weeks. In a 53-week year, one extra week is added to the fourth quarter. Our fiscal year 2025 ended December 28, 2025 consisted of 52 weeks. Due to the fiscal year change, the years ended December 28, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 contained 362 days (comprised of 347 days in the Successor period and 15 days in the Predecessor period), 366 days and 365 days, respectively.

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Unaudited
Pro Forma

 

 

Unaudited
Historical

 

 

Audited Historical

 

(in millions)

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended
 March 29, 2026

 

 

Year Ended
December 28,
2025

 

 

Thirteen Weeks
Ended
March 29, 2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30,
2025

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2024

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2023

 

Summary Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenues

 

$

122

 

 

$

483

 

 

$

122

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

464

 

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

434

 

 

$

371

 

Advertising fees

 

51

 

 

203

 

 

51

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

160

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

12

 

 

38

 

 

12

 

 

7

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

30

 

Total revenues

 

$

185

 

 

$

724

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

139

 

 

$

696

 

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

653

 

 

$

561

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

86

 

 

305

 

 

78

 

 

39

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

262

 

Advertising expenses

 

61

 

 

215

 

 

61

 

 

44

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

208

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

26

 

 

100

 

 

26

 

 

21

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

Company-owned stores expense

 

8

 

 

29

 

 

8

 

 

6

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

24

 

Total operating expenses

 

181

 

 

649

 

 

173

 

 

110

 

 

 

545

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

504

 

Operating income

 

4

 

 

75

 

 

12

 

 

29

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

57

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

Interest expense

 

28

 

 

104

 

 

30

 

 

18

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

41

 

Other expense, net

 

13

 

 

1

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

22

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(6

)

 

11

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(30

)

 

$

(31

)

 

$

(24

)

 

$

14

 

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

Net earnings (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Jersey Mike's Subs Inc.

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Unaudited
Pro Forma

 

 

Unaudited Historical

 

 

Historical

 

 

 

Historical

 

(in millions)

 

As of
March 29,
2026

 

 

As of
March 29,
2026

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of
December 31,
2024

 

Summary Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

232

 

 

$

232

 

 

$

215

 

 

 

$

811

 

Working capital

 

108

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

 

768

 

Total assets

 

 

8,462

 

 

 

8,211

 

 

 

8,181

 

 

 

 

1,044

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

19

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

19

 

Long-term debt, net current portion

 

 

1,791

 

 

 

2,077

 

 

 

2,062

 

 

 

 

1,752

 

 

27


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Unaudited
Historical

 

 

Audited Historical

 

(in millions)

 

Thirteen Weeks
Ended March 29, 2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30,
2025

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2024

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2023

 

Summary Statements of Cash Flows Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

86

 

 

$

(309

)

 

$

(210

)

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

67

 

Purchases of Property and equipment and Intangible assets

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Unaudited

 

($ in millions)

 

Thirteen Weeks
Ended March 29, 2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30,
2025

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2024

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2023

 

Other Financial and Operating Data(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

 

$

84

 

 

$

56

 

 

$

327

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

263

 

 

$

195

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)

 

 

45

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

47

%

 

 

 

43

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

35

%

Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures(2)(3)

 

$

83

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

316

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

249

 

 

$

187

 

Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion(2)(3)

 

 

99

%

 

 

96

%

 

 

97

%

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

95

%

 

 

96

%

 

 

 

Thirteen Weeks
Ended March 29, 2026

 

 

Year Ended
December 28,
2025

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2024

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2023

 

Systemwide sales (in millions)

 

$

1,097

 

 

$

4,217

 

 

$

3,735

 

 

$

3,342

 

Same-store sales growth

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

8.4

%

Digital sales percentage

 

 

44

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

38

%

Average unit volume (AUV, in thousands)

 

$

1,368

 

 

$

1,364

 

 

$

1,328

 

 

$

1,307

 

Net store growth

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

11.9

%

New store openings (gross)

 

 

47

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

298

 

Total stores (end of period)

 

 

3,300

 

 

 

3,256

 

 

 

3,002

 

 

 

2,686

 

 

(1)
We use a number of operational and other metrics in order to evaluate performance and make decisions about our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of these metrics.
(2)
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion are non-GAAP financial measures that are intended as supplemental measures of our performance and are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. Our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies, have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our operating results as reported under GAAP. Additionally, we do not consider our non-GAAP financial measures as superior to, or a substitute for, the equivalent measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a discussion of the rationale for the presentation of these items are provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, we implemented new business strategies and policies, including the elimination of advertising expenses in excess of advertising revenue and changes in compensation strategy. We have made no adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA in the historical periods presented to reflect the cost savings of these initiatives that we have implemented since the Sponsor Acquisition. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cost savings from the transition to an internally staffed “Regional Vice President” model that we began implementing in Fiscal 2024. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(3)
Excluded from these capital expenditures are $41 million in 2024 for cash outlays associated with the purchase of an aircraft on behalf of our Founder that was transferred to our Founder in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

Risk Factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operation, financial condition, cash flows, and prospects may be materially adversely affected. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus. References to past events are provided by way of example only and are not intended to be a complete listing or a representation as to whether or not such factors have occurred in the past.

Risks Related to Our Business, Industry and Operations

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

The restaurant industry is highly competitive with respect to, among other things, food quality and presentation, taste preferences, functional benefits, food variety, nutritional value, ingredients, convenience, price, brand reputation, brand loyalty, digital engagement, service, value, promotional activities, and location. We face significant competition from national, regional, and locally-owned restaurants, including limited-service restaurants, particularly within the fast-casual dining and traditional fast-food categories, which offer in-store, carry-out, delivery, and/or catering services. We also compete with grocery stores, convenience stores, meal subscription services, and delivery kitchens, especially those that target customers who seek high-quality food. Further, as we continue to innovate on our digital strategy and offer more ways to reach our customers through digital channels, such as the Jersey Mike’s mobile applications, social media and the Jersey Mike’s website, we expect to face increasing competition from food delivery services, which promote a wide variety of restaurant options on their websites and loyalty programs.

Some of our competitors have a more established market presence than we have, and may have better locations, greater name recognition and resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may be better positioned to attract customers by investing more in advertising, endorsements, sponsorships, and social media. If our competitors increase spending on marketing, advertising and promotion, or should the cost of advertising increase or our advertising funds decrease for any reason (including reduced sales, implementation of reduced spending strategies, or a decrease in the percentage contribution to the marketing funds for any reason), our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our larger competitors may also be able to take advantage of greater economies of scale than we can and may be better able to increase prices to reflect cost pressures and increase their marketing and promotional activity, including through discount strategies. Our competitors may also be able to identify and adapt to changes in customer preferences more quickly than we can due to their resources and scale. Changes in customers’ tastes, nutritional and dietary trends, government nutritional guidelines, methods of ordering, and number and location of competing stores often affect the restaurant industry. If we are unable to successfully compete, our systemwide sales volume and/or pricing may be subject to downward pressure and we may not be able to increase, or sustain, our growth rate or revenue or maintain profitability.

Further, as we expand our geographic presence and develop our digital channels, we anticipate facing increased competition for channel access. Our competitors will likely grow in number as the sandwich food category grows, and we may face the risk that new or existing competitors will mimic our business model, menu offerings, marketing strategies, and overall concept.

Any of the above competitive factors may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

29


Table of Contents

 

Food safety and packaging issues, food-borne illness concerns and public health concerns may harm our business.

We and our franchise owners handle high-risk foods, such as uncooked meats and produce in Jersey Mike’s stores. We and our franchise owners freshly prepare most of our menu items in-store, and food safety issues (such as food-borne illness and food contamination outbreaks) may occur in the future. Although food safety policies and procedures have been instituted in each Jersey Mike’s store, incidents may result from store personnel’s failure to comply with such policies and procedures; contamination, adulteration, misbranding, recalls or other food safety issues with fresh ingredients or other products provided by third-party suppliers, such as meat and produce that is sliced or prepared in Jersey Mike’s stores and other products offered for sale in stores; and for other reasons beyond our and our franchise owners’ control. If any Jersey Mike’s stores temporarily close, or recall or dispose of products that are suspected or known to be contaminated, misbranded or adulterated, we may be subject to inspection by U.S. federal, state, local and foreign public health authorities or be impacted by associated negative publicity, and our business, financial condition and results of operations and our brand and reputation could be negatively impacted. Public concern over food-borne illnesses linked to meat, produce, and other food products may also cause fear about the consumption of meat, produce, and other food products, and could cause customers to consume less of such products, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Increased compliance costs due to changed regulations or public health emergencies, such as local outbreaks of communicable diseases, could adversely affect store operations.

Food safety issues may be caused by a variety of factors, many of which are out of our control. For example, these incidents may occur when customers or other individuals, including employees, enter a Jersey Mike’s store while ill and contaminate ingredients, surfaces, or other individuals. These incidents may also occur if store employees do not follow proper sanitation, hygiene, food safety, and other policies and procedures, if store employees do not follow beyond use dates for products, time and temperature controls and other safety measures, or if the equipment used to store ingredients and food products is not properly maintained, malfunctions, or experiences other issues that result in food being stored improperly, including at the wrong temperature. Despite our efforts and the efforts of our franchise owners, it is possible that ingredients, such as meat, produce, or other food or beverage items will not be properly maintained or cultivated throughout the supply and delivery chain. Our third-party distributors and suppliers may not fully comply with applicable food safety regulations and standards and our or their own food safety programs, and these third parties could cause food-borne illness incidents. Any food safety issue arising from a distributor or supplier will likely affect multiple stores rather than a single store. The risk of food safety issues is also increased with respect to catering orders and orders delivered through third-party delivery service providers, as we and our franchise owners often have limited or no control over how the food is delivered, maintained in the course of delivery or served. In addition, Jersey Mike’s stores and third-party distributors are subject to review and examination by local, state, federal and foreign authorities, which may result in temporary or permanent closures. Such closures may negatively impact results and damage our reputation and brand.

Food and beverage items produced at Jersey Mike’s stores and our third-party manufacturers’ facilities are vulnerable to spoilage, contamination, misbranding, adulteration, and food safety issues. Although we require our franchise owners to follow processes and systems designed to ensure compliance with applicable food safety regulations and standards, we cannot guarantee that the products that are delivered to or produced at Jersey Mike’s stores will not be recalled, for example due to possible human error or disease-causing bacteria or pathogens. Furthermore, while our third-party manufacturers must also comply with our food safety standards, we do not have control over their cultivation, manufacturing and packaging processes. The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or food safety issues could result in a temporary supply disruption, recalls, adverse publicity, complaints, litigation, and adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients.

In addition, we have limited control over the handling procedures of our suppliers and distributors that ship food to Jersey Mike’s stores. From time to time, we may need to recall or withdraw some or all of our products if they become, or may or are suspected to have become, damaged, contaminated, adulterated, or misbranded, whether caused by us, our franchise owners, or someone in our supply chain. For example, we have previously conducted a voluntary product withdrawal of pepper ham supplied by one of our suppliers. A recall or withdrawal could result in destruction of food ingredients and inventory, negative publicity, litigation, temporary or permanent store or facility closings for us or our third-party suppliers and contract manufacturers, supply chain interruption, substantial costs of compliance or remediation, fines, and increased scrutiny by U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign regulatory agencies. New scientific discoveries regarding food safety and food manufacturing may bring additional risks and latent liability. If consumption of any food causes or is alleged to cause injury or illness, we may be subject to litigation and may incur litigation costs and become liable for monetary damages as a result of a judgment against us or our franchise owners, or fines by U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign regulatory agencies.

30


Table of Contents

 

The protocols and procedures that we have in place to respond to food safety and food packaging incidents and the public statements we make in response to such incidents may not be sufficient to address the potential impact to the safety of Jersey Mike’s customers and our reputation. Furthermore, any food safety or food packaging incident, whether actual or perceived, could result in negative publicity and public speculation and adversely impact our brand, reputation, and sales. This risk is exacerbated by the fact that social media enables negative publicity, whether or not accurate, to be rapidly disseminated before there is any meaningful opportunity to investigate, respond to and address an issue. In addition, any food safety or food packaging incident that occurs, including those that occur solely at a competitor’s store, or at one of our or our suppliers’ facilities, could result in negative publicity about the restaurant industry generally or with respect to our products, which could in turn have an adverse effect on our business even if Jersey Mike’s stores are not subject to such a food safety incident, or, for example, even if Jersey Mike’s stores disposed of the recalled food product prior to consumption by any customers, and there was no cross contamination at our or our franchise owners’ stores. In addition, the health, safety and environmental risks of per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances and glyphosate in food products have been the subject of increased consumer and regulatory scrutiny and litigation involving others in the restaurant industry.

Our stated Cash-on-Cash Returns, Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio and Store-level EBITDA and Store-level Margin may not be indicative of future results of any new franchise restaurant.

Build Costs, AUVs, store-level operating costs, Store-level EBITDA and Store-level Margin of any new restaurant may differ from average levels experienced by our franchise owners in prior periods due to a variety of factors, and these differences may be material. Accordingly, our stated Cash-on-Cash Returns, Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio and Store-level EBITDA and Store-level Margin may not be indicative of future results of any new franchise restaurant. Cash-on-Cash Returns, Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio and Store-level EBITDA figures are based on information self-reported by our franchise owners and have not been independently verified. In addition, estimated initial Build Costs and store-level operating costs are based on information self-reported by our franchise owners and have not been verified by us. Furthermore, performance of new restaurants is impacted by a range of risks and uncertainties beyond our franchise owners’ control.

Unexpected events have impacted and may in the future impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The occurrence of one or more unexpected events, including war, military actions, acts of terrorism, epidemics and pandemics, fires, tornadoes, tsunamis, hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, and other forms of severe weather (including those caused or exacerbated by climate change), natural or man-made disasters, civil unrest, financial and social instability, workplace violence, cyberattacks and other data security incidents, or other events that lead to avoidance of public places or restrictions on public gatherings in Jersey Mike’s stores, particularly if located in regions where we have significant operations in the United States or in other countries in which we operate, or in which our suppliers are located, have affected and could in the future affect our operations and financial performance. Such events could affect our and our franchise owners’ customer traffic, sales and operating costs and/or cause complete or partial closure of one or more of our suppliers or distributors, cause temporary or long-term disruption or inoperability of our information technology systems (including those of our Third-Party Providers and our proprietary digital platform), temporary or long-term disruptions in our delivery channel or the supply of products from suppliers, and disruption and delay in the transport of products, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Existing insurance coverage may not provide protection from all of these risks and costs that may arise from such events, including product liability and recalls.

In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any employees at our or our franchise owners’ stores had or were suspected of having avian flu, swine flu, Escherichia coli (E. coli) or other food-borne illnesses, or other highly communicable illnesses such as hepatitis A or norovirus, since this could require us or our franchise owners to operate with a reduced number of employees who are not ill or temporarily close stores and facilities or take other measures determined by us or local governmental authorities, such as departments of public health.

31


Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, other viruses may be transmitted through human contact, and the risk or perceived risk of contracting viruses could cause employees or customers to avoid gathering in public, which could adversely affect store customer traffic or the ability to adequately staff stores. We could also be adversely affected if government authorities impose mandatory or voluntary closures, impose restrictions on operations of stores, or restrict the import or export of products, or if suppliers issue recalls of products.

Our and our franchise owners’ Third-Party Providers’ inability or failure to execute a comprehensive business continuity plan following a disaster or force majeure event could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our operations depend upon our and our franchise owners’ Third-Party Providers’ ability to protect our critical information technology equipment and systems against physical theft and damage from power loss, cybersecurity attacks and other data security incidents, improper or unauthorized usage by employees or others, telecommunications failures or other catastrophic events, such as fires, earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes, climate change, widespread power outages caused by severe storms, as well as from internal and external threats, and other disruptive problems or incidents. Any damage, failure, or breach of our or our franchise owners’ Third-Party Providers’ information systems that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business and subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities as well as other harms such as reputational damage. For more information, see “—We and our franchise owners rely on information technology systems to process transactions and manage our business, and a disruption or a failure of such systems or issues with our key technology providers or technology could harm our ability to effectively manage our business and/or result in the loss of customers.” If we, our franchise owners or Third-Party Providers are unable to fully implement a disaster recovery plan, we may experience delays in recovery of data, inability to perform vital corporate functions, tardiness in required reporting and compliance, failures to adequately support field operations, and other breakdowns in normal communication and operating procedures that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation, and exposure to administrative and other legal claims. In addition, these threats are constantly evolving, which increases the difficulty of accurately and timely predicting, planning for and protecting against the threat. As a result, our disaster recovery procedures and business continuity plans may not adequately address all threats we face or protect us from loss and other harms.

Growth of our franchise business is dependent to a large extent on new store openings, which may be affected by factors beyond our control.

Our growth plan includes a combination of opening new franchised stores and increasing same store sales. Our existing management systems, financial and management controls and information systems may not be adequate to support our planned expansion. Our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to locate, hire, train and retain management personnel. We may not be able to respond on a timely basis to all of the changing demands that our planned expansion will impose on management and on our existing infrastructure or be able to hire or retain the necessary management personnel.

Our results of operations are significantly dependent on the operational and financial success of our franchise owners. We receive royalties, franchise fees and contributions to advertising funds from our franchise owners. Growth in royalties and contributions is dependent largely on new franchise store openings. Numerous factors beyond our control may affect franchised store openings, which in turn could hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations. We and our franchise owners may not be able to open planned new stores on a timely basis, if at all, given the uncertainty of numerous factors, including the availability of potential store sites, demographics, traffic patterns, available financing and construction.

The number and timing of new stores opened during any given period may be negatively impacted by a number of factors including, without limitation:

•
our ability to attract new franchise owners and/or encourage existing franchise owners to open additional stores;
•
the identification and availability of attractive sites for new stores and the ability to negotiate suitable lease terms;
•
the proximity of potential sites to existing stores;

32


Table of Contents

 

•
the ability of potential franchise owners to obtain financing;
•
the ability of franchise owners to hire, train and retain qualified operating personnel for their businesses;
•
construction and development costs of new stores, particularly in highly-competitive markets;
•
the ability of franchise owners to secure required governmental approvals and permits in a timely manner, or at all; and
•
adverse weather, natural or man-made disasters and other calamities.

If we and our franchise owners are unable to expand in existing markets or penetrate new markets, our and our franchise owners’ ability to increase revenues and profitability may be harmed. In addition, we and our franchise owners continue to improve existing stores through remodels, upgrades, and regular upkeep. If the costs associated with such remodels, upgrades, or regular upkeep are higher than anticipated, stores are closed for remodeling for longer periods than planned, or remodeled stores do not perform as expected, we and our franchise owners may not realize our and their projected return on investment, which could have a material negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends in significant part on the future performance of existing and new franchised stores, and we are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchise owners.

As of December 28, 2025, approximately 99% of Jersey Mike’s stores were operated by franchise owners. As a result, a substantial portion of our revenue comes from royalties generated by our franchised stores. Accordingly, our franchise owners are contractually obligated to operate their stores in accordance with the operations, safety, and health standards set forth in our franchise agreements and applicable laws. While we will attempt to properly train and support all of our franchise owners, franchise owners are independent third parties whom we do not control. The franchise owners own, operate, and oversee the daily operations of their stores. Accordingly, we are reliant on the performance of our franchise owners in successfully operating their stores and paying royalties to us on a timely basis. Our franchise system subjects us to a number of risks, any one of which may impact our ability to collect royalty payments from our franchise owners, harm the goodwill associated with our franchise, and materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our franchise owners are an integral part of our business. We may be unable to successfully implement our growth strategy without the participation of our franchise owners and the adherence by our franchise owners to brand standards. Our franchise owners may fail to focus on the fundamentals of store operations, such as quality, service, and cleanliness, which would have a negative impact on our success and/or adversely impact the goodwill associated with our franchise program. In addition, our franchise owners may fail to renovate their existing stores or support our marketing initiatives, which could materially adversely affect their sales trends, average weekly sales, and results of operations, thereby impacting our royalty revenue. Although we provide frequent training opportunities to our franchise owners to support consistency across the franchise system, there may be differences in the quality of operations at our franchised stores that impact the profitability of those franchised stores. Also, the failure of our franchise owners to adequately engage in succession planning may affect their store operations and development of new stores, which in turn could hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, franchise owners may not have access to the financial or management resources that they need to open the stores contemplated by their area development agreements and franchise agreements or be able to find suitable sites on which to develop them, or they may elect to cease development for other reasons. Franchise owners may not be able to negotiate acceptable lease or purchase terms for the sites, obtain the necessary permits and governmental approvals or meet construction schedules. Any of these problems could slow our growth from franchise operations and reduce our revenues from franchise fees and royalties. Additionally, financing from banks and other financial institutions may not always be available to franchise owners to construct and open new franchised stores. The lack of adequate financing could adversely affect the number and rate of new store openings by our franchise owners and adversely affect our revenues from franchise fees and royalties.

33


Table of Contents

 

In addition, there is no guarantee that we will maintain the ability to attract, retain or motivate our franchise owners and if our franchise owners fail to renew their franchise agreements or breach the terms of their franchise agreements, our royalty revenue may decrease. The standard term of our franchise agreement is ten years. Upon expiration of the initial ten-year term, a franchise owner may renew the franchise agreement for an additional successive term of ten years, so long as the franchise owner meets certain conditions of the franchise agreement. If a franchise owner is unable to satisfy the required renewal conditions when seeking to renew their franchise agreement, or the franchise owner chooses not to renew the franchise agreement, we may be unable to find a new franchise owner to replace such lost revenues. Further, franchise owners are required to conform to specified product quality standards and specifications pursuant to their franchise agreements in order to protect our brand and to optimize franchised store performance. Under the franchise agreements, franchise owners agree to purchase food and beverage items, ingredients or supplies only from sources approved by us and franchise owner may breach this and the standards set forth in their respective franchise agreements. Further, the federal government and some states have laws, regulation, and guidance regarding the offer and sale of franchises that require disclosure of specified information to franchise owners. The laws, regulation, and guidance are subject to change and can limit fees we charge to franchise owners and certain states may restrict our ability to terminate or decline to renew a franchise. All of the foregoing could have a negative impact, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The actual or perceived failure of our franchise owners to comply with applicable laws and contractual requirements could negatively impact our reputation, results of operations or ability to hire or retain employees. For example, our franchise owners are solely responsible for making their own hiring, firing and disciplinary decisions, scheduling hours and establishing compensation for their employees. Furthermore, if any of our key franchise owners were to become insolvent or otherwise was unable or unwilling to pay us royalties, advertising fees or other amounts owed, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. In a franchise owner bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee may reject its franchise agreements under the applicable bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments from such franchise owner. The amount of the proceeds, if any, that may ultimately be recovered in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchise owner may not be sufficient to satisfy a damage claim resulting from such rejection.

We and our franchise owners may be unable to secure and renew desirable store locations to maintain and grow our business.

The success of any store depends in substantial part on its location. Neighborhood or economic conditions where Jersey Mike’s stores are located could decline in the future as demographic patterns change, resulting in potentially reduced sales in those locations. Our sales and growth strategies may be adversely affected if we or our franchise owners cannot obtain and renew desirable locations for stores at reasonable prices due to, among other things, higher than anticipated acquisition, construction, development or remodel costs, difficulty negotiating leases with acceptable terms, delays or cancellation of new site developments by developers, land use or zoning restrictions, or challenges in securing required governmental permits. Competition for store locations can be intense and other restaurant companies may be able to use their size and financial resources to negotiate more favorable lease terms, priority or exclusivity with landlords and developers. If sales trends or economic conditions worsen for franchise owners, their financial results may deteriorate, which could result in, among other things, store closures, delayed or reduced payments to us of amounts owed under their franchise agreements, advertising contributions, rents and, delayed or reduced payments to us or our affiliates for inventory and supplies.

There are risks associated with our increasing dependence on digital commerce and delivery platforms to maintain and grow sales.

Customers are increasingly using our proprietary e-commerce website and web and/or mobile applications. Customers also increasingly utilize alternative methods of digital ordering and delivery technology, including mobile applications owned by third-party delivery aggregators and third-party developers and payment processors, to order, pay for and have products delivered. As a result, we and our franchise owners are increasingly reliant on digital ordering and payment as a sales channel and our and our franchise owners’ business and growth prospects could be negatively impacted if we and they are unable to successfully execute or maintain our consumer-facing digital initiatives, such as delivery, curbside pick-up and mobile carryout, or are otherwise unable to effectively adapt to developments associated with alternative methods of delivery, including advances in digital ordering and delivery technology, autonomous vehicle delivery, and changes in consumer behavior resulting from these developments. Further, the Jersey Mike’s web and/or mobile applications and online ordering system could be interrupted by power loss, technological failures or user errors, and be subject to cybersecurity attacks and other data security incidents, as well as other forms of sabotage, which could adversely impact store sales and brand image.

34


Table of Contents

 

If the third-party delivery aggregators, including marketplace and delivery as a service, cease or curtail their operations, fail to maintain sufficient labor force to satisfy demand, provide poor customer service, materially change fees or their terms, access or visibility to products, or give greater priority or promotions to our competitors, our business may be negatively impacted. In addition, third-party delivery services typically charge stores a per order fee, and as such utilizing third-party delivery services may not be as profitable as sales directly to our customers, and may also introduce food safety, quality and customer satisfaction risks outside of our control. The third-party delivery business is also the subject of increased scrutiny from regulators, which may result in additional costs and expenses that the third-party delivery businesses and aggregators may seek to pass through to participating stores or otherwise adversely impact such stores. These third-party digital ordering and payment platforms used in connection with Jersey Mike’s stores also could be damaged or interrupted by power loss, technological failures, user errors, cybersecurity attacks and other data security incidents, other forms of sabotage, inclement weather or natural disasters and have experienced, and may continue to experience, interruptions limiting or delaying customers’ ability to order through such platforms and potentially making customers less inclined to return to such platforms. Additionally, our delivery partners may use customer data for Jersey Mike’s orders placed on their platforms to encourage such customers to order from other stores who may be our competitors.

If we do not continue to grow our digital business, it may be difficult for us to achieve our planned sales growth. As the digital space around us continues to evolve, our technology needs to evolve concurrently to remain competitive with the industry. If we do not maintain our digital systems, including the Jersey Mike’s web and/or mobile applications and online ordering system, which are competitive within the industry, our digital business may be adversely affected and could impact store sales. We are also subject to general business regulations and laws as well as federal and state regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet, mobile devices, personal information, and e-commerce that are constantly evolving. Existing and future laws and regulations, or changes thereto, may impede the growth of the Internet, mobile devices, e-commerce, or other online services, and increase the cost of providing online services, require us to change our business practices, or raise compliance costs or other costs of doing business.

If we fail to identify, recruit and contract with a sufficient number of qualified franchise owners, our ability to open new franchised stores and increase our revenue could be materially adversely affected.

The opening of additional franchised stores depends, in part, upon the availability of prospective franchise owners who meet our criteria. We may not be able to identify, recruit or contract with suitable franchise owners in our target markets on a timely basis or at all. Although we have developed criteria to evaluate and screen prospective franchise owners, our franchise owners may not ultimately have the business acumen or be able to access the financial or management resources that they need to open and successfully operate the stores contemplated by their agreements with us. Existing franchise owners may elect to cease store development for other reasons and applicable franchise laws may limit our ability to terminate or modify these franchise agreements. If any of these situations occur, our growth may be slower than anticipated, which could materially adversely affect our ability to increase our revenue and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Also, the number of new franchised stores that actually open in the future may differ materially from the number of signed commitments from existing and new franchise owners. The historic conversion rate of signed commitments to new franchised stores may not be indicative of the conversion rates we will experience in the future, and the total number of new franchised stores actually opened in the future may differ materially from the number of signed commitments disclosed at any point in time.

The inability to expand in accordance with our plans or to manage the risks associated with our growth could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

35


Table of Contents

 

Our expansion into new and in existing markets may present increased risks.

New stores may be located in markets where there may be limited or no market recognition of our brand. Those markets may have competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns that are different from those in our existing markets, and we may encounter well-established competitors with substantially greater financial resources than we do. As a result, those new stores may be less successful than stores in our existing markets.

We may need to build brand awareness in new markets through greater investments in advertising and promotional activity than we originally planned, which could negatively impact the profitability in such new markets. Our franchise owners may find it more difficult in new markets to hire, motivate and keep qualified employees. In addition, we may have difficulty finding reliable suppliers or distributors or ones that can provide us and franchise owners, either initially or over time, with adequate supplies of ingredients meeting our quality standards. Stores opened in new markets may also have lower average store sales than stores opened in existing markets and may take longer to, or fail to, grow and reach expected sales and profit levels. Additionally, new markets may have higher rents and labor costs. These factors could negatively impact store unit economics and overall profitability. See “—Our expansion into international markets exposes us to a number of risks that may differ in each country where we have stores.”

We also intend to continue opening new franchised stores in our existing markets as a core part of our growth strategy. As a result, the opening of a new franchised store in or near markets in which franchised or company-owned stores already exist could adversely affect the sales of existing franchised or company-owned stores.

Changes in the control of our franchise owners may impair the success of franchised stores or result in the termination of a franchise owner’s right to operate its franchised store.

In the event of the death or disability of a franchise owner (if a natural person) or a principal of a franchise owner entity, the executors and representatives of the franchise owner or franchise owner principal, as the case may be, are generally permitted to transfer the relevant franchise agreement to a successor franchise owner approved by us. There is, however, no assurance that any such successor would be found or, if found, would be able to perform the former franchise owner’s obligations under such franchise agreement or successfully operate its franchised store. In the event that an acceptable successor franchise owner is not located and approved within the time period designated in the franchise agreement, the franchise owner would be in default under its franchise agreement and, among other things, the franchise owner’s right to operate its franchised store could be terminated. If a successor franchise owner is not found, or the successor franchise owner that is found is not as successful in operating the franchised store as the then-deceased franchise owner or franchise owner principal, this could adversely affect store sales, which in turn may have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New stores may not be profitable and may negatively affect sales at our existing locations.

Although we and our franchise owners institute certain operating and financial performance targets for new stores, these new stores may not meet these targets or may take longer than anticipated to do so. Historically, labor and operating costs associated with a newly opened store are sometimes materially greater in the first six months of operations, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenue. New stores often take a period of time to reach planned operating efficiency, due to costs and challenges associated with identifying, hiring, training, and retaining qualified employees, including managers, and instilling and enforcing our brand standards. Any new stores that are opened may not be profitable or achieve operating results similar to existing stores on a similar timeframe or at all. If new stores do not perform as planned, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

In addition, the opening of new stores in or near markets in which a store is already located could adversely affect sales at existing stores, particularly in markets in which we have a high concentration of stores. Existing stores within a market could also make it more difficult to build a customer base for a new store in the same market. While we have engaged and will continue to implement strategies to open new stores that are not expected to materially affect sales at existing stores, it is possible that new stores may cannibalize sales at existing stores, which could adversely affect our and our franchise owners’ profitability.

36


Table of Contents

 

Our expansion into international markets exposes us to a number of risks that may differ in each country where we have stores.

As of December 28, 2025, we have stores in the United States and Canada and plan to accelerate our growth internationally. For example, on December 31, 2025, we entered into a Master Franchise and Operation Agreement providing for the development of a minimum of 300 stores to be opened in the United Kingdom and Ireland. Expansion in international markets may be affected by local economic, market, and cultural conditions. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected if the global markets in which our franchised stores compete are affected by changes in political, economic, or other factors. These factors, over which neither our franchise owners nor we have control, may include:

•
recessionary or expansive trends and economic downturns in international markets;
•
changing labor conditions and difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations;
•
increases in the taxes we or our franchise owners pay and other changes in applicable tax laws;
•
tariffs and trade policies and the economic uncertainty that they may cause;
•
legal and regulatory changes, and the burdens and costs of our compliance with a variety of foreign laws, including data protection and privacy laws that may be more stringent in jurisdictions outside the United States;
•
difficulty in securing suitable local suppliers in international markets;
•
changes in inflationary pressures and interest rates;
•
changes in exchange rates and the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds;
•
difficulty in protecting our brand, reputation, intellectual property and other proprietary rights;
•
difficulty in collecting our royalties and longer payment cycles;
•
expropriation of private enterprises;
•
anti-American sentiment in certain locations and the identification of our brand as an American brand;
•
political and economic instability, including due to national and international conflicts or wars, military actions, sanctions, acts of terror, pandemics or similar events;
•
the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws;
•
the Antiterrorism Act; and
•
other external factors.

Our international expansion efforts may require considerable management time as well as start-up expenses for market development before any significant revenues and earnings are generated. Negotiated incentives or discounts provided in connection with the opening of new markets may result in lower cash flows and profits than existing international markets. Operations in new foreign markets may achieve low margins or may be unprofitable, and expansion in existing markets may be affected by local economic and market conditions. Therefore, as we continue to expand internationally, we or our franchise owners may not experience the operating margins we expect, we may experience a delay in or loss of royalty income, our results of operations and growth may be negatively impacted, and our common stock price may decline. In addition, we have entered, and may in the future enter, into agreements or arrangements with third-party area representatives, area developers, and/or master franchisees that may provide exclusive rights to develop or open Jersey Mike’s stores in a particular territory. Our performance and success in these territories will depend on the performance and success of third parties, which is outside our control, and may negatively impact our results of operations and growth.

37


Table of Contents

 

We are vulnerable to changes in consumer preferences and regulation of consumer eating and consumption habits that could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Consumer preferences and eating habits often change rapidly and without warning, moving from one trend to another among many products or concepts. We depend on some of these trends, including the trend regarding away-from-home or take-out dining. Consumer preferences towards away-from-home and take-out dining or certain food products might shift as a result of, among other things, new information, attitudes regarding diet and health concerns, adoption of pharmaceuticals that suppress appetite such as GLP-1’s, or dietary trends related to cholesterol, carbohydrate, fat and salt content of certain food items, including sandwiches, in favor of foods that are perceived as healthier. In addition, some of our products contain allergens such as egg, milk, fish, and sesame, as well as sugar, sodium, and sulphites, the health effects of which are the subject of public and regulatory scrutiny, and the consumption of which may be or have been associated with a variety of adverse health effects. A change in consumer preferences away from our offerings would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Negative publicity over, or increased costs relating to, the health aspects of, or animal welfare or other social or environmental concerns related to, the food items we sell may adversely affect demand for our menu items and could have a material adverse effect on traffic, sales and results of operations.

If our customers perceive our menu items to contain unhealthy caloric, sugar, sodium, or fat content, or negatively perceived ingredients, our results of operations could be adversely affected. We provide nutrient information to customers in accordance with regulations, including nutrient analyses, laboratory analyses, and nutrition facts labels, and if the information used to substantiate the nutrient information on our menus and menu boards is inaccurate, we may be subject to reputational damage, false advertising claims, enforcement actions from federal, state, local, and foreign regulators, penalties, civil actions, and litigation. The success of Jersey Mike’s store operations depends, in part, upon our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer preferences and eating habits, negative publicity and consumer health and disclosure regulations and to adapt our menu offerings to fit the dietary needs, preferences and eating habits of our customers without sacrificing quality or flavor. To the extent we are unable to respond with appropriate changes to our menu offerings, it could materially adversely affect customer traffic and our results of operations. Furthermore, any change in our menu could result in a decrease in existing customer traffic.

We may not be able to adequately obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our rights in our intellectual property and other proprietary rights.

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, and copyright laws, as well as contractual rights, such as confidentiality, invention assignment, license and other intellectual property agreements, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. However, these laws, procedures and agreements provide only limited protection and may not be adequate to protect any of our intellectual property or other proprietary rights from being challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, diluted, misappropriated or otherwise violated. The obtainment, maintenance, protection and enforcement of our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may require the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources. For example, efforts to monitor the infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property or other proprietary rights by third parties are difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property or other proprietary rights or detect such activity in a timely manner or at all. We have in the past instituted, and may from time to time in the future be required to institute, litigation or other proceedings to enforce our trademarks and other intellectual property and proprietary rights. Such litigation or other proceedings could result in substantial costs, or the diversion of resources and attention of our management, and could negatively affect our sales, profitability, and prospects regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights.

Our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are material to the conduct of our business and our trademark portfolio is particularly significant as our brand recognition is one of our key differentiating factors from our competitors. The success of our business depends in part on our ability to use our trademarks, service marks, and other intellectual property and proprietary rights, including our name and logos and the unique character, atmosphere, and ambiance of Jersey Mike’s stores, to increase brand awareness and further develop our brand reputation in the market. However, our competitors may develop similar offerings, including menu items and concepts, and there can be no assurance that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights will be sufficient to distinguish our products or services from those of our competitors and/or provide us with a competitive advantage.

38


Table of Contents

 

Further, the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights in the United States and other jurisdictions may not be adequate or effective. For example, we have registered and applied to register trademarks and other intellectual property in the United States and other jurisdictions, but we cannot guarantee that our trademark applications will be approved and mature into registrations or that we will otherwise obtain adequate trademark protection. In addition, our competitors or other third parties may file for registrations of or otherwise use trademarks and branding similar or identical to ours, and we may not be able to adequately prevent such practices or successfully challenge such third-party rights, which could harm the value of our business, result in the abandonment, dilution, or invalidity of trademarks associated with our business, prevent us from being able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition, require us to expend financial resources to license or acquire such rights and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or prospects. Also, third parties may oppose and successfully challenge the validity, scope and/or enforceability of our trademark and other intellectual property and proprietary rights. In the event that our trademarks are successfully opposed, challenged, circumvented or declared generic, we could be forced to rebrand our products or services, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote substantial resources to developing, advertising and marketing new brands that may not ultimately be successful.

In addition, any success we have had registering and protecting our intellectual property in the United States and certain other jurisdictions does not guarantee that we will have similar success in other jurisdictions. As we expand our operations outside the United States, our exposure to unauthorized use of our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may increase, and the failure to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights in such other jurisdictions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Further, effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every jurisdiction in which we currently, or may in the future, conduct business and the laws of some jurisdictions may not protect intellectual property and other proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. We do not have identical or analogous intellectual property protection in all jurisdictions, which could risk freedom to operate in certain jurisdictions if we were to expand. We may need to expend additional resources to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property or other proprietary rights domestically or internationally, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We also rely on trade secret protection for certain aspects of our business, including our recipes and formulations, operations manuals and proprietary in-house point-of-sale (“POS”) platform. Trade secret protection is risky and uncertain, and the disclosure or independent discovery or development of our proprietary recipes, formulations, operations manuals and POS platform could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Trade secrets are protected only as long as they remain secret and reasonable efforts are made to maintain their confidentiality. We seek to protect these trade secrets and other confidential information through trade secret laws and contractual arrangements, including invention assignment and confidentiality agreements with our employees, contractors, franchise owners and other third parties, as well as other reasonable actions, such as the use of physical and technological security measures. While we maintain a policy requiring our employees and others to enter into agreements to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, we cannot guarantee that such agreements are sufficient to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights, or that all parties who have access to our trade secrets or other proprietary information have executed an invention assignment or confidentiality agreement with us. Further, we cannot guarantee that any executed agreements or physical or technological security measures will not be breached or that any of our efforts designed to safeguard our trade secrets and other confidential information will be effective in controlling access to, and use and distribution of, our intellectual property and other proprietary, confidential, or sensitive information, or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of a breach. Moreover, we rely on our franchise owners to adequately protect our trade secrets and other confidential information. If our trade secrets, or other intellectual property or proprietary rights are infringed, misappropriated, disclosed (intentionally or inadvertently), copied, or otherwise violated, or independently developed or reverse-engineered by third parties, including competitors, we may lose our competitive advantage with no adequate remedy. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, if third parties lawfully obtain or independently develop our trade secrets or other proprietary, confidential or sensitive information, we would not have legal recourse (including the assertion of trade secret rights) to prevent such third parties from using such trade secrets or information to compete with us. Failing to protect and maintain the secrecy of our trade secrets or other proprietary, confidential or sensitive information for any reason could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

39


Table of Contents

 

Our efforts to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property or other proprietary rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the ownership, scope, validity and enforceability of our intellectual property or other proprietary rights. An adverse determination of any litigation or other proceedings could put our intellectual property or other proprietary rights at risk of being invalidated, deemed unenforceable or reduced in scope and there is a risk that some of our proprietary, confidential or sensitive information could be compromised by discovery during intellectual property litigation. Our inability to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights against infringement, misappropriation or other violations, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could allow competitors to develop and commercialize services or products similar to ours and thereby reduce demand for our offerings, delay future sales and introductions of new products, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our business, or injure our reputation.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our ability to integrate with third-party software.

The success of our growth depends, in part, on our ability to integrate third-party software and other technology, including third-party delivery services such as Uber Eats, DoorDash, GrubHub and other food delivery services into our platforms (including mobile applications and POS system). The growth of our business will continue to depend on third-party relationships, including relationships with digital service providers, ordering service providers, aggregators, digital agencies, payment processors, marketing technology providers, and other partners. Identifying, negotiating, and documenting relationships with third parties, in a manner compliant with applicable laws and regulations, and integrating third-party software and technology requires significant time and resources, and Third-Party Providers may make material changes to their businesses, solutions, or services that could be detrimental to or otherwise adversely affect our business. If any of these third parties terminate their relationship with us or refuse to renew their agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, we would need to find an alternative provider and may not be able to secure similar terms or replace such provider in an acceptable time frame.

Such third-party software and technology, and the terms on which they are offered, are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to maintain or modify our platform to ensure compatibility with such third-party offerings, which could cause our platforms to not operate as efficiently or effectively as such platforms have previously operated, or may cause other issues. Moreover, we cannot be certain that such software and technology do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others, or that our suppliers and licensors have sufficient rights in or to such software and technology, or intellectual property or other proprietary rights therein, in all jurisdictions in which we may operate. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our rights to any of this software or technology, including if we are unable to continue to obtain the software or technology or enter into new agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be forced to redesign our technology or acquire or develop alternate software or technology (which may require significant time and effort, be of lower quality or performance standards or ultimately not be successful) and our ability to provide or develop our offerings containing that software or technology could be adversely affected, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our reliance on third parties, including our franchise owners and other licensees, may negatively impact our ability to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights.

We cannot guarantee that franchise owners or other third parties with licenses to use our intellectual property and other proprietary rights will not take actions that may harm the value of our intellectual property or other proprietary rights, including the Jersey Mike’s brand. We license certain intellectual property and other proprietary rights to our franchise owners, product suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, advertisers and other third parties. Although we monitor and restrict third-party activities through our contracts and license agreements, third parties, including our franchise owners and other licensees, may use, refer to, or make statements about the Jersey Mike’s brand that do not make proper use of our trademark, service marks or required designations, that improperly alter trademarks, service marks, or branding, or that are critical of the Jersey Mike’s brands or place the Jersey Mike’s brand in a context that may tarnish its reputation. Moreover, unauthorized third parties may conduct business using our intellectual property or other proprietary rights to take advantage of the goodwill of the Jersey Mike’s brand, resulting in consumer confusion or dilution. Any reduction of our goodwill, consumer confusion, or dilution is likely to impact sales, and could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

40


Table of Contents

 

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to claims that we violated certain third-party intellectual property or other proprietary rights.

Third parties have in the past asserted, and may in the future assert, that we infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate their intellectual property or other proprietary rights. We cannot guarantee that we have not, do not, or will not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others. Any claim against us relating to intellectual property or other proprietary rights, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to settle or litigate, and could divert the attention of our management, even if we were ultimately successful. Litigation regarding intellectual property and other proprietary rights is inherently uncertain due to the complex issues involved, and we may not be successful in defending ourselves in such matters. Any claims successfully brought against us could subject us to significant liability for damages or other fees, including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed certain types of intellectual property rights, and we may be required to stop using brands, products, technology, or other intellectual property or proprietary rights alleged to be in violation of a third-party’s rights in one or more jurisdictions where we do business. We also may be required to seek a license for third-party intellectual property or enter into a settlement or coexistence agreement that may limit our rights or the scope of our business operations in some way. A license may not be available, or the license may require us to submit to unreasonable terms, including requiring us to pay significant royalties, which could increase our operating expenses. We may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing branding or products, which could require significant time and expense, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. If we cannot license or develop replacements for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we could be forced to limit our products or services and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our use of open source software could compromise the proprietary nature of our software and could expose us to other legal liabilities and technological risks.

Certain of our technologies, such as our POS platform, utilize or incorporate open source software, and we may incorporate open source software in the future, which, in some instances, may subject us to certain unfavorable conditions. For example, certain open source licenses may give rise to requirements to disclose or license our proprietary source code, or make available any derivative works or modifications of the open source software code, on unfavorable terms or at no cost. While we have implemented policies relating to our use of open source software that are designed to mitigate such risks, we cannot guarantee that we use open source software in a manner that is consistent with such policies.

Furthermore, there are many types of open source licenses, many of which have not been interpreted or adjudicated by U.S. or other courts and these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and services. As such, our use of open source software could subject us to significant legal expense, damages and obligations to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on the use of our proprietary software and we could be required to seek licenses from third parties and pay royalties in order to continue using the open source software necessary to operate our business, or be required to discontinue use of or re-engineer our software.

In addition, the use of open source software may entail greater technical and legal risks than those associated with the use of third-party commercial software, as open source software is generally provided on an “as-is” basis and the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our platform. Open-source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims, security and other vulnerabilities or the quality of the software code. We cannot ensure that the authors of such open source software will implement or push updates to address security risks or will not abandon further development and maintenance.

Any of the foregoing could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our software, delay the introduction of new technological capabilities, result in a failure of our technologies, subject us to cyberattacks and other data security incidents or subject us to significant legal expenses and damages, any of which could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

41


Table of Contents

 

We and our franchise owners rely on information technology systems to process transactions and manage our business, and a disruption or a failure of such systems or issues with our key technology providers or technology could harm our ability to effectively manage our business and/or result in the loss of customers.

Network and information technology systems, including POS and payment processing systems, web and/or mobile applications, technologies supporting our digital business, technologies that manage our supply chain, and technologies that facilitate collection of cash, payment of obligations, marketing initiatives, employee engagement and payroll processing, and various other processes and procedures, are integral to our business. For example, we utilize various computer systems, including our enterprise reporting system, by which our franchise owners report their weekly sales and pay their corresponding royalty fees. This system is critical to our ability to accurately track sales and compute and receive royalties due from our franchise owners. Our ability to effectively manage our business and coordinate the procurement, distribution and sale of our products depends significantly on the availability, reliability, and security of our network and information technology systems.

We have also contracted with Third-Party Providers, and as a result, we are reliant on those Third-Party Providers to implement protective measures that ensure the security and availability of their systems. While we have policies, procedures, and systems in place designed to manage third-party cybersecurity risks, such policies, procedures and systems may not be sufficient to address all potential failures or risks associated with third-party systems. Because we do not control our Third-Party Providers, other than through our contractual relationships, our ability to monitor the system and information security of our Third-Party Providers may be very limited. Further, in the event of a cyberattack or other data security incident of a Third-Party Provider’s information technology system, we may not receive timely notice of, or sufficient information about, the attack or other incident, or be able to exert any meaningful control of or influence over how and when the attack or other incident is addressed. If our Third-Party Providers experience a data security incident or other type of interruption, or fail to protect their information technology systems on which we rely, our information systems may become inaccessible and access to our data and other business information may be impacted, which could materially disrupt our operations and create liability and reputational damage. Further, our contractual protections with Third-Party Providers may not be sufficient to adequately protect us from any liabilities or losses imposed by any actual or perceived cyberattack or other data security incident, and we may be unable to enforce any such contractual protections. The inability of us or our Third-Party Providers to address third-party cybersecurity risks, or a breakdown in the relationship with such Third-Party Providers, could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our operations depend upon our and our Third-Party Providers’ abilities to protect our and their computer equipment and information technology systems against damage from cyberattacks and other data security incidents, including physical theft, fire, military or political conflicts, natural disasters, power loss, computer, network, system and telecommunications failures or other catastrophic events, viruses, worms, software bugs or other vulnerabilities, ransomware, malware, insider malfeasance, fraud, human or technological error, social engineering (including phishing) and other disruptive problems or other incidents. We and our Third-Party Providers face numerous and evolving cybersecurity risks from diverse threat actors, such as state-sponsored organizations, opportunistic hackers, and hacktivists, that threaten the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our and our Third-Party Providers’ information technology systems. The scope and severity of these cybersecurity risks have increased due to the continued evolution and sophistication of tools and techniques used to conduct cyberattacks and other data security incidents, including AI Technologies and potentially quantum computing, that may be capable of circumventing cybersecurity controls, evading detection, and removing forensic evidence. Further, such tools and techniques, as well as the sources and targets of such cyberattacks and other data security incidents, change frequently and are often not recognized until such attacks are launched or have been ongoing for a period of time. All of the foregoing factors may limit our and our Third-Party Providers’ ability to identify, investigate, remediate and recover from the effects of cyberattacks and other data security incidents in a timely manner, or at all. Some of our systems are not fully redundant and our disaster recovery planning and business interruption insurance may not be sufficient for all eventualities. Any damage, failure or other incident relating to our information technology systems or network infrastructure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business and subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities. In addition, such events could result in a need for costly repair, upgrade or replacement of systems, or a decrease in, or in the collection of, royalties paid to us by our franchise owners. To the extent that any cyberattack or other data security incident, or any failure of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, were to result in damage to our information technology systems, including our web and/or mobile applications, or the unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of personal, confidential, sensitive or other regulated

42


Table of Contents

 

information, we could be subject to claims from affected customers for monetary recourse or other remedies for their losses or otherwise incur liability which could materially affect the operation of our business, our financial condition, and results of operations. For further information, see “—Our and our franchise owners’ Third-Party Providers’ inability or failure to execute a comprehensive business continuity plan following a disaster or force majeure event could have a material adverse impact on our business.” and “—Any actual or perceived cyberattacks or other data security incidents with respect to our or our Third-Party Providers’ operations, systems or applications, including the Jersey Mike’s mobile applications, or resulting in the unauthorized access to or improper loss, use or disclosure of personal, confidential, sensitive or other regulated information, may adversely affect our business.”

We cannot be certain that our existing or future insurance coverage will be adequate for such liabilities, that insurance will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our reputation, brand, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Any actual or perceived cyberattacks or other data security incidents with respect to our or our Third-Party Providers’ operations, systems or applications, including the Jersey Mike’s mobile applications, or resulting in the unauthorized access to or improper loss, use or disclosure of personal, confidential, sensitive or other regulated information, may adversely affect our business.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our Third-Party Providers on our behalf collect, use, store, retain, adapt, alter, disclose, transfer, transmit, protect and otherwise process (collectively, “Process”) personal information (which may also be referred to as “personal data”, “personally identifiable information” or similar terms) of actual and prospective customers, business contacts, employees, franchise owners and others, and other confidential, sensitive or regulated information, including credit and debit card numbers. Our ability to effectively manage our business depends on the proper function, availability and security of our and our Third-Party Providers’ information technology systems and the secure Processing of such information.

As with many other large retail businesses, we and our Third-Party Providers have been, and likely will continue to be, the target of attempts to compromise our information technology systems and data, including those that result in loss of, or unauthorized use of or access to, personal, confidential, sensitive, or other regulated information. While we continue to make significant investments to protect against cyberattacks and other data security incidents, including physical and technological security measures, employee training, and third-party services designed to protect our personal, confidential, sensitive, or other regulated information, the measures that we and our Third-Party Providers have implemented may not be effective. For further information on cybersecurity risks, see “—We and our franchise owners rely on information technology systems to process transactions and manage our business, and a disruption or a failure of such systems or issues with our key technology providers or technology could harm our ability to effectively manage our business and/or result in the loss of customers.”

Any cyberattack or other data security incident, including any resulting in the unauthorized access to or improper loss, use or disclosure of personal, confidential, sensitive or other regulated information could result in widespread negative publicity, damage to our reputation, a loss of customers or business partners, disruption of our business, diversion of management attention, costly investigations and remediation efforts, notification requirements and/or legal liabilities, including legal claims or proceedings, regulatory enforcement actions, civil or criminal penalties, fines, liability under data privacy and cybersecurity laws, regulations and other obligations, breach of contract claims, and additional reporting requirements. Additionally, defending against claims or litigation based on any actual or perceived cyberattacks or other data security incidents, including those resulting in unauthorized access to or improper loss, use or disclosure of personal, confidential, sensitive or other regulated information, regardless of their merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our reputation, brand, business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. For further information, see “—Our or our Third-Party Providers’ actual or perceived failure to comply with complex and evolving laws and regulations and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, email and telephone marketing and/or the Processing of personal information could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.”

43


Table of Contents

 

Our or our Third-Party Providers’ actual or perceived failure to comply with complex and evolving laws and regulations and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, email and telephone marketing and/or the Processing of personal information could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.

There are numerous U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign laws, regulations and other legal obligations regarding privacy, data protection, cybersecurity and email and telephone marketing that govern the Processing of personal information and other types of information. We and our Third-Party Providers Process significant amounts of personal, confidential, sensitive and other regulated information relating to our actual and prospective customers, business contacts, employees, franchise owners and others, which subjects us to complex and evolving global laws, regulations, and other legal obligations.

While we strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations and other legal obligations, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. At the U.S. federal level, we are subject to, among other laws and regulations, the rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) which regulates unfair or deceptive acts or practices. If our public statements about our Processing of personal information—whether made through our privacy policies, information provided on our website, press statements, or otherwise—are alleged to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices, we may be subject to potential government investigations and enforcement actions, including by the FTC or relevant state attorneys general. There is also discussion from time to time in the U.S. Congress of a new comprehensive federal data privacy law to which we may become subject, if enacted, which may add additional complexity, conflicting requirements, additional restrictions, and potential legal risk. At the U.S. state level, we are subject to various regulations and other legal obligations such as consumer protection statutes and comprehensive privacy laws such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act, the “CCPA”). The CCPA broadly defines personal information, and gives California residents expanded privacy rights and protections, such as the right to request deletion of personal information collected about them and the right to opt out of the sharing or sale of personal information and provides for civil penalties and statutory damages for certain violations. Many other states have enacted comprehensive consumer privacy laws that impose obligations on covered businesses and provide individuals certain rights with respect to their personal information. Additionally, foreign laws and regulations such as the EU and UK versions of the General Data Protection Regulation, Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”), and various provincial laws in Canada may apply to our current and future business operations and activities offered to non-U.S. residents. The expansion of our business into new jurisdictions could impose additional requirements with respect to the Processing of data and could limit our marketing activities or otherwise impose changes to our business operations. The existence of comprehensive privacy laws and regulations in various jurisdictions will make our compliance obligations more complex and costly and may increase the likelihood that we may be subject to enforcement actions or otherwise incur liability for non-compliance. In addition to the foregoing laws and regulations, we are also subject to related industry standards, including the standards and technology currently used for transmission and approval of electronic payment transactions are determined and controlled by the payment card industry, known as the PCI DSS. If we, our franchise owners or Third-Party Providers fail to comply with these standards or if a third party circumvents our data security measures or those of our franchise owners or Third-Party Providers, we, our franchise owners or Third-Party Providers could be exposed to litigation, liability, reputational harm, fines from the payment card companies and increased costs, which could impact our results of operations.

Moreover, if we suffer a cyberattack or other data security incident impacting personal information, there may be obligations to notify government authorities or data subjects, which may divert our time and effort and entail substantial expense and other liabilities. Each of the 50 U.S. states and the District of Columbia requires companies to provide notice under certain circumstances to consumers whose personal information has been impacted as a result of a data breach. Additionally, we may be required to disclose personal information pursuant to demands from individuals, regulators, government agencies, and law enforcement agencies in various jurisdictions with conflicting privacy and security laws and regulations, which could result in a breach of privacy and data protection policies, notices, rules, court orders, laws and regulations.

44


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, we rely on a variety of marketing techniques to engage customers, including email, text messages, social media marketing and postal mailings, and we are subject to various laws and regulations that govern such marketing and advertising practices conducted by telephone, email, mobile devices and the internet that are applicable to our business. These laws include the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (the “TCPA”), its state law equivalents, and the Controlling the Assault of Non‑Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act (the “CAN-SPAM Act”). The TCPA places certain consumer consent requirements and other restrictions on communications with consumers by calls, faxes, and text messages. The CAN-SPAM Act requires providing an opt-out mechanism in connection with the transmission of commercial emails for receiving future commercial emails from the sender.

We are also subject to evolving U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations regarding the use of third-party cookies, pixels, and other methods of online tracking, which regulate the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies, pixels, or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. Some of our data Processing practices may be challenged under wiretapping laws, if we obtain consumer information from third parties through various methods, including chatbot and session replay providers, or via third-party marketing cookies, pixels or similar technology. Recently, these practices have been subject to increased challenges by class action plaintiffs, as a number of recent lawsuits have pled claims under such privacy legislation alleging wiretapping, eavesdropping, recording and invasion of privacy through the use of marketing pixels, analytics software, session replay technology, voice recording (including the recording of calls from franchise owners and customers), and live chat functionality. Such demands could allow for the recovery of statutory damages on a per violation basis, which could be significant depending on the volume of data and the number of violations.

The scope of laws and regulations governing privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, email and telephone marketing and/or the Processing of personal information is expanding and evolving, subject to differing interpretations, may be inconsistent among jurisdictions, or conflict with other rules or legal obligations. Because the interpretation and application of such laws and regulations are uncertain, it is possible that they may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data Processing practices or the features of our products or platforms. Compliance with current and future laws, regulations and other legal obligations, including any amendments thereto, governing privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, email and telephone marketing and/or the Processing of personal information requires, and may in the future require, significant time, resources, and expense, as will the effort to monitor whether additional changes to our business practices and our backend configuration are needed, all of which may increase operating costs, delay or impede the development of new products or limit our ability to operate or expand our business. While we strive to comply with current and emerging privacy laws, regulations and other legal obligations, there is no assurance that our compliance efforts will be adequate, and regulatory authorities may interpret or apply these laws and regulations in ways that were not previously known to us or that differ from our own interpretation and application. Any actual or perceived failure by us or our Third-Party Providers to address or comply with these laws, regulations or other legal obligations, could expose us to regulatory scrutiny, investigations, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, legal liability, fines and penalties, judgments, result in loss of consumer confidence, erosion of consumer trust, reputational harm or negative publicity, require us to change our business practices or modify our solutions or features, increase the costs and complexity of compliance, and result in other business, financial and operational impacts.

We may not be able to manage our supply chain and distributor agreements effectively, which may adversely affect store operations.

There is risk in our ability to effectively scale production and processing and effectively manage our supply chain requirements and distributor agreements. As we continue to grow our business, if we or our franchise owners are unable to obtain the desired amount of ingredients from these suppliers, we may be forced to modify menu offerings or our recipes, manage ingredient shortages or outages at certain locations or across stores, or obtain ingredients from different suppliers that may be at a higher cost or may be of a lower quality than original ingredients. Any of these changes could result in changes to the food taste and quality of products sold at stores and could be less appealing to our customers, and any increase in costs could have an adverse impact on our and our franchise owners’ profitability and store operations.

45


Table of Contents

 

We must accurately forecast demand for each of our menu offerings to ensure that our partners have adequate available manufacturing capacity, supply and distribution of meat, produce, and other products to our franchised stores. Our forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, which may cause our estimates to be inaccurate and affect our ability to obtain adequate manufacturing capacity and quantities from our distributors, suppliers, and manufacturing partners in order to meet demand, which could prevent us from meeting customer demand and harm our brand and our business. When we launch a new product, our initial assumptions on demand for such product may need to be refined as we see how our customers respond.

We must also continuously monitor our inventory against forecasted demand. If we underestimate demand, we and our franchise owners risk having inadequate supplies. On the other hand, if we and our franchise owners have too much food inventory on hand, it may reach or near its expiration date and become unusable. If we and our franchise owners are unable to manage supply chains effectively, our and our franchise owners’ operating costs could increase and our and our franchise owners profit margins could decrease.

Interruptions in the supply of products to franchised and company-owned stores and our reliance on third parties could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In order to maintain quality-control standards and consistency among stores, our franchise agreements obligate our franchise owners to obtain food and other supplies from pre-approved distributors and suppliers. While our supplier relationships were more concentrated historically, we have established and continue to establish relationships with additional regional and/or secondary suppliers for a number of our products. In this regard, a group of suppliers and our distributors provide us and our franchise owners with meat, produce, other food products, beverages, food packaging materials, and paper goods, and the distribution of such products to our stores. In addition, pursuant to our supplier programs with certain major food and beverage suppliers and distributors, we receive payments based on the dollar volume of food and beverage purchases and cases delivered, which are generally correlated with franchised store sales. We and our franchise owners bear risks associated with the timeliness, solvency, reputation, labor relations, freight costs, price of raw materials, and compliance with health and safety standards of each supplier and distributors. We have little control over such suppliers or distributors. Disruptions in these relationships may reduce franchised and company-owned store sales and, in the case of reduced franchise owner sales, our royalty income. Overall difficulty of suppliers meeting store product demand, interruptions in the supply chain, obstacles or delays in the process of renegotiating or renewing agreements with preferred suppliers or distributors, financial difficulties experienced by suppliers or distributors, or the deficiency, lack, or poor quality of alternative suppliers or distributors could adversely impact franchised and company-owned store sales, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results and, in the case of reduced franchise owner sales, would reduce our royalty revenue. In addition, our focus on a limited menu could make these consequences more severe. Finally, if we are unable to successfully extend, renew or replace supplier programs on terms as favorable as existing arrangements our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Although we believe that alternative supply and distribution are available, we may not be able to easily locate replacement suppliers or distributors who provide ingredients or products that meet our high-quality standards. Any failure to timely replace or engage suppliers or distributors who meet our specifications has in the past and could again increase our and our franchise owners’ expenses, cause delays in deliveries of food and other products, and cause food and item shortages for production and at stores. A shortage at a store could, in turn, cause such store to remove items from its menu. If that were to happen, affected stores could experience significant reductions in sales during the shortage and thereafter, if customers change their dining habits as a result. Alternatively, if we are required to lower or otherwise change our specifications in order to obtain sufficient supply, it could impact the taste and quality of the food, which could in turn impact demand for such food and offerings. Our focus on key food products would make the consequences of a shortage of such product, or a change in the quality of our products, more severe. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify or negotiate with alternative suppliers or distributors on terms that are commercially reasonable to us.

46


Table of Contents

 

Moreover, given that we do not control the businesses of our suppliers and distributors, our efforts to specify and monitor the standards under which they perform may not be successful. Certain food items are perishable and/or may be contaminated, adulterated or misbranded, and we and our franchise owners have limited control over whether these items will be delivered to us in appropriate condition for use in our stores. We and our franchise owners may not detect any such contamination, adulteration or misbranding, particularly contamination with microbiological pathogens, such as E.coli, Salmonella, and Listeria. Indemnification obligations from our suppliers and distributors in such circumstances may be limited and, to the extent our suppliers and distributors are obligated to indemnify us, we could still incur losses if our suppliers are unable or refuse to satisfy such indemnification obligations to us. If any of our distributors or suppliers perform inadequately, or our distribution or supply relationships are disrupted for any reason, our and our franchise owners’ business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our use of AI Technologies in our business may result in financial and reputational harm or otherwise result in liability.

We are beginning to use AI Technologies in our business. As with many innovations, our use of AI Technologies presents additional risks and challenges that could affect its adoption and therefore our business. AI Technologies are complex and rapidly evolving, as is the regulatory landscape that governs them. The full extent of current or future risks related to AI Technologies is not possible to predict and we may not be able to anticipate, prevent, mitigate or remediate all of the potential risks, challenges or impacts of such changes. Our efforts to integrate AI Technologies into our business may result in additional costs, unintended consequences, or other complications. For example, the models underlying the AI Technologies that we develop or use may be: incorrectly designed or implemented; trained or reliant on incomplete, inadequate, inaccurate, biased or otherwise poor quality data, or on data to which we and/or the providers of such data do not have sufficient rights or otherwise have not implemented sufficient legal compliance measures (including with respect to the Processing and protection of such data); used without sufficient oversight and governance to ensure their responsible and ethical use; and/or adversely impacted by unforeseen defects, technical challenges, cybersecurity threats or material performance issues. Additionally, there may also be uncertainty around the ownership, validity and enforceability of our rights in intellectual property that is created in connection with our use, development, and deployment of AI Technologies or that is input into AI Technologies by our employees or agents. Reliance on Third-Party Providers for the development and maintenance of any AI Technologies, as well as Third-Party Providers who use AI Technologies in connection with our business, could also increase our risk of exposure to the foregoing because we have little or no insight into the third-party content and materials used to train such AI Technologies or the third-party measures to address the foregoing risks. Any of the foregoing factors could adversely affect our and our franchise owners’ business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The emergence of new laws or regulations, or changes to existing laws or regulations, or their interpretation or implementation, could impede our use of AI Technologies and may make it more difficult to operate our business. Additionally, the rapid evolution and increased adoption of AI Technologies and our obligations to comply with emerging laws and regulations may increase scrutiny from or actions by regulators, consumer groups or other third parties, increase the scope of regulation or government restrictions applicable to our business, or subject our business to increased risks of litigation or other claims alleging violation of intellectual property, privacy or other rights, harm to individuals or the violation of laws, regulations or contractual obligations. Such new or enhanced governmental or regulatory scrutiny, litigation or other claims may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In light of the increased public interest and technological advancements in AI Technologies and other similar technologies, our delay in efficiently incorporating such technologies into our business at the same pace or as effectively as our competitors may result in our competitors obtaining significant competitive advantages over us, such that our competitiveness could be materially and adversely impacted and result in the deterioration of our financial performance. There also may be real or perceived social harm, unfairness, or other outcomes that undermine public confidence in the use and deployment of AI Technologies, which may result in the loss of customers or otherwise adversely affect our business. Incorporating AI Technologies into our business may prove to be unsuccessful, require substantial resources to be expended, divert the attention of our management, or may otherwise adversely impact our reputation or the performance of our products or services. Any of the foregoing factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

47


Table of Contents

 

Economic factors and customer behavior trends, which are uncertain and largely beyond our control, may adversely affect customers’ behavior and our ability to maintain or increase sales at Jersey Mike’s stores.

The restaurant industry depends on customers’ discretionary spending, which is affected by macroeconomic conditions that are beyond our control, such as depressed economic activity, recessionary economic cycles, inflation, customers’ income levels, financial market volatility, investment losses, reduced access to credit, increased levels of unemployment, slow or stagnant pace of economic growth, increased energy costs, interest rates, social unrest, political dynamics, and other economic factors that may negatively affect the restaurant industry. A deterioration in economic conditions could adversely impact consumer demand and our financial results in future periods.

Customers’ preferences tend to shift to lower-cost alternatives during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. Therefore, sales volumes in Jersey Mike’s stores could decline if customers choose to reduce the amount they spend on meals or choose to dine out less frequently. If negative economic conditions persist for a prolonged period or become pervasive, customers’ changes to their discretionary spending behavior that would otherwise be transitory, including the frequency with which they dine out, may become permanent, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in food and supply costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Increases in food costs and other commodities could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There are no established fixed price markets for meats and other food products and supplies such as packaging, food preparation, cleaning, and other products. As a result, our franchise owners are subject to prevailing market conditions and remain susceptible to volatility in food and supply costs. Although we employ various mechanisms to mitigate commodity pricing volatility, material increases in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our menu could adversely affect our operating results. Commodity costs may increase due to factors beyond our control, including, but not limited to, war, military actions, seasonal fluctuations, inclement weather conditions, energy costs, feed prices, diseases that affect livestock or produce, foodborne illnesses, contamination, labor shortages, industry demand, food safety concerns, and product recalls. Our franchise owners may not be able to adjust prices or make other operational adjustments to sufficiently offset the impact without negatively impacting consumer demand, which in turn could negatively impact our royalties.

We and our franchise owners may face increases in labor costs, labor shortages, and difficulties in identifying, hiring, training, motivating, and retaining the right employees.

Our and our franchise owners’ success depends on our and their ability to identify, hire, train, motivate, and retain our and their respective employees who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to effectively represent the Jersey Mike’s brand. Franchise owners’ employees are not our employees. If we and our franchise owners are unable to identify, hire, train, motivate, and retain our and their respective employees, store operations may be negatively impacted and our expansion into new markets could be delayed. The restaurant industry generally has a high turnover rate for various reasons including unionization, rising labor costs and legislation. We continue to take, and expect our franchise owners to continue to take, a number of steps in order to manage turnover; however, we cannot be certain that these efforts will be effective in managing turnover rates. Furthermore, if our and/or our franchise owners’ employees decide to and successfully unionize, this could result in an increase in labor and other costs, and disruptions to store operations, as well as impact the speed at which we can make changes to the franchise program. In addition, our and our franchise owners’ responses to any union organizing efforts could negatively impact how the Jersey Mike’s brand is perceived and have adverse effects on our business and expose us and our franchise owners to legal risk.

The market for qualified talent is competitive, and we and our franchise owners must provide increasingly attractive wages, benefits, and workplace conditions to retain qualified employees, particularly with respect to store managerial positions for which the pool of qualified candidates can be small. Increases in wage and benefits costs, including as a result of increases in minimum wages and other governmental regulations affecting labor costs, have in the past and may in the future significantly increase our and our franchise owners’ labor costs and operating expenses and make it more difficult to fully staff our and our franchise owners’ stores. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the minimum wage at the U.S. federal, state, and local levels, such as California Assembly Bill No. 1228, which was signed into law in September 2023 and which increases the state’s minimum wage and creates

48


Table of Contents

 

a Fast Food Council to set minimum wages and recommend regulations to address working conditions and other matters in the broadly defined fast food industry. Any wage increases and/or expansion of benefits mandates will have a particularly significant impact on our and our franchise owners’ labor costs. In addition, our suppliers, distributors, and franchise owners may be similarly impacted by wage and benefit cost inflation, and many have or will increase their prices for goods and services in order to offset their increasing labor costs.

Furthermore, precise workforce planning has become more complex for us and our franchise owners to maintain appropriate staffing and to hire and train new staff. In particular, several jurisdictions in which there are Jersey Mike’s stores, including New York City, have implemented “Fair Workweek” legislation, which requires fast food employers to provide employees with specified notice in scheduling changes and pay premiums for changes made to employees’ schedules, among other requirements. The regulations are often complex to administer and have evolved over time and may continue to do so. Furthermore, similar legislation may be enacted in other jurisdictions in which there are Jersey Mike’s stores now or in the future. Such regulatory structures have in the past and may in the future, result in increased costs, both in terms of ongoing compliance and resolution of alleged violations.

If we and our franchise owners fail to hire, motivate, and retain our and their respective employees, experience higher labor costs, and/or fail to appropriately plan workforce supply and demand for any of the reasons described above, our and our franchise owner’s ability to open new stores and grow sales at existing stores may be adversely affected.

Our success depends on our ability to attract, develop, and retain our management team and key employees.

Our success depends largely upon the continued service of our executive leadership team and other key management personnel. Members of our leadership team, both individually and as a group, play an integral role in the development and growth of our company. We also rely on our leadership team in setting our strategic direction, spearheading innovation, operating our business, managing vendor relationships, identifying, recruiting, and training key personnel, identifying expansion opportunities, arranging necessary financing, and leading general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team, which could disrupt our business. Moreover, the replacement of one or more of our leadership team or other key management personnel could involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. In addition, we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace such personnel on a timely basis or without incurring increased costs, or at all. If we are unable to attract, hire, retain, and incentivize sufficiently experienced and capable management personnel, our business and financial results may suffer.

Damage to our reputation could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We believe we have built our reputation on high quality food, value, and service, and we must protect and grow the value of our brand to continue to be successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer affinity for our brand could significantly reduce its value and damage our business. For example, our brand value could suffer, and our business could be adversely affected if customers perceive a reduction in the quality and safety of our food, value, or service or otherwise believe we have failed to deliver a consistently positive experience. Our brand value may also suffer if customers experience a foodborne or other illness that they believe is the result of consuming food at Jersey Mike’s stores, regardless of whether the illness was, in fact, caused by consuming food sold by Jersey Mike’s. We may also be adversely affected by customers’ experiences with third-party delivery from Jersey Mike’s stores.

We may be adversely affected by news reports or other negative publicity regarding us, our brand, any spokesperson (e.g., Danny DeVito or Eli Manning), our suppliers or vendors, or franchise owners, regardless of their accuracy or any real or perceived connection to our food, stores or brand, regarding food quality issues, public health concerns, illness, safety, injury, cyberattacks and other data security incidents (including with respect to confidential customer or employee information), employee related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, wage and hour violations, labor standards or health care and benefit issues, public health department inspections and food safety rating and grading of Jersey Mike’s stores, or government or industry findings concerning Jersey Mike’s stores, stores operated by other food service providers, or others across the food industry supply chain. The risks associated with such negative publicity cannot be eliminated or completely mitigated and may materially affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

49


Table of Contents

 

The availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants can post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including proprietary or inaccurate information, is seemingly limitless and readily available. Information posted may be averse to our interests and may be inaccurate, each of which may harm our performance, prospects, brand, or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. Other risks of social media use include the association with controversial celebrities or influencers. The perception of our social media campaigns, or the inappropriate or illegal use of social media by our influencers, customers, our franchise owners, or employees, may materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our inability or failure to utilize, recognize, respond to, and effectively manage the immediacy of social media could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Social media and internet-based communication or review platforms give individual users immediate access to a broad audience. These platforms can also facilitate rapid dissemination of negative publicity, such as negative customer or employee experiences. Adverse publicity, regardless of its accuracy, concerning Jersey Mike’s stores and our brand, may be shared on such platforms at any time and have the potential to quickly reach a wide audience. The availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is seemingly limitless and readily available. The resulting harm to our reputation from negative publicity on social media may be immediate, without affording us an opportunity to correct or otherwise respond to the information or circumstance that is the subject of such publicity. Such platforms also could be used for dissemination of confidential or proprietary information, such as trade secrets, thus comprising valuable company assets. It is challenging to monitor and anticipate developments on social media in order to effectively and timely respond and our failure to do so, or to do so successfully, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

However, social media platforms are a rapidly evolving and important marketing tool, which we utilize to help us engage with existing customers and potential customers. As the landscape of social media platforms develops, we must maintain our presence on existing platforms and establish a presence on emerging platforms. Many of our competitors are expanding their use of social media. Our continued success will depend on our ability to continuously innovate, evolve and develop our social media strategies to best maintain broad appeal with customers, brand relevance, and effectively compete with our peers, and we may not do so effectively. In addition, a ban of a social media platform, such as TikTok, on which we, and social media influencers that we partner with, have acquired significant followers, may adversely affect our ability to engage with customers and promote our brand.

There are a variety of additional factors associated with our use of social media that may harm our business and result in negative publicity, including the possibility of improper disclosure of proprietary information, exposure of personally identifiable information of employees or customers, the failure by us, employees or our franchise owners’ to comply with applicable law and regulations, any inappropriate use of social media platforms by our franchise owners, our employees and/or franchise owners’ employees, or influencers, as well as fraud, hoaxes, or malicious dissemination of false information. Such inappropriate use of social media could lead to litigation or result in negative publicity that could damage our reputation.

Our marketing programs may not be successful.

We intend to continue to invest in marketing efforts that we believe will attract and retain customers. These initiatives may not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenues. Additionally, if these initiatives are not successful, we may engage in additional promotional activities to attract and retain customers, including our membership rewards program and buy-one get-one offers and other offers for free or discounted food, and any such additional promotional activities could adversely impact our results of operations.

We also plan to continue to emphasize mobile and other digital ordering, delivery and pick-up orders, and catering. These efforts may not succeed to the degree we expect or may result in unexpected operational challenges that adversely impact our costs. We may also seek to introduce new menu items that may not generate the level of sales we expect. Additionally, some of our competitors have greater financial resources, which enable them to spend significantly more on marketing and advertising than we are able to. Should our competitors increase spending on marketing and advertising, or our marketing funds decrease for any reason, or should our advertising and promotions be less effective than our competitors, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

50


Table of Contents

 

Our business activities subject us and our franchise owners to litigation risks that could subject us to significant money damages and other remedies or increase our and our franchise owners’ litigation expense.

We and our franchise owners are, from time to time, the subject of, or potentially the subject of, complaints or litigation, including customer claims, class-action lawsuits, personal-injury claims, product liability claims, food safety and marketing claims, environmental, health, and safety claims, intellectual property claims, employee claims regarding workplace matters such as wage-related or workforce scheduling claims, allegations of improper termination, harassment, discrimination and claims related to violations of laws, such as the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, religious freedom laws, the Fair Labor Standards Act, other employment-related laws, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and advertising laws. As a publicly traded company, we may also be subject to claims regarding our securities. Each of these claims may increase our and our franchise owners’ costs, limit the funds of our franchise owners available to make royalty payments and reduce the execution of new franchise agreements. Litigation against a franchise owner or its affiliates by third parties or regulatory agencies, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may also include claims against us by virtue of our franchisor/franchise owner relationship with the defendant-franchise owner, whether under vicarious liability, joint employer, or other theories. For additional information, see “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation.”

We may also be subject to claims that our advertising is deceptive, false misleading and unfair. Competitors, regulatory authorities, self-regulatory authorities or customers may assert that advertising or marketing by us or our franchise owners is deceptive, false, misleading, or unfair. Additionally, franchise owners could assert that our advertising or marketing of our franchises is deceptive, false, misleading, or unfair. Any claim challenging our advertising as deceptive, false, misleading, or unfair, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate, and could divert the attention of our management team, even if we were ultimately successful. Litigation related to advertising is inherently uncertain due to the complex issues it raises with regard to consumer perception and alleged harm to the competitor, consumer, or franchise owner. Any claims successfully brought against us could subject us to significant liability for damages, and we may be required to discontinue or modify our advertising and marketing materials, including, without limitation on our website, media platforms, social media, in-store displays, and product packaging, causing significant expense and disruption to our business. Such liability could also result in changes to our advertising and marketing that increase costs or reduces the effectiveness or profitability of our advertising and marketing campaigns. Additionally, disputes related to our advertising or marketing practices could cause reputational harm.

Regardless of whether any claim brought against us or a franchise owner in the future is valid or whether we or they are liable, the outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain and such a claim could be expensive to defend and may divert time, money and other valuable resources away from our or their operations and, thereby, hurt our business. We may also have contractual obligations to third parties for costs they incur in connection with such litigation. In addition, the ability of a defendant-franchise owner to make royalty payments in the event of such claims may be decreased and adverse publicity resulting from such allegations may materially adversely affect us and the Jersey Mike’s brand, regardless of whether these allegations are valid or whether we or they are liable. Our international business may be subject to additional risks related to litigation, including difficulties in enforcement of contractual obligations governed by foreign law due to differing interpretations of rights and obligations, compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting laws, new and potentially untested laws and judicial systems, and reduced or diminished protection of intellectual property. A substantial judgment against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Insurance may not be available at all or in sufficient amounts to cover any liabilities with respect to any of these or other matters, or we may not have obtained insurance coverage for particular situations. A substantial judgment, or judgment or other liability in excess of our or our franchise owners’ available insurance coverage, resulting from claims could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes to current law with respect to the assignment of liabilities in the franchise business model could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

One of the legal foundations fundamental to the franchise business model has been that, absent special circumstances, a franchisor is generally not responsible for the acts, omissions or liabilities of its franchise owners. In recent years, established law has been challenged and questioned by the plaintiffs’ bar and certain regulators, and the outcome of these challenges and new regulatory positions remains unknown. If these challenges and/or new positions are successful in altering currently settled law, it could significantly change the relationship between us and our franchise owners and the way we and other franchisors conduct business and adversely impact our profitability.

51


Table of Contents

 

For example, a determination that we are a joint employer with our franchise owners or that our franchise owners are part of one unified system with joint and several liability under the National Labor Relations Act, statutes administered by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (the “EEOC”), U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) regulations and other areas of labor and employment law could subject us, along with our franchise owners, to liability for the unfair labor practices, wage-and-hour law violations, employment discrimination law violations, OSHA regulation violations and other employment-related liabilities of one or more of our franchise owners. Furthermore, any such change in law would create an increased likelihood that certain franchise networks would be required to employ unionized labor, which could impact franchisors like us through, among other things, increased labor costs and difficulty in attracting new franchise owners. In addition, if these changes were to be expanded outside of the employment context, we could be held liable for other claims against our franchise owners. If such changes occur, our operating expenses may increase as a result of required modifications to our business practices, increased litigation, governmental investigations or proceedings, administrative enforcement actions, fines, penalties and civil liability, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We may engage in litigation or arbitration with our franchise owners or be subject to investigations or litigation related to our franchise owners.

Although we believe we generally enjoy a positive business relationship with our franchise owners, the nature of the franchisor-franchise owner relationship may give rise to litigation or arbitration with our franchise owners. In the ordinary course of business, we are the subject of complaints or litigation from franchise owners, which may be related to alleged breaches of contract or wrongful termination under the franchise arrangements. We may also engage in future litigation or arbitration with franchise owners to enforce the terms of our franchise agreements and compliance with our brand standards as determined necessary to protect the Jersey Mike’s brand, the consistency of products and the customer experience, or to enforce our contractual indemnification rights if we are brought into a dispute involving a third-party due to the franchise owner’s or its employees’ alleged acts or omissions. We are also subject to the rules and regulations of the FTC and various state and provincial laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. Regulators also take actions to enforce laws governing franchises and could investigate or litigate our franchise sales practices. In addition, we may be subject to claims by our franchise owners relating to our Franchise Disclosure Document (“FDD”) and the franchise sales process, including claims based on financial information in our FDD. Engaging in litigation, arbitration, or regulatory inquiries, even if claims or inquiries are not meritorious, may be costly and time-consuming and may distract management and materially adversely affect our relationships with franchise owners and our ability to attract new franchise owners. The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain and any negative outcome of these or any other claims could materially adversely affect our results of operations as well as our ability to expand our franchise system and may damage our reputation and brand. Furthermore, existing and future franchise-related legislation could subject us to additional litigation risk in the event we terminate or fail to renew a franchise relationship. A substantial judgment, or judgment or other liability in excess of our available insurance coverage, resulting from claims could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Legislation and regulations requiring the display and provision of nutritional information for our menu offerings, new dietary and nutrition guidelines from the U.S. government, and new information or attention to prior opinions and guidance, or adverse opinions about the health effects of consuming our menu offerings, could affect consumer preferences and negatively impact our results of operations.

Government regulation, dietary and nutrition guidelines, new information regarding changes in the health effects of consuming our menu offerings or changes to laws or the enactment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu offerings, the types of food packaging and other materials that we offer or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food offerings may impact our business.

52


Table of Contents

 

Regulations may also continue to change as a result of new information and attitudes regarding diet and health. These changes may include regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu items. The U.S. federal government and a number of states, counties and cities, have enacted laws requiring multi-unit store operators to make certain nutritional information available to customers and/or legislation prohibiting the sales of certain types of ingredients in stores and packaged foods sold in such stores. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) also requires menus and menu boards for chain stores to include a succinct statement concerning suggested caloric intake (e.g., 2,000 calories a day is used for general nutrition advice, but calorie needs vary) and to provide additional written nutritional information upon request. In addition, the U.S. federal government and some states are considering regulations related to ultra-processed foods, including defining ultra-processed foods in a way that could negatively influence demand for our offerings or requiring warnings when certain ingredients appear in certain foods. Further, in January 2026, the U.S. federal government released new Dietary Guidelines for Americans, which advise Americans to avoid some foods that Jersey Mike’s stores offer. If consumers shift their eating habits away from products that we offer, such as chips, cookies, and processed meats, then such changes may result in decreased sales of certain products, reduced traffic to Jersey Mike’s stores, and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and cash flows.

Additionally, we may be required by governmental and regulatory authorities to limit the use of, or make disclosures regarding, any chemicals in our food packaging and other materials offered in Jersey Mike’s stores (e.g., paper straws) or we may decide to change our food packaging as a result of consumer preferences or concerns regarding any chemicals in our food packaging or other materials in Jersey Mike’s stores. If we are slow to respond to consumer demands for, or governmental or regulatory requirements for, such changes in food packaging and materials, we may experience an adverse effect on traffic, sales, and results of operations and be subject to regulatory actions.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) establishes a uniform, federal requirement for certain stores to post certain nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the PPACA amended the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act to require chain stores with 20 or more locations operating under the same name and offering substantially the same menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu items on menus and menu boards, along with a statement that puts this calorie information in the context of a total daily calorie intake. The PPACA also requires covered stores to provide to consumers, upon request, a written summary of detailed nutritional information for each standard menu item, and to provide a statement on menus and menu boards about the availability of this information. In addition, a number of states, counties, and cities have enacted menu labeling laws imposing requirements for additional menu and food packaging disclosures, such as sodium content. An unfavorable report on, or reaction to, our menu ingredients, the size of our portions or the nutritional content of our menu items could negatively influence the demand for our offerings.

Leadership at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the FDA, as well as the Make America Healthy Again movement, may pursue additional requirements for food offered in Jersey Mike’s stores or issue regulations or guidance that subjects the food industry to new requirements, including with respect to nutrition, chemicals, additives, and dyes. State regulators may also impose such additional requirements. Compliance with current and future laws and regulations regarding ingredients or components of our food, food packaging, and the nutritional content of our menu items may be costly and time-consuming. This is particularly the case if additional regulations are adopted at the state-level, as that would require us and our franchise owners to comply with a patchwork of regulations in contrast to a single set of federal regulations. Additionally, if consumer health regulations, consumer behaviors or consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue certain menu items, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Additionally, some government authorities are increasing regulations regarding trans-fats, sodium, ultra-processed foods, which may require us to alter menu offerings or switch to higher cost ingredients or may hinder our ability to operate in certain markets. If we fail to comply with these laws or regulations, our business could experience a material adverse effect.

We cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits. We may also experience challenges in successfully implementing regulations and requirements, such as nutrient content disclosure requirements. The imposition of menu-labeling and other laws, regulations, and guidance aimed at reducing consumption of certain ingredients or the use of certain food packaging materials could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position, as well as the restaurant industry in general.

53


Table of Contents

 

We are subject to extensive laws and regulatory requirements, as well as third-party certifications for certain products, and failure to comply with, or changes in, these laws or regulations could have an adverse impact on our business.

Franchised and company-owned stores are subject to U.S. federal, state, and local licensing, regulation and inspection by health, sanitation, food, occupational safety, and other agencies, which are subject to change from time to time. License requirements include those relating to the preparation and sale of food and beverages as well as food safety requirements. In addition, the development and operation of stores depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable locations, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, health and safety and other laws, regulations and requirements. Difficulties or failure to maintain, obtain, renew or comply with the required licenses, permits, and approvals could adversely affect existing stores and delay or result in the decision to cancel the opening of new stores, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For additional information, see “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation.” Additionally, stores may lose the ability to operate or be required to undertake remedial measures and corrective actions if they are inspected by public health, sanitation or other officials and are not in compliance with U.S. federal, state local or foreign requirements.

Various U.S. federal, state, and local employment and labor laws and regulations govern our and our franchise owners’ relationships with our and our respective employees. These laws and regulations relate to, among other matters, overtime, wage and hour requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, mandatory health benefits, healthcare laws, immigration status, and other wage and benefit requirements. Complying with these laws and regulations subjects us and franchise owners to substantial expense and non-compliance could expose us and franchise owners to significant liabilities. We and our franchise owners have incurred, and may in the future incur, legal costs to defend against, and have suffered losses from, these and similar cases. While the amount of losses and costs incurred to date for such matters has not had a material adverse impact on our financial results or results of operations, the amount of any future losses or costs could be significant.

We are also subject to the rules and regulations of the FTC and various state and provincial laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. See “Business—Franchise Regulations” for additional information. In addition, our operations and those of our franchise owners are subject to various U.S. federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including the following:

•
the Americans with Disabilities Act, which provides civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities in the context of employment, public accommodations, and other areas, including Jersey Mike’s stores;
•
the laws and regulations of the FDA and the U.S. Department of Agriculture, which oversees the safety of the entire U.S. food system, including, but not limited to, inspections and mandatory food recalls, menu labeling, and nutritional content;
•
the laws and regulations of state, county and local departments of health and agriculture, which oversee store and food safety;
•
U.S. federal and state laws and regulations regarding consumers, including laws related to marketing, advertising, claims such as gluten free, gift cards and promotions;
•
the EEOC, which is a federal agency that was established to administer and enforce civil rights laws against workplace discrimination;
•
the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, which governs such matters as minimum wages and overtime;
•
the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, which governs worker health and safety;
•
California’s FAST Act, which created a Fast Food Council to set, among other things, minimum wages and working condition standards in the broadly defined fast food industry; and
•
California’s Proposition 65, otherwise known as the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986, may, under certain circumstances, require us and our franchise owners to warn customers if products offered for sale or otherwise provided to customers as a part of our operations (such as paper receipts) contain certain chemicals known by the State of California to cause cancer or reproductive harm.

54


Table of Contents

 

All of these regulations impose obligations on us and our franchise owners, and any increase in our and our franchise owners’ obligations thereunder could increase costs of doing business and require us to make changes to our business model. Compliance with U.S. federal, state, and local laws and regulations, and new laws or changes in these laws, or regulations that impose additional requirements, can be costly (some or all of which costs may not be covered by insurance) and require significant expenditures, resources and attention from our senior management. Any failure, or perceived failure, to comply with laws or regulations could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, civil and criminal liability to us, our franchise owners or our and their personnel, higher employee turnover, and negative publicity, and could expose us and franchise owners to litigation, or governmental investigations, or proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we are subject to the requirements of independent third-party certification organizations for certain of our products, such as certification of certain of our bread and dessert products as gluten free, to differentiate our products from others, and must comply with the requirements of such organizations or certification authorities in order to label our products as certified. If food or other products that we or our suppliers advertise with certain claims have claims that are not, in fact, accurate claims, then we may be subject to reputational damage, litigation and other proceedings, and enforcement actions from governmental and regulatory authorities, among other actions.

Increasing interest, expectations and evolving requirements with respect to social, governance and environmental sustainability matters and sustainable business practices could expose us to numerous risks and adversely affect our brand, business and operating results.

Many investors, members of the public and governmental and nongovernmental authorities, are focused on social, governance and environmental sustainability matters, such as climate change, greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, packaging and waste, human rights, diversity, sustainable supply chain practices, animal health and welfare, deforestation, land, energy and water use and other corporate responsibility matters. In addition, we and our franchise owners are and may become subject to additional or changing rules, laws, and regulations and consumer or investor expectations with respect to social, governance and environmental sustainability matters, including in foreign jurisdictions as we expand internationally. In responses to such interest, expectations and/or requirements, we may establish goals, commitments or targets, take actions to meet such goals, commitments or targets, and/or provide disclosure related to these matters.

There may be times where actual outcomes vary from those aimed for or expected and sometimes challenges or changes in circumstances may delay or block progress. These goals or commitments could be difficult and expensive to implement and the technologies needed to implement them may not be cost effective and may not advance at a sufficient pace. We may be criticized for the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of disclosures and we are not able to mandate compliance by our franchise owners with any goals, commitments or targets that we may set. Further, goals, commitments or targets may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, assumptions that are subject to change, and other risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. Even if we achieve goals, commitments or targets that we may set, we may not realize all or any of the benefits that we expected at the time they were established. If our progress, outcomes, or disclosure related to any goals, commitments or targets that we may set do not meet stakeholder expectations, consumer and investor trust in our brand may suffer, which could diminish the value of our brand and adversely affect our business.

Furthermore, we are subject to a variety of sustainability-related rules and regulations promulgated by a number of governmental, regulatory, and self-regulatory organizations. Sustainability-related rules and regulations continue to evolve in scope and complexity, and the increase in costs to comply with such evolving rules and regulations, as well as any risk of non-compliance, could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, several states in the U.S. have enacted legislation to reduce single use packaging, utensils, and smallware and/or to establish extended producer responsibility programs, which are designed to transfer the cost of disposal to manufacturers or distributors of such products. In addition, certain federal and state regulators have proposed, passed or implemented new laws or regulations relating to sustainability or supply chain-related matters, which have resulted in or are likely to result in increased general, legal and administrative expenses and increased management time and attention spent complying with such regulations or laws. For example, California’s Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act and Climate-Related Financial Risk Act (SB 253 and SB 261), require the disclosure of GHG emissions and management of climate-based financial risk. SB 253 and SB 261 are currently subject to ongoing legal

55


Table of Contents

 

challenge, and SB 261 is currently stayed. Other states have advanced or are considering similar legislation. In addition to the cost associated with the increased administrative and legal burden of complying with any such regulations, any failure or perceived failure to adequately meet our regulatory obligations could negatively impact our company.

Differing views of social, governance and environmental sustainability issues may also increase the risk that any goals, commitments or targets that we set and actions taken to achieve such initiatives could be viewed unfavorably by investors, activist groups, current and potential customers, employees, and other stakeholders. A growing number of U.S. states have enacted or proposed “anti-ESG” or “anti-diversity, equity, and inclusion” policies, legislation or initiatives, and have engaged in related litigation regarding sustainability matters. Such outcomes could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, some third parties may object to the scope or nature of any social, governance and environmental sustainability initiatives we undertake, which could give rise to criticism, governmental action or negative consumer sentiment that could adversely affect us and our brand value.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

The terms of our Securitization Notes through certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries include restrictive terms, and our failure to comply with any of these terms could result in a default, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC, a limited-purpose, bankruptcy-remote, wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, is the master issuer (the “Master Issuer”) of the Securitization Notes. The Securitization Notes are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Master Issuer and certain other limited-purpose, bankruptcy-remote, wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries of the Company that act as guarantors (collectively, the “Securitization Entities”), subject to certain limitations as set forth in the indenture governing the Securitization Notes (the “Indenture”) and the related guarantee and collateral agreement. The assets of the Securitization Entities include substantially all of the revenue-generating assets of the Company and its subsidiaries other than the company-owned stores, which principally consist of franchise-related agreements, intellectual property and license agreements for the use of intellectual property.

The Securitization Notes contain a number of covenants, with the most significant financial covenant being a debt service coverage calculation. These covenants limit our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness; alter the business we conduct; make certain changes to the composition of our management team; and make other restrictive payments beyond specified levels; create or permit liens; dispose of certain assets; make certain investments; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.

The Securitization Notes also require us to maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet these financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not satisfy such a test. A breach of these covenants could result in a rapid amortization event or default under the Securitization Notes. If amounts owed under the Securitization Notes are accelerated because of a default and we are unable to pay such amounts, the investors may have the right to assume control of substantially all of the securitized assets. If a rapid amortization event occurs under the Indenture (including, without limitation, upon an event of default under the Indenture or the failure to repay the Securitization Notes at the end of the applicable term), the funds available to us would be reduced or eliminated, which would in turn reduce our ability to operate or grow our business and materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to refinance or repay amounts under the Securitization Notes prior to the expiration of the applicable term, our cash flow would be directed to the repayment of the Securitization Notes and, other than management fees sufficient to cover minimal selling, general and administrative expenses, would not be available for operating our business. No assurance can be given that any refinancing or additional financing will be possible when needed or that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms. In addition, our access to capital is affected by prevailing conditions in the financial and capital markets and other factors beyond our control. There can be no assurance that market conditions will be favorable at the times that we require new or additional financing.

56


Table of Contents

 

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk upon refinancing and prevent us from meeting our debt obligations.

As of March 29, 2026, we had $2.1 billion in outstanding fixed rate debt. Our indebtedness could have adverse consequences, including:

•
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;
•
reducing cash available for deployment;
•
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, which could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness;
•
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing at substantially similar economic terms; and
•
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

In connection with the transfer of a contingent consideration liability related to the Sponsor Acquisition, we are subject to an earn-out arrangement providing for a maximum payment of $250 million after Jersey Mike's stores operational worldwide reach 4,000 locations or upon a change in control event. The contingent consideration liability was initially recorded by Submarine Buyer LLC at its estimated fair value of $210 million using a probability-weighted analysis of expected payments. The earn-out is now expected to be paid by Jersey Mike’s Holdings subsequent to the IPO date.

Successful execution of our business strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to manage our capital structure to reduce or maintain low interest expense and enhance cash flow generation. In recent fiscal years, we have incurred increased interest expense as a result of increases in total debt and interest rates upon refinancing. If debt continues to increase and/or the interest rate on debt increases, it would adversely impact our results from operations and operating cash flow.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our significant debt service obligations, which would materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to make principal and interest payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. After completion of this offering, in addition to making such principal and interest payments on indebtedness, our principal uses of liquidity will also include taxes and payments under the tax receivable agreement. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, in the amounts projected or at all, or if future borrowings are not available to us under our variable funding notes in amounts sufficient to fund our other liquidity needs, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled principal amortization and interest payments on our debt obligations in the future, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets, delay capital expenditures or seek additional equity investments. If we do refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, we may not be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Our ability to refinance or restructure our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. See “—The terms of our Securitization Notes through certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries include restrictive terms, and our failure to comply with any of these terms could result in a default, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.”

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is a holding company and its only material assets after completion of this offering will be its equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, and it

57


Table of Contents

 

is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Jersey Mike’s Holdings to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement, and pay any dividends.

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be a holding company and after completion of this offering will have no material assets other than its ownership of equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have no independent means of generating revenue and intends to cause Jersey Mike’s Holdings to make distributions to its holders of Common Units, including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and the Continuing Unitholders, in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement, and dividends, if any, declared by it. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings, or cash flow of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. needs funds, and Jersey Mike’s Holdings is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of its financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, such restriction could materially adversely affect Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s liquidity and financial condition. There can be no assurance that Jersey Mike’s Holdings will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in any applicable debt instruments, will permit such distributions. Jersey Mike’s Holdings is currently subject to debt instruments or other agreements that restrict its ability to make distributions to us, which may in turn affect Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ ability to pay distributions to us and thereby adversely affect our cash flows.

Jersey Mike’s Holdings will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of Common Units (including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.). Accordingly, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be required to pay income taxes on its allocable share of any net taxable income of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Liability may be imputed for adjustments to a partnership’s tax return to the partnership itself in certain circumstances, absent an election to the contrary. Jersey Mike’s Holdings may be subject to material liabilities pursuant to this legislation and related guidance if, for example, its calculations of taxable income are incorrect. In addition, the income taxes on Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ net taxable income will increase over time as the Continuing Unitholders exchange their Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of Class A common stock. Such increase in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s tax expenses may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Under the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement, Jersey Mike’s Holdings is obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Common Units (including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) at certain assumed tax rates. These tax distributions in certain periods are likely to exceed Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement. To the extent that we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on our Class A common stock or otherwise undertake ameliorative actions between Common Units and shares of Class A common stock and instead, for example, hold such cash balances, our Continuing Unitholders (other than Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) may benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A common stock following a sale or exchange of their Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of Class A common stock, notwithstanding that such Continuing Unitholders may previously have participated as holders of Common Units in distributions by Jersey Mike’s Holdings that resulted in such excess cash balances at Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, will make any determination from time to time with respect to the use of any such excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, funding repurchases of Class A common stock; acquiring additional Common Units at a per unit price determined by reference to the market value of the Class A common stock; paying dividends, which may include special dividends, on its Class A common stock; or any combination of the foregoing. Although we expect that our board of directors will take commercially reasonable measures to mitigate such excess cash benefit to the Continuing Unitholders, we will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders or take any such ameliorative actions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

Payments of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Amounts available to us to pay

58


Table of Contents

 

dividends may be limited by the terms of our Securitization Notes, and any financing arrangement that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends.

Our tax receivable agreement confers benefits upon certain of our pre-IPO owners.

Our tax receivable agreement confers benefits upon certain of our pre-IPO owners. Prior to the completion of this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 90% of certain tax benefits, if any, that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis in certain Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments to certain tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a result of sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) in connection with or after this offering, (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis) of the Blocker Companies, which Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. acquires in connection with this offering, and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis, and the tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions available to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of tax that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. It is possible that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may challenge all or part of the validity of such tax basis or other tax attributes covered by the tax receivable agreement, and a court could sustain such a challenge. Actual tax benefits realized by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the tax receivable agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits.

The payment obligation under the tax receivable agreement is an obligation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and not of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, certain changes of control occur, upon a breach by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. of a material obligation under the tax receivable agreement, or upon certain events of insolvency, in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. The payment to be made upon an early termination of the tax receivable agreement will generally equal the present value of payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement using certain assumptions. Payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the pre-IPO owners. While the amount of existing tax basis and anticipated tax basis adjustments and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect the payments that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming: (i) a price of $23.00 per share of our Class A common stock; (ii) a constant U.S. federal, state, and local corporate income tax rate of 24.8%; (iii) that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits; and (iv) no material changes in tax law, if the Continuing Unitholders were to exchange all of the Common Units that they will hold immediately following this offering, and assuming all Incentive Units are converted to Common Units and subsequently exchanged for shares of Class A common stock at an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we estimate that we would, as a result of the Reorganization Transactions, the Offering Transactions and such hypothetical exchange, record a deferred tax asset of approximately $503 million and that the aggregate non-current liability we would record based on our estimate of the aggregate amount that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would pay under the tax receivable agreement is approximately $2,084 million. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related non-current liabilities that we will recognize as a result of any such future exchanges will differ based on, among other things: (i) the amount and timing of future exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) by Continuing Unitholders, and the extent to which such exchanges are taxable; (ii) the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchanges; (iii) the amount and timing of future income against which to offset the tax benefits; and (iv) the tax rates then in effect. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

59


Table of Contents

 

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s payment obligations under the tax receivable agreement will be accelerated in the event of certain changes of control, upon a breach by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. of a material obligation under the tax receivable agreement, upon certain events of insolvency, or if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. elects to terminate the tax receivable agreement early. The accelerated payments required in such circumstances will be calculated by reference to the present value (at a discount rate equal to the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum and (ii) one year SOFR (or its successor rate) plus 100 basis points) of all future payments that holders of Common Units (including Common Units issued or that would have been issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) or other recipients would have been entitled to receive under the tax receivable agreement, and such accelerated payments and any other future payments under the tax receivable agreement will utilize certain valuation assumptions, including that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control, and that any Common Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of acceleration. In addition, recipients of payments under the tax receivable agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if the tax attributes or Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of tax attributes underlying the relevant tax receivable agreement payment are successfully challenged by the IRS (although any such detriment would be taken into account as an offset against future payments due to the relevant recipient under the tax receivable agreement). Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s ability to achieve benefits from any existing tax basis, tax basis adjustments, or other tax attributes, and the payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of our future income. As a result, even in the absence of a change of control or an election to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, payments under the tax receivable agreement could be in excess of 90% of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s actual cash tax benefits.

Accordingly, it is possible that the actual cash tax benefits realized by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may be significantly less than the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. It is also possible that payments under the tax receivable agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits. Furthermore, the distribution payments from Jersey Mike’s Holdings may be less than the required payments under the tax receivable agreement and/or Jersey Mike’s Holdings may not have available cash to make its pro rata share of distributions. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax benefits that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or if distributions to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. by Jersey Mike’s Holdings are not sufficient to permit Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Based upon certain assumptions described in greater detail below under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” we estimate that if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering, the aggregate amount of the early termination payments required under the tax receivable agreement would be approximately $1,447 million. The foregoing number is merely an estimate and the actual payments could differ materially. We may need to seek to raise additional capital, incur indebtedness, or take other measures to finance payments under the tax receivable agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the tax receivable agreement as a result of timing discrepancies, insufficient distributions from Jersey Mike’s Holdings, lack of liquidity in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, or otherwise, and these obligations could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations, or other changes of control. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

60


Table of Contents

 

The acceleration of payments under the tax receivable agreement in the case of certain changes of control or other events may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value received by owners of our Class A common stock.

In the event of certain changes of control, certain material breaches of the tax receivable agreement by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., or an insolvency event, payments under the tax receivable agreement will be accelerated and may significantly exceed the actual benefits Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement in the event of a change of control will be substantial. As a result, our accelerated payment obligations and/or the assumptions adopted under the tax receivable agreement in the case of a change of control may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value received by owners of our Class A common stock in a change of control transaction.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

Our Sponsor controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

 

Immediately following this offering and the application of net proceeds therefrom, our Sponsor will beneficially own approximately 76.5% of the combined voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors (or 74.5% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Moreover, our Sponsor, will have the right to designate individuals to our board in accordance with the stockholders agreement we intend to enter into in connection with this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” Even when our Sponsor ceases to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the combined voting power, if our Sponsor continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, it will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval through its voting power. Accordingly, for such period of time, our Sponsor will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans, and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, if our Sponsor continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, our Sponsor may be able to prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

In addition, immediately following this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Continuing Common Unitholders (which include certain interests held by our Sponsor) will own 26.7% of the Common Units (or 26.2% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Because they hold their ownership interest in our business directly in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, rather than through Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., the Continuing Common Unitholders may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, if Jersey Mike’s Holdings makes distributions to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., the Continuing Common Unitholders and participating Continuing Incentive Unitholders (as described below) will also be entitled to receive such distributions pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units or Incentive Units, as applicable, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings and their preferences as to the timing and amount of any such distributions may differ from those of our public stockholders. Incentive Units initially will not be entitled to receive distributions (other than tax distributions) until holders of Common Units have received a minimum return as provided in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. However, to the extent there are distributions in respect of which Incentive Units do not participate, Incentive Units will have the benefit of antidilutive adjustment provisions that will reduce the participation threshold for distributions in respect of which they do not participate until there is no participation threshold, at and after which time the Incentive Units would participate pro rata with distributions on Common Units. The antidilutive adjustment to the participation threshold of an Incentive Unit for distributions in respect of which such Incentive Unit does not participate will have the effect of increasing the number of Common Units the holder of vested Incentive Units would receive upon conversion of a vested Incentive Unit for a Common Unit. The participation of Incentive Units in distributions or, to the extent there are distributions in respect of which Incentive Units do not participate, the benefit of the adjustment provisions that reduce the participation threshold, would be dilutive to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s economic interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. See “—You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A common stock or Common Units in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.” and “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

61


Table of Contents

 

The pre-IPO owners may also have different tax positions from Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter into in connection with this offering, and whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, and whether and when Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration our pre-IPO owners’ tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not limit the ability of our Principal Stockholders to compete with us, and they may have investments in businesses whose interests conflict with ours.

Our Principal Stockholders and their respective affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in businesses that may compete with us. In the ordinary course of their business activities, our Principal Stockholders and their respective affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will renounce any interest or expectancy that we would otherwise have in, and the right to be offered to participate in, any business opportunity that from time to time may be presented to our Principal Stockholders, subject to limited exceptions, or any of their respective affiliates, or any of our directors who are not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both their director and officer capacities) or their affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Conflicts of Interest.” Our Principal Stockholders and their respective affiliates also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our Principal Stockholders may have an interest in our pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to us and our stockholders.

Upon the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. If we rely on such exemptions in the future, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After the completion of this offering, our Sponsor will beneficially own approximately 76.5% of the combined voting power of our shares eligible to vote for the election of our directors (or 74.5% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. For example, controlled companies:

•
are not required to have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under NYSE rules;
•
are not required to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and
•
are not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors.

Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. Our status as a controlled company could make our Class A common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

62


Table of Contents

 

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits, make it more difficult to run our business, or divert management’s attention from our business.

As a public company, we will be required to commit significant resources and management time and attention to the requirements of being a public company, which will cause us to incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and NYSE, and compliance with these requirements will place significant demands on our legal, accounting, and finance staff and on our financial and information systems. In addition, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions, and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement, and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Complying with the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly and could place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources. As a private company, we are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404(a), to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report following the completion of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation. Additionally, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required, pursuant to Section 404(b), to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis, beginning with our second annual report.

The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements, and harm our results of operations.

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if management or our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities or civil litigation. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

63


Table of Contents

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur due to simple error or mistake.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price may decline. If analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline and our Class A common stock to be less liquid.

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock and an active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained, which may cause shares of our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from their initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class A common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be determined by agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our Class A common stock will trade in the public market after this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the Company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.

We cannot predict the impact our dual class structure may have on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Each share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders generally. We cannot predict whether our dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock, in adverse publicity, or other adverse consequences. Certain index providers have in the past announced restrictions on including companies with multiple class share structures in certain of their indices. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, exclusion from stock indices would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be materially adversely affected.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential

64


Table of Contents

 

factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, if any, to stockholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

Stock markets and the price of our Class A common stock may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, even if the claims asserted lack merit.

Because we have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock, you may not receive any return on your investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors subject to capital availability, applicable laws, and compliance with contractual restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness, as well as our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash, current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell your shares of our Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of Class A common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of Class A common stock than the amounts paid for the Common Units by the pre-IPO owners. See “Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A common stock or Common Units in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have 9,767,165,823 shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued, including 84,804,723 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of Common Units that will be held by the Continuing Common Unitholders (or 83,356,571 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their options to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock) and 491,202 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and in exchange for 3,461,366 as-converted Incentive Units held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders (assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue these shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Similarly, the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings permits Jersey Mike’s Holdings to issue an unlimited number of additional membership interests of Jersey Mike’s Holdings with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the Common Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, we have reserved an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Class A

65


Table of Contents

 

common stock and Common Units for issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any Class A common stock that we issue, including under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering. There are also 3,500,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP. Any Class A common stock that we issue, including under our ESPP, or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering. See “Dilution.”

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could materially adversely affect the voting power or value of our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our Class A common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our Class A common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the Class A common stock.

If we or our pre-IPO owners sell additional shares of our Class A common stock after this offering or are perceived by the public markets as intending to sell them, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell shares of our Class A common stock in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of 232,834,177 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, or 234,282,329 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock. All of the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, by persons other than our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In addition, we and the Continuing Unitholders will enter into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, except that in certain circumstances, the Company may elect to settle such exchanges with the cash proceeds of a concurrent primary issuance of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Upon the settlement of any exchange, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. Upon completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), an aggregate of 84,804,723 Common Units (or 83,356,571 Common Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock) may be exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock. Any shares we issue upon exchange of Common Units will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Under applicable SEC guidance, we believe that for purposes of Rule 144 the holding period in such shares will generally include the holding period in the corresponding Common Units exchanged. We, our directors, executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our outstanding Common Units immediately prior to this offering have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock (including shares issued upon exchange of Common Units) or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock for 180 days from the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of any two representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” As a result of the registration rights agreement, however, all of these shares of our Class A common stock (including shares issued upon exchange of Common Units) may be eligible for future sale without restriction, subject to applicable lock-up arrangements. See “Shares Eligible

66


Table of Contents

 

for Future Sale—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Subject to certain limitations and exceptions, assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the Continuing Incentive Unitholders will hold 3,461,366 Incentive Units, which have a weighted-average per unit participation threshold of $19.74 per Incentive Unit, and will have the right to convert their vested Incentive Units into 491,202 Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, as described in “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.” Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. In the event that the price of our Class A common stock increases, the number of Common Units a holder of vested Incentive Units would receive upon conversion of such Incentive Units would increase. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.” The delivery of shares of Class A common stock upon exchange of Common Units received in conversion of Incentive Units will be registered on one or more registration statements on Form S-8, as described below.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, all of such shares will be eligible for resale in the public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. We expect that certain of our Principal Stockholders will continue to be considered affiliates following the expiration of the lock-up period based on their expected share ownership and their board nomination rights. Certain of our other stockholders may also be considered affiliates at that time. However, subject to the expiration or waiver of the 180-day lock-up period, the holders of these shares of Class A common stock will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register their shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of Class A common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Our Sponsor may pledge, hypothecate, or grant security interests in any or all of the shares of Class A common stock, shares of Class B common stock and Common Units held by it pursuant to a margin loan agreement. We and our subsidiaries will have no obligations (other than certain administrative obligations) with respect to any such margin loan agreement. Any such margin loan agreement would contain customary default provisions, as well as customary adjustment rights by lenders, required prepayment in the event the trading price of our Class A common stock declines below certain thresholds, and other customary terms. Under any such margin loan agreement, if the price of our Class A common stock declines to certain levels, absent a repayment of the applicable margin loan, the applicable borrower may be required to provide additional collateral. For instance, any such margin loan could be subject to a “margin call” by the lenders if, among other events, the loan-to-value (“LTV”) exceeds a certain threshold. In the event of a default under such financing, including, without limitation, the failure to maintain a required LTV or for the borrower to satisfy certain payments required under any such margin loan, the lenders may foreclose upon any and all of the pledged securities if the applicable borrower fails to cure such default. In such case, the lenders may sell the shares of Class A common stock (including shares issued upon exchange of Common Units) they obtain by foreclosure in the open market, or any pledged securities in privately negotiated transactions. The lock-up agreement entered into by our Sponsor with the underwriters does not restrict pledges, charges, hypothecations or granting a security interest in our shares by our Sponsor, the foreclosure by lenders in accordance with the terms of the documentation governing such financing or the sale of our shares by the lenders following any such foreclosure. In addition, from time to time, the borrowers may consider it advisable to sell shares of Class A common stock (including shares issued upon exchange of Common Units) in order to finance the prepayment or repayment of such financings, which number of shares of Class A common stock may, individually or in the aggregate, be significant. Any such event could cause our stock price to significantly decline, increase the number of shares of outstanding Class A common stock and/or reduce the percentage of Class A common stock or Class B common stock beneficially owned by our Sponsor or cause a change in control of us or cause us to no longer be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Controlled Company Exception.” Any such event could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, access to equity capital and the trading price of our Class A common stock, or otherwise materially and adversely impact your investment.

67


Table of Contents

 

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to our Omnibus Incentive Plan and our ESPP. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock being offered for sale, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. Any directors and officers buying shares of Class A common stock through the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period with respect to such shares. Future sales of such shares may cause the price of our shares of common stock to be reduced or become more volatile. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The number of shares of our Class A common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding shares of Class A common stock. As the lock-up period or other restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our Class A common stock or other securities or to use our Class A common stock as consideration for acquisitions of other businesses, investments, or other corporate purposes.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

•
provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with directors in each class serving three-year terms and with terms of the directors of only one class expiring in any given year;
•
at any time when our Sponsor ceases to be entitled to designate a Designated Director, provide for the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;
•
would allow us to authorize the issuance of shares of one or more series of preferred stock, including in connection with a stockholder rights plan, financing transactions or otherwise, the terms of which series may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which terms may include super voting rights, special approval rights, special or preferential rights to dividends or distributions upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, conversion rights, redemption rights, or other rights, powers, or preferences prior or superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;
•
prohibit stockholder action by consent in lieu of a meeting at any time when our Sponsor ceases to be entitled to designate a Designated Director (as defined herein) unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office;
•
provide for certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;
•
at any time when our Sponsor ceases to be entitled to designate a Designated Director, provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 66 2/3% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;
•
at any time when our Sponsor ceases to be entitled to designate a Designated Director, provide that certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and
•
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing other items of business that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual or special meetings.

68


Table of Contents

 

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), which is Delaware’s anti-takeover statute that, subject to certain exceptions and approvals, restricts “business combinations,” including specified mergers, asset sales, stock sales and other transactions, between a corporation and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any interested stockholder (generally defined to mean a person who, together with such person’s affiliates and associates, owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation), on the other, for a three-year period following the time the person became an interested stockholder. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction fits within an enumerated exception, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction that resulted in a person becoming an interested stockholder prior to the time such person became an interested stockholder. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Sponsor and its affiliates, and any of its respective direct or indirect transferees, and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law—Business Combinations.” These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. For further discussion of these and other such anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock—Anti‑Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States of America, as applicable, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company or the Company’s directors, officers, or other employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf (other than causes of action subject to the Federal Forum Provision as described below); (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, stockholder or employee of the company to the company or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any cause of action, including any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, arising under the federal securities laws of the United States, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This choice-of-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a different judicial forum, including one that it may find favorable or convenient for a specified class of disputes with the Company or the Company’s directors, officers, other stockholders, or employees or result in increased costs for a stockholder to bring a claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Delaware, each of which may discourage lawsuits against us or our directors, officers, other stockholders, or employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

69


Table of Contents

 

While Section 22 of the Securities Act creates jurisdiction for U.S. federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware has held that provisions vesting jurisdiction for the resolution of federal securities claims in U.S. federal (and not state) courts are facially valid under Delaware law. While there can be no assurance that U.S. federal or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that the Federal Forum Provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of the Federal Forum Provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in U.S. federal court and cannot be brought in state court. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in U.S. federal court. Our stockholders cannot waive, and will not be deemed to have waived, our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision described above will not apply to any direct action to enforce rights under the Exchange Act or Securities Act.

We are subject to complex tax laws and changes in tax laws or in positions by the relevant tax authorities regarding the application, administration or interpretation of tax laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to income taxation at the U.S. federal level and, because of the scope of our operations, in certain states, municipalities and non-U.S. jurisdictions. In determining our tax liability in these jurisdictions, we monitor changes to the applicable tax laws and related regulations such as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, enacted in the U.S. in July 2025. However, tax laws are complex and subject to subjective evaluations and interpretative decisions, and we cannot be certain that relevant tax authorities will agree with our interpretations of these laws and regulations or with the positions we have taken or intend to take. We may be subject in the future to tax audits or other proceedings aimed at addressing our compliance with direct and indirect taxes, and taxing authorities may seek to impose incremental, retroactive or new taxes on us. If our tax positions are challenged by relevant tax authorities, we could face burdensome and extended tax proceedings and the imposition of additional taxes, penalties and interest for late payment or the denial of tax benefits. Such proceedings could also require us to pay taxes that we currently do not collect or pay or increase the cost of our services to track and collect such taxes. In addition, jurisdictions in which we operate are actively considering significant changes to current tax law and changes in tax laws, or the interpretations thereof, could adversely affect our tax position, including our effective tax rate. Furthermore, significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities and our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, including the timing and amount of establishing or releasing any tax valuation allowances. The foregoing risks, as well as changes in the scope of our operations, including expansion to new geographies, could increase the amount of taxes to which we are subject, and could increase our effective tax rate, which could similarly adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations, our financial performance, and our industry. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” and relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources, and other financial and operating information. All statements other than those that are purely historical may be forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “foreseeable,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potentially,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or similar words or phrases that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes, to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected results include those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. For a more detailed discussion of these and other factors, see the information under the section “Risk Factors” herein and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus speak only as of the date of this prospectus or as of the date they are made, as applicable. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, investments, or other strategic transactions we may make. Except as otherwise required by law, we disclaim any intent or obligation to update any “forward-looking statement” made in this prospectus to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events, or changes to future operating results over time.

71


Table of Contents

 

Market and Industry Data

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources, including Technomic, Inc., and our internal data, surveys and estimates. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

Although we believe that these third-party sources are reliable, we do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, and neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified this information. Some market data and statistical information are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of our industry and such independent sources referred to above. Certain market, ranking and industry data included elsewhere in this prospectus, including the size of certain markets and our size or position and the positions of our competitors within these markets, including our services relative to our competitors, are based on estimates of our management. These estimates have been derived from our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, as well as information obtained from surveys and reports by market research firms, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and have not been verified by independent sources.

Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate, internal surveys and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources.

In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Forward-Looking Statements.” As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking, and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable. Neither we nor the underwriters can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus.

Trademarks, Trade Names, Service Marks and Copyrights

We own or have the right to use various trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights used in connection with our business, including, but not limited to, JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS®, JERSEY MIKE’S®, JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS SINCE 1956®, A SUB ABOVE®, JERSEY MIKE’S DAY OF GIVING®, SHORE POINTS® and MIKE’S WAY®, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws. All trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names, service marks or copyrights is not intended to imply, and should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties. Solely for convenience, our trademarks, trade names, service marks, and copyrights referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™, SM or © symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to such trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights.

72


Table of Contents

 

Organizational Structure

Existing Organizational Structure

The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure.

 

img114416868_48.jpg

 

Note: Certain intermediate holding companies that are not material to this offering have been omitted from the structure chart.

 

Organizational Structure Following the Transactions

Immediately following this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material assets will be its equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. As the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and, through Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. The Reorganization Transactions will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the Reorganization Transactions at their historical carrying amounts, as reflected in the historical consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the accounting predecessor. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will consolidate Jersey Mike’s Holdings in its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the Common Units held by the Continuing Unitholders on its consolidated balance sheet and statement of income. As further described herein, prior to the completion of this offering:

73


Table of Contents

 

(1)
the Pre-IPO Stockholders will receive shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. pursuant to the Blocker Transfers as defined and described in “—Blocker Transfers”;
(2)
the limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying its interests as follows (as further described under “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Treatment of Existing Equity Interests”):
•
Class A Units held by Continuing Common Unitholders will be converted into Common Units; and
•
Class B Units held by Continuing Incentive Unitholders will be converted into Incentive Units; and
(3)
the Continuing Common Unitholders will receive a number of shares of Class B common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. equal to the number of Common Units held by each such Continuing Common Unitholder.

For a description of the vesting and other terms of the Incentive Units received by Continuing Incentive Unitholders upon conversion of their Class B Units see “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

Subject to certain restrictions, pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the holders of vested Incentive Units will have the right to convert their vested Incentive Units into a number of Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a function of the “spread value” of such vested Incentive Units, i.e. the amount by which the market value of a Common Unit (based on the public trading price of a share of Class A common stock) exceeds the applicable participation threshold of such Incentive Unit. The applicable participation threshold is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. An unvested Incentive Unit will not be exchangeable unless and until such Incentive Unit vests. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

The Continuing Common Unitholders will hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and, upon conversion of vested Incentive Units for Common Units, the converting holders will also receive an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights but will entitle each holder to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally, with the number of shares of Class B common stock held by each Continuing Unitholder being equal to the number of Common Units held by each such Continuing Unitholder. If at any time the ratio at which Common Units are exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

Our post-offering organizational structure, as described above, is commonly referred to as an umbrella partnership-C-corporation (“UP-C”) structure. This organizational structure will allow the Continuing Unitholders to retain their equity ownership in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of Common Units. Investors in this offering and the Pre-IPO Stockholders will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that the Continuing Unitholders generally find it advantageous to continue to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not believe that our UP-C organizational structure will give rise to any significant business or strategic benefit or detriment to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure.”

74


Table of Contents

 

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering.

 

img114416868_49.jpg

 

Note: Certain intermediate holding companies that are not material to this offering have been omitted from the structure chart.

 

(1)
Includes 17.0% of outstanding Common Units and 17.0% of voting power in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. held by our Sponsor and 9.5% of outstanding Common Units and 9.5% of voting power in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. held by our Founder.
(2)
Includes 59.6% of voting power and 81.3% of economic interest in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. held by the Pre-IPO Stockholders.
(3)
Each share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders generally. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”
(4)
At the time of this offering, 491,202 shares of Class A common stock would be issuable upon the exchange of an equivalent number of Common Units into which 3,461,366 Incentive Units held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders may be converted, which units have a weighted average per unit participation threshold of $19.74 (assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and assuming such Incentive Units are converted to Common Units). For additional information, see “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

 

Incorporation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on February 24, 2026. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and this offering. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Blocker Transfers

 

Prior to this offering, our Pre-IPO Stockholders hold their interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings through Blocker Companies that are taxable as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. At the time of this offering, we will

75


Table of Contents

 

enter into certain restructuring transactions (such transactions, the “Blocker Transfers”) that will result in the Pre-IPO Stockholders acquiring 212,240,268 shares of newly issued Class A common stock in exchange for their ownership interests in the Blocker Companies and Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. acquiring an equal number of Common Units held by the Blocker Companies. Each of the Blocker Companies will initially become a wholly owned subsidiary of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and will either be merged into Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. or will remain a wholly owned subsidiary that is part of the same consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings

Prior to the completion of this offering, the limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying its outstanding Class A Units held by the Continuing Common Unitholders into a new class of limited liability company interests that we refer to as “Common Units” and reclassifying its outstanding Class B Units held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders into a new class of limited liability company interests that we refer to as “Incentive Units.” We refer to this reclassification (the “Reclassification”) and amendment and restatement, together with the transactions described above under “—Blocker Transfers” and the entry into the exchange agreement and tax receivable agreement described below as the “Reorganization Transactions.” As a result of these transactions, our pre-IPO owners will hold their ownership interests directly in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (in the case of the Continuing Unitholders) or Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (in the case of the Pre-IPO Stockholders). Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions but prior to the other Offering Transactions described below, there will be 303,856,291 Common Units issued and outstanding.

Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will become the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Accordingly, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the holders of Common Units and the amount of any such distributions. If Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., as the managing member, authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the holders of Common Units and any participating Incentive Units (as described below) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units or Incentive Units, as applicable, held. Incentive Units initially will not be entitled to receive distributions (other than tax distributions) until holders of Common Units have received a minimum return as provided in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. However, Incentive Units will have the benefit of adjustment provisions that will reduce the participation threshold for distributions in respect of which they do not participate until there is no participation threshold, at and after which time the Incentive Units would participate pro rata with distributions on Common Units.

The Continuing Unitholders, including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes on their allocable share of any taxable income of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Net profits and net losses of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will generally be allocated to its owners (including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units held, except as otherwise required by law. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement will provide for cash distributions to the Continuing Unitholders if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. determines that the taxable income of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will give rise to taxable income for such holders. In accordance with the amended and restated limited liability company agreement, we intend to cause Jersey Mike’s Holdings to make cash distributions to Continuing Unitholders, including us, for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Jersey Mike’s Holdings that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of Jersey Mike’s Holdings allocated to the Continuing Unitholder that receives the greatest proportionate allocation of income multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state, and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporation residing in New York, New York, whichever is higher. Tax distributions will be pro rata as among the Common Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.” Subject to certain restrictions, pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the holders of vested Incentive Units will have the right to convert their vested Incentive Units into a number of Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a function of the “spread value” of such vested Incentive Units, i.e. the amount by which the market value of a Common Unit (based on the public trading price of a share of Class A common stock) exceeds the applicable participation threshold of such Incentive Unit. The applicable participation threshold is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. An unvested Incentive Unit will not be exchangeable unless and until such Incentive Unit vests. See

76


Table of Contents

 

“Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

Exchange Agreement

We and the Continuing Unitholders will enter into an exchange agreement at the time of this offering under which they (or certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, except that in certain circumstances, the Company may elect to settle such exchanges with the cash proceeds of a concurrent primary issuance of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Upon the settlement of any exchange, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. Class A common stock received by such Continuing Unitholder upon such exchanges during the applicable restricted periods described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements,” would be subject to the restrictions described in such section. As a holder exchanges Common Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of Common Units held by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Common Units. If at any time the ratio at which Common Units are exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Tax Receivable Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 90% of certain tax benefits, if any, that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis in certain Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments to certain tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a result of sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) in connection with or after this offering, (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis) of the Blocker Companies, which Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. acquires in connection with this offering, and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. Sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis, and the tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions available to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state, and local tax that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Actual tax benefits realized by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the tax receivable agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. This payment obligation is an obligation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and not of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Offering Transactions

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) from the issuance of the 13,782,609 shares of Class A common stock that it is selling in this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $301 million, to acquire an equivalent number of newly issued Common Units from Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The issuance of such newly issued Common Units by Jersey Mike’s Holdings to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will correspondingly dilute the ownership interests of the Continuing Common Unitholders in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. intends to cause Jersey Mike’s Holdings, in turn, to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Series 2026-1 Notes and the remainder for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will acquire outstanding Common Units from certain selling stockholders in exchange for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock to be sold by such selling stockholders in this offering.

77


Table of Contents

 

Accordingly, following this offering Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will directly or indirectly hold a number of Common Units that is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that it has issued, a relationship that we believe fosters transparency because it results in a single share of Class A common stock representing (albeit indirectly) the same percentage equity interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a single Common Unit.

As a result of the transactions described herein, assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

•
the investors in this offering will collectively own 43,478,261 shares of our Class A common stock (or 50,000,000 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);
•
the Pre-IPO Stockholders collectively will hold 189,355,916 shares of our Class A common stock (or 184,282,329 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);
•
the Continuing Common Unitholders will hold 84,804,723 Common Units (or 83,356,571 Common Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);
•
the Continuing Incentive Unitholders will hold 13,624,121 Incentive Units;
o
At the time of this offering, 491,202 shares of Class A common stock would be issuable upon the exchange of an equivalent number of Common Units into which 3,461,366 participating Incentive Units that are held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders may be converted, which units have a weighted average per unit participation threshold of $19.74 (assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and assuming such Incentive Units are converted to Common Units);
•
Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will directly or indirectly hold 232,834,177 Common Units (or 234,282,329 Common Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);
•
the investors in this offering will collectively have 13.7% of the voting power in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (or 15.7% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and
•
the Pre-IPO Stockholders collectively will have 59.6% of the voting power in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (or 58.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and the Continuing Common Unitholders, as holders of all of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, will have 26.7% of the voting power in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (or 26.2% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

78


Table of Contents

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the proceeds to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. from the issuance of the 13,782,609 shares that it is selling in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $301 million. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the proceeds to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. from this offering by approximately $13 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. intends to use these net proceeds to acquire an equivalent number of newly issued Common Units from Jersey Mike’s Holdings, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” which Jersey Mike’s Holdings will in turn use to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Series 2026-1 Notes (as defined below) totaling approximately $295 million, and the remainder for general corporate purposes. The Company estimates offering expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) will be approximately $23 million, of which $11 million has been paid and an accrual for estimated unpaid offering expenses of approximately $12 million is reflected on Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 29, 2026. The Series 2026-1 Notes were issued in two tranches: $250 million Series 2026-1 4.952% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (the “Series 2026-1 Class A-2-I Notes”) and $510 million Series 2026-1A 5.481% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (the “Series 2026-1 Class A-2-II Notes” and, together with the Series 2026-1 Class A-2-I Notes, the “Series 2026-1 Notes”). Interest and principal are payable quarterly. The Series 2026 Notes have a final maturity date of February 2056. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” The proceeds of the Series 2026-1 Notes were used (i) to redeem any outstanding amounts under the Series 2019-1 Notes and the Series 2021-1 Class A-2-I Notes in full, (ii) to pay certain transaction related fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Series 2026-1 Notes and (iii) for general corporate purposes, including a dividend to our Sponsor and debt repayment.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders (including any sales pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders).

 

79


Table of Contents

 

Dividend Policy

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors subject to capital availability, applicable laws, and compliance with contractual restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness, as well as our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. We may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of such dividends at any time. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash, current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that holders of Class B common stock shall not be entitled to any dividends on their shares of Class B common stock (other than dividends payable in the form of additional shares of Class B common stock).

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. We intend to cause Jersey Mike’s Holdings to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover our taxes, expenses, and obligations under the tax receivable agreement as well as any cash dividends declared by us. If Jersey Mike’s Holdings makes such distributions to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., the other holders of Common Units or any participating Incentive Units (as described below) will also be entitled to receive distributions pro rata in accordance with the percentage of their respective Common Units or Incentive Units, as applicable, held. Incentive Units initially will not be entitled to receive distributions (other than tax distributions) until holders of Common Units have received a minimum return as provided in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. However, Incentive Units will have the benefit of adjustment provisions that will reduce the participation threshold for distributions in respect of which they do not participate until there is no participation threshold, at and after which time the Incentive Units would participate pro rata with distributions on Common Units. The adjustment to the participation threshold of an Incentive Unit for distributions in respect of which such Incentive Unit does not participate will be factored into calculating the number of Common Units the holder of vested Incentive Units would receive upon conversion of a vested Incentive Unit for a Common Unit.

The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will provide that pro rata cash distributions be made to Continuing Unitholders (including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) at certain assumed tax rates, which we refer to as “tax distributions.” Tax distributions will be pro rata as among the Common Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.” We anticipate that amounts received by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in certain periods are likely to exceed Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s actual tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, will make any determination from time to time with respect to the use of any such excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, funding repurchases of Class A common stock; acquiring additional Common Units at a per unit price determined by reference to the market value of the Class A common stock; paying dividends, which may include special dividends, on its Class A common stock; or any combination of the foregoing. We also expect, if necessary, to undertake ameliorative actions, which may include pro rata or non-pro rata reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or adjustments of outstanding Common Units, to maintain 1:1 parity between Common Units and shares of Class A common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure—Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is a holding company and its only material assets after completion of this offering will be its equity interests, held directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Jersey Mike’s Holdings to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement, and pay any dividends.”

Amounts available to us to pay dividends may be limited by the terms of our Securitization Notes. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Any financing arrangements that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Jersey Mike’s Holdings is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Jersey Mike’s Holdings (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Jersey Mike’s Holdings are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Jersey Mike’s Holdings.

80


Table of Contents

 

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 29, 2026:

•
on an actual basis; and
•
on a pro forma basis prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X giving effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” which reflects the sale by us of 43,478,261 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Cash and cash equivalents are not components of our total capitalization. You should read this table together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

March 29, 2026

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

 

Jersey Mike’s
Holdings
Actual

 

 

Jersey Mike’s
Subs Inc.
Pro Forma
(1)

 

(in millions, except par value, unit and share amounts)

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

 

$

232

 

 

$

232

 

Restricted cash

 

 

44

 

 

 

44

 

Total

 

$

276

 

 

$

276

 

Total Debt (including current maturities):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series 2021-1 A-2-II Notes

 

$

227

 

 

 

227

 

Series 2024-1 Notes

 

 

737

 

 

 

737

 

Series 2025-1 Notes

 

 

398

 

 

 

398

 

Series 2026-1 Notes

 

 

760

 

 

 

465

 

Total debt (including current maturities)

 

$

2,122

 

 

$

1,827

 

Owners’/stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Members’ Units (6,349,133,927 units issued and outstanding)

 

$

6,318

 

 

$

—

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 100,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 10,000,000,000 shares authorized and 232,834,177 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 100,000 shares authorized and 10,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 10,000,000,000 shares authorized and 84,804,723 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

11

 

 

 

3,575

 

Retained deficit

 

 

(484

)

 

 

(368

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,577

 

Total owners’/stockholders’ equity

 

$

5,845

 

 

$

4,784

 

Total capitalization

 

$

7,967

 

 

$

6,611

 

 

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma total equity and total capitalization by approximately $13 million. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the expected number of shares to be sold in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial offering price per share, would increase (decrease) our pro forma total owners’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $22 million.

81


Table of Contents

 

(2)
Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s unaudited pro forma cash and cash equivalents does not reflect the payment of unpaid offering expenses of approximately $12 million for which an accrual has been recorded in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 29, 2026. Refer to footnote (e) within “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for additional information.

82


Table of Contents

 

Dilution

If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the Class A common stock held by our pre-IPO owners.

Our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of March 29, 2026 was approximately $3,321 million, or $10.93 per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book deficit represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and assuming that all of the Continuing Common Unitholders in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (other than Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

After giving effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of March 29, 2026 would have been $3,038 million, or $9.56 per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $1.37 per share of Class A common stock to our pre-IPO owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book deficit of $32.56 per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

 

 

 

 

$

23.00

 

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock assuming all of the holders of Common Units in Jersey Mike's Holdings (other than Jersey Mike's Subs Inc.) exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis as of March 29, 2026

 

$

10.93

 

 

 

 

Decrease in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock attributable to investors in this offering

 

$

(1.37

)

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock assuming that all of the holders of Common Units in Jersey Mike's Holdings (other than Jersey Mike's Subs Inc.) exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis after the offering

 

 

 

 

$

9.56

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering

 

 

 

 

$

32.56

 

 

Because the Continuing Common Unitholders will own direct economic interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings that are not represented with economic interests in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering assuming that all of the holders of Common Units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (other than Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact on the investors in this offering. The above table does not reflect any shares of Class A common stock that would be issuable following the conversion of any vested Incentive Units into Common Units.

 

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share of our Class A common stock would decrease our pro forma net tangible book deficit after giving effect to this offering by approximately $13 million, or by $0.04 per share of our Class A common stock, assuming the number of shares offered by us

83


Table of Contents

 

remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.


The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of March 29, 2026, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our pre-IPO owners and by new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the of Continuing Common Unitholders in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (other than Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The following table does not reflect any shares of Class A common stock that would be issuable following the conversion of any vested Incentive Units into Common Units.

 

 

Shares of Class A Common
Stock Purchased

 

 

Total Consideration

 

 

Average Price
Per Share of
Class A

 

 

Number

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

Common Stock

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-IPO owners

 

 

274,160,639

 

 

 

86.3

%

 

$

5,942

 

(1)

 

 

85.6

%

 

$

21.67

 

Investors in this offering

 

 

43,478,261

 

 

 

13.7

%

 

$

1,000

 

 

 

 

14.4

%

 

$

23.00

 

Total

 

 

317,638,900

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

6,942

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

21.86

 

 

(1)
The total consideration paid by our pre-IPO owners has been adjusted for returns on such consideration arising from distributions.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to 50,000,000, or approximately 15.7% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock, assuming that all of the Continuing Common Unitholders in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (other than Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, the Continuing Incentive Unitholders, which will hold 13,624,121 Incentive Units, will be able to convert their vested Incentive Units into Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, as described in “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.” Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. At the time of this offering, 491,202 shares of Class A common stock would be issuable upon the exchange of an equivalent number of Common Units into which 3,461,366 participating outstanding Incentive Units that are held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders may be converted, which units have a weighted average per unit participation threshold of $19.74 (assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and assuming such Incentive Units are converted to Common Units).

The dilution information above is for illustrative purposes only. Our net tangible book value following the consummation of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares of Class A common stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

84


Table of Contents

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. was formed on February 24, 2026. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. currently has no material assets or liabilities and has conducted no operations to date other than in connection with its formation and this offering. The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflects the impact of the Transactions (as defined herein). The Reorganization Transactions will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the Reorganization Transactions at their historical carrying amounts, as reflected in the historical financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries.

Following the completion of the Reorganization Transactions, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be a holding company and its sole material asset will consist of 73.3% of the outstanding Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, which it will acquire and hold directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries as described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” The remaining Common Units will be held by the Continuing Common Unitholders. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. As the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and, through Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, conduct our business.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2026 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December 28, 2025 present our consolidated financial position and results of operations after giving effect to the following transactions (collectively, the “Transactions”):

•
the Sponsor Acquisition, as described and defined in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Sponsor Acquisition”. Note this transaction will only be reflected within the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 28, 2025 given the Sponsor Acquisition occurred on January 16, 2025.
•
the Reorganization Transactions, as described and defined under “Organizational Structure”; and
•
the Offering Transactions, consisting of the sale by us of shares of Class A common stock pursuant to this offering and the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

Except as otherwise indicated, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2026 gives effect to transaction accounting adjustments that depict the accounting for the Transactions. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December 28, 2025 give effect to the transaction accounting adjustments that depict the accounting for the Transactions as if those adjustments were made on January 1, 2025.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been adjusted to include transaction accounting adjustments, which reflect the application of the accounting required by GAAP, linking the effects of the Transactions listed above to the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information, we have assumed that shares of Class A common stock will be issued by us at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated assumed initial public offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the ownership percentage represented by Common Units not held by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be 26.7%, and net earnings attributable to Common Units and participating Incentive Units not held directly or indirectly by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will accordingly represent 26.7% of our net earnings. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full, the ownership percentage represented by Common Units not held by Jersey Mike’s

85


Table of Contents

 

Subs Inc. will be 26.2%, and net earnings attributable to Common Units and participating Incentive Units not held directly or indirectly by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will accordingly represent 26.2% of our net earnings.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these additional procedures and processes and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance; director fees; additional expenses associated with complying with the public company reporting requirements; transfer agent fees; costs relating to additional accounting, legal, and administrative personnel; increased auditing (including audits over the effectiveness of the company’s internal controls), tax, and legal fees; stock exchange listing fees; and other public company expenses. While we have started to incur some of these costs in anticipation of the IPO, we have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to the full impact of these costs in the information below.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is for illustrative and informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the Transactions had been completed as of the dates set forth above, nor is it indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Company. Further, pro forma adjustments represent management’s best estimates based on information available as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to change as additional information becomes available.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

86


Table of Contents

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

As of March 29, 2026

(in millions, except par value amounts)

 

 

Jersey Mike’s
Holdings
Historical

 

 

Reorganization
Transactions
Adjustments

 

 

Notes

 

Offering
Transactions
Adjustments

 

 

Notes

 

Jersey Mike’s
Subs Inc.
Pro Forma

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

232

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

(d)

 

$

232

 

Restricted cash

 

 

44

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

44

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

10

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Total current assets

 

 

330

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

13

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Trade name

 

 

5,710

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

5,710

 

Franchise agreements, net and other intangibles

 

 

1,704

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

1,704

 

Goodwill

 

 

408

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

408

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

—

 

 

 

251

 

 

(a)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

Other assets

 

 

46

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

Total assets

 

$

8,211

 

 

$

251

 

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

8,462

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

45

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

152

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

(d)(e)

 

 

158

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

22

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

(d)

 

 

19

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

219

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

Long term debt, net of current portion

 

 

2,077

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(286

)

 

(d)

 

 

1,791

 

TRA liability

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,373

 

 

(a)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

1,373

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

70

 

 

 

222

 

 

(b)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,366

 

 

 

1,595

 

 

 

 

 

(283

)

 

 

 

 

3,678

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed capital

 

 

6,318

 

 

 

(6,318

)

 

(c)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 100,000 shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

(c)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 100,000 shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

(c)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

11

 

 

 

3,235

 

 

(a)(b)(c)

 

 

329

 

 

(f)

 

 

3,575

 

Retained deficit

 

 

(484

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

 

(d)(e)(g)

 

 

(368

)

Total Jersey Mike's Subs Inc. stockholders' equity

 

 

5,845

 

 

 

(3,083

)

 

 

 

 

445

 

 

 

 

 

3,207

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,739

 

 

(c)

 

 

(162

)

 

(g)

 

 

1,577

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

5,845

 

 

 

(1,344

)

 

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

 

 

4,784

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

8,211

 

 

$

251

 

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

8,462

 

 

87


Table of Contents

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026

(in millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

Jersey Mike’s
Holdings
Historical

 

 

Reorganization
Transactions
Adjustments

 

 

Notes

 

Offering
Transactions
Adjustments

 

 

Notes

 

Jersey Mike’s
Subs Inc.
Pro Forma

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenue

 

$

122

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

122

 

Advertising fees

 

 

51

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

12

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Total revenues

 

 

185

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

78

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

(m)

 

 

86

 

Advertising expenses

 

 

61

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

26

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

Company-owned stores expenses

 

 

8

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

173

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

Operating income

 

 

12

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

4

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Interest expense

 

 

30

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

(n)

 

 

28

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

(n)

 

 

13

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

(24

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

(36

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(5

)

 

(k)

 

 

(1

)

 

(k)

 

 

(6

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

—

 

 

 

(7

)

 

(l)

 

 

(2

)

 

(l)

 

 

(9

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

$

(24

)

 

$

12

 

 

 

 

$

(9

)

 

 

 

$

(21

)

Pro Forma Income Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

$

(0.09

)

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

$

(0.09

)

Pro Forma Number of Shares Used in Computing Income Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

 

232,834,177

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

 

317,638,900

 

 

88


Table of Contents

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 28, 2025

(in millions, except per share data)

 

 

Jersey Mike’s
Franchise
Systems
Period from
January 1 to
January 15, 2025
(Predecessor)
Historical

 

 

Jersey Mike’s
Holdings
Period from
January 16 to
December 28, 2025
(Successor)
Historical

 

 

Sponsor
Acquisition
Transaction
Adjustments

 

 

Notes

 

Reorganization
Transactions
Adjustments

 

 

Notes

 

Offering
Transactions
Adjustments

 

 

Notes

 

Jersey Mike’s
Subs Inc.
Pro Forma

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenue

 

$

19

 

 

$

464

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

$

483

 

Advertising fees

 

 

7

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

203

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

Total revenues

 

 

28

 

 

 

696

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

724

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

19

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

 

(j)(m)

 

 

305

 

Advertising expenses

 

 

8

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

—

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

4

 

 

(h)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

Company-owned stores expenses

 

 

1

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

28

 

 

 

545

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

649

 

Operating income

 

 

—

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

75

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Interest expense

 

 

5

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

Other expense, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

(4

)

 

 

60

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

(20

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

(i)

 

 

12

 

 

(k)

 

 

(2

)

 

(k)

 

 

11

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

59

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

(70

)

 

 

 

 

(31

)

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

(l)

 

 

(21

)

 

(l)

 

 

(5

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

$

(4

)

 

$

59

 

 

$

(4

)

 

 

 

$

(28

)

 

 

 

$

(49

)

 

 

 

$

(26

)

Pro Forma Income Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

$

(0.11

)

Pro Forma Number of Shares Used in Computing Income Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

 

 

232,834,177

 

 

89


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. Description of the Transactions and Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and presents the pro forma financial condition and results of operations of the Company based upon the historical financial information after giving effect to the Transactions and related adjustments set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December 28, 2025 give pro forma effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2025. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2026 gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on March 29, 2026.

Sponsor Acquisition Transaction

On January 16, 2025, Submarine Buyer LLC, an entity controlled by affiliates of our Sponsor, acquired a majority interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement. In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC (defined as Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems elsewhere within this prospectus) completed a reorganization pursuant to which Jersey Mike’s Holdings was formed to indirectly hold 100% of the equity interests of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems. Following the closing of the Sponsor Acquisition, Jersey Mike’s Holdings became controlled by affiliates of our Sponsor. For a complete description of the Sponsor Acquisition refer to the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Sponsor Acquisition,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Sponsor Acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), with Submarine Buyer LLC treated as the accounting acquirer. In accordance with ASC 805, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were measured at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The fair value measurements were based on various estimates and methodologies, including income and market approaches, and incorporated significant assumptions such as projected cash flows, discount rates and market-based valuation multiples.

For purposes of measuring the estimated fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company applied the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Acquisition-related transaction costs were expensed as incurred and are not included as components of consideration transferred in accordance with ASC 805.

Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions

The Company is offering shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, which is equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. intends to use the proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions from the issuance of 13,782,609 shares for approximately $301 million to acquire an equivalent number of newly issued Common Units from Jersey Mike’s Holdings, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” which Jersey Mike’s Holdings will in turn use for the repayment of indebtedness and the remainder for general corporate purposes, as further described below.

The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders (including any sales pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders).

After giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the offering contemplated by this prospectus, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will own approximately 73.3% of the economic interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (or

90


Table of Contents

 

approximately 73.8% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom). Additionally, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have 100% of the voting power in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, thereby controlling the management of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. In addition, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and, as such, will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ business and will have the obligation to absorb losses and receive benefits from Jersey Mike’s Holdings.

For a complete description of the Reorganization Transactions, see the section entitled “Organizational Structure” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

2. Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

Transaction accounting adjustments include the following adjustments related to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2026:

Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions Adjustments

a)
As described in greater detail in “Organizational Structure,” prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into the Reorganization Transactions, along with a tax receivable agreement (the “TRA”) with certain of the pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to certain of the pre-IPO owners of 90% of certain tax benefits, if any, that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis in Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments to the tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a result of sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) in connection with or after this offering, (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis) of the Blocker Companies acquired in connection with this offering, and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the TRA, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the TRA. The TRA will be accounted for as a contingent liability, with amounts accrued when considered probable and reasonably estimable. The following are the tax adjustments associated with the Reorganization Transactions:
i.
Record a net deferred tax asset of approximately $251 million (or $256 million if the underwriters exercise in full their options to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom). Following the Reorganization Transactions, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes as a corporation on its share of Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ taxable income. As a result, the pro forma balance sheet reflects an adjustment to income taxes assuming the federal rates currently in effect and the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction. The deferred tax asset is measured based on (i) differences between financial reporting and tax basis associated with Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s investment in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, (ii) tax loss carryforwards and other tax attributes acquired from the Blocker Companies, and (iii) tax benefits from future deductions attributable to payments under the TRA as a result of the Reorganization Transactions. The net deferred tax asset includes (a) a deferred tax asset related to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s investment in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, (b) a deferred tax asset related to tax attributes acquired in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, and (c) a deferred tax asset related to tax benefits from future deductions attributable to payments under the TRA. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize either a portion or all of our deferred tax assets, based on an analysis of available sources of taxable income, we will reduce our deferred tax assets with a valuation allowance.
ii.
Record a liability of approximately $1,373 million (or $1,385 million if the underwriters exercise in full their options to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom), representing 90% of certain tax benefits that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. estimates it will realize as a result of (i) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis in Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments to the tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a result of sales or exchanges of

91


Table of Contents

 

Common Units in connection with this offering, (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis) of the Blocker Companies acquired in connection with this offering, and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the TRA, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the TRA.
iii.
Record an adjustment to Additional paid-in capital of approximately $1,122 million, representing the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liabilities due to certain pre-IPO owners under the TRA as a result of the Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions.

As described in greater detail in “Organizational Structure,” the Continuing Common Unitholders will hold 84,804,723 Common Units (or 83,356,571 Common Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) immediately following this offering. Due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of future exchanges of Common Units by the Continuing Common Unitholders and as to the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of any such exchanges, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not assume that exchanges of Common Units have occurred. Therefore, no increases in tax basis in Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets or other tax benefits that may be realized as a result of any such future exchanges have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. However, if the Continuing Unitholders were to exchange all of the Common Units that they will hold immediately following this offering for shares of Class A common stock and all Incentive Units were converted to Common Units and subsequently exchanged for shares of Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $23.00 per share), which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus immediately following the completion of this offering, we would recognize an incremental deferred tax asset of approximately $252 million and a noncurrent liability of approximately $711 million based on the Company’s estimate of the aggregate amount that it will pay under the TRA as a result of such hypothetical exchange, assuming: (i) a price of $23.00 per share of our Class A common stock; (ii) a constant corporate tax rate of 24.8%; (iii) we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits; and (iv) no material changes in tax law. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related noncurrent liabilities that we will recognize as a result of any such future exchanges will differ based on, among other things: (i) the amount and timing of future exchanges of Common Units by Continuing Common Unitholders (including any Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units), and the extent to which such exchanges are taxable; (ii) the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchanges; (iii) the amount and timing of future income against which to offset the tax benefits; and (iv) the tax rates then in effect.

b)
Reflects the transfer of the $222 million contingent consideration liability related to the Sponsor Acquisition from Submarine Buyer LLC to Jersey Mike’s Holdings as of the Reorganizations Transactions date. The contingent consideration liability was initially recorded by Submarine Buyer LLC at its estimated fair value of $210 million using a probability-weighted analysis of expected payments as of the date of the Sponsor Acquisition. The liability represents the estimated fair value of an earn-out arrangement providing for a maximum payment of $250 million after Jersey Mike's stores operational worldwide reach 4,000 locations or upon a change in control event. The IPO is not considered a change in control event under the Equity Purchase Agreement. The earn-out is expected to be paid by Jersey Mike’s Holdings upon achievement of 4,000 locations (as of March 29, 2026, there are 3,300 locations).
c)
Jersey Mike’s Holdings will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ earnings and losses will flow-through to its members, including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., and will generally not be subject to entity-level federal or state income taxes at the Jersey Mike’s Holdings level. Jersey Mike’s Holdings wholly owns certain U.S subsidiaries that are disregarded entities for U.S Federal Income Tax purposes. In addition, Jersey Mike’s Holdings wholly owns a Canadian subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) for U.S Federal Income Tax purposes and is subject to Canadian federal and provincial income taxes. Accordingly, the consolidated provision for income taxes will include (i) corporate taxes incurred by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. based on its allocable share of income from Jersey Mike’s Holdings and (ii) corporate taxes incurred by such regarded subsidiaries.

92


Table of Contents

 

As described in “Organizational Structure,” upon completion of the Reorganization Transactions, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will own (including through wholly owned subsidiaries) approximately 69.1% of the economic interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings and will have 100% of the voting power in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, thereby controlling its management. The remaining economic interest, approximately 30.9%, will be reflected as non-controlling interest in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Represents an adjustment to equity reflecting (i) par value for Class A common stock and Class B common stock, (ii) a decrease in $1,739 million of historical members’ equity to non-controlling interest related to the 30.9% economic interest held by the Continuing Common Unitholders, and (iii) reclassification of historical members’ equity of $4,579 million to Additional paid-in capital.

d)
Represents (i) the net primary proceeds of approximately $301 million from selling Class A common stock, based on the initial public offering price of $23.00 per share, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions, (ii) payment of approximately $44 million to repay partially the Series 2026-1 Class A-2-I Notes and $2 million of accrued interest; and (iii) payment of approximately $251 million to repay partially the Series 2026-1 Class A-2-II Notes and $4 million of accrued interest which results in the full use of primary offering proceeds; refer to the “Use of Proceeds” for further details. The repayment of Series 2026-1 Notes were treated as a partial extinguishment with the related proportional value of $6 million of the unamortized debt issuance costs written-off, which are recognized as a loss on debt extinguishment and recorded to retained deficit.

The adjustment to cash and cash equivalents is comprised of the following:

 

(in millions)

 

As of
March 29,
2026

 

Net proceeds to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. from selling Class A common stock

 

$

301

 

Payment of accrued interest (Series 2026-1 Notes)

 

 

(6

)

Repayment of current portion of long-term debt (Series 2026-1 Notes)

 

$

(3

)

Repayment of long-term debt, net of current portion (Series 2026-1 Notes)

 

 

(292

)

Remaining proceeds at the Company to use for general corporate purposes

 

$

—

 


The adjustment to cash and cash equivalents does not reflect the payment of estimated unpaid offering expenses. See footnote (e) below.

The reduction to long-term debt, less current portion as of March 29, 2026 is comprised of the following:

 

 

As of
March 29,
2026

Repayment of long-term debt, less current portion (Series 2026-1 Notes)

 

$

(292)

Write-off of debt issuance costs related to repayment of indebtedness (Series 2026-1 Notes)

 

 

6

Total adjustment to long-term borrowings, less current portion (Series 2026-1 Notes)

 

$

(286)

 

e)
Subsequent to March 29, 2026, we have accrued an incremental $12 million of estimated offering expenses within accrued expenses and other current liabilities that are expected to be expensed and were not included in the historical financial statements.
f)
The following table is a reconciliation of the adjustments impacting additional paid-in-capital:

 

 

 

 

Note

Net proceeds from offering of Class A common stock

 

 $

301

(d)

Reclassification of noncontrolling interest

 

 

28

(g)

Total

 

 $

329

 

 

93


Table of Contents

 

 

g)
In addition to the adjustments to additional paid-in-capital above in note (f), other accounts within shareholders’ equity, including retained deficit, are adjusted to reflect the approximately 26.7% ownership interest held by the noncontrolling interests.

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of additional paid in capital

 

$

28

 

Reclassification of retained deficit

 

 

(162)

 

Total

 

$

 (134)

 

3. Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

Transaction accounting adjustments include the following adjustments related to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December 28, 2025, as follows:

 

Sponsor Acquisition Transaction Adjustments

 

h)
Reflects incremental amortization expense of $4 million on finite-lived intangible assets acquired in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. Incremental amortization expense has been calculated as follows ($ in millions) as adjusted for the amortization expense already reflected in the successor period:

 

Asset Class

 

Fair Value

 

Amortization
Method

 

Estimated
Life (Years)

 

Year Ended
December 28, 2025

Trade Name

 

5,710

 

Straight Line

 

Indefinite

 

—

Franchise Agreements

 

1,757

 

Straight Line

 

20

 

4

Technology

 

50

 

Straight Line

 

5

 

—

 

 

i)
Represents adjustments to Income tax expense of less than $1 million for the impact of the aforementioned pro forma adjustments using an estimated blended statutory income tax rate of 0.19% for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December 28, 2025, respectively. The income tax expense amount included in the unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial information relates to applicable (i) U.S. federal and state income tax expense and (ii) foreign income taxes in jurisdictions where the Company had operations. The unaudited pro forma tax expense does not purport to represent what income tax expense actually would have been if the Sponsor Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2025.

 

Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions Adjustments

 

j)
Represents offering expenses of approximately $12 million in connection with the Offering Transactions that were not reflected in the historical consolidated statement of operations. These offering expenses are reflected as if incurred on January 1, 2025, the date the Offering Transactions occurred for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

k)
Following the Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, as a corporation on its share of Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ taxable income. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations reflects an adjustment to Income tax expense to reflect an effective income tax rate of 14.9% and (49.1)% for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December

94


Table of Contents

 

28, 2025, respectively, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

 

l)
As described in “Organizational Structure,” upon completion of the Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will become the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, and Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will directly or indirectly own approximately 73.3% of the economic interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings but will have 100% of the voting power and will control the management of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage held by noncontrolling interests will be approximately 26.7%. Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests will represent 26.7% of Income (loss) before income tax expense. These amounts have been determined based on an assumption that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.

 

m)
This adjustment relates to the compensation expense we expect to incur following the completion of this offering which relates to the recognition of approximately $8 million and $60 million of compensation expense for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December 28, 2025, respectively, associated with awards that vest upon the Sponsor achieving certain multiple on invested capital (“MOIC”) and internal rate of return (“IRR”) metrics in respect of its original investment in Jersey Mike’s Holdings, subject to the grantee’s continued service through such achievement date. The $60 million of stock-based compensation expense recognized for the year ended December 28, 2025 consists of (i) approximately $30 million related to a cumulative catch-up adjustment recognized, representing compensation cost attributable to service rendered from the grant date through the IPO date and (ii) approximately $30 million representing stock-based compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 28, 2025. The stock-based compensation adjustments recognized above are inclusive of approximately $2 million and $13 million of calculated incremental compensation cost for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the year ended December 28, 2025, respectively, relating to the modification of outstanding Performance-Vesting Units to provide that certain of the returns to the Sponsor on its investment (but not others) will be deemed satisfied on a retroactive and going forward basis on the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the completion of this offering or (y) the date Sponsor no longer holds Class A Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings (or any equivalent securities acquired in exchange, conversion or otherwise for such Class A Units). Of the $13 million, approximately $7 million is recognized at the IPO date and approximately $7 million is recognized during the remainder of the year. For additional information, see “Management—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Equity Awards.”
n)
Reflects the reduction in contractual interest expense of $2 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 as a result of the repayment of a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under our Series 2026-1 Notes, as described herein. The $6 million of unamortized debt issuance costs written-off was recognized as a loss on debt extinguishment and classified as loss on debt extinguishment in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026. There was no impact on the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 as the Series 2026-1 Notes were issued by the Company in February 2026.

 

o)
The basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share of Class A common stock represents Net income (loss) attributable to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. divided by the Class A common stock issued in the Reorganization Transactions and in this offering, which is assumed to be outstanding for the entirety of the period presented. The noncontrolling interest owners own shares of Class B common stock. These shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities because they have no right to receive dividends or a distribution on liquidation or winding up of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., and no earnings are allocable to such class. Accordingly, basic and diluted earnings per share of Class B common stock has not been presented. The table below presents the computation of pro forma basic and dilutive loss per share for Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (in millions, except per share amounts):

 

95


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Thirteen Weeks
Ended March 29, 2026

 

 

Year Ended
December 28,
2025

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(30

)

 

$

(31

)

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(5

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(26

)

Reallocation of net income (loss) attributable to vested incentive units

 

—

 

 

—

 

Numerator for net income (loss) – Basic

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(26

)

Net income (loss) effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of stock compensation awards

 

—

 

 

—

 

Effect of conversion of non-controlling interest to Class A common stock

 

 

(8

)

 

—

 

Numerator for net income (loss) per share – Diluted

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(26

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding – Basic

 

 

232,834,177

 

 

 

232,834,177

 

Weighted average effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of stock compensation awards(1)

 

—

 

 

—

 

Effect of conversion of non-controlling interest to Class A common stock(2)

 

 

84,804,723

 

 

—

 

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding – Diluted

 

 

317,638,900

 

 

 

232,834,177

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

(0.11

)

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

$

(0.09

)

 

$

(0.11

)

 

(1)
Potential shares of common stock are excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share if their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the period presented or if the issuance of shares is contingent upon events that did not occur by the end of the period. The following table presents potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share/unit for the period presented.

 

 

 

Thirteen Weeks
Ended March 29,
2026

 

 

Year Ended
December 28,
2025

 

Time-based incentive units

 

 

4,682,425

 

 

 

4,763,643

 

Performance-based incentive units

 

 

8,860,006

 

 

 

8,860,006

 

Non-controlling interest

 

—

 

 

 

84,804,723

 

 

(2)
The non-controlling interest owners, which we refer to as Continuing Common Unitholders, have exchange rights which enable the non-controlling interest owners to exchange Common Units for shares of Class A common stock on a one for one basis. The non-controlling interest owners exchange rights cause the Common Units to be considered dilutive shares for purposes of dilutive income (loss) per share calculations.

96


Table of Contents

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the accompanying financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contain forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions. Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those described under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Jersey Mike’s is a high-growth franchisor of fast casual, submarine-style sandwich restaurants specializing in authentic, hand-crafted, craveable subs. Built over 70 years on one uncompromising belief – that a truly great sub sandwich can change your day and that a truly great brand changes its community – Jersey Mike’s is now one of the largest and fastest-growing limited-service restaurant brands based on U.S. systemwide sales and unit growth, with 3,300 stores across all 50 states and two countries – nearly all of which are franchised. We believe our sub sandwiches have a broad appeal and serve a diverse range of customers across the lunch, snack, and dinner dayparts.

Since 1956, we have embraced the idea that great food and meaningful impact go hand in hand, built on the highest quality ingredients, authentic relationships, and a commitment to giving back to the communities we serve. We carefully consider every aspect of what we do – every slice, every sandwich, every store. We proof, score, and bake our bread fresh every morning. Fresh vegetables are hand cut daily in-store. Meats and premium cheeses are sliced fresh to order. Subs are finished with our classic Mike’s Way preparation which includes fresh onions, crisp lettuce, juicy tomatoes, sprinkled with the “Juice,” our signature blend of red wine vinegar and oil, and then seasoned to perfection. Our delicious hot subs are made with fresh-grilled proteins, such as steak, chicken and even freshly cooked bacon. That same attention and care carry through to how we engage with and support our communities. This commitment is exemplified by Jersey Mike’s Month of Giving. We run a giving campaign all month in all participating stores and on our app, and we donate 100% of our sales on the last Wednesday of March to local and national charities across the U.S. and Canada. This has culminated in Jersey Mike’s raising more than $166 million for local charities since 2011 (cumulatively through April 2026).

Our franchise owners are both large multi-store operators and smaller, single-store franchise owners who are deeply invested in their local communities. As of December 28, 2025, the system included more than 630 unique franchise owners of which approximately 80 franchise owners operate 10 or more stores, while more than 330 franchise owners operate only one or two stores, resulting in a highly diversified ownership base with no meaningful reliance on any single operator. We have developed an operating platform designed to support compelling unit-level economics for our franchise owners, which supports reinvestment in new store development and continued systemwide growth for the Jersey Mike’s brand. This platform includes marketing and digital capabilities aimed at customer acquisition and engagement, as well as supply chain, technology, and operational processes intended to support consistency and efficiency at the store level. Systemwide, our Average Unit Volume was $1.4 million in Fiscal 2025 and store Cash-on-Cash Returns were approximately 42%. Cash-on-Cash Returns, Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio and Store-level EBITDA referenced throughout this prospectus are based on information self-reported by our franchise owners and have not been independently verified.

We primarily generate revenue from our franchise system including royalties and advertising fees, which are a percentage of sales that are collected from franchise owners over the course of the term of the franchise agreement. Other sources of revenue include supplier program payments, technology fees, franchise fees and gift card breakage revenue.

97


Table of Contents

 

Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations

The Sponsor Acquisition

On January 16, 2025, we were acquired by the Buyer (as defined herein) as a new portfolio investment for a purchase price of $6.3 billion. For additional information, see “About This Prospectus—Financial Statement Presentation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Sponsor Acquisition.”

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, we identified certain historical expenses that are a legacy of our operations as a private, founder-led organization. We believe these expenses are not essential to or indicative of our future operations and we do not expect them to recur in periods following this offering. Such expenses primarily included large, founder-directed discretionary bonuses paid to certain individuals and charitable donations. Amounts totaled $11 million, $192 million and $112 million in fiscal year 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, in 2025, the founder paid transaction bonuses of $411 million, which were not included in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. Such expenses were classified as “on-the-line” but were reflected as a net cash outflow on our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as amounts paid to our employees were processed through our payroll.

Reorganization Transactions

In connection with this offering, we will complete a reorganization into a holding corporation structure whereby Jersey Mike’s Inc. will become a holding corporation of which the principal asset will be a controlling interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. As the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, Jersey Mike’s Inc. will operate and control all the business and affairs of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and, through Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. For additional information, see “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings”.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect that these costs will include additional personnel, legal, consulting, regulatory, insurance, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

In addition, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur stock-based compensation expense associated with awards that vest upon our Sponsor achieving certain MOIC and IRR metrics. For additional information, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information—Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information—Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations—Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions Adjustments.” In addition, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, we will enter into the tax receivable agreement as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Area Director Buyouts

Historically, Jersey Mike’s operated a field support structure under an “Area Director” model, consisting of both corporate employees (“Corporate Area Directors”) and independent operators, many of whom are, or have previously been, franchise owners (“Franchisee Area Directors”). Area Directors were responsible for recruiting franchise owners within their territories and supporting them across site selection, development, opening and ongoing operations, while also serving as a liaison between the franchise owners and the Company.

In most cases, Franchisee Area Directors received payments equal to approximately 2% of gross sales from stores within their territories, which were paid by the Company.

We have substantially completed the transition from this model to an internally staffed “Regional Vice President” model in which corporate employees (“Regional Vice Presidents”), supported by Company franchise business consultants, perform these functions. This transition enhances operational consistency, strengthens alignment with franchise owners, and provides greater control over execution across the system.

As part of this transition, we have begun and will continue to buy out the remaining contractual rights of Franchisee Area Directors. The elimination of these arrangements will reduce the ongoing payment of a percentage of gross sales to third parties and allow us to more efficiently deploy resources to support Systemwide Sales growth.

98


Table of Contents

 

As of May 2026, there is one remaining Franchisee Area Director accounting for approximately 1% of Systemwide Sales.

Amounts associated with these Area Director buyouts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and presented separately in the section titled “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.

Fiscal Calendar and Seasonality

On December 12, 2025, our board of directors approved a change in our fiscal year end from December 31 to a 52/53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Sunday of the calendar year. This change is effective for fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 and applied prospectively. Prior-period operating results were not adjusted and remain presented on a calendar basis. While the shift affects comparability of fiscal quarters and the annual period for the year ending December 28, 2025, the impact is not material. Due to the fiscal year change, the years ended December 28, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 contained 362 days (comprised of 347 days in the Successor period and 15 days in the Predecessor period), 366 days and 365 days, respectively.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations in that our store sales are typically nominally higher during the summer months affecting the second and third quarters, and nominally lower in the winter months, affecting the first and fourth quarters.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Industry Growth

We operate within the large and growing limited-service restaurant market. As of 2025, the U.S. limited-service restaurant market was approximately $377 billion and has grown at an approximate 6% CAGR since 2019, according to Technomic, Inc. Within this market, the fast-casual segment has grown from approximately $45 billion in 2019 to $84 billion in 2025 representing a CAGR of 8.4%.

Industry growth has been supported by several factors, including increased consumer spending on food away from home, which represented approximately 45% of total food spend in 2025 up from 40% in 2006. In addition, consumer sentiment has shifted toward higher-quality offerings and greater menu customization, contributing to continued share gains for the fast-casual segment relative to traditional quick-service and casual dining formats.

Our positioning within the fast-casual segment aligns with these trends and supports continued growth opportunities. We employ an asset-light, highly-franchised business model that generates strong operating margins and cash flow driven by low capital expenditures and minimal working capital needs. As we continue to expand our store base and grow our same-store sales, we expect to continue growing revenues, earnings and cash flows.

Expand Our Store Base

While we operate in all 50 states today, we believe we remain under-penetrated in all markets, providing substantial runway for growth. We have a strong domestic development pipeline of over 1,600 stores across new and existing markets. Over 90% of this pipeline is being undertaken by existing franchise owners – a powerful signal of franchisee confidence in the model. As of June 30, 2026, agreements have been signed for over 1,250 of these stores and the remaining are in active negotiation. We support franchise owner expansion through a structured site selection process that incorporates market analysis, demographic data, and expected returns.

We also see a significant opportunity to expand internationally in markets where the sandwich category is already well established. We have entered into a 300-store development agreement within Canada, where initial locations generated annualized average weekly sales of approximately $1.6 million in Fiscal 2025, and an agreement for approximately 300 stores in the United Kingdom and Ireland. We are continuing to build infrastructure to support international growth and expect to expand into additional markets over time.

Net Store Growth was 8.5%, 11.8% and 11.9% for the years ended December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The moderation in 2025 Net Store Growth reflects the carryover impact of a founder-directed pause in development during 2024. Following the transition to new management, we completed a comprehensive

99


Table of Contents

 

market planning exercise and reactivated development under a more systematic growth framework. Given the combined opportunity for both domestic and international expansion, we are targeting annual Net Store Growth of approximately 8-10% over time.

Franchise Owners Economics

The continued health and growth of our brand is reliant on our franchise owners continuing to achieve strong financial returns. We primarily assess our franchise owners’ health by monitoring their Cash-on-Cash Returns, which are a function of Store-level EBITDA relative to Build Costs. Store-level EBITDA is a function of Average Unit Volume and Store-level Margin. Build Costs are influenced by real estate availability and underlying development costs. In aggregate, these factors can be influenced by macroeconomic factors and changing consumer preferences. We believe current Cash-on-Cash Returns of approximately 42% compare favorably to the industry and other possible investment opportunities for our franchise owners, driven by our in-line development strategy, supply chain, flexible labor model, and strong and growing unit volumes. Cash-on-Cash Returns and Store-level EBITDA referenced throughout this prospectus are based on information self-reported by our franchise owners and have not been independently verified.

Same-Store Sales Growth

We have a track record of increasing AUVs, which reached approximately $1.4 million in Fiscal 2025 representing a 6% CAGR since 2006. One of the key factors driving AUV Growth is Same-Store Sales Growth, which was 8.4% in 2023, 2.0% in 2024, and 3.2% in 2025. In recent years, we have navigated a dynamic economic environment, including periods of elevated inflation, by driving demand, effectively managing our supply chain, and delivering strong price-to-quality value to our customers.

Our operating model, including kitchen workflows, labor structure, and technology, is designed to support higher volumes without significant incremental investment. Approximately 6% of the system has achieved AUVs of $2.0 million or higher, demonstrating the ability of the model to operate at elevated volume levels. We expect to drive continued Same-Store Sales Growth and AUV expansion through the following initiatives:

•
Customer growth and frequency. We are focused on enhancing the effectiveness of our digital marketing and MyMike’s loyalty program to drive new customer acquisition and increase visit frequency. We see a meaningful opportunity to better leverage first-party data and improve targeting and personalization, building on capabilities already embedded in our platform. In addition, we are expanding sales opportunities through catering and bundled offerings.
•
Digital and delivery channels. Digital sales, which include our mobile app, online ordering, and third-party delivery, is a meaningful opportunity for continued growth. We have already invested in the infrastructure to support increased digital and delivery volumes and believe further growth can be achieved through improved utilization, marketing integration, and customer engagement to expand overall order occasions.
•
Menu development. We introduce limited-time offerings and targeted menu enhancements designed to drive trial and frequency while maintaining operational simplicity. Recent product launches, including Mike’s Hot Italian Sub, have demonstrated the ability to impact product mix and support incremental sales without adding operational complexity to store operations.
•
Store Operations. Another key driver of our strategy is our relentless focus on store-level operational excellence. We prioritize rigorous training programs, standardized operating procedures, and a culture of hospitality that ensures consistent, high-quality execution in every location. By emphasizing fresh, hand-sliced meats and cheeses, in-store baked bread, and the signature “Mike’s Way” preparation, we strive to deliver a superior guest experience.

Marketing Effectiveness

We collect advertising fees from our franchise owners and spend considerably on activities designed to increase brand awareness, attract new customers, and increase customer frequency. We believe that our ability to utilize this spending effectively represents a key driver for ongoing system sales growth. We also believe the scale of this program

100


Table of Contents

 

to be a competitive differentiator relative to many of our peers. We deploy our advertising spending across traditional and digital channels in an effort to achieve our goals.

Key Performance Measures

In assessing the performance of our business, in addition to considering a variety of measures in accordance with GAAP, our management team also considers a variety of key performance measures and non-GAAP financial measures. We believe these key performance measures and non-GAAP measures provide useful information to users of our financial statements in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team. The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin with the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP.

The key performance measures, some of which are non-GAAP financial measures, used by our management to evaluate our performance are presented below.

 

Systemwide Sales

Represents net sales for all Jersey Mike’s stores. This measure allows management to better assess our overall store performance, the health of our brand and the strength of our market position compared to competitors. Our systemwide sales growth is driven by the number and sales volume of new store openings as well as Same-Store Sales Growth. Note that Systemwide Sales do not reflect our revenue and should not be viewed as a substitute for Total revenues discussed below.

Same-Store Sales Growth

Represents the change in year-over-year sales for the same store base on a constant-currency basis. We define the same-store base to include those traditional stores (whether company-owned or franchised) open for at least 425 days (14 calendar months). This measure highlights the performance of existing traditional stores, while excluding the impact of new traditional store openings and permanent closures. Same-Store Sales Growth is driven by increases in transactions and average check. Average check increases are driven by price increases or favorable mix shift from either an increase in items purchased or shifts into higher-priced items. Non-traditional stores, which are not included in Same-Store Sales Growth, include locations or operating models materially different than a standard Jersey Mike’s location, including kiosks, airports, colleges, commissaries, food courts, entertainment venues, etc., which make comparability year-over-year difficult or not meaningful.

Digital sales mix

Represents the percentage of Systemwide Sales that are generated through our digital channels (mobile app, online ordering, and third-party delivery) and measures the performance of our investments made in our digital platform and partnerships with third-party delivery partners.

Average Unit Volume (AUV)

Represents (i) the trailing 364 days revenues of stores in the comparable store base, divided by (ii) the number of operating days of comparable stores in the same period, multiplied by (iii) 364. We use AUV to assess and understand the overall performance of stores in our system, as well as the profitability of our franchise owners. AUV is impacted by changes in guest traffic, menu prices and product mix.

Net Store Growth

Represents (i) the total number of open stores as of a specific date divided by (ii) total number of open stores in the prior annual period, (iii) minus one.

New store openings

Represents the number of store openings in a period including franchised and company-owned stores.

Total stores

Represents the number of stores in our system as of the relevant measurement date, including both company-owned and franchised stores and traditional and non-traditional stores.

Total revenues

Reflects royalty and advertising fees derived from Systemwide Sales across our franchised store base, supplemented by contributions from company-operated locations, as well as other revenues such as supplier program payments, upfront development and franchise fees, technology fees and gift card income.

101


Table of Contents

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Defined as Net income plus (i) interest expense, net of interest income; (ii) income tax expense; (iii) depreciation and amortization; (iv) equity-based compensation and related payroll tax, (v) acquisition-related expenses; (vi) IPO-related expenses; (vii) founder-related discretionary expenses that by their nature have not recurred and are not expected to recur in periods following the Sponsor Acquisition; (viii) Area Director buyouts; and (ix) corporate transition (severance, early contract termination, etc.) and other expenses, which includes gain (loss) on the sale or disposal of assets and extinguishment of debt. Examples of such founder-related discretionary expenses include founder-directed discretionary bonuses and charitable donations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Total revenues. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA margin to gain a better understanding of our profitability. We believe this is useful insight to gain further understanding of our profitability and make long-term strategic decisions. Adjusted EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

These key performance measures for each reporting period presented are as follows:

 

 

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026

 

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended March 30, 2025

 

 

Fiscal Year 2025

 

 

Fiscal Year 2024

 

 

Fiscal Year 2023

 

Systemwide sales (in millions)

 

$

1,097

 

 

$

1,010

 

 

$

4,217

 

 

$

3,735

 

 

$

3,342

 

Same-store sales growth

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

4.9

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

8.4

%

Digital sales percentage

 

 

44

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

38

%

Average unit volume (AUV, in thousands)

 

$

1,368

 

 

$

1,341

 

 

$

1,364

 

 

$

1,328

 

 

$

1,307

 

Net store growth

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

10.6

%

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

11.9

%

New store openings (gross)

 

 

47

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

298

 

Total stores (end of period)(a)

 

 

3,300

 

 

 

3,054

 

 

 

3,256

 

 

 

3,002

 

 

 

2,686

 

 

(a) Includes 37 non-traditional stores as of December 28, 2025 and 36 non-traditional stores as of March 29, 2026.

 

 

Domestic
Franchised

 

 

International
Franchised

 

 

Company-
owned(a)

 

 

Total
System

 

Store count as of January 1, 2023

 

 

2,379

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

2,400

 

Openings

 

 

296

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

298

 

Closures

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(12

)

Net transfers(b)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

Store count as of December 31, 2023

 

 

2,665

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

2,686

 

Openings

 

 

314

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

323

 

Closures

 

 

(6

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(7

)

Net transfers(b)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

Store count as of December 31, 2024

 

 

2,970

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

3,002

 

Openings

 

 

246

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

267

 

Closures

 

 

(12

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(13

)

Net transfers(b)

 

 

5

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

—

 

Store count as of December 28, 2025

 

 

3,209

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

3,256

 

Openings

 

 

47

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

47

 

Closures

 

 

(3

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(3

)

Net transfers(b)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

—

 

Store count as of March 29, 2026

 

 

3,243

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

3,300

 

 

(a)
All company-owned stores are located in the U.S. except two stores in Canada as of December 31, 2023.
(b)
Represents store transfers between franchise owners and the Company.

102


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

($ in millions)

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026

 

 

January 16 to March 30, 2025

 

 

January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

Total revenues

 

$

185

 

 

$

139

 

 

$

696

 

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

653

 

 

$

561

 

Adjusted EBITDA (a)

 

 

84

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

195

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

 

 

45

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

47

%

 

 

 

43

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

35

%

Net income (loss) (b)

 

$

(24

)

 

$

14

 

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

 

(a)
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP measures intended as a supplemental measure of our performance and are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of these measures to their most comparable GAAP measure.
(b)
We do not consider this metric to be a key performance measure but have included such metrics in this table to provide the most directly comparable GAAP measure for Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin.

Components of Results of Operations

We have one core business activity and operate in one operating and reportable segment. The components of our results of operations are presented below:

 

Royalties and other revenue

Consist of (i) sales-based fees calculated as a percentage of franchised store sales and (ii) other revenue, which primarily includes supplier program payments, technology fees, initial franchise fees and upfront development fees in connection with franchise and area development agreements, and gift card income.

Advertising fees

Consist of fees charged to franchise owners based on a percentage of their gross sales. These fees are collected and administered by us to support systemwide brand marketing and advertising, including national and local media campaigns. Although recognized as revenue, these activities are performed for the benefit of the overall brand and franchise system.

Company-owned stores sales

Represents the revenue from sales of food and beverage products from all company-owned Jersey Mike’s stores.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

Consists of administrative costs, compensation, and other costs associated with corporate and administrative function.

Advertising expenses

Represents brand-level marketing and advertising on behalf of our franchise owners and the Jersey Mike’s brand.

Company-owned store expenses

Consist of store-level cost of goods sold (food, beverage and paper costs) as well as labor, occupancy and other operating expenses (i.e. credit card and delivery fees, supplies, utilities, etc.) for all company-owned Jersey Mike’s stores.

Depreciation and amortization

Consists of amortization of finite-lived intangible assets (principally franchise agreements) and depreciation of fixed assets at both corporate office and company owned stores over their useful lives.

Interest income

Consists primarily of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents.

Interest expense

Consists of interest on long-term debt and notes payable as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs and the amortization of fair value adjustments to debt recorded in connection with purchase accounting.

Loss on debt extinguishment

Consists of the non-cash write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount associated with former debt.

Other income (expenses), net

Consists primarily of the gain (loss) on the sale or disposal of assets.

Income tax expense

Historically consists of state income taxes. Following the completion of this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will be subject to taxation, including federal taxes as a corporation.

 

103


Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026 (Successor), the Period from January 1 to January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and the Period from January 16 to March 30, 2025 (Successor)

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

(in millions)

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended
March 29, 2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30, 2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15, 2025

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenues

 

$

122

 

 

$

92

 

 

 

$

19

 

Advertising fees

 

 

51

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

7

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

12

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

2

 

Total revenues

 

 

185

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

 

28

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

78

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

19

 

Advertising expense

 

 

61

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

8

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

26

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

—

 

Company-owned stores expenses

 

 

8

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

1

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

173

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

28

 

Operating income

 

 

12

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

—

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

(1

)

Interest expense

 

 

30

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

5

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

(24

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Income tax expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(24

)

 

$

14

 

 

 

$

(4

)

Adjusted EBITDA(a)

 

$

84

 

 

$

56

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

(a)
See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”

 

During the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, royalties and other revenue totaled $122 million, increasing $11 million, or 10%. Advertising fees were $51 million, increasing $4 million, or 9%. The growth in both revenue streams was driven by Net Store Growth of 8.1% and Same-Store Sales Growth of 1.7% with Same-Store Sales Growth driven by transaction growth and a higher average check.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $78 million during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, increasing $20 million, or 34%. This increase primarily includes $28 million of incremental year over year payments associated with Area Director buyouts, $6 million in IPO-related expenses, $3 million in equity-based compensation expense, and $3 million in incremental corporate transition and other expenses, partially offset by $11 million of lower founder-related discretionary expenses and $1 million of lower acquisition-related expenses. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding area director buyouts) to increase in the near term reflecting investments in building out our corporate infrastructure to support our transition to a public company. For more information regarding founder-related discretionary expenses or Area Director buyouts, see “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition.”

Advertising expense increased by $9 million, or 17%, during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026. Over the long term, we expect advertising expenses to approximate advertising fee revenue, subject to some quarterly timing differences; however, in the next two years, expenses may exceed collections by up to approximately $15 million as we continue to work through legacy contractual commitments while simultaneously executing our higher-return digital marketing initiatives.

104


Table of Contents

 

During the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, net loss was $24 million compared to net income of $10 million in the prior year. The decrease was primarily driven by $28 million of incremental Area Director buyouts, $7 million in incremental interest expense due to a higher average debt balance versus the prior year, and a $5 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense related to the Sponsor Acquisition, partially offset by 11% growth in revenue.

Comparison of the Period from January 16 to December 28, 2025 (Successor), the Period from January 1 to January 15, 2025 (Predecessor), and the Year Ended December 31, 2024 (Predecessor)

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

(in millions)

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenues

 

$

464

 

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

434

 

Advertising fees

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

183

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

Total revenues

 

 

696

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

653

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

349

 

Advertising expense

 

 

207

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

220

 

Depreciation and amortization(a)

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

Company-owned stores expenses

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

30

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

545

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

609

 

Operating income

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44

 

Interest income

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

Interest expense (b)

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

43

 

Other expense, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

6

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

Adjusted EBITDA(c)

 

$

327

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

263

 

 

(a)
Fiscal 2025 includes amortization related to the creation of certain intangible assets from the Sponsor Acquisition.
(b)
Fiscal 2025 reflects higher average debt balance due to debt issuances in December 2024 and July 2025.
(c)
See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”

During Fiscal 2025, royalties and other revenue totaled $483 million, increasing $49 million, or 11%, year over year. Advertising fees were $203 million, increasing $20 million, or 11% year over year. The growth in both revenue streams was driven by Net Store Growth of 8.5% and Same-Store Sales Growth of 3.2% with Same-Store Sales Growth reflecting stable transactions as well as higher average check.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $233 million in Fiscal 2025, decreasing $116 million, or 33%, year over year. This decrease includes $181 million of lower founder-related discretionary expenses and $6 million of lower acquisition-related expenses, partially offset by $44 million of higher costs associated with Area Director buyouts, $8 million in equity-based compensation expense, $7 million in IPO-related expenses and $6 million in higher corporate transition and other expenses. Absent these items, SG&A increased $6 million, or 4%, year-over-year primarily reflecting investments in building out our corporate infrastructure to support our transition to a public company, as well as our international expansion strategy. For more information regarding founder-related discretionary expenses or Area Director buyouts, see “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition.”

105


Table of Contents

 

Advertising expense declined by $5 million year-over-year in 2025. Included in the 2025 results were discretionary marketing expenses of $7 million (compared to $38 million in 2024), as well as a $5 million contract termination payment. Absent these items, advertising expense increased $21 million, or 12%, year-over-year reflecting higher contributions by franchise owners, which were deployed into sales-generating marketing investments efforts. On a go-forward basis, we expect advertising expenses to approximate advertising fee revenue, subject to some quarterly timing differences; however, in the next two years, expenses may exceed collections by up to approximately $15 million as we continue to work through legacy contractual commitments while simultaneously executing our higher-return digital marketing initiatives.

During fiscal year 2025, net income was $55 million compared to $5 million in 2024. The change principally reflects 11% growth in royalties and other revenue and lower founder-related discretionary expenses, partially offset by an $86 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense related to the Sponsor Acquisition, a $56 million increase in net interest expense due to a higher average debt balance versus the prior year and $44 million of higher costs associated with Area Director buyouts.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2024 (Predecessor) and the Year Ended December 31, 2023 (Predecessor)

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Year ended December 31, 2024

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2023

 

 

Change

 

 

Change (%)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenue

 

$

434

 

 

$

371

 

 

$

63

 

 

 

17

%

Advertising fees

 

 

183

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

14

%

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

36

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

20

%

Total revenues

 

 

653

 

 

 

561

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

16

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

349

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

33

%

Advertising expenses

 

 

220

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

6

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

%

Company-owned stores expenses

 

 

30

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

25

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

609

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

21

%

Operating income

 

 

44

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(23

%)

Interest income

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(17

)%

Interest expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

%

Income before income tax expense

 

 

6

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(73

%)

Income tax expense

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

%

Net income

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

(16

)

 

 

(76

)%

Adjusted EBITDA(a)

 

$

263

 

 

$

195

 

 

$

68

 

 

 

35

%

 

(a)
See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”

During Fiscal 2024, royalties and other revenue increased $63 million, or 17%, year-over-year. Advertising fees increased $23 million, or 14% year-over-year. These increases reflected Net Store Growth of 11.8% and Same-Store Sales Growth of 2.0%.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $349 million in 2024, increasing $87 million, or 33%, year-over-year. This increase includes $80 million of higher founder-related discretionary expenses, $7 million of acquisition-related expenses, and $2 million in corporate transition and other expenses, offset by an $8 million reduction in Area Director buyouts. Absent these items, SG&A increased $6 million or 4% year over year reflecting higher variable expenses to support continued net store and revenue growth.

106


Table of Contents

 

Advertising expense increased by $12 million year over year in 2024. Included in the 2024 results were discretionary marketing expenses of $38 million (compared to $48 million in 2023), absent which advertising expense increased $22 million, or 14%, year-over-year reflecting higher contributions by franchise owners, which were deployed into sales-generating marketing investments.

During Fiscal 2024, net income was $5 million compared to $21 million in 2023. The change principally reflects 17% growth in royalties and other revenue, partially offset by higher founder-led discretionary expenses.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures provide users of our financial information with useful supplemental information that enables a better comparison of our performance across periods to help investors, securities analysts and other parties better understand underlying trends in our business. The non-GAAP financial measures used by our management to evaluate our performance are presented below.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

As previously defined under “—Key Performance Measures,” management uses Adjusted EBITDA to assess operating performance, evaluate trends, and compare results with those of other restaurant companies. We believe this measure provides useful insight into our ability to generate earnings from core operations and to inform decisions related to budgeting, capital allocation, and debt servicing.

Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures

Defined as Adjusted EBITDA less purchases of property and equipment and acquisition of intangible assets (software developed for internal use and website design). Management uses this metric to evaluate the performance of core operations after investing in the capital expenditures necessary to operate the business.

Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion

Defined as Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures divided by Adjusted EBITDA. Management uses this measure to assess the performance of how efficiently we are investing in the capital expenditures necessary to operate our business.

Adjusted EBITDA margin

As previously defined under “—Key Performance Measures,” management uses Adjusted EBITDA margin to better assess profitability. We believe this is useful insight to our long-term strategic decision making.

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion, are not liquidity measures and should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or to distribute to stockholders or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

These non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. These limitations include, among others:

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion do not reflect period-to-period changes in taxes, income tax expense, or the cash necessary to pay income taxes;

•
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion do not reflect the impact of earnings or cash charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;
•
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements. While Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion reflect capital expenditures on an accrual basis, the measures are not indicative of the timing of cash outlays for the replacements of such assets;
•
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

107


Table of Contents

 

•
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
•
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion do not reflect financing activities of our business; and
•
Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion and differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, these non-GAAP measures should be viewed as a supplement to, and not substitutes for, GAAP results. To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and not rely on a single financial measure to evaluate our business. We also strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP measures to their most comparable GAAP measure.

The following tables provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for all periods presented:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

(in millions)

 

Thirteen
Weeks
Ended
March 29,
2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30,
2025

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2024

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2023

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2022

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2021

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(24

)

 

$

14

 

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

11

 

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

Interest expense

 

 

30

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

27

 

Income tax expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

26

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

Equity-based compensation expense(a)

 

 

3

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Acquisition-related expenses(b)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

IPO-related expenses(c)

 

 

6

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Founder-related discretionary expenses(d)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

129

 

Area Director buyouts(e)

 

 

32

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

Corporate transition and other expenses(f)

 

 

5

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Adjusted EBITDA(g)

 

$

84

 

 

$

56

 

 

$

327

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

263

 

 

$

195

 

 

$

183

 

 

$

177

 

Capital Expenditures(h)

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures

 

$

83

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

316

 

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

249

 

 

$

187

 

 

$

171

 

 

$

165

 

Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion

 

 

99

%

 

 

96

%

 

 

97

%

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

95

%

 

 

96

%

 

 

93

%

 

 

93

%

Net income (loss) margin(i)

 

 

(13

)%

 

 

10

%

 

 

8

%

 

 

 

(14

)%

 

 

1

%

 

 

4

%

 

 

4

%

 

 

3

%

Adjusted EBITDA margin(i)

 

 

45

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

47

%

 

 

 

43

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

35

%

 

 

38

%

 

 

44

%

 

(a)
Represents non-cash expense and related payroll taxes associated with equity incentive compensation; included within SG&A.
(b)
Represents costs incurred in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, included within SG&A.
(c)
Represents legal, consulting, accounting and other professional fees associated with preparing for this offering, included within SG&A. These expenses do not include ongoing public-company compliance or operational costs.

108


Table of Contents

 

(d)
Represents certain historical expenses that are a legacy of the Company’s operations as a private, founder-led organization, including large, founder-directed discretionary bonuses paid to certain individuals and charitable donations, that by their nature have not recurred and are not expected to recur after the Sponsor Acquisition. Included in SG&A.
(e)
Represents payments made to third-party Area Directors to terminate certain contracts that mandated payment of a percentage of gross sales for a geographic region. Included in SG&A.
(f)
Represents expenses incurred in connection with restructuring our operations to a corporate-led business, including severance and settlement payments, as well as any gains or losses on the sale or disposal of assets. Included in SG&A except for a $5 million advertising contract termination payment in 2025, which is included in advertising expense.
(g)
In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, we implemented new business strategies and policies, including the elimination of advertising expenses in excess of advertising revenue and changes in compensation strategy. We have made no adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA in the historical periods presented to reflect the cost savings of these initiatives that we have implemented since the Sponsor Acquisition. The implied savings from the elimination of advertising expenses in excess of advertising revenue would have totaled $10 million, $4 million, $6 million, $0 million, $38 million, $48 million, $35 million and $11 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, the period from January 16 to March 30, 2025, the period from January 16 to December 28, 2025, the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025, the year ended December 31, 2024, the year ended December 31, 2023, the year ended December 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, and from the changes in compensation strategy and the elimination of other founder-led discretionary expenses would have totaled $1 million, $4 million, $11 million, $0 million, $32 million, $43 million, $32 million and $16 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, the period from January 16 to March 30, 2025, the period from January 16 to December 28, 2025, the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025, the year ended December 31, 2024, the year ended December 31, 2023, the year ended December 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cost savings from the transition to an internally staffed “Regional Vice President” model that we began implementing in Fiscal 2024. Such amounts would have totaled $2 million, $4 million, $16 million, $1 million, $1 million, $0 million, $0 million and $0 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, the period from January 16 to March 30, 2025, the period from January 16 to December 28, 2025, the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025, the year ended December 31, 2024, the year ended December 31, 2023, the year ended December 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively
(h)
Excluded from these capital expenditures are $41 million in 2024 for cash outlays associated with the purchase of an aircraft on behalf of our Founder that was transferred to our Founder in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.
(i)
Net income (loss) margin represents net income (loss) divided by revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following table presents unaudited quarterly historical consolidated financial and other data for each of the periods indicated. The unaudited quarterly historical consolidated financial data have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC. This information should be read in conjunction with our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results in any future period and the results of a particular quarter or other interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year.

Key Performance Indicators:

 

 

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended

 

 

 

March 29,
2026

 

 

December 28,
2025

 

 

September 28,
2025

 

 

June 29,
2025

 

 

 

March 30,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

 

September 30,
2024

 

 

June 30,
2024

 

Systemwide sales (in millions)

 

$

1,097

 

 

$

1,023

 

 

$

1,083

 

 

$

1,101

 

 

 

$

1,010

 

 

$

942

 

 

$

955

 

 

$

975

 

Same-store sales growth

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

 

4.9

%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

3.4

%

Digital sales percentage

 

 

44

%

 

 

43

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

41

%

 

 

 

42

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

40

%

Average unit volume (AUV, in thousands)

 

$

1,368

 

 

$

1,364

 

 

$

1,365

 

 

$

1,354

 

 

 

$

1,341

 

 

$

1,328

 

 

$

1,323

 

 

$

1,322

 

Net store growth

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

8.8

%

 

 

10.0

%

 

 

 

10.6

%

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

12.1

%

 

 

11.8

%

New store openings

 

 

47

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

77

 

Total stores

 

 

3,300

 

 

 

3,256

 

 

 

3,177

 

 

 

3,124

 

 

 

 

3,054

 

 

 

3,002

 

 

 

2,919

 

 

 

2,839

 

 

109


Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended

 

Eleven
Weeks
Ended

 

 

 

Two
Weeks
ended

 

Three Months Ended

 

(in millions)

March 29,
2026

 

December 28,
2025

 

September 28,
2025

 

June 29,
2025

 

January 16
to
March 30,
2025

 

 

 

January 1
 to
January 15,
2025

 

December 31, 2024

 

September 30,
2024

 

June 30,
2024

 

Net income (loss)

 

(24

)

 

(46

)

 

32

 

 

59

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

(32

)

 

41

 

 

15

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

(24

)

$

(46

)

$

32

 

$

59

 

$

14

 

 

 

$

(4

)

$

(32

)

$

41

 

$

15

 

Add back:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

(3

)

 

(2

)

 

(3

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

(2

)

Interest expense

 

30

 

 

28

 

 

29

 

 

24

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

12

 

 

11

 

 

10

 

Income tax expense

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

7

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Other expense, net

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

26

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

Equity-based compensation(a)

 

3

 

 

1

 

 

7

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Acquisition-related expenses (b)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

4

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

IPO-related expenses(c)

 

6

 

 

6

 

 

1

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Founder related discretionary expenses(d)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

72

 

 

29

 

 

48

 

Area Director buyouts(e)

 

32

 

 

38

 

 

10

 

 

—

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

2

 

Corporate transition and other expenses(f)

 

5

 

 

7

 

 

3

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$

84

 

$

60

 

$

104

 

$

107

 

$

56

 

 

 

$

12

 

$

58

 

$

83

 

$

77

 

 

(a)
Represents non-cash expense associated with equity incentive compensation; included within SG&A.
(b)
Represents costs incurred in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, included within SG&A.
(c)
Represents legal, consulting, accounting and other professional fees associated with preparing for this offering, included within SG&A. These expenses do not include ongoing public-company compliance or operational costs.
(d)
Represents certain historical expenses that are a legacy of the Company’s operations as a private, founder-led organization, including large, founder-directed discretionary bonuses paid to certain individuals and charitable donations, that by their nature have not recurred and are not expected to recur after the Sponsor Acquisition. Included in SG&A.
(e)
Represents payments made to third-party Area Directors to terminate certain contracts that mandated payment of a percentage of gross sales for a geographic region. Included in SG&A.
(f)
Represents expenses incurred in connection with restructuring our operations to a corporate-led business, including severance and settlement payments (reflected in SG&A except for a $5 million advertising contract termination payment in 2025, which is included in advertising expense).

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents, available borrowings under our variable funding notes (“VFN”) facility and cash generated by operating activities. Outside of operational activities, and relative to our total liquidity, we expect to have limited cash obligations. As an asset-light franchisor, our primary non-operational uses of cash include capital expenditures to support technological initiatives, investments in our corporate headquarters, and development of a limited number of company-owned stores. At times, we may also elect to purchase or divest company-operated stores, though we currently have no plans to materially increase the number of company-owned stores. We believe that cash provided by operating activities and existing cash and cash equivalents on hand, together with amounts available under our variable funding notes facility, are sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements.

110


Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows

We had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $276 million, $227 million, $246 million and $843 million as of March 29, 2026, March 30, 2025, December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

(in millions)

 

Thirteen Weeks Ended
March 29, 2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30, 2025

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

Net cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

86

 

 

$

(309

)

 

$

(210

)

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

67

 

Investing activities(a)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(13

)

Financing activities

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(107

)

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

727

 

 

 

(21

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

30

 

 

$

(345

)

 

$

(326

)

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

704

 

 

$

33

 

 

(a)
Capital expenditures, comprising of purchases of property and equipment and capitalized software costs, for the period from January 16, to March 30, 2025 (Successor), for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 (Successor), January 16, to December 28, 2025 (Successor), January 1 to January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and for each of the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were $2 million, $1 million, $11 million, none, $55 million, $8 million, $12 million and $12 million, respectively.

Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026 vs. the Period March 30, 2025

Operating Activities: For the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, we generated $86 million of cash from operating activities whereas during period ended March 30, 2025 we used $309 million of cash for operating activities. This change was primarily driven by $411 million of transaction bonuses paid by the founder during 2025 (see “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition”) and $11 million of lower founder-related discretionary items partially offset by $13 million of incremental cash used for Area Director buyouts and $16 million of incremental interest payments resulting from higher levels of indebtedness.

Investing Activities: The increase in net cash used in investing activities for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 was driven by the acquisition of 10 franchise-owned stores for $23 million.

Financing Activities: For the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, net cash used for financing activities was $33 million and principally reflected member distributions of $37 million, partially offset by $4 million of net debt proceeds. For the period ended March 30, 2025, we used $35 million for financing activities primarily reflecting member distributions of $30 million.

Fiscal Year 2025 vs. Fiscal Year 2024

Operating Activities: In Fiscal 2025, we used $210 million of cash in operating activities whereas in 2024, we generated $38 million of cash from operating activities. This change was primarily driven by $411 million of transaction bonuses paid by the founder (see “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition”) and $44 million in increased Area Director buyouts versus 2024, partially offset by $181 million in lower founder-related discretionary expenses. Absent these items, net cash provided by operating activities increased by $26 million, with improvements in core operations partially offset by $40 million of incremental net interest payments resulting from higher levels of indebtedness.

Investing Activities: The decrease in net cash used in investing activities for Fiscal 2025 was driven by the $41 million purchase of an aircraft that occurred in the prior year on the founder’s behalf (which was transferred to the founder in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition), as well net cash inflows from notes receivable in 2025 compared to net cash outflows in 2024.

111


Table of Contents

 

Financing Activities: In 2025, net cash used for financing activities was $93 million and principally reflected by member distributions of $468 million, partially offset by $374 million of net debt activity. In 2024, we generated $727 million from financing activities primarily reflecting net additional debt borrowings of $759 million.

Fiscal Year 2024 vs. Fiscal Year 2023

Operating Activities: The decrease in net cash used in operating activities for Fiscal 2024 was primarily driven by $80 million in higher founder-related discretionary expenses, partially offset by lower Area Director buyout payments of $8 million. Absent these items, net cash provided by operating activities increased $43 million, primarily representing improvements in core operations.

Investing Activities: The increase in net cash used in investing activities for Fiscal 2024 was primarily driven by payments related to the $41 million purchase of an aircraft on the founder’s behalf (which was transferred to the founder in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition).

Financing Activities: In 2024, net cash provided by financing activities increased by $748 million primarily reflecting incremental net debt borrowings of $759 million.

Securitized Financing Facilities

On December 23, 2019, we entered into a securitization financing arrangement pursuant to which Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC (the “Master Issuer”), a limited-purpose, bankruptcy-remote, wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued secured notes under a base indenture (the “Indenture”). The Indenture allows the Master Issuer to issue multiple series of notes (collectively, the “Securitization Notes”). The Securitization Notes are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company and secured by substantially all assets of the securitization entities, including intellectual property, such as trademarks and software, as well as all franchise agreements and area development agreements, and substantially all related rights associated with the Jersey Mike’s brand (collectively, the “Securitization Assets”).

As of March 29, 2026, we had $2,099 million of notes outstanding under this facility with interest rates ranging from 2.493% to 5.636%. In February 2026, we issued $760 million of notes under this facility at fixed rates of 4.952% and 5.481% to refinance existing notes. Interest and principal of all notes are payable quarterly. The nearest final maturity date is February 2052 with the nearest anticipated repayment date of February 2029.

We also hold Series 2024-1 Class A-1 Notes, a VFN facility, that permit borrowings of up to $100 million and may be used to issue letters of credit and provide additional liquidity. Borrowings under our VFN bear interest at variable rates based on the prime rate, federal funds rate, SOFR, or, in each case plus an applicable margin. The facility also includes a commitment fee of 1.25% on the unused portion of the commitment. As of March 29, 2026, we had no borrowings outstanding under the facility and a borrowing capacity of $72 million, which reflects $28 million of letters of credit issued against the VFN primarily related to interest reserve requirements.

The Securitization Notes are subject to customary covenants and restrictions for transactions of this type. These provisions include, among other things, requirements that the Master Issuer maintain specified reserve accounts to fund required payments on the Securitization Notes, provisions governing optional and mandatory prepayments (including make-whole payments under certain circumstances), indemnification obligations relating to defects or impairments in the pledged collateral, and operational covenants relating to recordkeeping, reporting, and access to information. The securitization structure also includes restrictions that prioritize payment of principal and interest on the Securitization Notes through the related payment waterfall.

The Securitization Notes include provisions that allow for optional principal payments when a specified leverage ratio, which is a measure of outstanding securitization debt (net of certain cash accounts, eligible investments, and amounts available under letters of credit) to net cash flow is less than or equal to 5.0x. This leverage ratio is calculated quarterly and allows the Company to elect whether to make principal payments unless the threshold is exceeded. As of March 29, 2026, our leverage ratio exceeded 5.0x and accordingly, we were required to make total principal payments of $5 million.

112


Table of Contents

 

As of March 29, 2026, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the securitization agreements.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the pre-IPO owners. While the amount of existing tax basis and anticipated tax basis adjustments and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect the payments that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming: (i) a price of $23.00 per share of our Class A common stock; (ii) a constant U.S. federal, state, and local corporate income tax rate of 24.8%; (iii) we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits; and (iv) no material changes in tax law, if the Continuing Unitholders were to exchange all of the Common Units that they will hold immediately following this offering, and assuming all Incentive Units are converted to Common Units and subsequently exchanged for shares of Class A common stock, we estimate that we would, as a result of the Reorganization Transactions, the Offering Transactions and such hypothetical exchange, record a deferred tax asset of approximately $503 million and that the aggregate noncurrent liability we would record based on our estimate of the aggregate amount that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would pay under the tax receivable agreement is approximately $2,084 million. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related noncurrent liabilities that we will recognize as a result of any such future exchanges will differ based on, among other things: (i) the amount and timing of future exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) by Continuing Unitholders, and the extent to which such exchanges are taxable; (ii) the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchanges; (iii) the amount and timing of future income against which to offset the tax benefits; and (iv) the tax rates then in effect. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. These estimates may require application of management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. While we apply our judgment based on assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, actual results could vary from these assumptions. It is possible that materially different amounts would be reported using different assumptions. Our most significant accounting estimates are more fully described in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements. However, we believe the accounting estimates described below are particularly important to the portrayal and understanding of our financial position and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We provide goods and services in connection with our franchise agreements, consisting of a franchise license and ongoing services, management of the advertising contributions, development of training materials and menu items, and store monitoring and ongoing franchise owner support. In exchange, we collect royalties and advertising fees with royalties recorded in Royalties and other revenues on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As these goods and services are highly interrelated, they are accounted for as a single performance obligation, which is satisfied by providing a right to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.

113


Table of Contents

 

We generate system support revenue through supplier programs and technology that support the overall franchise system and our franchise owners. These revenues are classified within Royalties and other revenues on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Supplier programs reflect contractual arrangements with certain major food and beverage suppliers and distributors, pursuant to which we receive payments based on the dollar volume of food and beverage purchases and cases delivered, which are generally correlated with franchised store sales. Actual dollar volumes are available on a monthly basis but may lapse reporting deadlines. Goods and services related to technology program fees are distinct from the franchise performance obligation as they are not dependent on, nor highly interrelated with, the franchise license. Accordingly, revenue is recognized throughout the year as the related services are provided and the benefit is transferred to the franchise owner.

Other revenues consist primarily of initial franchise fees, up front development fees and gift card income and are classified within Royalties and other revenues on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Initial franchise fees and upfront development fees are interrelated to the franchise agreement and part of the same performance obligation as royalties and advertising fees. Accordingly, these fees are generally deferred upon receipt within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and recognized as revenue ratably over the term of the related franchise agreement. For gift card income, we estimate and record revenue based on historical redemption patterns, including the timing and channel in which the card was purchased or reloaded, and in accordance with government agencies under unclaimed property laws, where applicable. These gift cards do not have an expiration date, and no service fees are charged on them.

Intangible Assets

We review the recoverability of goodwill on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We have identified one reporting unit to which we have attributed goodwill. Significant judgment is used to determine if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators could include negative operating performance of Jersey Mike’s stores, economic and store industry trends, legal factors, significant competition or changes in our business strategy. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of our goodwill and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the carrying value of our reporting unit exceeds the fair value, a quantitative analysis is performed. In this quantitative analysis, we are required to estimate the fair value of our reporting unit using the best information available, including market information (also referred to as the market capitalization or market approach) and discounted cash flow projections (also referred to as the income approach). The market approach estimates fair value by applying projected cash flow earnings multiples to the reporting unit’s operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics. The income approach uses the reporting unit’s projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that are discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital that reflects current market conditions. We recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value. Changes in circumstances or changes in management’s judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in an impairment charge of a portion or all of its goodwill in future periods.

Our trade name is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment assessment requires significant judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions that are inherently subjective. We estimate the fair value of the trade name using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach. This method estimates the value of the intangible asset by forecasting the royalties we avoid by owning the trademark, adjusting those avoided royalties for taxes, and discounting the resulting after-tax cash flows to present value using an appropriate discount rate. Key assumptions used in this analysis include projected revenues, royalty rates, discount rates, cash flow forecasts and obsolescence.

Equity-Based Compensation

We account for the issuance of equity instruments to employees and directors in accordance with accounting standards for share-based payments which require companies to recognize in the statements of operations and total comprehensive income the fair value of stock awards issued over the requisite service period. Management estimates the fair value of the equity issued on the date of grant. Expected volatility is based on the average historical volatility

114


Table of Contents

 

of publicly traded companies operating in the franchise and restaurant sectors that we consider comparable. Expected time to liquidity event represents the expected period until a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, based on our expectation as of the grant date. Note that such liquidity event will not automatically result in vesting, and awards will still be subject to the respective time and/or performance conditions. We have concluded that the performance conditions associated with the Performance-Vesting Units require the occurrence of a significant distribution or liquidity event, which we have concluded cannot be probable until that occurs. We will continue to assess the probability of achieving the performance conditions at each reporting date, and record associated compensation expense as required.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires us to properly identify the accounting acquirer, allocate the purchase price to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as Goodwill. We elected pushdown accounting and a result, reflect the Sponsor Acquisition and related disclosures in our financial statements in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations.

The determination of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to intangible assets. These estimates include, but are not limited to, projected future cash flows, discount rates, royalty rates, and useful lives.

In connection with the Sponsor acquisition, we identified Submarine Buyer LLC as the accounting acquirer and as a result of our election of pushdown accounting, recorded significant intangible assets, including franchise agreements and trade names, based on valuations performed using income-based approaches, including the relief-from-royalty method. These valuation methodologies require the use of significant unobservable inputs and assumptions, which are inherently uncertain and subject to change. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values assigned to intangible assets and Goodwill, and therefore could have a material impact on future amortization expense and operating results.

Refer to “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 3—Business Combinations” in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on valuation methods, inputs and assumptions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We have reviewed all recently issued standards and have determined that, other than as disclosed in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, such standards will not have a material impact on our financial statements or do not otherwise apply to our results of operations.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to market risks, including commodity and food price risks and interest rate risk. We currently do not enter into derivative or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Commodity and Food Price Risks

Our franchise owners purchase a variety of food products and supplies that are subject to fluctuations in commodity prices, which may be affected by market conditions, supply chain disruptions, weather events, geopolitical developments, and other factors beyond our control. Increases in the cost or reduced availability of key ingredients may lead to higher operating costs for our franchise owners. Because the substantial majority of our revenue is derived from royalties and other fees based on franchise owner sales, a sustained increase in food or commodity costs could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. We seek to mitigate these risks through supply and purchasing agreements, supplier diversification, and by supporting franchise owners in implementing

115


Table of Contents

 

menu pricing and operational efficiency initiatives; however, there can be no assurance that these efforts will fully offset the effects of commodity price volatility or supply constraints. Our direct exposure to rising commodity costs is minimal given the small number of company-owned stores. Our royalty revenue is derived from our franchise owner’s gross sales. To the extent increases in commodity costs are passed through to customers, our royalty revenue may increase accordingly. However, such pricing actions or other operational adjustments may adversely affect customer demand and our operating results.

Interest Rate Risk

Substantially all our indebtedness under our Securitization Notes is fixed rate, limiting our short-term interest rate risk. However, our VFN, which was undrawn as of March 29, 2026, is subject to floating interest rates. Assuming our VFN was to be fully drawn, a 100-basis point increase to the applicable variable rate of interest would have increased the amount of interest expense by $1 million for the annual period.

Foreign Currency Risk.

As of March 29, 2026, less than 1% of our total revenues was from non-U.S. dollar denominated sources; however, we would anticipate this mix will change over time as we execute an international expansion plan.

116


Table of Contents

 

Business

Who We Are

We are Jersey Mike’s: A high-growth franchisor of fast casual, submarine-style sandwich restaurants specializing in authentic, hand-crafted, craveable subs. Built over 70 years on one uncompromising belief – that a truly great sub sandwich can change your day and that a truly great brand changes its community – Jersey Mike’s is now one of the largest and fastest-growing limited-service restaurant brands based on U.S. systemwide sales and unit growth, with 3,300 stores across all 50 states and two countries – nearly all of which are franchised.

A Sub Above

At Jersey Mike’s, everything begins and ends with the food. Every sub starts with high-quality, hand-sliced ingredients – no shortcuts, no compromises. Customers order by a memorable menu number and each sub is hand-sliced, served fresh or grilled to order, then finished Mike’s Way: fresh onions, crisp lettuce, juicy tomatoes, sprinkled with the Juice, our signature blend of red wine vinegar and oil…an exquisite zing, a splash of extra and unexpected, and then seasoned to perfection. Our passion, our time, our talent, and our attention are reflected in every sub we make. The result: a deeply loyal, passionately-engaged and growing customer base with a powerful connection to our brand.

Scaled Operating Platform

We have spent 70 years perfecting the authentic sub sandwich and building the infrastructure to deliver it at scale. Our operating platform combines a robust marketing engine with growing digital capabilities to accelerate customer acquisition, deepen frequency, and elevate the overall customer experience. Coupled with best-in-class supply chain efficiencies, proprietary technology, and instructional know-how to protect and enhance Store-level Margin, our system is purpose-built to drive exceptional franchise owner returns. We believe our platform offers an attractive investment opportunity, as evidenced by our Cash-on-Cash Returns of approximately 42% in Fiscal 2025 and the addition of over 2,000 stores over the last decade. We have a robust development pipeline of over 1,600 stores as of June 30, 2026. Over 90% of this pipeline is being undertaken by existing franchise owners, highlighting the durability and attractiveness of our model and creating a strong runway for asset-light growth. Cash-on-Cash Returns, Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio and Store-level EBITDA referenced throughout this prospectus are based on information self-reported by our franchise owners and have not been independently verified. As of June 30, 2026, agreements have been signed for over 1,250 of these stores and the remaining are in active negotiation.

We believe our efficient operating platform, the strength of our brand, the quality of our product, and the depth of our franchise owner relationships position Jersey Mike’s for continued growth for years to come. The following charts illustrate the consistency and strength of our historical financial performance:

Asset-Light Franchise Model Delivering Attractive Returns and Durable Growth

img114416868_50.jpg

117


Table of Contents

 

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of these metrics and reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures Conversion to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

20 Years of Consistent Growth

Systemwide Sales Growth(1)

img114416868_51.jpg

Store Growth

img114416868_52.jpg

 

Average Unit Volume Growth(2)

img114416868_53.jpg

 

 

118


Table of Contents

 

Same-Store Sales Growth(3)

img114416868_54.jpg

——————

(1)
Systemwide Sales do not reflect our revenue and should not be viewed as a substitute for total revenue.
(2)
2006-2017 includes a non-meaningful impact from non-traditional stores. Beginning in 2018, AUV has been measured exclusively on Traditional Stores to exclude the potential volatility of seasonally driven non-traditional stores. Non-traditional stores accounted for approximately 1% of our total store count and approximately 1% of our Systemwide Sales for each of Fiscal 2025 and the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026.
(3)
See “Certain Definitions” for a definition of Same-Store Sales Growth

 

The Jersey Shore Favorite: Our Market Opportunity

Jersey Mike’s competes in the large and growing limited-service restaurant market. As of 2025, this market in the U.S. is $377 billion in size and has grown at an approximate 6% CAGR since 2019, according to Technomic, Inc. The Company is well-positioned to capitalize on several favorable industry trends.

•
Growing Preference for Convenience and Rising “Food-Away-From-Home” Spend. Consumers are allocating a record share of food dollars to food away from home, reaching an all-time high of $1.2 trillion, approximately 45% of total food spend in 2025. Off-premise traffic continues to grow, propelled by digital solutions, and now represents approximately 83% of visits for the limited-service segment in 2024, up from 76% prior to the pandemic in 2019, reinforcing demand for convenient, high-quality meals and robust digital ordering and loyalty capabilities.
•
Sustained Fast Casual Growth. The fast casual dining segment has continued to take share from both quick service restaurant (“QSR”), or traditional fast-food restaurants, and casual dining. This segment continues to outperform the broader restaurant industry, delivering a historical 8.4% sales CAGR from 2019 through 2025 compared to a 5.5% CAGR for the rest of the restaurant industry, driven by demand for higher-quality food, customization, and digital accessibility.
•
Rising Consumer Emphasis on Ingredient Quality and Transparency. Consumers, particularly Millennials and Gen Z, are increasingly favoring higher-quality, freshly prepared food with greater transparency, driving share gains for fast casual brands positioned around premium ingredients and perceived quality relative to traditional QSR concepts.

These trends have resulted in a strong growth trajectory with the market growing from approximately $52 billion in 2019 to $84 billion in 2025 representing a CAGR of 8.4%. Jersey Mike’s fast-casual positioning, with its commitment to premium ingredients, menu customization, digital accessibility, and a strong culture of service, aligns directly with these consumer preferences, supporting expectations of sustained growth and continued market share gains from both the fast-casual and quick service segments in the U.S. and around the world.

119


Table of Contents

 

img114416868_55.jpg

 

“A Sub Above” – Charting Our Competitive Advantages

Our Dedication to Authentic, High-Quality Subs

Jersey Mike’s is a brand that believes in the value of the highest-quality ingredients, the virtue of intention, and the idea that making a sub sandwich and making a difference can be one and the same. We believe that a Sub Above is one that’s measured in more than inches or seconds ‘til served. We carefully consider every aspect of what we do – every slice, every sandwich, every store. We proof, score, and bake our bread fresh every morning. We hand cut fresh vegetables daily in every store. We slice deli meats and premium cheeses fresh to order. We finish subs with our classic “Mike’s Way” preparation: fresh onions, crisp lettuce, juicy tomatoes, a sprinkling of the Juice – our signature blend of red wine vinegar and oil – and the perfect amount of seasoning. And then there’s the aroma and crackling of sizzling meats on our flattop grills, heating up the love for Jersey Mike’s. Our delicious hot subs are made with fresh-grilled steak and chicken as well as freshly cooked bacon.

120


Table of Contents

 

 

img114416868_56.gif

 

We believe our diverse menu offers something for everyone on every occasion. Guests can choose from a wide variety of cold and hot subs on white, wheat, rosemary parmesan, or gluten-free bread – or opt for wraps or our signature, low-carb bowl. We feature our iconic cold subs such as the #2 (Jersey Shore’s Favorite) and #13 (The Original Italian), alongside hot grilled favorites like the #17 (Famous Philly Cheesesteak) and #26 (Chicken Bacon Ranch). Through our broad assortment of breads and toppings, customers can customize their sandwiches to their individual preference, supporting a balanced mix of occasions across lunch, dinner, and off-premise as shown in the charts below (presented for Fiscal 2025):

Sales Mix

img114416868_57.gif

Our product quality, skilled preparation, and menu breadth combine to create a differentiated, craveable offering that fosters an enthusiastic fan base and positions Jersey Mike’s as a leader in premium submarine sandwiches.

We Give to Give – Community First Culture

Jersey Mike’s has cultivated a community-first culture centered on service and integrity. Since 1956, we have embraced the idea that great food and meaningful impact go hand in hand, built on the highest-quality ingredients, authentic relationships, and a commitment to giving back to the communities we serve. Each new store we open partners with a local charity, embedding community engagement into every market we enter from day one. We don’t give to get, we give to give: Our passion, our time, our talent, and our attention…we always have and always will.

 

121


Table of Contents

 

img114416868_58.jpg

 

 

Our commitment to giving is embedded in our day-to-day operations, with franchise owners and the Company supporting local and national charities throughout the year. These efforts intensify each March, when our system comes together for our annual Month of Giving, rallying customers and communities in support of charitable partners across the U.S. The month builds to our Day of Giving, held on the last Wednesday of March, when 100% of sales from participating stores are donated. From 2011 to April 2026, Jersey Mike’s has raised more than $166 million through the Month of Giving.

A Powerful Marketing Engine Driving Brand Awareness and Customer Loyalty

Jersey Mike’s has built one of the most recognized brands in fast casual. Our brand benefits from a $200+ million annual advertising fund and robust marketing platform that drives awareness, frequency and loyalty at scale. Our aided brand awareness exceeded 90% in 2025 – a reflection of sustained national campaigns that feature brand ambassadors like Danny DeVito and Eli Manning, strategic partnerships, and our designation as “the ‘Official Sub Sandwich Partner’ of the NFL”. This brand strength is reinforced by a best-in-class Net Promoter Score of 36, underscoring high customer satisfaction and strong word-of-mouth advocacy.

In June 2026, in our first year of inclusion in the American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI) Restaurant and Food Delivery Study, we debuted as the highest-rated quick-service restaurant in the United States, with a score of 84 out of 100. In doing so, we became the first new brand to lead the ACSI's quick-service restaurant category in more than a decade, surpassing Chick-fil-A, which had ranked at the top of the category for the prior 11 years. The ACSI recognized us for food freshness, menu variety and value, and noted that we have maintained quality while rapidly scaling our restaurant footprint. In an environment where consumers are becoming more selective about where they spend their restaurant dollars, the ACSI noted that brands delivering a consistently strong guest experience are increasingly differentiating themselves, underscoring the strength of our customer value proposition and operating model.

122


Table of Contents

 

 

img114416868_59.gif

 

Our MyMike’s loyalty program reflects the strength of our marketing engine, with more than 12.5 million active members in 2025, up from approximately 7.9 million in 2021. Our marketing scale and brand awareness drive customer acquisition and frequency, deepening engagement with the brand. Increased customer engagement supports higher volumes at the store level, which enhances franchisee returns and incentivizes continued unit growth. As our store count expands, our advertising fund and marketing reach grow in tandem, reinforcing this cycle and creating a durable competitive advantage that is difficult to replicate and designed to compound over time.

 

img114416868_60.gif

A Proven, Portable Concept with Compelling Unit Economics

Jersey Mike’s has demonstrated a proven, highly-portable business model, with 3,256 stores across all 50 states and a systemwide AUV of approximately $1.4 million in Fiscal 2025. Our strong brand and compelling unit economics have supported consistent performance across a broad set of markets and formats.

Our AUVs are consistent across regions, reflecting broad consumer appeal. Our brand performs well across multiple formats, from in-line and end-cap retail locations to non-traditional venues like airports and college campuses. Our flexible operating model has delivered 20 consecutive years of positive Same-Store Sales Growth, demonstrating the durability and scalability of the brand.

123


Table of Contents

 

Store Count and AUV By Region as of December 28, 2025

 

img114416868_61.jpg

 

Our franchise owners have enjoyed consistently improving unit economics. As illustrated in the chart below, over the past 14 years, new store cohorts have performed in line with or above prior cohorts, demonstrating sustained consumer demand, increasing brand awareness, and low market saturation.

 

img114416868_62.gif

 

Our franchise owners benefit from a compelling and well-defined economic model. In 2025, our Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio was 2.6x, with Cash-on-Cash Returns of approximately 42%. We believe these compare favorably to other investment opportunities our franchise owners may evaluate. The strength of our economic model rests in the combination of a $1.4 million AUV, a 16% Store-level Margin (after royalties and advertising fees), and a low average Build Cost of approximately $515,000. Our ability to build “in-line” and “end-cap” locations, historically averaging ~1,500 square feet (with new builds targeted at 1,200-1,400 square feet), contributes to a lower Build Cost relative to many peers, particularly those reliant on higher-cost, drive-thru formats.

124


Table of Contents

 

 

img114416868_63.jpg

 

Our unit economics have demonstrated the potential for even higher returns through a combination of increased AUVs and operating leverage. A growing portion of our system is already operating at higher AUV levels, with over 6% of stores delivering AUVs above $2.0 million in 2025, up from less than 1% in 2019. In addition, our initial units in Canada have generated annualized average weekly sales of $1.6 million, outperforming our U.S. average. As these initiatives are implemented and AUVs expand, we aim to achieve increased margin flowthrough and franchise owner Cash-on-Cash Returns to increase to ~60% or better.

 

Selected Industry and Jersey Mike’s Metrics – Year-Over-Year Comparisons

 

The following table presents certain industry and Jersey Mike’s metrics for each of the fiscal years or timeframes indicated.

 

 

2025

2024

2023

Other (as specified)

Limited-Service Restaurant Market Size(1)

$377 billion

$366 billion

$353 billion

CAGR 6% (2019-2025)

Fast Casual Industry Sales Size(1)

$84 billion

$79 billion

$73 billion

CAGR 8% (2019-2025)

Restaurant Industry Sales(1)

$759 billion

$679 billion

$657 billion

CAGR 6% (2019-2025)

Food Away from Home % of Total Food Spend(2)

45%

45%

44%

40% (2006)

Off-Premise Traffic (Limited-Service Restaurant Segment)(2)(3)

n/a

83%

n/a

76% (2019)

Jersey Mike’s Aided Brand Awareness

90%

89%

88%

64% (2018)

MyMike's Loyalty Program (Active Members as of End of Fiscal Year)

12.5 million

11.1 million

9.8 million

7.9 million (2021)

AUVs Above $2 Million (% of System)

6%

5%

4%

<1%

AUV

$1.4 million

$1.3 million

$1.3 million

CAGR 6% (2006-2025)

(1) According to Technomic, Inc.

(2) According to National Restaurant Association.

(3) 2023 and 2025 information not available.

 

Committed and Diverse Franchise Owner Base

 

Jersey Mike’s benefits from a diverse franchise owner base comprised of both large multi-store operators and smaller, single‑store franchise owners who are deeply invested in their local communities. As of December 28, 2025, the system included more than 630 unique franchise owners of which approximately 80 franchise owners operate 10 or more stores, while more than 330 franchise owners operate only one or two stores, resulting in a highly diversified ownership base with no meaningful reliance on any single operator. The largest franchise owner operates 91 stores, representing approximately 3% of total system stores as of December 28, 2025. Strong demand from existing franchise owners, alongside continued interest from new franchise owners, reflects deep confidence in the brand, the durability of the operating model, and the significant white space that exists across the U.S. and internationally.

 

125


Table of Contents

 

img114416868_64.gif

 

Description of Area Development and Franchise Agreements

 

Our franchise owners execute an Area Development Agreement (“ADA”) that gives them the right to develop a specified number of stores in a protected area on a pre-determined timeline, as well as a separate franchise agreement for each individual restaurant. Under our franchise agreements, we grant a franchise owner the right to develop and operate a franchised store at a specific location and to use, solely at such location, our store format and operating system, which includes standards and specifications, and procedures for the purchase, preparation and sale of branded food, beverage and other products, all of which are part of our brand standards for the Jersey Mike’s system. The standard term offered under the franchise agreement begins on the date the franchise agreement is signed and ends ten years after the opening of the store. Upon the expiration of the initial term, the franchise owner may acquire a successor franchise for one additional term of ten years, subject to certain conditions. While our standard agreements are revised periodically and terms may vary, our latest form of agreement includes a $10,000 development fee for each store to be developed along with a $20,000 initial franchise fee due upon the signing of each franchise agreement included in the ADA. The franchise agreement is signed once the franchisee has delivered a fully executed lease for the premises. Additionally, franchise owners are required to pay a continuing royalty fee of 6.5% of gross receipts and make advertising fund contributions equal to 5.0% of gross receipts.

 

Our franchise agreements require the franchise owner to operate the franchised store in conformity with our system standards or as otherwise provided in writing by us, including selling all menu items, products and services required; installing all fixtures, furnishings, equipment, décor items and signage from time to time; preparing all menu items in accordance with our recipes and procedures; and using the Jersey Mike’s trademarks in accordance with our guidelines. In addition, franchise owners must comply with all other obligations set forth in the franchise agreement, including complying with all applicable laws.

Under the franchise agreements, each franchise owner is required to procure and maintain insurance meeting certain minimum standards, coverage and limits specified by us, and must name us as additional insured parties. A franchise owner’s failure to maintain such required coverage is considered a breach of the franchise agreement. In addition, each franchise owner is required to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Jersey Mike’s from any and all claims arising directly or indirectly from, as a result of, or in connection with, the operation of its stores as well as the costs, including attorneys’ fees, of defending against them. We have the right to terminate the franchise agreement following a breach by the franchise owner or subject to other conditions.

Canada Area Director Agreement

As part of our planned international expansion, on December 18, 2023, we entered into an area director agreement with Redberry Shore Restaurants LP (“Redberry”) to develop directly, or through prospective franchise owners, 300 stores across Canada over a period of 10 years (subject to extensions in accordance with the agreement) (the “Canada Area Director Agreement”). Redberry is obligated to comply with a development schedule that specifies

126


Table of Contents

 

the timeline for opening such stores over the initial period of the agreement. Redberry receives as a commission a share of royalties received by the Company from stores developed pursuant to the Canada Area Director Agreement and certain other payments. Redberry is not an affiliated party of Jersey Mike’s. A separate franchise agreement is entered into for each individual restaurant opened in Canada, and the terms of such franchise agreements are substantially consistent with the terms of franchise agreements domestically.

United Kingdom and Ireland Master Franchise and Operating Agreement

In addition, on December 31, 2025, we entered into a master franchise and operating agreement with JM Submarines UK LTD (the “Master Franchisee”), an entity controlled by Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, pursuant to which we granted the Master Franchisee the right to develop, own, operate and subfranchise a minimum of 300 stores in the United Kingdom and Ireland over a ten-year development term (subject to extensions in accordance with the agreement). The Master Franchisee is obligated to comply with a development schedule that specifies the timeline for opening such stores over the initial period of the agreement. The agreement generally reflects terms and conditions comparable to those we enter into with third parties, as described in “—Description of Area Development and Franchise Agreements.” Given our Founder’s track record of successful store development and significant investment and execution required to enter our first meaningfully distinct international market outside North America, the agreement includes certain negotiated terms that differ from our standard terms, including with respect to royalties and other payments. We do not expect the impact of these negotiated terms to be material to our results of operations or financial condition over the term of the agreement.

Asset-Light Model Generates Strong Cash Flow

Jersey Mike’s operates a proven, highly-franchised, asset-light business model that generates stable, diversified, and high-margin cash flows. In combination with our strong unit-level economics, our asset-light business model enables ongoing system expansion with minimal franchisor capital, low working capital requirements, and limited maintenance capital expenditures. Furthermore, we benefit from the resilience of a diverse and unconcentrated franchise owner base, which provides relative stability across economic cycles. In 2025, we generated approximately $55 million of Net income and $328 million of Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures converting from Adjusted EBITDA at a rate of approximately 97%. Corporate capital expenditures requirements remain low, and strong net income and Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 8% and 47%, respectively, underscore the efficiency of our performance. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our use of these metrics and reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

A Mission-Driven Management Team with a Proven Track Record

Jersey Mike’s is led by Chief Executive Officer Charlie Morrison, who previously served as CEO of Wingstop for approximately 10 years. He is supported by Chief Financial Officer Michele Allen, a seasoned public company CFO who brings over 25 years of hospitality and franchising experience; President and Chief Operating Officer Stacy Peterson, who has a track record of scaling high-growth concepts including at Wingstop as Chief Revenue & Technology Officer and Chief Digital & Technology Officer, and most recently, at Jeni’s Splendid Ice Creams, where she served as CEO; and President, International and Global Development Officer Andrew Skehan, who brings over two decades of global franchise leadership, including six years as President of International at Popeyes and previously President of North America at Krispy Kreme.

Rounding out the leadership team, Chief Information Officer Scott Scherer has spent more than two decades with Jersey Mike’s and led the buildout of the company’s proprietary, fully-integrated technology platform; Chief People Officer Betsy Mercado brings 27 years of experience leading people strategy, culture, and organizational development at scale, most recently at Flynn Group; General Counsel Scott McLester brings decades of legal expertise spanning major public companies and high-growth franchise systems; SVP of Finance Corey Horsch brings deep restaurant finance expertise having previously served as CFO at Sonic Drive-In; U.S. Chief Development Officer Brian Sommers has over 25 years of experience with Jersey Mike’s, rising from field operations to head of U.S. franchise development; and Matt Warren as SVP of Marketing brings over 15 years of experience with digital marketing spanning across Dutch Bros Coffee, Wingstop, Panera and Domino’s Pizza.

127


Table of Contents

 

Together, this team combines institutional knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s brand with best-in-class functional expertise—positioning the company to execute its growth strategy and deliver long-term value for franchise owners and all stakeholders.

 

“Mike’s Way” Forward – The Growth Story

Jersey Mike’s growth is driven by a self-reinforcing model rooted in strong unit-level economics and sustained consumer demand. Our high-quality, craveable subs and strong brand awareness support category-leading AUVs, which translate into attractive returns for franchise owners. These economics drive continued franchise owner interest and investment, supporting disciplined domestic expansion while extending the brand into large, underpenetrated international markets.

We employ an asset-light, 99% franchised business model that generates high operating margins that require minimal capital expenditures, which facilitates strong cash flow generation. As we execute the growth strategies below, we expect to continue growing revenues, earnings and cash flows.

Expand Our System

We believe we have a significant opportunity to grow our store footprint in the U.S. and internationally through increased penetration in both existing and new markets. Our highly portable, profitable, and capital-efficient store model continues to generate strong franchise owner demand and drive store growth. We have a strong domestic development pipeline of over 1,600 stores across new and existing markets. Over 90% of this pipeline is being undertaken by existing franchise owners – a powerful signal of franchisee confidence in the model. We believe significant whitespace remains in the U.S., with the opportunity to open approximately 7,500 stores, based on benchmark store density levels achieved in our most penetrated domestic market. We believe we also have a meaningful international expansion opportunity, with the potential to eventually grow to approximately 15,000 stores globally over the long term, supported by the international growth experience of comparable restaurant brands.

•
Grow Domestic Stores. We believe there is considerable opportunity to further expand our domestic store count. While we operate in all 50 states today, we believe we remain under-penetrated in all markets, providing substantial runway for growth. We have a strong domestic development pipeline of over 1,600 stores across new and existing markets. Over 90% of this pipeline is being undertaken by existing franchise owners – a powerful signal of franchisee confidence in the model. As of June 30, 2026, agreements have been signed for over 1,250 of these stores and the remaining are in active negotiation.

Jersey Mike’s Store Count & Density by State

 

 

img114416868_65.gif

 

128


Table of Contents

 

We support franchise owner expansion through a rigorous, cross-functional approach to site selection, prioritizing opportunities based on market potential, profitability and ongoing assessments of growth in both new and existing markets. We leverage data-driven insights, local broker expertise, landlord relationships, and market intelligence to identify prime locations, supported by detailed demographic and trade area analysis, traffic pattern evaluation, competition assessment and cash-on-cash return analyses. Within this framework, we target high-visibility inline or end-cap locations in first-ring retail centers.

•
Expand Internationally. The sub sandwich market has been well established globally - our largest peer had over 16,000 international locations in 2025 based on Technomic, Inc. research – and we believe our premium offering and portable store model position us for significant long-term expansion outside the U.S. Similar to what we did in the U.S., we are in the process of investing in and building an operating platform to support our international growth objectives. We have entered into a 300-store development agreement within Canada, where our initial locations have achieved annualized average weekly sales of $1.6 million as of December 28, 2025, exceeding U.S. system averages and validating the international appeal of the Jersey Mike’s brand. We have also secured an initial development agreement for 300 stores in the UK and Ireland, partnering with the brand’s founder, Peter Cancro, who will bring the same vision and passion that built the brand in the U.S. to European guests. We believe our international opportunity is substantial and could ultimately exceed the size of our domestic business. We will continue to invest and expand in markets where the sandwich category is established and affinity for U.S. brands is high, bringing a higher-quality product, a proven operating model, strong brand equity, and a franchise-first approach to each new market we enter.

Grow Same-Store Sales

Our operations are purpose-built to support continued AUV expansion via higher opening volumes and sustained Same-Store Sales Growth. Jersey Mike’s has grown AUVs every year since 2006, reaching $1.4 million in Fiscal 2025, representing a 6% CAGR since 2006. Kitchen workflows, labor models, and technology infrastructure are already designed to handle meaningfully higher volumes with no material changes to operations or efficiency. One of the key factors driving AUV Growth is Same-Store Sales Growth, which was 8.4% in 2023, 2.0% in 2024, and 3.2% in 2025. 2023 Same-Store Sales Growth was impacted by price increases related to inflation. In the second half of 2022 and early 2023, we recommended non-routine price increases to our franchisees to offset increases in their cost of goods sold, which contributed to a 4% increase in the average transaction price in 2023 versus 2022.

 

img114416868_66.jpg

A growing number of stores – representing approximately 6% of the system as of December 28, 2025 – have already achieved volumes of $2.0 million or higher, demonstrating that our store model is proven at significantly higher volume levels and gives us confidence in our long-term AUV goal. We are confident in our ability to drive continued Same-Store Sales Growth and AUV expansion, supported by the following strategies:

•
Broaden our Customer Base and Drive Frequency. We will continue to make marketing investments across targeted, performance-driven digital channels, with an increasing share directed toward lower funnel and social media to drive trial among new audiences and repeat visits among existing customers. Our MyMike’s loyalty program provides proprietary customer insights that enable more personalized brand engagement and higher frequency. We will also continue to pursue incremental sales occasions through catering and bundled offerings.

129


Table of Contents

 

•
Increase Digital and Delivery. Digital and delivery represent one of the most compelling AUV growth opportunities. Jersey Mike’s stores are already built to capture the opportunity for higher frequency and ticket averages with dedicated online order makelines and convenient online order pickup infrastructure in place to support higher digital and delivery volumes. Importantly, these investments are designed not just to shift channel mix, but to expand our total addressable market and reach customers beyond the traditional in-store visit.
•
Leverage Menu Innovation. We are committed to delivering continued menu innovation that excites our customers and drives trial and frequency while limiting operational complexity. One of our most recent limited-time offerings, Mike’s Hot Italian Sub, was a successful new product launch, reaching 3.3% product mix as of April 2026 and demonstrating our ability to create genuine excitement around newness while staying true to the quality and simplicity that define our brand.
•
Focus on Making Great Subs Every Time. The foundation of our AUV growth is simple – we will aim to consistently deliver the best sub sandwich experience in the industry. We will remain true to our brand beliefs: in the value of ingredients, in the virtue of intention, and in the idea that making a sub sandwich and making a difference can be one and the same. If you’re good, be good always. If you’re true, be true always. And if you’re the best submarine sandwich on the planet, be the best submarine sandwich on the planet always.

Our Menu

The Jersey Mike’s brand is defined by a differentiated operating model centered on freshness, authenticity and made-to-order preparation. The vast majority of our guests choose to have their sandwiches prepared “Mike’s Way” – with fresh onions, crisp lettuce, juicy tomatoes and “The Juice,” our signature blend of red wine vinegar and oil, and then seasoned to perfection. This specific combination creates a distinct, craveable flavor profile that has stood the test of time while also serving as a platform to meet evolving consumer preferences.

•
Premium Protein. We utilize only premium brand meats and cheeses, including antibiotics free pork and turkey, USDA Choice roast beef and tuna salad, made fresh in-store.
•
Unmatched Freshness. We bake our bread and cookies fresh in every store, we hand-slice only the freshest onions, lettuce and tomatoes to top our subs and we prepare our tuna fresh in-store daily. Our commitment to quality, freshness and authenticity has helped us win Best Sub and Best Sandwich Awards across the country.
•
Sliced-to-Order. Unlike competitors who rely upon centralized commissaries, the meat and cheese on every cold sub is sliced fresh for each order in front of our customers, maximizing moisture retention and flavor.
•
The Flat-Top Grill. Our unique use of a flat grill for hot subs, like the #43 Chipotle Cheesesteak, provides a distinct “sizzle” and aroma that enhances authenticity while allowing us to expand our menu offerings and to capture significant high-value dinner occasions that many of our competitors cannot replicate. Our cheesesteaks are freshly grilled with savory onions and peppers for an authentic taste.
•
Sides, Drinks & Desserts. Our core menu is complemented by a selection of premium chips, sodas, desserts and delicious cookies, which serves as a perfect accompaniment to any meal and delivers incremental opportunities to increase check and revenue.

130


Table of Contents

 

 

img114416868_67.jpg

 

“The Classics”

Jersey Mike’s customers are loyal and passionate about our brand, which is driven by the quality and authenticity of our menu. Originally, we assigned numbers to our sandwiches - a way to get the world’s most authentic sub into your hands without the wait. But over time, these numbers became a language of their own and staples on our menu. Our customers typically do not ask for a “turkey and provolone with everything,” but simply for a “#7 Mike’s Way” or a “#13 Mike’s Way,” our Original Italian. These high-velocity “Classics” represent the core of the Jersey Mike’s menu. As a testament to their enduring appeal, these specific recipes have remained unchanged for decades. The #13 serves as the brand’s signature flavor icon, while our #7 represents the top-selling sub by volume across our network.

Menu Innovation

We view our menu as a living reflection of guest preference, and we continually invest in new products and menu innovation to maintain relevance with our customers and to drive incremental dining occasions. We utilize a rigorous, data-driven testing process to ensure every new product adheres to our “Sub Above” standards for taste and quality.

•
High-Impact Limited Time Offers. We leverage our menu innovation capabilities to introduce new, limited time offerings which allow us to test new products and drive increased traffic. For example, to celebrate our 70th Anniversary in 2026, we launched the Mike’s Hot Italian sub—our first-ever grilled Italian style offering—which captured the surging demand for bold flavor profiles. This has been a successful launch and Mike’s Hot Italian has rapidly become a best-selling menu item.

 

img114416868_68.jpg

 

•
Options for All. We have successfully introduced several alternative-format offerings which enable customers to enjoy the quality and freshness of our ingredients. Our menu is well suited to meet a wide range of dietary preferences, including protein-focused and GLP-1 users. Our subs are inherently

131


Table of Contents

 

protein-forward, highlighted by our iconic #13 sub (Italian) which contains over 47 grams of protein in a regular-sized serving, and well over ten of our regular-sized subs containing at least 35 grams of protein. We also cater to carb-conscious customers by providing all sandwich meats, cheese and toppings in a bowl. By leveraging our premium proteins and sub ingredients, these offerings broaden our appeal and expand our addressable customer base with very minimal added supply chain or operational complexity.

 

img114416868_69.jpg

 

•
Catering. We offer a dedicated catering platform which leverages our existing capacity to capture high-ticket corporate and group occasions. These bundled, highly-portable sub boxes provide a seamless, high-margin channel for large-format orders without increasing in-store labor requirements. We will continue to highlight our catering platform as we see significant opportunities to expand its scale and reach.

Our Customers

Our broad customer base reflects the universal appeal of our sub-style sandwiches across age groups, regions, and gender. The menu is highly adaptable to varied tastes and dietary preferences, offering extensive customization, hot and cold options, and a balance of indulgent and lighter choices. Our customers tend to skew toward middle- and higher-income households, supporting above-average check sizes and consistent frequency relative to the broader limited-service segment. This customer profile has demonstrated resilience across economic cycles, benefiting from brand loyalty, habitual visitation, and the affordable convenience positioning of the category.

Our Restaurants

Our guests are greeted by the aroma of freshly baked bread and a counter where premium meats and cheeses are sliced to order, alongside fresh-grilled options prepared in restaurant daily. Our standardized store formats—often in-line or end-cap locations, historically averaging ~1,500 square feet (with new builds targeted at 1,200-1,400 square feet)—are designed for convenience, enabling quick service for takeout, pick-up and dine-in occasions. Our highly-customizable menu lets guests tailor flavor, portion and build for individuals, families and groups across a range of dining occasions and value needs.

Our service-oriented franchisees bring our community focus to life through welcoming, consistent hospitality that keeps the line moving without losing personal touch. We believe this model differentiates us by meeting guests wherever they are between convenience and connection, delivering made-to-order quality at pace.

By combining enlivened hospitality, on-site prep with a streamlined layout and spaces that feel like home, we build familiarity, deepen loyalty and drive repeat customer visits.

Company-Owned Stores

We operate a limited number of company-owned stores. While these stores generate attractive financial returns, they are primarily utilized for research and development, training and testing of new menu items, equipment packages,

132


Table of Contents

 

digital ordering flows, technology, labor models and remodel prototypes. As of June 28, 2026, we operated 26 company-owned stores, representing approximately 1%, of our total units. We have no intention of meaningfully increasing the number of company-owned stores at this time.

Our Scaled Marketing Platform

Our advertising fund currently exceeds $200 million annually. Our coordinated advertising efforts deliver highly targeted messaging and effective engagement that drive traffic and sales to Jersey Mike’s stores to the benefit of us and our franchise owners.

Our marketing strategy has historically emphasized high-reach placements, including national and regional television and major sponsorships, to drive broad brand awareness and brand equity. These top-of-funnel investments have enabled us to successfully increase our aided brand awareness from 64% in 2018 to over 90% in 2025. While this approach has been effective, we are actively optimizing our media mix to enhance returns on marketing investment. This includes maintaining a strong focus on high-impact national partnerships and campaigns, while taking a more selective approach to certain regional and local sponsorships and promotional activities, alongside a reallocation of spend toward lower-funnel digital and social channels, where we are currently underinvested relative to scaled peers.

National Advertising

Our national advertising focus is on high-reach placements and premium media buys designed to maximize brand equity and “top-of-mind” awareness across all markets, which benefits all franchise owners. Our national presence is anchored by iconic, national advertising campaigns, starring well-known celebrities and athletes, such as our “Jersey Icons”, Danny DeVito and Eli Manning, who have become synonymous with our brand. Our national media strategy has traditionally been focused around national and regional television campaigns to drive awareness, as well as through sponsorship at large sporting and cultural events to further amplify our brand messaging. For example, in April 2025, we became the Official Sub Sandwich Sponsor of the NFL, which provides a global platform to showcase our brand.

133


Table of Contents

 

 

img114416868_70.gif

Digital Advertising

A recent third-party market study has estimated that Jersey Mike’s has approximately 10.7 million highly engaged guests who visit six or more times per year. While this reflects a strong and loyal customer base, we believe there is significant opportunity to both expand our reach and increase frequency of visit.

We intend to grow our customer base by increasing trial among new and underpenetrated customer segments, while also deepening engagement with existing customers to driver higher visit frequency. Notably, even our most loyal customers currently visit approximately six times per year, which we believe represents a meaningful opportunity for increased frequency over time.

 

img114416868_71.gif

 

We are focused on achieving this through a more targeted and personalized digital marketing approach, leveraging our first-party data to deliver relevant, call-to-action messaging that drives both initial trial and repeat visits.

Our digital engagement strategies provide a seamless and personalized experience across channels, including search, email, text and social media, enabling us to effectively reach and engage customers.

134


Table of Contents

 

Our MyMike’s app serves as the digital gateway for customer interaction, allowing us to leverage first-party data to deliver personalized communications while also providing an integrated platform for menu exploration, locating Jersey Mike’s stores and convenient ordering. These capabilities have contributed to digital sales exceeding 40% of Systemwide Sales in 2025, and position us to further enhance customer acquisition, engagement and frequency.

Targeted Marketing Opportunity

In 2025, our social media spending was approximately 1% of total marketing spend compared to 10-25% for many scaled peers, highlighting a significant opportunity to expand our reach to a broader demographic of customers and increase overall market penetration. Importantly, we believe this opportunity can be achieved largely by leveraging our existing platform, with limited incremental capital investment.

We have made meaningful investments in our digital infrastructure, including capabilities that support customer intelligence, first-party data activation and social media engagement, which provide a strong foundation for continued growth. As we enhance our access to and utilization of this data, we see a significant opportunity to further optimize our digital ecosystem by delivering more targeted, personalized marketing and promotional experiences. This includes expanding our ability to segment and engage customers on a more individualized basis, similar to other scaled restaurant platforms that have successfully leveraged data-driven marketing to increase customer trial and frequency.

As our capabilities improve and our advertising fund grows, we intend to pursue this opportunity through a reallocation of our media mix, shifting a greater portion of our resources towards digital and lower-funnel spend.

 

img114416868_72.gif

Loyalty Program

Our MyMike’s rewards program is a key driver of customer retention and frequency, enabling our guests to earn and redeem “Shore Points” with each purchase while also providing our business with a valuable repository of first party data. Our loyalty program is integrated within the MyMike’s app, facilitating a convenient and value-added experience for our guests, in-store and online. Members can track purchases, awards points and view market promotions, providing the Company and franchise owners with a direct channel for data-driven engagement. As of the end of 2025, we had over 12.5 million active members, representing an increase of approximately 62% since year-end 2021.

135


Table of Contents

 

Our Technology

We have built a proprietary technology platform that is designed to power a seamless, multi-channel guest experience while delivering real-time data to support decision-making and execution. Our ecosystem provides franchise owners with the infrastructure needed to maximize profitability while maintaining a best-in-class guest experience. We plan to continue to evolve our technology to drive efficiencies, support our franchise owners and create an unrivaled guest experience.

•
Unified Stack. Our technology infrastructure is fully integrated across our entire operational platform including mobile ordering, third-party delivery, loyalty and restaurant operations, which reduces operational complexity and allows our franchise owners to deliver a best-in-class customer experience for our guests.
•
Proprietary Point of Sale System. Our proprietary FlexePOS point of sale system is our foundational technology used to support both franchise owners and corporate operations and this system provides:
o
Agility and Scalability. Centrally distributes menu changes, pricing updates and promotional rollouts across the system without the friction of third-party software delays.
o
Operational Integration. Routes digital orders from our channels directly into each store’s production line for a seamless handoff.
o
Real-time Visibility. Aggregated sales and data visibility to provide franchise owners and corporate insights into business operations.
•
Inventory Management. We integrate our proprietary FlexePOS system with the Crunchtime AI-powered inventory management system, designed to provide franchise owners with real-time visibility into inventory, reducing waste, improving in-store execution and supporting expense management.
•
Precision Reporting. Our systems support accurate reporting at the corporate level as well as sales and royalty reporting for franchise owners.
•
Comprehensive IT Support Services. We provide a centralized technology help desk, software solutions, equipment management and a private network to help ensure secure processing and data storage.
•
AI. We are investing in third-party AI Technologies and capabilities to improve our operational capabilities, including our labor and marketing efficiency and to enhance profitability.

Our Franchise Owner Support Ecosystem

We have built a scaled, disciplined operating model refined over decades of institutional knowledge that supports consistent product execution and in-store experience. We provide our franchise owners with significant training, technology and supply chain capabilities to deliver best‑in‑class unit economics without compromising the quality, authenticity, or service standards that define the brand.

Self-Reinforcing Value Creation Model

img114416868_73.gif

136


Table of Contents

 

Economic Return Model

Our franchise owners benefit from a compelling and well-defined economic model, resulting in a $1.4 million AUV, a 16% Store-level Margin (after royalties and advertising fees), and a low average investment cost of approximately $515,000. Our ability to build “in-line” and “end-cap” locations in both new and existing retail development is a key factor in our ability to continue delivering a low average investment cost relative to our peers in the industry, many of whom rely on higher build cost, drive-through models.

We believe our Average Store Sales-to-Investment Ratio 2.6x and Cash-on-Cash Returns of approximately 42% in Fiscal 2025 compare favorably to other investment opportunities our franchise owners may evaluate. This economic model produces an estimated payback period of approximately 2.4 years that supports reinvestment in new store development and systemwide growth, creating a sustainable value creation flywheel.

Franchise Owner Training Program

We believe well-trained franchise owners and managers run better stores which protects the Jersey Mike’s brand. Our robust program focuses on every aspect of operation, so franchise owners can uphold our “Sub Above” standards.

To ensure consistent execution across our system, we provide a robust initial training program in which key personnel complete 360 hours of comprehensive instruction over an eight-to-ten-week period, a commitment that is significantly more intensive than others in the industry. The heart of the curriculum is “counter training,” which includes over 300 hours of hands‑on immersion in certified training stores where franchise owners and managers master the “Mike’s Way” service model and authentic sub‑slicing techniques with real guests, real pace and real standards. This on‑the‑line experience is combined with over 45 hours of classroom training at our National Training Center in Monmouth County, New Jersey, focused on operational fundamentals such as labor management, food safety, local marketing execution, and team leadership, as well as advocating the Jersey Mike’s culture.

img114416868_74.gif

Operational Excellence

Operational training for our franchise owners continues well beyond opening day. Our “Living It” philosophy includes dedicated franchise business partners and training modules focused on our culture of giving and community integration, ensuring the brand’s identity is consistent across every market. We maintain high standards through “Ongoing Excellence” initiatives like “Back to Basics” re‑certification sessions that bring experienced managers back to core fundamentals and prevent brand drift. Our “Train the Trainer” program certifies local leaders to deliver high‑quality instruction within their own organizations, share best practices, and give franchise owners the tools to scale knowledge quickly while protecting what makes us Jersey Mike’s.

137


Table of Contents

 

The impact is clear in both performance and guest response. Our training‑first approach correlates directly with industry‑leading financial and consumer metrics: well‑trained owners and managers typically operate stores with higher productivity and lower employee turnover. Our commitment to development also sustains exceptionally high consumer satisfaction levels, with the brand consistently leading the QSR sandwich segment in food quality and staff friendliness. This level of preparation sets a high‑performance bar that attracts deeply committed operators, creates a meaningful barrier to entry and preserves the long‑term value of the Jersey Mike’s brand—so every shift delivers a true “Sub Above” experience.

Highly Efficient Supply Chain

We leverage the scale of our franchise network to achieve highly attractive pricing and service levels from our supplier partners, which underpins our franchise owners’ leading unit economics and profitability. Our efficient supply chain enables our franchise owners to achieve attractive food and paper costs, a key driver to their strong Cash-on-Cash Returns.

To maintain our uncompromising quality-control standards, we utilize a centralized distribution model where all core ingredients—including our proprietary bread dough and private-labeled meats and cheeses—are shipped from approved providers. The Company reviews and evaluates suppliers’ quality assurance programs through third-party audits and product evaluations to ensure compliance with its standards. We also require all suppliers to submit a copy of their most recently available food safety audit, which includes the supplier’s overall score as well as any deficiencies and corresponding corrective actions. We believe we have strong relationships with our suppliers and distributors. While our supplier relationships were more concentrated historically, to mitigate supply chain disruptions that may arise due to our accelerated growth, we have established and continue to establish relationships with additional regional and/or secondary suppliers for a number of our products. The impact of supply chain disruptions we have experienced have been minor and alleviated by the introduction of such additional suppliers. We believe that there are a variety of alternative supply sources in the event of disruptions. Jersey Mike’s strives to continuously make improvements to the supply chain and distribution network to maximize quality while keeping costs efficient.

Research & Development

Our R&D efforts are centralized and corporate‑led at our National Training Center in Manasquan, New Jersey. Our product development and operational teams are highly coordinated, enabling us to be focused on what matters in our stores every day: a purposeful restaurant that is easy to run, operationally streamlined and staffed by teams sized to deliver speed and hospitality. New product ideas are refined and tested in company-owned training stores and proven in localized test markets. We start with the core flavor profile our guests know and love, then explore seasonal enhancements that fit naturally into the way we slice, grill and serve.

Competition

Jersey Mike’s stores operate in highly competitive markets which are affected by many factors, including changes in geographic competition, changes in the public’s eating habits and preferences, local and national economic conditions affecting consumer spending habits, population trends and local traffic patterns. Key elements of competition include price, quality and value of food products offered, quality and speed of service, advertising effectiveness, brand name awareness, media spending levels, store location and convenience, and attractiveness of facilities. We compete on the basis of high-quality ingredients, familiar service and an exceptional customer experience.

Each store competes directly and indirectly with a large number of national and regional store chains, some of which have significantly greater financial resources, as well as with locally-owned or independent stores in the quick-service and the fast-casual segments, and with other consumer options including grocery and specialty stores, catering, and delivery services. A significant change in market conditions, pricing, or other marketing strategies by one or more of these competitors could have an adverse impact on revenue, earnings, cash flows, and growth. Further, the restaurant industry has few barriers to entry and new competitors may emerge at any time.

Seasonality

138


Table of Contents

 

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations in that our store sales are typically nominally higher during the summer months affecting the second and third quarters, and nominally lower in the winter months, affecting the first and fourth quarters.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and copyright laws, as well as contractual rights, such as confidentiality, invention assignment, license and other intellectual property agreements, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We maintain an intellectual property portfolio developed, licensed or acquired over a number of years, including trademarks, copyrights and domain names. We also continue to develop, license or acquire new intellectual property rights. Our name and logos are material to our business and include the following: JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS, JERSEY MIKE’S, JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS SINCE 1956, A SUB ABOVE, JERSEY MIKE’S DAY OF GIVING, SHORE POINTS and MIKE’S WAY, which are registered trademarks and service marks in the United States, Canada and elsewhere.

At our headquarters, the financial accounting systems, human resources and payroll systems, and communications and network infrastructure support corporate functions. Our store software allows for daily polling of sales, inventory, and other data from Jersey Mike’s stores. Nearly all of Jersey Mike’s stores use our POS platform. The POS platform is designed to enable Jersey Mike’s stores to quickly adapt to menu changes, promotions and other technologies used by us, such as the Jersey Mike’s mobile app.

In addition, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, we may enter into confidentiality and/or proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors, franchise owners and business partners. While we believe that we have taken steps to obtain, maintain, protect, enforce and defend our intellectual property rights, we cannot guarantee that our efforts will be successful, including, for example, in the event such intellectual property or other proprietary rights are infringed by a third party. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business, Industry and Operations—We may not be able to adequately obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our rights in our intellectual property or other proprietary rights” and “Risk Factors—Risk Related to Our Business, Industry and Operations—Our reliance on third parties, including our franchise owners and other licensees, may negatively impact our ability to protect our intellectual property or other property rights.”

Government Regulation

We and our franchise owners are subject to various U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws affecting our business. Each store is subject to licensing, regulation and inspections by a number of governmental authorities such as the FDA, state and local departments of public health and fire departments. Difficulty in obtaining or failing to obtain the required licenses or approvals, and issues identified in inspections by governmental authorities or third parties, could delay or prevent the development of a new store in a particular area or require a particular store to temporarily or permanently shut down as a result of a public health or safety issue. U.S. federal, state and local authorities enforce laws and regulations regarding truth in advertising. Third parties including competitors and consumers also have the ability to enforce laws and regulations related to truth in advertising. The advertising that we and our franchise owners engage in could subject us to liability including for allegations that we failed to comply with standards for truth in advertising.

The laws and regulations to which we and our franchise owners are subject address health and safety, food safety and recalls, nutritional menu labeling and caloric information, disclosures regarding allergens (e.g., sesame), food packaging and labeling, packaged foods offered for sale, the use of plastic straws and other materials, ingredients, and components, marketing, advertising, health care, labor and employment, and environmental laws in the state or municipality in which the store is located. For example, the FDA’s Food Code is a model code for state and local jurisdictions, which they may enact and apply to stores; the Food Code, among other things, addresses major food allergens and contains requirements regarding labeling, as well as cleaning of equipment and utensils and time and temperature controls. Other federal laws also regulate allergen labeling and our ability to make certain claims about the food we and our franchise owners offer for sale and the ingredients used in them.

A number of states, counties and cities have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit store operators to disclose to consumers certain nutritional information or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in stores and packaged food sold in such stores. In California, Proposition 65, otherwise known as the Safe

139


Table of Contents

 

Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986, may, under certain circumstances, require us and our franchise owners to warn customers if products we offer for sale or otherwise provided to customers as a part of our operations (such as paper receipts) contain certain chemicals known by the State of California to cause cancer or reproductive harm. In addition, we and/or our franchise owners may become subject to legislation and regulations seeking to tax and/or regulate high fat, high calorie, high sodium, and other foods, or requiring warnings when certain ingredients or chemicals appear in certain foods. Many of these requirements are inconsistent or interpreted differently from one jurisdiction to another. These requirements may be different or inconsistent with requirements that we are subject to under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “ACA”), which establishes a uniform, federal requirement for certain stores to post nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the ACA requires chain stores with 20 or more locations in the United States operating under the same name and offering substantially the same menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu items on menus and menu boards, along with a statement that puts this calorie information in the context of a total daily calorie intake. The ACA also requires covered stores to provide to consumers, upon request, a written summary of detailed nutritional information for each standard menu item, and to provide a statement on menus and menu boards about the availability of this information upon request. Such labeling requirements may affect consumer choices, and we may need to adapt to consumer preferences as a result.

Our and our franchise owners’ store operations are also subject to federal and state labor and employment laws, including the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, the U.S. Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, governing such matters as minimum wages, overtime, fringe benefits, workplace safety and other worker conditions and age and citizenship requirements. Significant numbers of our franchise owners’ food service and preparation personnel are paid at rates related to the applicable minimum wage and further increases in the minimum wage or other changes in these laws could increase our franchise owners’ labor costs. Our franchise owners’ ability to respond to minimum wage increases by increasing menu prices will depend on the responses of our competitors and customers. Our distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum wage and benefit standards, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us and our franchise owners. We and our franchise owners may also be subject to lawsuits from employees, the EEOC or others alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding workplace and employment matters, as well as discrimination and similar matters.

We and our franchise owners are subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”) which, among other things, requires us and our franchise owners to meet federally mandated requirements for persons with disabilities. The ADA, as well as similar state laws, prohibits discrimination in employment and public accommodations on the basis of disability. Under the ADA, we and our franchise owners could be required to expend funds to modify Jersey Mike’s stores to provide service to, or make reasonable accommodations for the employment of, disabled persons and to surveille and, if necessary, modify our website to ensure accessibility to those with disabilities.

Data Protection and Privacy

We process personal, confidential, sensitive and other regulated information in connection with our business and the provision of our products and services to consumers. As a result, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws, regulations, and other legal obligations relating to data protection, privacy, and cybersecurity. We also rely on a variety of marketing and advertising techniques in connection with our business operations, and are or may be subject to U.S. state and federal laws regulating email and telemarketing communications (including text messages). Such laws and regulations we are or may be subject to include, for example, the TCPA, the CAN-SPAM Act, Canada’s PIPEDA, Canada’s Anti-Spam Law, the FTC Act, and the CCPA, among others.

While we strive to comply with current and emerging privacy, data protection and cybersecurity-related laws, regulations and other legal obligations, there is no assurance that our compliance efforts will be adequate, and regulatory authorities may interpret or apply these laws and regulations in ways that were not previously known to us or that differ from our own interpretation and application. Additionally, some laws and regulations may assume the existence of certain technical capabilities that we do not currently possess. Any actual or perceived failure by us or our Third-Party Providers to address or comply with these laws, regulations or other legal obligations could expose us to regulatory scrutiny, investigations, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, legal liability, fines and penalties, judgments, result in loss of consumer confidence, erosion of consumer trust, reputational harm or negative publicity, require us to change our business practices or modify our solutions or features, increase

140


Table of Contents

 

the costs and complexity of compliance, and other business, financial and operational impacts. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business, Industry and Operations—Our or our Third-Party Providers’ actual or perceived failure to comply with complex and evolving laws and regulations and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, email and telephone marketing and/or the Processing of personal information could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.” for additional information.

Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation

Our and our franchise owners’ operations, products and services are subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including obligations to obtain and comply with permits required for the operation of our business and to meet applicable safety or stewardship standards. Certain environmental laws and regulations also impose obligations for the cleanup of properties affected by hazardous substance spills or releases on a joint and several basis and without regard to fault and liability. We may become liable, either contractually or by operation of law, for remediation costs at any properties currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by us, or at third-party sites, such as off-site disposal facilities. We may also be subject to third-party claims arising from the presence of hazardous substances, including claims for hazardous substances that have migrated offsite (e.g., property damage) or exposure to hazardous substances (e.g., personal injury). Further, the development and construction of additional stores will be subject to compliance with applicable zoning, land use, and environmental, health and safety regulations. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations may have a material impact on our operations, with respect to zoning, land use and environmental, health and safety factors that could delay construction and increase development costs for new stores.

Employee Health and Safety Regulations

We are subject to requirements relating to safe working conditions and restaurant operating practices in the United States including federal and state Occupational Safety and Health standards and regulations. Employee health and safety in the workplace is one of our core values. We aim to actively identify hazards in the workplace and implement incident tracking in an effort to take preventative and remedial actions to maintain and improve workplace safety, and we aim to encourage the same of our franchise owners.

Franchise Regulations

We are subject to the rules and regulations of the FTC and various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC and various state franchise laws require that we furnish a franchise disclosure document containing certain information to prospective franchisees in advance of any franchise sale or the receipt of any consideration for the franchise, and a number of states require registration of the franchise disclosure document at least annually with state authorities. We are operating under exemptions from registration (though not disclosure) in several states based on our qualifications for exemption as set forth in each such state’s laws. State laws that regulate the franchisor-franchisee relationship, including in the areas of termination and non-renewal, presently exist in a substantial number of states. We believe that our franchise disclosure document and franchising procedures comply in all material respects with both the FTC guidelines and all applicable state laws regulating franchising.

Our international franchised stores are subject to provincial and local laws and regulations that are often similar to those affecting our U.S. restaurants. Similar to in the U.S., our franchise agreements require that our international franchise owners operate in compliance with all applicable laws.

Employees and Human Capital

Employee levels are managed to align with the pace of our business and management believes it has sufficient human capital to operate our business successfully. As of December 28, 2025, we had 293 corporate personnel and 529 company-owned store employees. Management believes that our employee relations are favorable. As a franchisor, we do not maintain a relationship with our franchise owners’ employees.

141


Table of Contents

 

Properties

Our corporate headquarters is located in Tinton Falls, New Jersey, where we currently occupy approximately 72,326 square feet of space.

We lease the property for our corporate offices and for all of our company-owned stores. Lease terms for company-owned stores are generally between 5 to 10 years of original term with an additional 5 to 10 years of tenant option period, often contain rent escalation provisions, and generally require us to pay a proportionate share of real estate taxes, insurance and common area and other operating costs in addition to base or fixed rent.

Our franchised stores are situated on real property that is primarily leased by our franchise owners directly from third-party landlords and in some instances, owned by our franchise owners.

We consistently review our footprint and believe that our facilities are sufficient for our current needs and that, should it be needed, additional facilities will be available to accommodate the expansion of our business.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to various litigations, claims and other proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We believe these actions are routine and incidental to the business. While the outcome of these actions cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that any will have a material adverse impact on our business.

142


Table of Contents

 

Management

Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth below is a list of the names, ages (as of July 20, 2026) and positions of all directors, director nominees and executive officers of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. at the time of this offering.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Charles R. Morrison

 

58

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Michele Allen

 

52

 

Chief Financial Officer

Stacy Peterson

 

51

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

Scott G. McLester

 

63

 

General Counsel

Betsy J. Mercado

 

49

 

Chief People Officer

Andrew G. Skehan

 

65

 

President, International and Global Development Officer

Nigel Travis

 

76

 

Chairman

Matthew Bromberg

 

59

 

Director Nominee

Peter Cancro

 

69

 

Founder and Director

Fran Horowitz

 

62

 

Director

David N. Kestnbaum

 

44

 

Director

Cheryl S. Miller

 

54

 

Director

Devon L. Rinker

 

37

 

Director

Michael J. Staub

 

42

 

Director

 

Charles R. Morrison has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board since April 2025. Prior to joining us, Mr. Morrison served as a board member and then as Chief Executive Officer of Salad and Go, from April 2022 to December 2024. Mr. Morrison was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Wingstop Restaurants, Inc. (NASDAQ: WING) (“Wingstop”), which operates and franchises more than 2,000 fast-casual restaurant locations worldwide, from June 2012 until March 2022. Prior to joining Wingstop, he was Chief Executive Officer of Rave Restaurant Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: RAVE), a publicly traded pizza chain, from January 2007 until June 2012. Mr. Morrison has also held multiple senior leadership positions during his more than 20 years of restaurant experience, including serving as President of Steak & Ale and The Tavern Restaurants for Metromedia Restaurant Group, as well as various management positions at Kinko’s, Boston Market, and Pizza Hut. Mr. Morrison was recognized in 2016 by the International Foodservice Manufacturers Association with the Silver Plate award, which pays tribute to the most outstanding and innovative talents in foodservice operations and received in 2015 the Nation’s Restaurant News’ Golden Chain Award, an honor bestowed on those representing the very best that the restaurant industry has to offer. Mr. Morrison received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Kansas State University.

Michele Allen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2025. Prior to joining us, Ms. Allen served as Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy at Wyndham Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (NYSE: WH) from November 2019 to November 2025. Prior to that, Ms. Allen served in various senior finance roles at Wyndham from May 2018 to November 2019, including as Executive Vice President of Finance and Treasurer for Wyndham Worldwide. From April 2015 to May 2018, Ms. Allen served as Executive Vice President for Wyndham Worldwide. From August 2006 until March 2015, Ms. Allen held leadership positions of increasing responsibility at Wyndham Hotel Group, including Senior Vice President of Finance and Controller. From 1999 until August 2006, Ms. Allen served in various roles at Wyndham Worldwide’s predecessor, and she began her career as an independent auditor at Deloitte & Touche LLP. Ms. Allen received a Bachelor of Science in Accounting and a Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Arts from Cedar Crest College.

Stacy Peterson has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since September 2025. Prior to joining us, Ms. Peterson served as Chief Executive Officer of Jeni’s Splendid Ice Creams, LLC from December 2022 until August 2025. From July 2022 until December 2022, Ms. Peterson served as EVP, Chief Revenue and Technology Officer of Wingstop. From May 2020 until July 2022, she served as EVP, Chief Digital and Technology Officer of Wingstop. From April 2019 until May 2020, she served as Chief Information Officer of Service King Collision Repair Centers. From September 2013 to March 2019, Ms. Peterson held multiple senior roles across marketing, innovation,

143


Table of Contents

 

technology and operations at Wingstop, including Chief Experience Officer and Chief Digital Information Officer. Prior to joining Wingstop, Ms. Peterson held technology leadership roles at CBRE Group Inc. (NYSE: CBRE) from October 2010 until August 2013 and at Kinko’s/FedEx Office from June 2002 until September 2010. Ms. Peterson also serves on the board of directors of Tropical Smoothie Café. Ms. Peterson received a Bachelor of Science in Business Management from Florida Atlantic University.

Scott G. McLester has served as our General Counsel since November 2025. Prior to joining us, Mr. McLester served as General Counsel and Senior Legal Advisor at Orangetheory Fitness from September 2019 until February 2025. From July 2018 until September 2019, Mr. McLester served as a Partner at K&L Gates LLP. From 2006 until June 2018, Mr. McLester served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel for Wyndham Worldwide, Inc. (NYSE: WYN). Mr. McLester was also a Vice President in the Legal Department at Merrill Lynch and a Partner with the law firm of Carpenter, Bennett & Morrissey (now McElroy, Deutsch, Mulvaney and Carpenter). Mr. McLester earned a Juris Doctor from Seton Hall University School of Law and a Bachelor of Arts from the College of William and Mary.

Betsy J. Mercado has served as our Chief People Officer since September 2025. As Chief People Officer, she leads Jersey Mike’s comprehensive people strategies that support growth and strengthen its people-first culture. Ms. Mercado brings more than 20 years of human resources leadership experience across the restaurant and franchise industries. From March 2014 until September 2025, Ms. Mercado held various roles at Flynn Group, including most recently as Chief People Officer from January 2024 until September 2025. Prior to that, Ms. Mercado served as Vice President of Human Resources for The Palm Restaurants, where she led employee relations, talent management, and compensation and benefits. Ms. Mercado earned a Bachelor of Arts in Psychology from Towson University and a Master of Science in Human Resource Management from Johns Hopkins University.

Andrew G. Skehan has served as our President, International and Global Development Officer since February 2026 and served as President, International from November 2025 to February 2026. Prior to joining Jersey Mike’s, Mr. Skehan served as President and CEO of Home Franchise Concepts from September 2022 until July 2025. Mr. Skehan served as President, U.S. & Canada at Krispy Kreme, Inc. (NASDAQ: DNUT) from November 2017 until September 2022. Prior to joining Krispy Kreme, Mr. Skehan held various leadership positions at Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. from August 2011 until October 2017. He has also served in senior leadership positions in marketing and operations with Wendy’s, Churchill Downs Incorporated, and PepsiCo Restaurants. Mr. Skehan served as an officer in the U.S. Navy, specializing in Surface Warfare, serving both aboard ship and on the Staff of the Commander in Chief of the Pacific Fleet. He holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Rhode Island and a Bachelor of Science from the U.S. Naval Academy.

Nigel Travis has served as a member of our board since January 2025 and as Chairman of our board since February 2026. Mr. Travis currently serves as Senior Advisor at Blackstone since July 2022. Mr. Travis served as Chief Executive Officer of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. from January 2009 until July 2018 and acted as Chairman from May 2013 until December 2020. Before Dunkin’, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Papa John’s International, Inc. from January 2005 until December 2008. Mr. Travis currently serves as chairman of Abercrombie & Fitch Co. (NYSE: ANF) (“Abercrombie”) and several private companies. Mr. Travis previously served on the board of Advance Auto Parts, Inc. (NYSE: AAP) from August 2018 until May 2023 and several other public companies. Mr. Travis received a Bachelor’s degree in Business Studies from Middlesex University.

Matthew Bromberg is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. He currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Unity Software, Inc. (NYSE: U) (“Unity”), roles he has held since May 2024, and serves on Unity’s board of directors. Mr. Bromberg previously served as a Senior Advisor to Blackstone from March 2022 until May 2024. He served on the board of directors of Bumble Inc., a public technology company, from July 2020 to June 2025. From 2018 to 2021, he served on the board of directors of Fitbit, Inc. From August 2016 to November 2021, Mr. Bromberg served as Chief Operating Officer at Zynga Inc., a mobile social game developer. Prior to Zynga, he held various leadership roles at Electronic Arts Inc., a video game company, including Senior Vice President of Strategy and Operations of the company’s mobile division and Group General Manager for all BioWare studios worldwide. Mr. Bromberg received a Bachelor of Arts in English from Cornell University and a Juris Doctor from Harvard Law School.

Peter Cancro is our founder and has served as a member of our board since 1975, including as chairman from January 2025 until February 2026. Mr. Cancro served as our Chief Executive Officer and Secretary from November

144


Table of Contents

 

2007 until April 2025. From 1975 until 2007, Mr. Cancro served in various roles as our founder, including as our President. From 1971 until 1975, Mr. Cancro worked at Mike’s Subs, the original Jersey Mike’s location.

Fran Horowitz has served as a member of our board since October 2025. She currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Abercrombie, a role she has held since 2017, and serves on Abercrombie’s board of directors and executive committee. She previously held various leadership roles at Abercrombie, including as Brand President of Hollister and Chief Merchandising Officer for all of Abercrombie’s brands. Ms. Horowitz previously served on the board of Conagra Brands, Inc. (NYSE: CAG) from 2021 until 2025. Ms. Horowitz received a Bachelor of Arts in International Studies from Lafayette College and a Master of Business Administration from Fordham University.

David N. Kestnbaum has served as a member of our board since January 2026. Mr. Kestnbaum currently serves as a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone in the Private Equity Group. Before joining Blackstone in 2013, Mr. Kestnbaum was with Vestar Capital Partners and JP Morgan’s Financial Sponsor Group. He currently serves as a member of the board of directors of several privately held companies including Ancestry, Candle Media, Encore, Servpro, SESAC, and Tropical Smoothie Café. Mr. Kestnbaum received a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

Cheryl S. Miller has served as a member of our board since October 2025. Ms. Miller served as Chief Financial Officer of West Marine from January 2022 until October 2022. Before this, she served in various roles at JM Family Enterprises from January 2021 until December 2021, including executive strategic advisor and Chief Financial Officer. From May 2009 until July 2020, Ms. Miller held several leadership roles at AutoNation, Inc. (NYSE: AN), including Chief Executive Officer, President and Board Member. Ms. Miller serves on the board of various public companies, including Celsius Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: CELH), Tyson Foods (NYSE: TSN) and Old Dominion Freight Line (NASDAQ: ODFL). Ms. Miller is also NACD Directorship Certified® with the National Association of Corporate Directors. Ms. Miller received a Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance from James Madison University.

Devon L. Rinker has served as a member of our board since January 2025. Mr. Rinker is a Managing Director at Blackstone in the Private Equity Group and joined the firm in 2017. He currently serves on the board of directors of several privately held companies including CoreTrust, International Data Group, and Tropical Smoothie Café. Mr. Rinker received a Bachelor of Science in Commerce from the University of Virginia and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

Michael J. Staub has served as a member of our board since January 2025. Mr. Staub is a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone in the Private Equity Group and joined the firm in 2014. He currently serves on the board of directors of several privately held companies including AI Fire, Champions Group, Integra Testing Services, Servpro, Shermco, and Tropical Smoothie Café. Mr. Staub received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Ithaca College and a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Composition of the Board of Directors After this Offering

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to provide for a classified board of directors, with three directors in Class I (expected to be Mr. Bromberg, Mr. Kestnbaum, and Ms. Miller), three directors in Class II (expected to be Mr. Cancro, Mr. Rinker, and Mr. Travis) and three directors in Class III (expected to be Ms. Horowitz, Mr. Morrison, and Mr. Staub). See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law—Classified Board of Directors.” In addition, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with our Sponsor in connection with this offering. Among other things, this agreement will grant our Sponsor the right to designate an agreed number of individuals to our board of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Director Independence

Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of Mr. Travis, Mr. Bromberg, Ms. Horowitz, Mr. Kestnbaum, Ms. Miller, Mr. Rinker and Mr. Staub qualify as independent directors under the NYSE listing standards.

145


Table of Contents

 

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and our director nominee have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ and our director nominee’s individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors and our director nominee provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:

•
Mr. Morrison—our board of directors considered Mr. Morrison’s perspective, experience, and thorough knowledge of our industry, including as our Chief Executive Officer.
•
Mr. Travis—our board of directors considered Mr. Travis’s perspective, experience, and thorough knowledge of our industry as the former CEO of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
•
Mr. Bromberg—our board of directors considered Mr. Bromberg’s management and business expertise, particularly his role as President and Chief Executive Officer of Unity.
•
Mr. Cancro—our board of directors considered Mr. Cancro’s perspective, experience, and thorough knowledge of our industry as the founder and former Chief Executive Officer of Jersey Mike’s.
•
Ms. Horowitz—our board of directors considered Ms. Horowitz’s management and business expertise, particularly her role as Chief Executive Officer of Abercrombie & Fitch Co.
•
Mr. Kestnbaum—our board of directors considered Mr. Kestnbaum’s management and business expertise, particularly in his role as Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone. Blackstone intends to designate Mr. Kestnbaum to our board of directors pursuant to the stockholders agreement.
•
Ms. Miller—our board of directors considered Ms. Miller’s extensive management and finance experience, particularly her roles as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer at AutoNation.
•
Mr. Rinker—our board of directors considered Mr. Rinker’s perspective, experience, and thorough knowledge of our industry as Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone. Blackstone intends to designate Mr. Rinker to our board of directors pursuant to the stockholders agreement.
•
Mr. Staub—our board of directors considered Mr. Staub’s perspective, experience, and thorough knowledge of our industry as Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone. Blackstone intends to designate Mr. Staub to our board of directors pursuant to the stockholders agreement.

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, our Sponsor will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our shares eligible to vote for the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, and accordingly, we may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (3) that our board of directors have a nominating and governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our Class A common stock continues to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Board Committees

We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish the following committees: an audit committee; a compensation committee; and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Our board of directors may also establish

146


Table of Contents

 

from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our audit committee will consist of Mr. Bromberg, Ms. Horowitz and Ms. Miller, with Ms. Miller serving as chair. Our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•
selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
•
assisting the board of directors in evaluating the qualifications, performance, and independence of our independent auditors;
•
assisting the board of directors in monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting and financial reporting;
•
assisting the board of directors in monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
•
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting processes;
•
assisting the board of directors in monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;
•
reviewing with management and our independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements;
•
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and
•
preparing the audit committee report required per SEC rules and regulations to be included in our annual proxy statement.

The SEC rules and the NYSE rules require us to have at least one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement, and all independent audit committee members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Bromberg, Ms. Horowitz and Ms. Miller each qualify as independent directors under NYSE listing standards and the independence standards of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Miller is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee will consist of Ms. Horowitz, Mr. Rinker and Mr. Staub, with Mr. Staub serving as chair. Our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•
establishing and reviewing Jersey Mike’s overall compensation philosophy;
•
reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our CEO;
•
evaluating our CEO’s performance in light of such goals and objectives, and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the board of directors), determining and approving our CEO’s annual salary, bonus, and equity-based incentives or other benefits based on such evaluation;
•
reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers, including annual salary, bonus, and equity-based incentives and other benefits;
•
reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure required by SEC rules, as applicable;

147


Table of Contents

 

•
preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
•
reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the board of directors, with respect to our equity compensation plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Bromberg, Ms. Miller and Mr. Rinker, with Mr. Bromberg serving as chair. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

•
assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors;
•
overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and its committees;
•
reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending a set of corporate governance guidelines;
•
reviewing, approving or making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors; and
•
reviewing the committee structure of the board of directors and recommending members for each committee of our board of directors.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for each of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website at www.jerseymikes.com substantially concurrently with the consummation of this offering. The information contained on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. does not presently have, nor did it have during the last completed fiscal year, a compensation committee. Decisions regarding the compensation of our executive officers have historically been made by the compensation committee of the board of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Peter Cancro, who is the founder and former chief executive officer of Jersey Mike’s and serves as a member of our board of directors, is a member of the compensation committee of the board of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Mr. Morrison, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors, generally participates in discussions and deliberations with the compensation committee of the board regarding executive compensation, including during the last completed fiscal year. Other than Mr. Cancro and Mr. Morrison, no member of our board of directors was at any time during the last completed fiscal year, or at any other time, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. We are party to certain transactions with affiliates of our Principal Stockholders described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

Code of Ethics

We will adopt codes of business conduct and ethics that apply to all of our officers, directors, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and controller, or persons performing similar functions, which will be posted on our website. Our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our website. The information contained on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.

148


Table of Contents

 

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program, and each material element of compensation for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 that we provided to the following executive officers (whom we refer to as our “Named Executive Officers”) who served in the following principal capacities during fiscal year 2025:

Name

 

Title

Charles R. Morrison

 

Chief Executive Officer

Michele Allen

 

Chief Financial Officer

Stacy Peterson

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

Scott G. McLester

 

General Counsel

Betsy J. Mercado

 

Chief People Officer

Peter Cancro (1)

 

Former Chief Executive Officer

Walter C. Tombs (2)

 

Former Chief Financial Officer

 

(1)
Peter Cancro resigned as Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective April 28, 2025, but continued to serve as the chairman of the board following such date.
(2)
Walter C. Tombs resigned as Chief Financial Officer of the Company effective December 10, 2025.

The Jersey Mike’s Holdings board established a compensation committee in April 2025. The compensation committee is currently responsible for establishing, implementing, and evaluating our employee compensation and benefit programs. Prior to the time the compensation committee was established, the Jersey Mike’s Holdings board had such responsibility. Our compensation plans and practices are designed to promote achievement of short- and long-term financial and operational objectives while mitigating the possibility of encouraging excessive risk-taking behavior and the potential impact thereof. The compensation committee evaluates the performance of our executive officers, establishes the annual salaries and annual cash incentive awards for our executive officers, and approves all equity awards. The compensation committee’s objective is to ensure that the total compensation paid to our Named Executive Officers, as well as our other members of our senior leadership team, is fair, reasonable, and competitive. Generally, the types of compensation and benefits provided to our Named Executive Officers are similar to those provided to other senior members of our management team.

Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

The goal of our executive compensation program is to create long-term value for our investors while at the same time rewarding our executives for superior financial and operating performance and support retention in a competitive market environment. We believe the most effective way to achieve this objective is to design an executive compensation program rewarding the achievement of specific annual, long-term, and strategic goals and aligning executives’ interests with those of our investors by further rewarding performance above established goals. We use this philosophy as the foundation for evaluating and improving the effectiveness of our executive pay program. The following are the core elements of our executive compensation philosophy:

•
Market Competitive: Compensation levels and programs for members of our senior leadership team, including the Named Executive Officers, should be competitive relative to the marketplace in which we operate. It is important to leverage an understanding of what constitutes competitive pay in our markets and build strategies to attract, incentivize, reward, and retain top talent;
•
Performance-Based: A significant portion of executive compensation should be performance-based pay that is “at risk,” based on short-term and long-term goals, which reward both organizational and individual performance; and
•
Investor Aligned: Incentives should be structured to create a strong alignment between executives and investors on both a short-term and a long-term basis.

By incorporating these design elements, we believe our executive compensation program is responsive to our investors’ objectives and effective in attracting, motivating, and retaining the level of talent necessary to grow and manage our business successfully.

149


Table of Contents

 

As our executive compensation program evolves as a public company, it will reflect the belief that the amount earned by our executives must significantly depend on achieving rigorous company and individual performance objectives designed to enhance shareholder value. We have made, and intend to continue to make, changes to our executive compensation programs with the goal of aligning our programs with our executive compensation philosophy as a public company. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2025, and the form and manner in which it was paid, is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our Named Executive Officers after this offering.

Process for Determining Fiscal Year 2025 Compensation

The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing key aspects of our executive compensation program, including executive salaries, goals, and payouts under the annual cash incentive plan, the size and structure of equity awards, and any executive perquisites or other benefits. The compensation committee is also responsible for determining the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers.

In determining the compensation of each of our Named Executive Officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer), the compensation committee seeks the input of the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer provides recommendations at least annually to the compensation committee regarding the compensation of the other Named Executive Officers. The performance of our Named Executive Officers is reviewed at least annually by the compensation committee, with assessments provided by the Chief Executive Officer on all of our Named Executive Officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer), and the compensation committee determines each Named Executive Officer’s compensation at least annually.

We believe that compensation should be competitive with compensation for executive officers in similar positions and with similar responsibilities in our marketplace. In determining compensation levels for our Named Executive Officers, the compensation committee relies upon the judgment and experience of its members, including their knowledge of competitive compensation levels in our industry. The compensation committee considers each Named Executive Officer’s performance, scope of responsibilities, depth and breadth of overall leadership experience, and the importance of the officer’s position to achieving our strategies.

As noted above, prior to the time the compensation committee was established in April 2025, the Jersey Mike’s Holdings board had the responsibilities of the compensation committee described above.

We engaged Mercer, a compensation consultant, and worked with Mercer in fiscal year 2025 to evaluate existing pay practices, design a structured grading and leveling framework for current and future roles, and benchmark compensation against market data to support informed, consistent decision-making in our compensation framework. In connection with this offering, our compensation committee has engaged FW Cook as an independent compensation consultant to assist to provide the compensation committee with input and guidance on all components of our executive and director compensation programs, including peer group selection, risk, and stockholder alignment, and advise the compensation committee with respect to market data for base salary, annual bonus, long-term equity compensation, and other competitive pay practices for similarly situated executives and directors in our peer group.

We anticipate that we will continue to review our executive compensation programs in connection with this offering and make such changes as are determined to be necessary or appropriate for our status as a public company.

Relationship of Compensation Practices to Risk Management

Our compensation plans and practices are designed to mitigate the possibility of encouraging excessive risk-taking behavior and the potential impacts thereof. For example, the following features of our executive compensation program mitigate risk:

•
Challenging, but attainable goals that are well-defined and communicated;
•
Vesting terms for equity awards for the Named Executive Officers, which only have value to the extent the long-term value of our company appreciates; and

150


Table of Contents

 

•
Establishment of controls in the administration of our plans to ensure performance against established company performance metrics is objectively and independently determined.

Compensation Elements

In establishing an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay to reward and retain our executives, we consider Company-wide performance. The compensation committee balances the importance of meeting our short-term business goals with the need to create investor value and drive growth over the long term.

The primary components of our executive compensation program and the purposes of each are set forth below:

 

Pay Component

Purpose

Base Salary

•
To recognize an executive’s immediate contribution to the organization
•
To compensate for assuming a significant level of responsibility
•
To provide financial stability
•
To be market competitive

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation

•
To reinforce the optimization of operating results throughout the year 
•
To pay for performance and reinforce individual accountability 
•
To drive investor value
•
To ensure both short-term and long-term goals of the Company are met via compensation elements

Long-Term Equity

Incentive Compensation

•
To hold executives accountable for long-term decisions  
•
To reinforce collaboration between key leaders throughout the organization for long-term goals
•
To retain key talent over the long term
•
To share success with investors
•
To build executive equity ownership and investor value  
•
To be competitive in the markets where we compete for executive talent

Employee Benefits

•
To provide competitive employee benefit packages to attract and retain highly qualified personnel  
•
To avoid materially different approaches to benefit strategy among executive and non-executive populations
•
To be cost effective through shared expense with executives 
•
To be tax-effective

 

We believe that offering each of the components of our executive compensation program helps us remain competitive in attracting, retaining and motivating talented executives. Furthermore, we structure the annual incentive bonus and long-term equity incentive compensation to ensure alignment of our executives’ interests with those of our investors. Collectively, these components are designed to motivate and reward our executives and drive our short- and long-term performance and increase our equity value.

Our base salaries are designed to attract and retain individuals with superior talent, to be market competitive and to reward executives for their individual performance and our short-term performance. Our annual incentive bonus program is designed to motivate our executives to achieve the targets we set annually for selected performance metrics, to reward them for that achievement and to hold them accountable if they fail to deliver. Our long-term incentive compensation, which is in the form of Class B Units intended to be profits interests for U.S. income tax purposes, ensures that our executives have a continuing stake in our long-term success and have incentives to increase our equity value.

151


Table of Contents

 

Base Salary

Base salary compensates executives for performing requirements of their positions and provides executives with a level of cash income predictability and stability with respect to a portion of their total compensation. No formulaic base salary increases are provided to the Named Executive Officers.

Mr. Morrison, Ms. Allen, Ms. Peterson, Mr. McLester, and Ms. Mercado commenced employment with the Company during fiscal year 2025 and, accordingly, their base salaries have not yet been increased. The base salaries of Messrs. Cancro and Tombs also did not increase for fiscal year 2025.

The base annual salary for each of our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 was as follows:

Name

 

Fiscal
Year Ended
December 28,
2025

 

Charles R. Morrison (1)

 

$

1,100,000

 

Michele Allen (2)

 

$

800,000

 

Stacy Peterson (3)

 

$

700,000

 

Scott G. McLester (4)

 

$

450,000

 

Betsy J. Mercado (5)

 

$

450,000

 

Peter Cancro (6)

 

$

3,000,000

 

Walter C. Tombs (6)

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

(1)
Mr. Morrison joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer on April 28, 2025. The salary paid to Mr. Morrison for fiscal year 2025 was pro-rated based on his start date.
(2)
Ms. Allen joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer on December 2, 2025. The salary paid to Ms. Allen for fiscal year 2025 was pro-rated based on her start date.
(3)
Ms. Peterson joined the Company as Chief Operating Officer on September 2, 2025. The salary paid to Ms. Peterson for fiscal year 2025 was pro-rated based on her start date.
(4)
Mr. McLester joined the Company as General Counsel on November 15, 2025. The salary paid to Mr. McLester for fiscal year 2025 was pro-rated based on his start date.
(5)
Ms. Mercado joined the Company as Chief People Officer on September 29, 2025. The salary paid to Ms. Mercado for fiscal year 2025 was pro-rated based on her start date.
(6)
Mr. Cancro resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Tombs resigned as Chief Financial Officer effective as of April 28, 2025 and December 2, 2025, respectively.

Annual Incentive Compensation

Fiscal Year 2025 Annual Bonuses

In the case of our Named Executive Officers, for fiscal year 2025 only, Mr. Morrison, Ms. Allen, Ms. Peterson, Mr. McLester, and Ms. Mercado were entitled to a minimum guaranteed annual bonus in light of their first year of employment with us. We agreed to provide a guaranteed annual bonus amount for their respective first year of employment with us as an inducement to commence employment with us and also, in some cases, to compensate the executives for bonuses that were forfeited upon termination of employment with their former employer. The first year guaranteed annual bonus amounts were as follows: for Messrs. Morrison and Mr. McLester, an amount equal to their respective target annual bonus amounts for fiscal year 2025 (but pro-rated for their partial year of employment); for Ms. Peterson, an amount equal to her full target annual bonus amount for fiscal year 2025; for Ms. Allen, an amount equal to $487,500; and for Ms. Mercado, an amount equal to her target annual bonus amount for fiscal year 2025 (but pro-rated for her partial year of employment) plus $173,250.

The target annual bonus amounts for Mr. Morrison, Ms. Allen, Ms. Peterson, Mr. McLester, and Ms. Mercado are expressed as a percentage of base salary in their respective employment agreements, as follows: 100% of base salary for Mr. Morrison, 75% of base salary for Ms. Allen, and Ms. Peterson, and 60% of base salary for Mr. McLester and Ms. Mercado.

152


Table of Contents

 

For fiscal year 2025, Mr. Morrison, Ms. Allen, Ms. Peterson, Mr. McLester, and Ms. Mercado were each awarded their respective first year guaranteed bonus amount, as set forth below.

 

Name

 

Year Ended December 28, 2025

 

Charles R. Morrison

 

$

744,384

 

Michele Allen

 

$

487,500

 

Stacy Peterson

 

$

525,000

 

Scott G. McLester

 

$

32,548

 

Betsy J. Mercado

 

$

242,045

 

 

Mr. Cancro and Mr. Tombs did not receive a fiscal year 2025 annual bonus, as agreed upon as part of the terms of their separation from employment (as further described below).

Fiscal Year 2026 Annual Bonus Program

For fiscal year 2025, annual bonuses were generally awarded to employees on a discretionary basis by our Chief Executive Officer (subject to the first year guaranteed annual bonus amounts for certain of our Named Executive Officers, as described above), and the 2025 bonuses were not determined based on using a formulaic approach based on pre-established performance objectives. However, we have adopted a formal annual bonus program for fiscal year 2026 following Mercer’s review of the Company’s compensation practices in which our Named Executive Officers and certain other employees participate. Under the 2026 annual bonus program, our Named Executive Officers will be eligible to receive a cash bonus based on the achievement of certain profitability measures.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation

In fiscal year 2025, following the Sponsor Acquisition, the Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC (the “Aggregator”) Equity Incentive Plan (“MIP”) was established and certain key employees, including the Named Executive Officers (other than Mr. Cancro), were granted long-term equity incentive awards that are designed to promote our interests and incentivize such employees to remain in our service. The long-term equity incentive awards were granted under the MIP in the form of Class B Units of the Aggregator. Certain non-employee directors not affiliated with the Sponsor also received Class B Units of the Aggregator. The Aggregator is a management aggregator vehicle of Jersey Mike’s Holdings established for tax purposes. For each Class B Unit of the Aggregator issued to each director or employee, Jersey Mike’s Holdings issues a Class B Unit of Jersey Mike’s Holdings to the Aggregator on a one-to-one basis.

The Class B Units are “profits interests” under U.S. federal income tax law having economic characteristics similar to stock appreciation rights (i.e., representing the right to share in any increase in the equity value of Jersey Mike’s Holdings that exceeds specified thresholds). The Class B Units are divided into a time-vesting portion (one-third of the Class B Units granted) that vests over five years (the “Time-Vested Units”) and a performance-vesting portion (two-thirds of the Class B Units) that vests based on the achievement of certain returns to the Sponsor on its investment (the “Performance-Vesting Units”). The Performance-Vesting Units for the Named Executive Officers are divided into three equal tranches, referred to as the “Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units”, “Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units” and “Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units.” Unvested Class B Units are not entitled to distributions from the Aggregator. In fiscal year 2025, our Named Executive Officers were granted the following number of Class B Units of the Aggregator: Mr. Morrison, 86,489,304 Class B Units; Ms. Allen, 16,016,538 Class B Units; Ms. Peterson, 16,016,538 Class B Units; Mr. McLester, 11,211,576 Class B Units; Ms. Mercado, 11,211,576; and Mr. Tombs, 22,423,153 Class B Units. The grant date fair values, calculated in accordance with FASB Topic 718, for the awards granted in fiscal year 2025 are reported in the Summary Compensation Table. Mr. Cancro did not receive Class B Units. In connection with this offering, the Company expects to modify the vesting terms of outstanding Performance-Vesting Units to provide that certain of the returns to the Sponsor on its investment (but not others) will be deemed satisfied on a retroactive and going forward basis upon the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the completion of this offering and (y) the date upon which the Sponsor no longer holds its equity interests in the Company, subject to the holder’s continued service through such earlier date. For additional information, see “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Equity Awards.”

153


Table of Contents

 

The specific sizes of the Class B Unit grants made to our Named Executive Officers were determined in consideration of the Sponsor’s practices with respect to management equity programs at other private companies in its portfolio and the executive officer’s position and level of responsibilities with us.

For further discussion of the vesting and other terms of the Class B Units, see “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

Other Compensation

Health and Welfare Benefits and Perquisites

We provide various employee benefits to our Named Executive Officers, including medical, vision, dental, life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment, long-term disability, short-term disability and wellness programs. These benefit programs are available to all of our salaried U.S.-based employees, and are intended to attract and retain employees while providing them with health and welfare security.

Our Named Executive Officers were also provided with certain other benefits during fiscal year 2025, as further described herein. Mr. Morrison, and Ms. Peterson received reimbursement for commuting expenses (including travel and meal expenses), and Ms. Mercado received reimbursement of relocation expenses. Mr. Morrison and Mses. Peterson and Mercado also received a tax gross-up for the imputed income associated with these reimbursement benefits. Mr. Morrison is also entitled to a monthly allowance not to exceed $15,000 per month for the cost of corporate housing and an automobile when traveling to our headquarters under the terms of his employment agreement, as well as 50 hours of private air travel per year through a company specializing in private aircraft services for the purpose of commuting to and from our headquarters to a personal residence. In the case of Messrs. Cancro and Tombs, the Company paid the health, vision and dental insurance premiums of each Named Executive Officer and each executive’s spouse.

Retirement Benefits

We also maintain a defined contribution plan that is tax-qualified under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and that we refer to as the “401(k) Plan”. The 401(k) Plan is offered on a nondiscriminatory basis to our full-time regular employees, including our Named Executive Officers, and our eligible part-time employees. However, employees (including our Named Executive Officers) are only eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan following their first year of employment with us. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, the 401(k) Plan permits eligible employees to defer receipt of up to 100% of their eligible compensation (up to the IRS’ annual maximum) each plan year on a pre-tax basis. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify as a safe harbor 401(k) plan and utilizes safe harbor non-elective contributions of 3%. All eligible employees will receive the 3% non-elective contribution, whether or not they elect to make contributions. We believe that matching contributions assist us in attracting and retaining talented employees and executives. The 401(k) Plan also provides an opportunity for participants to save money for retirement on a tax-deferred basis and to achieve financial security, thereby promoting retention.

Severance and Transition Benefits

We believe that reasonable and appropriate severance benefits are necessary in order to be competitive in our executive attraction and retention efforts. Messrs. Morrison and McLester and Mses. Allen, Peterson and Mercado are each party to an employment agreement with the Company that entitles the executive to severance benefits in the event the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in their employment agreements). Mr. Cancro and Mr. Tombs were also party to employment agreements that provided for severance benefits, but, as further discussed below, Mr. Cancro and Mr. Tombs are no longer eligible for severance benefits under their respective employment agreements and, instead, received certain transition benefits in connection with their resignation. See “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Agreements with Named Executive Officers” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below for a description of the severance and, as applicable, transition benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers under their respective arrangements with the Company.

154


Table of Contents

 

Transaction Bonus

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, Mr. Tombs received a cash transaction bonus equal to $40,000,000.

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, we will adopt a compensation recovery policy that is compliant with the listing rules of the NYSE, as required by Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

In addition, all Class B Unit award agreements obligate the recipient to repay any after-tax proceeds received in respect of Class B Units if the recipient is terminated for cause (or we discover following termination that grounds to terminate the recipient’s employment for cause existed at the time of termination) or violates restrictive covenants.

Tax and Accounting Implications

The compensation committee intends to operate its compensation programs with the good faith intention of complying with Section 409A of the Code. We intend to account for equity-based payments with respect to our long-term equity incentive award programs in accordance with the requirements of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC Topic 718”).

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

In fiscal year 2025, we entered into employment agreements with Mr. Morrison, Ms. Allen, Ms. Peterson, Mr. McLester, and Ms. Mercado in connection with their commencement of employment with us. We also entered into a transition agreement with Mr. Tombs, which includes the terms that are applicable to his service relationship with the Company following his transition from his Chief Financial Officer role. The Company and Mr. Cancro also agreed to certain terms in connection with Mr. Cancro’s transition from his Chief Executive Officer role to chairman of the board. The material terms of each of Mr. Morrison’s, Ms. Allen’s, Ms. Peterson’s, Mr. McLester’s, and Ms. Mercado’s employment agreement and each of Mr. Cancro’s and Mr. Tombs’ transition terms are described below under “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”

Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering

In connection with this offering, we are working with FW Cook, our independent compensation consultant, to formalize our post-offering compensation programs and implement compensation arrangements that reflect our compensation philosophy described above.

155


Table of Contents

 

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation earned by our Named Executive Officers for services rendered for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025.

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)
(1)

 

 

Bonus
($)
(2)

 

 

Stock
Awards
($)
(3)

 

 

Option
Awards
($)

 

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

 

 

Change in
Pension Value
and
Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)

 

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Charles R. Morrison
Chief Executive Officer

 

2025

 

$

740,385

 

 

$

744,384

 

 

$

18,739,349

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

397,363

 

(4)

$

20,621,481

 

Michele Allen
Chief Financial Officer

 

2025

 

$

61,538

 

 

$

487,500

 

 

$

2,829,588

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

3,378,626

 

Stacy Peterson
President and Chief Operating Officer

 

2025

 

$

226,154

 

 

$

525,000

 

 

$

3,096,531

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

33,113

 

(5)

$

3,880,798

 

Scott G. McLester
General Counsel

 

2025

 

$

51,923

 

 

$

32,548

 

 

$

1,980,712

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

2,065,183

 

Betsy J. Mercado
Chief People Officer

 

2025

 

$

112,500

 

 

$

242,045

 

 

$

2,167,571

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

39,318

 

(6)

$

2,561,434

 

Peter Cancro
Former Chief Executive Officer

 

2025

 

$

980,769

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

2,062,442

 

(7)

$

3,043,211

 

Walter C. Tombs
Former Chief Financial Officer

 

2025

 

$

1,011,539

 

 

$

40,038,462

 

 

$

4,110,911

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

41,991

 

(8)

$

45,202,903

 

 

(1)
Amounts reported in this column represent the Named Executive Officer’s base salary earned during fiscal year 2025.
(2)
Amounts reported in this column for Mses. Allen, Peterson and Mercado and Mr. McLester represent the guaranteed bonus each executive was entitled to and received for fiscal year 2025 pursuant to the terms of the executive’s employment agreement. For Mr. Tombs, the amount reported in this column represents the $40,000,000 cash transaction bonus paid to Mr. Tombs in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. Mr. Cancro did not earn an annual bonus with respect to fiscal year 2025.
(3)
For purposes of calculating the value of the Performance-Vesting Units reflected in the table, amounts were computed based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions applicable to each award on the grant date. The Company concluded that the performance conditions associated with the Performance-Vesting Units require the occurrence of a significant distribution or liquidity event and that such event was not considered probable as the grant date, and accordingly, no fair value is included in the table for these awards pursuant to the SEC’s disclosure rules.
(4)
For Mr. Morrison, the amount reported in this column includes: (i) $8,745 related to the Company’s reimbursement of certain commuting expenses (including travel and meals), plus a corresponding tax gross-up of $1,260 provided by the Company for the imputed income associated with this reimbursement; (ii) $63,165 related to payments for Mr. Morrison’s corporate housing, plus a corresponding tax gross-up of $35,462 provided by the Company for the imputed income associated with this benefit; (iii) $13,013 related to payments for Mr. Morrison’s automobile lease, plus a corresponding tax gross-up of $3,558 for the imputed income associated with this benefit; and (iv) $272,160, which represents the aggregate incremental cost to the Company for personal use of the Company’s fractionally-owned aircraft by Mr. Morrison (and members of his family and guests). The incremental cost for personal use of Company aircraft is based on established hourly rates charged by the fractional ownership program operator, fuel rate and other flight-related fees and expenses, plus a pro rata portion of certain fixed costs charged by the operator.
(5)
For Ms. Peterson, the amount reported in this column includes $19,553 related to the Company’s reimbursement of certain commuting expenses (including travel and meals), plus a corresponding $13,561 tax gross-up provided by the Company for the imputed income associated with this reimbursement.
(6)
For Ms. Mercado, the amount reported in this column include (i) $3,616 related to the Company’s reimbursement of certain relocation expenses, plus a corresponding $1,203 tax gross-up provided by the Company for the imputed income associated with this reimbursement and (ii) $18,000 related to payments for Ms. Mercado’s corporate housing, plus a corresponding tax gross-up of $16,499 provided by the Company for the imputed income associated with this benefit.
(7)
For Mr. Cancro, the amount reported in this column includes (i) $10,500 in Company contributions to our 401(k) Plan; (ii) $31,491 in health, dental and vision insurance premiums paid by the Company on behalf of the executive and the executive’s spouse; (iii) $1,220 in automobile fringe benefits; and (iv) $2,019,231 in payments to Mr. Cancro following his resignation as Chief Executive Officer for service as chairman of the board, as described further under “—Transition Terms and Prior Employment Agreement with Mr. Cancro.”
(8)
For Mr. Tombs, the amount reported in this column includes (i) $10,500 in Company contributions to our 401(k) Plan and (ii) $31,491 in health, dental and vision insurance premiums paid by the Company on behalf of the executive and the executive’s spouse.
 

156


Table of Contents

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2025

The following table provides information with respect to grants of plan-based awards to certain of our Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2025.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Future
Payouts Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards

 

All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock

 

 

Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option

 

 

 

Grant

 

 

Threshold

 

Target

 

 

 

Maximum

 

or Units

 

 

Awards

 

Name

 

Date

 

 

(#)

 

(#)

 

 

 

(#)

 

(#)(1)

 

 

($)

 

Charles R. Morrison

 

4/28/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,829,768

 

 

$

18,739,349

 

 

4/28/2025

 

 

 

 

 

19,219,845

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4/28/2025

 

 

 

 

 

19,219,845

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4/28/2025

 

 

 

 

 

19,219,845

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michele Allen

 

12/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,338,846

 

 

$

2,829,588

 

 

12/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

3,559,231

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

3,559,231

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

3,559,231

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stacy Peterson

 

9/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,338,846

 

 

$

3,096,531

 

 

9/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

3,559,231

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

3,559,231

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9/2/2025

 

 

 

 

 

3,559,231

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott G. McLester

 

11/17/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,737,192

 

 

$

1,980,712

 

 

11/17/2025

 

 

 

 

 

2,491,461

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/17/2025

 

 

 

 

 

2,491,461

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/17/2025

 

 

 

 

 

2,491,461

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Betsy J. Mercado

 

9/29/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,737,192

 

 

$

2,167,571

 

 

9/29/2025

 

 

 

 

 

2,491,461

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9/29/2025

 

 

 

 

 

2,491,461

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9/29/2025

 

 

 

 

 

2,491,461

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Walter C. Tombs

 

8/8/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,474,384

 

 

$

4,110,911

 

 

8/8/2025

 

 

 

 

 

4,982,923

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8/8/2025

 

 

 

 

 

4,982,923

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8/8/2025

 

 

 

 

 

4,982,923

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
Reflects Time-Vested Units granted to Messrs. McLester, Morrison and Tombs and Mses. Allen, Peterson and Mercado that vest over 5 years, with 20% vesting on the 12-month anniversary of the Vesting Reference Date and an additional 20% vesting every year thereafter. The grant date fair value of these awards is calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table.
(2)
Reflects Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units granted to Messrs. McLester, Morrison and Tombs and Mses. Allen, Peterson and Mercado that vest based on achievement of performance metrics tied to multiples of our Sponsor’s invested capital in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The grant date fair value of the Performance-Vesting Units is calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 and based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions on the date of grant. See footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table.
(3)
Reflects Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units granted to Messrs. McLester, Morrison and Tombs and Mses. Allen, Peterson and Mercado that vest based on achievement of performance metrics tied to multiples of our Sponsor’s invested capital in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The grant date fair value of the Performance-Vesting Units is calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 and based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions on the date of grant. See footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table.
(4)
Reflects Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units granted to Messrs. McLester, Morrison and Tombs and Mses. Allen, Peterson and Mercado that vest based on achievement of performance metrics tied to multiples of our Sponsor’s invested capital in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The grant date fair value of the Performance-Vesting Units is calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 and based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions on the date of grant. See footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

The following descriptions of the employment agreements and other agreements with certain Named Executive Officers are qualified in their entirety by the full terms and conditions thereof. Each employment and other agreement, including any amendments, is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and is incorporated herein by reference.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Morrison

We entered into an employment agreement with Charles R. Morrison, dated April 23, 2025, which we refer to as the “Morrison employment agreement.” The Morrison employment agreement provides that Mr. Morrison will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, with an employment term commencing on April 28, 2025 and continuing until terminated in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement. The Morrison employment agreement provides at-will employment and can be terminated by Mr. Morrison or us at any time. The Morrison employment agreement

157


Table of Contents

 

also provides for (i) an initial base salary of $1,100,000 per year, subject to change as may be determined from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 100% of base salary. The Morrison employment agreement also provides that, for fiscal year 2025 only, Mr. Morrison will receive a guaranteed annual bonus equal to 100% of his base salary, but pro-rated for his partial year of employment. Mr. Morrison is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements and to receive reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with our business expense policy. The Morrison employment agreement also provides for a grant of 86,489,304 Class B Units of the Aggregator to Mr. Morrison, which has been issued to Mr. Morrison.

Under the Morrison employment agreement, during his employment term, Mr. Morrison will be entitled to utilize corporate housing and an automobile (at an aggregate expense to the Company not to exceed $15,000 per month), in each case, leased and provided by the Company, when traveling to the Company’s headquarters. In addition, to the extent Mr. Morrison travels more than 25 miles from a personal residence to an office location of the Company, the Company will reimburse Mr. Morrison for reasonable travel expenses incurred by Mr. Morrison in connection with his travel to and from the Company’s offices in connection with carrying out his duties and responsibilities. The Company will also provide Mr. Morrison with access to 50 hours of private air travel per year through a company specializing in private aircraft services for the purpose of commuting to and from the Company’s offices from a personal residence.

The Morrison employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire and non-solicitation, client and customer non-solicitation, and mutual non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenant and the mutual non-disparagement provision have indefinite terms. The non-competition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. Morrison’s employment with us and until the 24-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason. The Morrison employment agreement also provides for severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Employment Agreement with Ms. Allen

We entered into an employment agreement with Michele Allen, dated November 10, 2025, which we refer to as the “Allen employment agreement.” The Allen employment agreement provides that Ms. Allen will serve as our Chief Financial Officer, with an employment term commencing on December 2, 2025 and continuing until terminated in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement. The Allen employment agreement provides at-will employment and can be terminated by Ms. Allen or us at any time. The Allen employment agreement also provides for (i) an initial base salary of $800,000 per year, subject to change as may be determined from time to time by the Company, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 75% of base salary. The Allen employment agreement provides that, for fiscal year 2025 only, Ms. Allen will receive a guaranteed annual bonus in the amount of $487,500. Ms. Allen is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements and to receive reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with our business expense policy. The Allen employment agreement also provides for a grant of 16,016,538 Class B Units of the Aggregator to Ms. Allen, which has been issued to Ms. Allen.

The Allen employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire and non-solicitation, client and customer non-solicitation, and mutual non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenant and the mutual non-disparagement provision have indefinite terms. The non-competition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Ms. Allen’s employment with us and until the 24-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason. The Allen employment agreement also provides for severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Employment Agreement with Ms. Peterson

We entered into an employment agreement with Stacy Peterson, dated July 11, 2025, which we refer to as the “Peterson employment agreement.” The Peterson employment agreement provides that Ms. Peterson will serve as our President and Chief Operating Officer, with an employment term commencing on September 2, 2025 and continuing until terminated in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement. The Peterson employment agreement

158


Table of Contents

 

provides at-will employment and can be terminated by Ms. Peterson or us at any time. The Peterson employment agreement also provides for (i) an initial base salary of $700,000 per year, subject to change as may be determined from time to time by the Company, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 75% of base salary. The Peterson employment agreement provides that, for fiscal year 2025 only, Ms. Peterson will receive a guaranteed annual bonus equal to 75% of her base salary. Ms. Peterson is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements and to receive reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with our business expense policy. The Peterson employment agreement also provides for a grant of 16,016,538 Class B Units of the Aggregator to Ms. Peterson, which has been issued to Ms. Peterson.

The Peterson employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire and non-solicitation, client and customer non-solicitation, and mutual non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenant and the mutual non-disparagement provision have indefinite terms. The non-competition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Ms. Peterson’s employment with us and until the 12-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason. The Peterson employment agreement also provides for severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Employment Agreement with Mr. McLester

We entered into an employment agreement with Scott G. McLester, dated October 21, 2025, which we refer to as the “McLester employment agreement.” The McLester employment agreement provides that Mr. McLester will serve as our General Counsel, with an employment term commencing on November 17, 2025 and continuing until terminated in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement. The McLester employment agreement provides at-will employment and can be terminated by Mr. McLester or us at any time. The McLester employment agreement also provides for (i) an initial base salary of $450,000 per year, subject to change as may be determined from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 60% of base salary. The McLester employment agreement provides that, for fiscal year 2025 only, Mr. McLester will receive a guaranteed annual bonus equal to 60% of his base salary pro-rated for his partial year of employment. Mr. McLester is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements and to receive reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with our business expense policy. The McLester employment agreement also provides for a grant of 11,211,576 Class B Units of the Aggregator to Mr. McLester, which has been issued to Mr. McLester.

The McLester employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire and non-solicitation, client and customer non-solicitation, and mutual non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenant and the mutual non-disparagement provision have indefinite terms. The non-competition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. McLester’s employment with us and until the 12-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason. The McLester employment agreement also provides for severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Employment Agreement with Ms. Mercado

We entered into an employment agreement with Betsy J. Mercado, dated August 23, 2025, which we refer to as the “Mercado employment agreement.” The Mercado employment agreement provides that Ms. Mercado will serve as our Chief People Officer, with an employment term commencing on September 29, 2025 and continuing until terminated in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement. The Mercado employment agreement provides at-will employment and can be terminated by Ms. Mercado or us at any time. The Mercado employment agreement also provides for (i) an initial base salary of $450,000 per year, subject to change as may be determined from time to time by the Company, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 60% of base salary. The Mercado employment agreement provides that, for fiscal year 2025 only, Ms. Mercado will receive a guaranteed annual bonus equal to the sum of 60% of Ms. Mercado’s base salary (pro-rated for Ms. Mercado’s partial year of employment), plus $173,250. Ms. Mercado is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements and to receive reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with our business expense policy, commuting expenses during the six-month period following Ms. Mercado’s start date, and relocation expenses (the relocation expenses will

159


Table of Contents

 

be capped at an amount agreed to by the parties). The Mercado employment agreement also provides for a grant of 11,211,576 Class B Units of the Aggregator to Ms. Mercado, which has been issued to Ms. Mercado.

The Mercado employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire and non-solicitation, client and customer non-solicitation, and mutual non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenant and the mutual non-disparagement provision have indefinite terms. The non-competition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Ms. Mercado’s employment with us and until the 12-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason. The Mercado employment agreement also provides for severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Transition Terms and Prior Employment Agreement with Mr. Cancro

Mr. Cancro resigned from his role as Chief Executive Officer on April 28, 2025. In connection with his resignation from his role as Chief Executive Officer, the Company and Mr. Cancro agreed that Mr. Cancro would continue to serve as chairman of the board until January 16, 2026 (unless he resigned or was terminated for “cause” prior to such date), and also agreed that he would continue to receive payment of his base salary during his service as chair. Mr. Cancro’s term as chair of the board was then extended until February 19, 2026.

Mr. Cancro did not otherwise receive severance benefits in connection with his resignation from his role as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Cancro and the Company also agreed that following his resignation as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Cancro would no longer be entitled to any payments under his employment agreement with us, which we refer to as the “Cancro employment agreement”.

Prior to Mr. Cancro’s resignation as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Cancro’s employment agreement governed the terms of his employment, which we refer to as the “Cancro employment agreement.” The Cancro employment agreement was entered into on November 8, 2024, amended on January 15, 2025, and became effective upon consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition on January 16, 2025. The Cancro employment agreement provided that Mr. Cancro would serve as our Chief Executive Officer and as the chairman of our board through the first anniversary of the effective date of the Sponsor Acquisition. However, as noted above, his chairman term continued until February 19, 2026. The Cancro employment agreement also provided that Mr. Cancro would be paid annual compensation at the rate of $3,000,000. Pursuant to the terms of the Cancro employment agreement, Mr. Cancro was also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements and to receive reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with our business expense policy during his employment term. The Cancro employment agreement also provided that the Company would provide Mr. Cancro an additional fixed amount of $166,666.66 per month (but pro-rated for any partial month of employment) in light of the business expenses incurred by Mr. Cancro related to air transportation to travel from time to time for business purposes in accordance with the Company’s travel policy. The Cancro employment agreement also provided for severance benefits, as described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Mr. Cancro is also party to a restrictive covenant agreement with Submarine Buyer LLC that was entered into in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, which contains non-competition, customer non-solicitation and confidentiality of information covenants that are effective for five years following the closing of the Sponsor Acquisition. His restrictive covenant agreement also includes employee no-hire and non-solicitation covenants that are effective for two years following the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition and a non-disparagement covenant that has an indefinite term.

Transition Agreement and Employment Agreement with Mr. Tombs

We entered into a transition agreement with Walter C. Tombs, dated as of December 10, 2025, which we refer to as the “Tombs transition agreement.” Pursuant to the Tombs transition agreement, Mr. Tombs resigned as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company on December 2, 2025 but continued as an employee of the Company through January 1, 2026. Effective as of January 2, 2026, Mr. Tombs’ employment with the Company ended, and Mr. Tombs transitioned to a consultant role. The Tombs transition agreement provides that Mr. Tombs will continue to serve as a consultant until January 16, 2027 (which we refer to as the “advisory period”). The Tombs transition agreement provides for the following advisory fee during the advisory period: for the period commencing on January 2, 2026

160


Table of Contents

 

until June 30, 2026, a fee equal to $1,000,000, and for the period commencing on July 1, 2026 until January 16, 2027, Mr. Tombs will receive a fee equal to $500,000, in each case, payable in equal bi-weekly installments. During the advisory period, Mr. Tombs will also be entitled to continue to receive his Company-paid car allowance and the employer- and employee-paid portion of the health insurance premiums for Mr. Tombs and his dependents.

The Tombs transition agreement provided that in the event Mr. Tombs’ employment was terminated earlier than January 2, 2026, Mr. Tombs would be entitled to the severance benefits provided under Mr. Tombs’ employment agreement with the Company. The severance benefits provided for under Mr. Tombs’ employment agreement with the Company is described below under the “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” Mr. Tombs’ employment was not terminated earlier than such date, and, accordingly, Mr. Tombs did not receive severance benefit in connection with the cessation of the employment with the Company or transition from his Chief Financial Officer role. Mr. Tombs’ transition agreement also provided that he would remain eligible to vest in 40% of his Time-Vested Units during his advisory period, and any Time-Vested Units that remained unvested as of the end of the advisory period would be forfeited. All Performance-Vesting Units were forfeited upon the transition date.

Prior to Mr. Tombs’s transition date, Mr. Tombs’s employment agreement governed the terms of his employment, which we refer to as the “Tombs employment agreement.” The Tombs employment agreement was entered into on May 13, 2016. The Tombs employment agreement provided that Mr. Tombs would serve as our Chief Financial Officer from July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2026 (unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Tombs employment agreement). The Tombs employment agreement also provided for (i) an initial base salary of $750,000 per year, which may be subject to increase as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, in an amount as determined by the Chief Executive Officer. The Tombs employment agreement also provided that Mr. Tombs was entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements and that the Company will pay 100% of Mr. Tombs’s health insurance and dental insurance premiums during the duration of the employment term. The Tombs employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite confidentiality of information covenant and a non-competition covenant that is effective for 12 months following his termination of employment.

In addition, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, Mr. Tombs received a cash transaction bonus equal to $40,000,000.

Equity Awards

In fiscal year 2025, in connection with our acquisition by our Sponsor, we adopted the Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the MIP, pursuant to which we grant the Named Executive Officers and other awards of Class B Units of the Aggregator to employees and directors. In fiscal year 2025, the Class B Units granted to our Named Executive Officers consisted of one-third Time-Vested Units and two-thirds Performance-Vesting Units. For each Class B Unit of the Aggregator issued, Jersey Mike’s Holdings issues a Class B Unit in Jersey Mike’s Holdings to the Aggregator on a one-for-one basis.

Terms of the Class B Units

The vesting terms of the Class B Units are as follows:

•
The “Time-Vested Units” vest over 5 years, with 20% vesting on each of the first five anniversaries of a specified vesting reference date, subject to continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date.
•
The “Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units” vest when and if Blackstone receives cash proceeds in respect of its Class A Units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings equal to (x) a 1.85x multiple on its investment and (y) a 14% annualized internal rate of return on its investment, subject to the executive’s continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date.
•
The “Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units” vest when and if Blackstone receives cash proceeds in respect of its Class A Units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings equal to (x) a 2.25x multiple on its investment and

161


Table of Contents

 

(y) an 18% annualized internal rate of return on its investment, subject to the executive’s continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date.
•
The “Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units” vest when and if Blackstone receives cash proceeds in respect of its Class A Units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings equal to (x) a 2.65x multiple on its investment and (y) a 22% annualized internal rate of return on its investment, subject to the executive’s continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date.

 

•
Upon a change of control, Performance-Vesting Units will vest only to the extent the applicable performance hurdles described above are achieved (and subject to executive’s continued employment or service through the change of control). Any Performance-Vesting Units that do not vest prior to or in connection with such change of control will be forfeited.
•
In the event of an initial public offering, any then-outstanding unvested Performance-Vesting Units will remain outstanding and will be tested for vesting and achievement of the applicable performance hurdles 30 days following each date that our Sponsor disposes of any of its Class A Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings (or, as applicable, any equivalent equity securities acquired in exchange, conversion or otherwise for such Class A Units) (the “Post-IPO Disposed Securities”) to an unaffiliated third-party based on the cash proceeds (excluding tax distributions) that our Sponsor has received on such date in respect of the Post-IPO Disposed Securities (but not yet on our Sponsor’s cumulative invested capital in Jersey Mike’s Holdings).
•
On the fifth anniversary of an initial public offering, any then-outstanding unvested Performance Vested Units will become vested if the applicable performance hurdles for such Performance-Vesting Units are satisfied assuming that all of the Sponsor’s remaining Class A Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings (and any equivalent equity securities acquired in exchange, conversion or otherwise for such Class A Units) are disposed for cash proceeds equal to the volume-weighted average trading price for such security over the immediately preceding 180 days on the stock exchange on which the equity is principally trading.

All unvested Class B Units will be forfeited upon a Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment. In addition, upon a termination of employment for cause or in the event of a restrictive covenant violation, all Class B Units, whether vested or unvested, will be immediately forfeited (except to the extent automatic forfeiture is not permissible under applicable law, in which case the call right described below will apply). Any Class B Units proceeds received by a Named Executive Officer are also subject to clawback upon a termination of employment by us for cause, a resignation by a Named Executive Officer where grounds for cause exist, or a restrictive covenant violation. Vested Class B Units held by the Named Executive Officers are subject to the following call rights:

•
(i) If the Named Executive Officer’s employment with us is terminated by us for cause, (ii) if the Named Executive Officer resigns employment when grounds for cause exist, (iii) if the Named Executive Officer voluntarily resigns within two years following the vesting reference date or (iv) if a restrictive covenant violation occurs, we have an ongoing right, but not an obligation, following such termination of employment or restrictive covenant violation, as applicable, to purchase the vested Class B Units held by such Named Executive Officer at a price per Class B Unit equal to the lesser of fair market value and cost, which means that such vested Class B Units will be effectively forfeited;
•
If the Named Executive Officer’s employment with us is terminated for any reason other than as set forth above, we have the ongoing right, but not an obligation, following such termination of employment, to purchase the vested Class B Units held by such Named Executive Officer at a price per Class B Unit equal to the fair market value of the Class B Unit; or

162


Table of Contents

 

•
If the Named Executive Officer engages in a competitive business following termination of the executive’s employment, regardless of whether such engagement constitutes a restrictive covenant violation, we have the right, but not the obligation, following such engagement in a competitive business, to purchase the vested Class B Units held by such Named Executive Officer at a price per Class B Unit equal to the fair market value of the Class B Unit.

In connection with this offering, we expect to modify the vesting terms of outstanding Performance-Vesting Units to provide that the multiple on Blackstone’s investment vesting conditions (but not the annualized internal rate of return on its investment vesting conditions) will be deemed satisfied upon the earlier of (x) the second anniversary of the completion of this offering and (y) the date that Blackstone no longer holds Class A Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings (or any equivalent equity securities acquired in exchange, conversion or otherwise for such Class A Units), subject to the holder’s continued service through such earlier date (such earlier date, the “deemed MOIC achievement date”). As a result of this modification, to the extent the internal annualized rate of return hurdle applicable to any Performance-Vesting Units is achieved as a result of dispositions that occur on or before the deemed MOIC achievement date, then those Performance-Vesting Units would vest upon such deemed MOIC achievement date (without regard to the actual multiple on Blackstone’s investment). To the extent the internal annualized rate of return hurdle applicable to any Performance-Vesting Units is achieved as a result of dispositions that occur after the deemed MOIC achievement date, then those Performance-Vesting Units would vest in connection with those dispositions (again, without regard to the actual multiple on Blackstone’s investment). In connection with this offering, we also intend to waive the call rights described above, other than the call right applicable upon the occurrence of a restrictive covenant violation, which will continue to apply to the Incentive Units received by the Named Executive Officers in the Reclassification in respect of their Class B Units.

As a condition to receiving their Class B Units, each of the Named Executive Officers was required to enter into an incentive unit award agreement with the Aggregator and Jersey Mike’s Holdings and become a party to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Aggregator. The incentive unit award agreements subject the Named Executive Officers to certain restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality covenant and non-disparagement covenants have an indefinite term, and the non-competition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during the executive’s employment with us and for a period following termination of employment, as follows: 24 months post-employment for Messrs. Morrison and Tombs and Ms. Allen, and 12 months post-employment for Mses. Peterson and Mercado and Mr. McLester.

For a description of the terms of potential acceleration and forfeiture of Class B Units for certain of our Named Executive Officers, see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table includes certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 28, 2025.

 

 

 

Equity Awards

 

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
(1)

 

 

Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested ($)
(2)

 

 

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested (#)

 

 

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested ($)
(4)

 

Charles R. Morrison

 

4/28/2025

 

 

28,829,768

 

 

$

10,090,419

 

 

 

57,659,536

 

(3)

 

—

 

Michele Allen

 

12/2/2025

 

 

5,338,846

 

 

$

142,369

 

 

 

10,677,692

 

(3)

 

—

 

Stacy Peterson

 

9/2/2025

 

 

5,338,846

 

 

$

854,215

 

 

 

10,677,692

 

(3)

 

—

 

Scott G. McLester

 

11/17/2025

 

 

3,737,192

 

 

$

99,658

 

 

 

7,474,384

 

(3)

 

—

 

Betsy J. Mercado

 

9/29/2025

 

 

3,737,192

 

 

$

597,951

 

 

 

7,474,384

 

(3)

 

—

 

Walter C. Tombs

 

8/8/2025

 

 

7,474,384

 

 

$

2,616,034

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

(1)
Reflects Time-Vested Units that vest as to 20% of such units on each of the first five anniversaries of the applicable Vesting Reference Date. The Vesting Reference Date for Mr. Morrison’s Class B Units is April 28, 2025; the Vesting Reference Date for Ms. Allen’s Class B Units

163


Table of Contents

 

is December 2, 2025; the Vesting Reference Date for Ms. Peterson’s Class B Units is September 2, 2025; the Vesting Reference Date for Mr. McLester’s Class B Units is November 17, 2025; the Vesting Reference Date for Ms. Mercado’s Class B Units is September 29, 2025; and the Vesting Reference Date for Mr. Tombs’ Class B Units is January 16, 2025.
(2)
Amounts in this column are based on the appreciation in the value of our business, if any, from and after the date of grant through the date of our most recent valuation prior to December 28, 2025.
(3)
Reflects Performance-Vesting Units (of which one third are Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units, one third are Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units and one third are Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units). The vesting terms of these Performance-Vesting Units are described under “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Equity Awards.”
(4)
Amounts in this column are based on the appreciation in the value of our business, if any, from and after the date of grant through December 28, 2025 as determined by the board of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The value of our business had not appreciated to a level that would have created value in the Performance-Vesting Units as of our most recent valuation prior to December 28, 2025. Therefore, we believe the market value of the Performance-Vesting Units was zero on that date.

164


Table of Contents

 

Equity Awards Vested During Fiscal Year 2025

None of the equity awards held by our Named Executive Officers vested during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Severance Arrangements

Mr. Morrison. Pursuant to the terms of the Morrison employment agreement, if Mr. Morrison’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” (as defined in the Morrison employment agreement) and not due to his death or disability or (ii) for “good reason” (as defined in the Morrison employment agreement) by Mr. Morrison, Mr. Morrison will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus):

•
an amount equal to 24 months’ base salary, payable in equal monthly installments over 24 months; and
•
if Mr. Morrison timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, continued medical and dental coverage, at active employee rates, for up to 18 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. Morrison becomes eligible for medical and/or dental coverage from a subsequent employer.

In addition, upon a termination of Mr. Morrison’s employment due to his death or as a result of his disability, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus), Mr. Morrison will be entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination of employment, based on actual performance and payable at the time bonuses for such year are generally payable.

Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits are contingent upon Mr. Morrison’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and Mr. Morrison’s continued compliance, in all material respects, with any existing non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality agreements with us.

Ms. Allen. Pursuant to the terms of the Allen employment agreement, if Ms. Allen’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” (as defined in the Allen employment agreement) and not due to her death or disability or (ii) for “good reason” (as defined in the Allen employment agreement) by Ms. Allen, Ms. Allen will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus):

•
an amount equal to the sum of (x) 12 months’ base salary, plus (y) an amount equal to the target annual bonus for the year of termination of employment, payable in equal monthly installments over 12 months;
•
an amount equal to the annual bonus for the year of termination of employment, based on actual performance, payable within two and a half months following the end of the applicable performance period; and
•
if Ms. Allen timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, continued medical and dental coverage, at active employee rates, for up to 12 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Ms. Allen becomes eligible for medical and/or dental coverage from a subsequent employer.

In addition, upon a termination of Ms. Allen’s employment due to her death or as a result of her disability, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus), Ms. Allen will be entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination of employment, based on actual performance and payable at the time bonuses for such year are generally payable.

Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits are contingent upon Ms. Allen’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and Ms. Allen’s continued compliance, in all material respects, with any existing non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality agreements with us.

165


Table of Contents

 

Ms. Peterson. Pursuant to the terms of the Peterson employment agreement, if Ms. Peterson’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” (as defined in the Peterson employment agreement) and not due to her death or disability or (ii) for “good reason” (as defined in the Peterson employment agreement) by Ms. Peterson, Ms. Peterson will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus):

•
an amount equal to 12 months’ base salary, payable in equal monthly installments over 12 months; and
•
if Ms. Peterson timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, continued medical and dental coverage, at active employee rates, for up to 12 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Ms. Peterson becomes eligible for medical and/or dental coverage from a subsequent employer.

In addition, upon a termination of Ms. Peterson’s employment due to her death or as a result of her disability, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus), Ms. Peterson will be entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination of employment, based on actual performance and payable at the time bonuses for such year are generally payable.

Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits are contingent upon Ms. Peterson’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and Ms. Peterson’s continued compliance, in all material respects, with any existing non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality agreements with us.

Mr. McLester. Pursuant to the terms of the McLester employment agreement, if Mr. McLester’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” (as defined in the McLester employment agreement) and not due to his death or disability or (ii) for “good reason” (as defined in the McLester employment agreement) by Mr. McLester, Mr. McLester will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus):

•
an amount equal to 12 months’ base salary, payable in equal monthly installments over 12 months; and
•
if Mr. McLester timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, continued medical and dental coverage, at active employee rates, for up to 12 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. McLester becomes eligible for medical and/or dental coverage from a subsequent employer.

In addition, upon a termination of Mr. McLester’s employment due to his death or as a result of his disability, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus), Mr. McLester will be entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination of employment, based on actual performance and payable at the time bonuses for such year are generally payable.

Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits are contingent upon Mr. McLester’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and Mr. McLester’s continued compliance, in all material respects, with any existing non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality agreements with us.

Ms. Mercado. Pursuant to the terms of the Mercado employment agreement, if Ms. Mercado’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” (as defined in the Mercado employment agreement) and not due to her death or disability or (ii) for “good reason” (as defined in the Mercado employment agreement) by Ms. Mercado, Ms. Mercado will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus):

•
an amount equal to 12 months’ base salary, payable in equal monthly installments over 12 months; and
•
if Ms. Mercado timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, continued medical and dental coverage, at active employee rates, for up to 12 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Ms. Mercado becomes eligible for medical and/or dental coverage from a subsequent employer.

166


Table of Contents

 

In addition, upon a termination of Ms. Mercado’s employment due to her death or as a result of her disability, in addition to certain accrued obligations (including any earned but unpaid prior year annual bonus), Ms. Mercado will be entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination of employment, based on actual performance and payable at the time bonuses for such year are generally payable.

Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits are contingent upon Ms. Mercado’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and Ms. Mercado’s continued compliance, in all material respects, with any existing non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality agreements with us.

Mr. Cancro. The Cancro employment agreement provided that, if Mr. Cancro’s employment was terminated by us for any reason before the one-year anniversary of the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition (other than as a result of Mr. Cancro’s death, disability or resignation), Mr. Cancro would be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits, in addition to certain accrued obligations:

•
the remaining amount of Mr. Cancro’s annual compensation that would have been paid through the one-year anniversary of the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition, payable in equal monthly installments through such date; and
•
if Mr. Cancro timely elects continued coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA), continued medical and dental coverage, for up to the one-year anniversary of the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition, or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. Cancro becomes eligible for medical and/or dental coverage from a subsequent employer.

Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits are contingent upon Mr. Cancro’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and Mr. Cancro’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenant agreement by and between Mr. Cancro and Submarine Buyer LLC.

Mr. Cancro resigned from his role of Chief Executive Officer on April 28, 2025. The Company and Mr. Cancro agreed that Mr. Cancro would continue to receive payment of his base salary following the date of his resignation in connection with his continued service as chair of the board and that he would not be entitled to receive any of the severance entitlements under his employment agreement.

Mr. Tombs. The Tombs transition agreement provided that, in the event Mr. Tombs’ employment with the Company was terminated earlier than January 2, 2026 (the “CFO Transition Date”), the existing terms of his employment agreement would apply. The Tombs employment agreement provided for severance benefits in an amount equal to six months’ base salary in the event the Company notified Mr. Tombs of its election not to renew the employment agreement at least 90 days prior to the end of the initial term of the Tombs employment agreement (June 30, 2026). Mr. Tombs’ employment was not terminated earlier than the CFO Transition Date, and, accordingly, Mr. Tombs did not receive severance benefits in fiscal year 2025 in connection with the cessation of the employment with the Company.

Under the Tombs transition agreement, in the event Mr. Tombs’ advisory period (which commenced on January 2, 2026) is terminated without “cause” (as defined in the Tombs transition agreement), Mr. Tombs will be entitled to receive, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) continued payment of the applicable advisory fee and the employer- and employee-paid portion of his health insurance premiums through January 16, 2027, and (ii) if the advisory period is terminated prior to June 30, 2026, continued payment of his car allowance through June 30, 2026.

Pursuant to the Tombs transition agreement, Mr. Tombs’ Performance-Vesting Units were forfeited upon the start of the advisory period, and his Time-Vested Units will remain outstanding during the advisory period to provide Mr. Tombs with the opportunity to vest in 40% of such Time-Vested Units during the advisory period. Any vested Class B Units held by Mr. Tombs will be subject to the Company’s call option in accordance with the terms of his award agreement. Any unvested Class B Units will be forfeited upon termination of the advisory period, and in the event Mr. Tombs’ services are terminated by us for cause or Mr. Tombs breaches any restrictive covenants, any Class B Units held by Mr. Tombs will be forfeited for no consideration. Under the Tombs transition agreement, the Aggregator waived its call right under with respect to Mr. Tombs’ Class A Units under Mr. Tombs’ unit subscription agreement.

167


Table of Contents

 

Equity Awards

Termination without “cause” or by executive for “good reason”

There is no additional vesting with respect to the Class B Units held by any Named Executive Officers upon a termination of employment by us without cause (other than (i) as described above for Mr. Tombs under the Tombs transition agreement and (ii) as set forth below following a change in control event for other Named Executive Officers).

Change of Control

In the event of a change of control (defined as described below), outstanding Time-Vested Unit awards held by our Named Executive Officers will become fully vested, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through the consummation of the change of control. For purposes of accelerated vesting of Time-Vested Units, a change of control generally means the occurrence of (i) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, other than to certain investors and their affiliates, or (ii) any person or group, other than certain investors and their affiliates, being or becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, whether by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, and certain investors or their affiliates no longer control the board of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. This offering does not constitute a change of control.

Assuming a termination of employment effective as of December 28, 2025 (i) by us without cause, (ii) by the executive for good reason or (iii) due to the executive’s death or disability, each of the specified Named Executive Officers would have received the severance payments and benefits set forth in the table below. In addition, assuming the occurrence of a change of control effective on December 28, 2025, each of the specified Named Executive Officers would have realized the value in respect of accelerated vesting of Time-Vested Units set forth in the table below. In connection with Mr. Cancro’s resignation from his role as Chief Executive Officer on April 28, 2025, the Company and Mr. Cancro agreed that he would forgo severance benefits, and accordingly, no amounts are included in the table below for Mr. Cancro. For amounts received in connection with Mr. Cancro’s role as chairman of the board see the “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

 

Payment Type

 

Termination
Without Cause
or for Good
Reason
($)

 

 

 

Termination
Due to
Death or
Disability
($)

 

 

 

Change of
Control
($)

 

 

Charles R. Morrison

 

Cash severance

 

$

2,200,000

 

(1)

 

$

—

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

Prior year bonus

 

 

744,384

 

(2)

 

 

744,384

 

(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

Health benefits

 

 

1,585

 

(3)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Class B Unit vesting

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

10,090,419

 

(8)

 

Total

 

 

2,965,969

 

 

 

 

744,384

 

 

 

 

10,090,419

 

 

Michele Allen

 

Cash severance

 

 

2,000,000

 

(4)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Prior year bonus

 

 

487,500

 

(2)

 

 

487,500

 

(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

Health benefits

 

 

17,445

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Class B Unit vesting

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

142,369

 

(8)

 

Total

 

 

2,504,945

 

 

 

 

487,500

 

 

 

 

142,369

 

 

Stacy Peterson

 

Cash severance

 

 

700,000

 

(6)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Prior year bonus

 

 

525,000

 

(2)

 

 

525,000

 

(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

Health benefits

 

 

17,445

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Class B Unit vesting

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

854,215

 

(8)

 

Total

 

 

1,242,445

 

 

 

 

525,000

 

 

 

 

854,215

 

 

Scott G. McLester

 

Cash severance

 

 

450,000

 

(6)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Prior year bonus

 

 

32,548

 

(2)

 

 

32,548

 

(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

Health benefits

 

 

21,585

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Class B Unit vesting

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

99,658

 

(8)

 

Total

 

 

504,133

 

 

 

 

32,548

 

 

 

 

99,658

 

 

Betsy J. Mercado

 

Cash severance

 

 

450,000

 

(6)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Prior year bonus

 

 

242,045

 

(2)

 

 

242,045

 

(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

Health benefits

 

 

6,760

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Class B Unit vesting

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

597,951

 

(8)

 

Total

 

 

698,805

 

 

 

 

242,045

 

 

 

 

597,951

 

 

Walter C. Tombs

 

Cash severance

 

 

505,769

 

(7)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

Class B Unit vesting

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

2,616,034

 

(8)

 

Total

 

 

505,769

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

2,616,034

 

 

 

(1)
Amount reported for Mr. Morrison represents a cash severance payment consisting of 24 months of base salary.

168


Table of Contents

 

(2)
Amounts reported reflect fiscal year 2025 annual bonus for each of Mr. Morrison, Ms. Allen, Ms. Peterson, Mr. McLester and Ms. Mercado, which, in each case, was their respective guaranteed first year bonus amount provided for in their respective employment agreements.
(3)
Reflects the cost of providing Mr. Morrison with continued medical, dental and vision insurance under COBRA for a period of 18 months.
(4)
Amount reported for Ms. Allen represents a cash severance payment consisting of (i) 12 months of base salary, (ii) an amount equal to Ms. Allen’s target annual bonus and (iii) the annual bonus payable for the performance period in which the termination date occurs, based on actual performance. The amount reported in respect of the annual bonus payable for the performance period in which the termination date occurs assumes target performance level is achieved for all performance metrics.
(5)
Reflects the cost of providing the Named Executive Officer with continued medical, dental and vision insurance under COBRA for a period of 12 months.
(6)
Amount reported reflects a cash severance payment consisting of 12 months of the Named Executive Officer’s base salary.
(7)
Amount reported for Mr. Tombs represents a cash severance payment consisting of six months of Mr. Tombs’ base salary, which Mr. Tombs is entitled to pursuant to the Tombs employment agreement in the event of the non-renewal of the agreement by the Company.
(8)
Amounts reported reflect full accelerated vesting of the Time-Vested Units. The amounts reported for the Time-Vested Units are based upon the appreciation in the value of our business from and after the date of grant through December 28, 2025 as determined by the board of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The value of our business had not appreciated to a level that would have created value in the Performance-Vesting Units as of our most recent valuation prior to December 28, 2025. Therefore, we believe the market value of the Performance-Vesting Units was zero on that date. For additional details regarding the treatment of the Class B Units upon a change in control, see “—Equity Awards” above.

Director Compensation

Directors who are employed by us and directors who are affiliated with our Sponsor are not compensated by us for their services as directors. Independent non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our Sponsor are currently entitled to compensation consisting of:

•
Annual cash retainer of $250,000 in the case of Mr. Travis and $125,000 in the case of Ms. Miller and Ms. Horowitz; and
•
Initial equity award of Class B Units.

Like the Class B Units granted to our Named Executive Officers, the Class B Units granted to our directors consist of a time-vesting portion (one-third of the Class B Units granted), and a performance-vesting portion (two-thirds of the Class B Units granted, of which one third are Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units, Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units and Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units). For a description of the vesting terms of the Class B Units granted to our directors, see “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Equity Awards.”

During fiscal year 2025, Charles Morrison (our Chief Executive Officer) served as a member of the board of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, and Peter Cancro (our former Chief Executive Officer) continued to serve as member of the board of Jersey Mike’s Holdings following the date of his resignation as Chief Executive Officer. Compensation earned by Mr. Cancro during fiscal year 2025 in respect of his services on the board is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table above. Mr. Morrison did not receive any additional compensation or benefits in respect of his services as director.

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by us to or on behalf of Mr. Travis and Mses. Horowitz and Miller for services rendered to us as directors during the last fiscal year.

 

Name

 

Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)

 

 

Stock
Awards
($)
(1)

 

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

 

 

Change in
Pension
Value and
Non-qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

 

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Nigel Travis

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

1,083,333

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

14,976

 

 

$

1,333,333

 

Cheryl S. Miller

 

$

125,000

 

 

$

114,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

239,000

 

Fran Horowitz

 

$

125,000

 

 

$

95,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

220,000

 

(1)
For purposes of calculating the value of the Performance-Vesting Units reflected in the table, amounts were computed based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions applicable to each award on the grant date. The Company concluded that the performance conditions associated with the Performance-Vesting Units require the occurrence of a significant distribution or liquidity event and that such event was not considered probable as the grant date, and accordingly, no fair value is included in the table for these awards pursuant to the SEC’s disclosure rules. As of December 28, 2025, the aggregate number of Class B Units held by each of our non-employee directors was as follows: Mr. Travis, 5,000,000 Class B Units; Ms. Miller, 600,000 Class B Units; and Ms. Horowitz, 500,000 Class B Units.

 

169


Table of Contents

 

It is anticipated that Mr. Travis, Ms. Miller, and Ms. Horowitz will continue to receive a cash retainer in connection with their service on the board following this offering, but we will continue to review our director compensation program in connection with this offering and make such changes as we determine are necessary or appropriate for our status as a public company.

As noted above, Matthew Bromberg is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. Mr. Bromberg entered into an offer letter with the Company, which provides for a $125,000 per year cash retainer (payable quarterly) and an initial award of $125,000 in restricted stock units to be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan described below (subject to adoption of the plan and final approval of the award by our board).

Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering

Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the omnibus incentive plan, prior to the completion of the offering. The term “board of directors” as used in this “Omnibus Incentive Plan” section refers to the board of directors of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

Purpose. The purpose of our Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our shares of Class A common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Eligibility. Eligible participants are any (i) individual employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, provided that no employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement will be eligible to receive awards under our Omnibus Incentive Plan unless and to the extent such eligibility is set forth in a collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument related thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) a consultant or advisor to Jersey Mike’s Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, or any other person, in each case, who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, has entered into an award agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee (as defined herein) or its designee that they have been selected to participate in our Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Administration. Our Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors (such administering body referred to herein, for purposes of this description of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, as the “Committee”). Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of our Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee is authorized to: (i) designate participants; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled in, or exercised for, cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or Common Units, as applicable, other securities, other awards, or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of our Class A common stock, other securities, other awards, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award will be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in, and/or supply any omission in our Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, our Omnibus Incentive Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee may deem appropriate for the proper administration of our Omnibus Incentive Plan; (ix) adopt sub-plans; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of our

170


Table of Contents

 

Omnibus Incentive Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in our Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to our Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to our Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and are final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

Awards Subject to our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Our Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of our Class A common stock or Common Units (collectively, “Interests”) that may be issued under our Omnibus Incentive Plan is equal to no more than 10,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock (excluding shares of Class A common stock received by, or to be received by, participants in connection with the exchange for, conversion into, redemption of, or substitution for Common Units or for such other equity or equity-based awards issued by Jersey Mike’s Holdings (or a predecessor or affiliate thereof) and exchangeable for, convertible into or redeemable or substitutable for, shares of Class A common stock), or the “Absolute Share Limit”; provided, however, that the Absolute Share Limit shall be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2027 fiscal year in an amount equal to the lower of (x) 5% of the total number of Interests outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (y) a lower number of Interests as determined by our board of directors. Of this amount, the maximum number of Interests for which incentive stock options may be granted is 10,000,000; and during each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director shall be granted a number of Interests subject to awards, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, equal to a total value of $1,000,000 or such lower amount as determined by our board of directors. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, shares of our Class A common stock delivered by us or our affiliates upon exchange of Common Units or other equity securities of any of our subsidiaries that have been issued under our Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be issued under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except for “Substitute Awards” (as described below), to the extent that an award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without issuance to the participant of the full number of Interests to which the award related, the unissued shares will again be available for grant under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Shares of our Class A common stock withheld in payment of the exercise price, or taxes relating to an award, and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise price, or taxes relating to an award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not issued; provided, however, that such shares shall not become available for issuance if either: (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of our Omnibus Incentive Plan or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of our Omnibus Incentive Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which our Class A common stock is listed. No award may be granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (as defined in our Omnibus Incentive Plan), but awards granted before then may extend beyond that date. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine, or Substitute Awards, and such Substitute Awards will not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit, except that Substitute Awards intended to qualify as incentive stock options will count against the limit on incentive stock options described above.

Grants. All awards granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan will vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee, including, without limitation, attainment of Performance Conditions. As used herein, “Performance Conditions” means specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more members of its subsidiaries, divisions, or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing), which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis on the following measures: (i) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes), or consolidated net income; (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may be, but are not required to be, measured on a per share basis; (viii) actual or adjusted earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or

171


Table of Contents

 

other ‘value creation’ metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) sales; (xix) stockholder return; (xx) customer/client retention; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) objective measures of personal targets, goals, or completion of projects (including, but not limited to, succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations, or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations, and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiv) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxv) market share; (xxvi) cost of capital, debt leverage, year-end cash position, or book value; (xxvii) strategic objectives; or (xxviii) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the aforementioned performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of one or more of the Company or its subsidiaries as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, or administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries, or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices.

Options. Under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, that all stock options granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our shares of Class A common stock in respect of such stock options on the date such stock options are granted (other than in the case of options that are Substitute Awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of our shares of Class A common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or “blackout period” imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the shares of our Class A common stock as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent, and/or shares of our Class A common stock valued at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised; provided, that such shares of our Class A common stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have been held by the participant for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying GAAP) or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation: (a) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, (b) if there is a public market for the shares of our Class A common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which we are delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of our Class A common stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the option and to deliver promptly to us an amount equal to the exercise price or (c) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of our Class A common stock otherwise issuable in respect of an option that is needed to pay the exercise price. Any fractional shares of our Class A common stock shall be settled in cash.

172


Table of Contents

 

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee may also award SARs independent of any option. Generally, each SAR will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the Committee) equal to the product of (i) the excess of (a) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of our Class A common stock over (b) the strike price per share of our Class A common stock covered by the SAR, times (ii) the number of shares of our Class A common stock covered by the SAR, less any taxes required to be withheld. The strike price per share of our Class A common stock covered by a SAR will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the date the SAR is granted (other than in the case of SARs granted in substitution of previously granted awards).

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Committee may grant restricted shares of Class A common stock or restricted stock units (“RSUs”). RSUs represent the right to receive, upon vesting and the expiration of any applicable restricted period, one share of our Class A common stock for each RSU, or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our Class A common stock, subject to the other provisions of our Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of our Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such restricted shares of our Class A common stock.

Common Units. The Committee may issue awards in the form of Common Units or other classes of limited liability company units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings established pursuant to Jersey Mike’s Holdings limited liability company agreement. Common Unit awards will be valued by reference to, or otherwise determined by reference to or based on, our shares of Class A common stock. Common Unit awards may be (i) convertible, exchangeable, or redeemable for other limited partnership interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings or our shares of Class A common stock or (ii) valued by reference to the book value, fair value, or performance of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. For purposes of calculating the number of our shares of Class A common stock in respect of Common Unit awards relative to the total number of our shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Committee will establish, in good faith, the maximum number of our shares of Class A common stock to which a participant receiving a Common Unit award may be entitled upon fulfillment of all applicable conditions set forth in the relevant award documentation, including vesting conditions, capital account allocations, value accretion factors, conversion ratios, exchange ratios, and other similar criteria. If and when any such conditions are no longer capable of being met, in whole or in part, the number of our shares of Class A common stock in respect of such Common Unit award will be reduced accordingly by the Committee, and the number of our shares Class A common stock available under our Omnibus Incentive Plan will be increased by one share for each share so reduced. The Committee will determine all other terms of Common Unit awards.

Other Equity-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may grant other equity-based or other cash-based awards under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on Our Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards. In the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of our Class A common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of our Class A common stock, Common Units, or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of our Class A common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the shares of our Class A common stock (including a “Change in Control,” as defined in our Omnibus Incentive Plan); or (ii) unusual or non-recurring events affecting us, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations, or other requirements, that the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, could result in substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, participants (any event in (i) or (ii), an “Adjustment Event”), the Committee will, in respect of any such Adjustment Event, make such proportionate substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems equitable, to any or all of (a) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under our Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted thereunder; (b) the number of our Interests or other securities (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be issued in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan or any sub-plan; and (c) the terms of any

173


Table of Contents

 

outstanding award, including, without limitation, (x) the number of Interests or other securities (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate; (y) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award; or (z) any applicable performance measures; provided, that in the case of any “equity restructuring,” (within the meaning of the FASB ASC Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)) the Committee will make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding awards to reflect such equity restructuring. In connection with any Adjustment Event, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following: (i) substitution or assumption of awards, acceleration of the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such award not so exercised will terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and (ii) subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, cancellation of any one or more outstanding awards and payment to the holders of such awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including, without limitation, any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation or for which vesting is accelerated by the Committee in connection with such event) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which value, if applicable, may be based upon the price per share of our Class A common stock received or to be received by other holders of our shares of Class A common stock in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of stock options and SARs, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to the option or SAR over the aggregate exercise price or strike price thereof, or, in the case of restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity-based awards that are not vested as of such cancellation, a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such award prior to cancellation of the underlying shares in respect thereof.

Non-transferability of Awards. No award will be permitted to be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any of our subsidiaries. However, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of a participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which a participant, or such participant and such participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate our Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to our Omnibus Incentive Plan or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under our Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events); or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in our Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.

174


Table of Contents

 

The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel, or terminate any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a termination of employment or service); provided, that, except as otherwise permitted in our Omnibus Incentive Plan, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation, or termination that would materially adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to such award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent; provided, further, that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in our Omnibus Incentive Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any SAR; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or SAR and replace it with a new option or SAR (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled option or SAR; and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. The Committee in its sole discretion may provide as part of an award dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Any dividends payable in respect of restricted stock awards that remain subject to vesting conditions shall be retained by the Company and delivered to the participant within 15 days following the date on which such restrictions on such restricted stock awards lapse and, if such restricted stock is forfeited, the participant shall have no right to such dividends. Dividends attributable to RSUs shall be distributed to the participant in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of our Class A common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the settlement of the RSUs and, if such RSUs are forfeited, the participant shall have no right to such dividends.

Clawback/Repayment. All awards are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture, or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or the Committee and as in effect from time to time and (ii) applicable law. To the extent that a participant receives any amount in excess of the amount that the participant should otherwise have received under the terms of the award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations, or other administrative error), the participant will be required to repay us any such excess amount.

Detrimental Activity. If a participant has engaged in any detrimental activity, as defined in our Omnibus Incentive Plan, as determined by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following: (i) cancellation of any or all of such participant’s outstanding awards or (ii) forfeiture and repayment to us on any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, or settlement of any awards previously granted to such participant.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Purpose. In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as the ESPP, prior to the completion of the offering. The ESPP is intended to give eligible employees an opportunity to acquire shares of our common stock and promote our best interests and enhance our long-term performance. The term “board of directors” as used in this “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” section refers to the board of directors of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

Under the ESPP, we may authorize offerings that qualify as being under an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. We may also authorize offerings under the ESPP that are not intended to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, which may, but are not required to, be made pursuant to any rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the compensation committee of our board of directors for such purpose.

 

Shares Reserved for the ESPP. The aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under the ESPP may not exceed 3,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the share reserve of the ESPP shall automatically be increased on the first day of each fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the effective date of the ESPP occurred by a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lower of (x) 1% of the total number of

175


Table of Contents

 

shares of our Class A common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (y) a lower number of shares of our Class A common stock as determined by our board of directors. If a purchase right expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without being exercised, in whole or in part, the number of shares subject to the purchase right will again be available for issuance and will not reduce the aggregate number of shares available under the ESPP.

 

Administration. The ESPP will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors unless the board of directors elects to administer the ESPP. The compensation committee may appoint one or more agents to assist in the administration of the ESPP and may delegate certain responsibilities or powers subject to ESPP terms and applicable law. Subject to ESPP terms and applicable law, the compensation committee will have full and final authority to take any action with respect to the ESPP, including, without limitation, the authority to: (a) establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations for administration of the ESPP; (b) prescribe the form(s) of any agreements or other instruments used in connection with the ESPP; (c) determine the terms and provisions of the purchase rights granted under the ESPP; (d) determine eligibility and adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP; and (e) construe and interpret the ESPP, purchase rights, the rules and regulations, and the agreements or other written instruments, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the ESPP. The compensation committee may also adopt sub-plans relating to the operation and administration of the ESPP to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures for jurisdictions outside the United States, the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over the terms of the ESPP, to the extent provided in the ESPP. To the extent inconsistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, purchase rights offered under any such sub-plan will not be required by the terms of the ESPP to comply with Section 423 of the Code.

 

Effective Date. The ESPP will become effective on or about the date of this offering. However, no offering periods will commence under the ESPP until such time and subject to such terms and conditions as may be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The term of the ESPP will continue until terminated by our board of directors or until the date on which all shares available for issuance under the ESPP have been issued.

 

Eligible Participants. Subject to the compensation committee’s ability to exclude certain groups of employees on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, including Section 16 officers, generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are employed by us or by a designated company (as defined below) except for (a) any employee who has been employed for less than 90 days, (b) any employee whose customary employment is less than 20 hours per week or (c) any employee whose customary employment is for not more than five months in any calendar year; provided that the compensation committee may determine prior to any purchase period start date that employees outside of the United States who are participating in a separate offering will be “eligible employees” even if they do not meet the requirements of (b) or (c) above if and to the extent required by applicable law. No employee will be eligible to participate if, immediately after the purchase right grant, the employee would own stock (including any stock the employee may purchase under outstanding purchase rights) representing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock. A “designated company” is any subsidiary or affiliate of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. whether now existing or existing in the future, that has been designated by the compensation committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the ESPP. The compensation committee may designate subsidiaries or affiliates of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. as designated companies in an offering that does not satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. For offerings that, when taken together with the ESPP, comply with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, only Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and its subsidiaries may be designated companies; provided, however, that at any given time, a subsidiary that is a designated company under a Section 423 Code-compliant offering will not be a designated company under an offering that does not comply with Section 423 of the Code.

 

Contributions. A participant may acquire common stock under the ESPP by authorizing the use of contributions to purchase shares of common stock. Contributions must be at a rate of not less than 1% nor more than 15% (in whole percentages only) of the participant’s total compensation (with certain exclusions as set forth in the ESPP or as otherwise determined by the compensation committee). All contributions made by a participant will be credited (without interest) to his or her account. A participant may discontinue plan participation as provided in the ESPP, but a participant may not alter the amount of his or her contributions during an offering period. However, a participant’s contribution election may be decreased to 0% at any time during an offering period to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code or the terms of the ESPP. A participant may not make separate cash payments into his or her account except in limited circumstances when the participant is on leave of absence or unless otherwise

176


Table of Contents

 

required by applicable law. A participant may withdraw contributions credited to his or her account during an offering period at any time before the applicable purchase period end date.

 

Offering Periods and Purchase Price. The ESPP generally provides for two six-month offering periods, with one purchase period in each offering period. The compensation committee has the authority to change the duration of a purchase period; provided that the change is announced a reasonable period of time prior to its effective date and the purchase period is not greater than 27 months.

 

On the first day of an offering period, a participant will be granted a purchase right to purchase on the purchase period end date, at the applicable purchase price, the number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the amount of the participant’s contributions accumulated as of the last day of the purchase period by the applicable purchase price; provided that (a) no participant may purchase shares of common stock with a fair market value (as of the date of purchase right grant) in excess of $25,000 (or local equivalent) per calendar year in the case of offerings intended to comply with Section 423 of the Code; and (b) in no event will the aggregate number of shares subject to purchase rights during a purchase period exceed the number of shares then available under the ESPP or the maximum number of shares available for any single purchase period (as determined by the compensation committee from time to time).

 

The purchase price will be 85% (or such greater percentage as may be determined by the compensation committee prior to the start of any purchase period) of the lesser of (i) the fair market value per share of our common stock as determined on the applicable grant date of the purchase right or (ii) the fair market value per share of our common stock as determined on the applicable purchase period end date (provided that, in no event may the purchase price be less than the par value per share of our common stock). The compensation committee may determine prior to a purchase period to calculate the purchase price for such period solely by reference to the fair market value of a share on the applicable purchase period end date or applicable grant date of the purchase right, or based on the greater (rather than the lesser) of such values.

 

A participant’s purchase right to purchase shares of common stock during a purchase period will be exercised automatically on the purchase period end date for that purchase period unless the participant withdraws at least thirty days prior to the end of the purchase period or his or her participation is terminated. On the purchase period end date, a participant’s purchase right will be exercised to purchase that number of shares which the accumulated contributions in his or her account at that time will purchase at the applicable purchase price, but not in excess of the number of shares subject to the purchase right or other ESPP terms. Subject to the terms of the ESPP, a purchase right will generally terminate on the earlier of the date of the participant’s termination of employment or the last day of the applicable purchase period.

 

Rights as Stockholder. A participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to our shares that the participant has a purchase right to purchase in any offering until those shares are issued to the participant.

 

Rights Not Transferable. A participant’s rights under the ESPP will be exercisable only by the participant and are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

Effect of a Change in Control; Adjustments. If there is any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock because of a merger, change in control (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization involving Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., or if our board of directors declares a stock dividend, stock split distributable in shares of common stock or reverse stock split, other distribution or combination or reclassification of our common stock, or if there is a similar change in the capital stock structure of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. affecting our common stock, then the number and type of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP will be correspondingly adjusted and, subject to applicable law, the compensation committee will make such adjustments to purchase rights or to any ESPP provision as the compensation committee deems equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of purchase rights or as may otherwise be advisable. In addition, in the event of a change in control, the compensation committee’s discretion includes, but is not limited to, the authority to provide for any of, or a combination of any of, the following:

 

177


Table of Contents

 

•
assumption or substitution of purchase rights by a successor entity (or parent or subsidiary of such successor);
•
selection of a date on which all outstanding purchase rights will be exercised on or before the consummation date of the change in control;
•
termination of outstanding purchase rights and refund of accumulated contributions to each participant prior to the change in control; or
•
continuation of outstanding purchase rights unchanged.

 

Amendment and Termination. The ESPP may be amended, altered, suspended and/or terminated at any time by our board of directors; provided, that approval of an amendment to the ESPP by our stockholders will be required to the extent, if any, that stockholder approval of such amendment is required by applicable law. The compensation committee may (subject to the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the ESPP) amend, alter, suspend and/or terminate any purchase right granted under the ESPP, prospectively or retroactively, but (except as otherwise provided in the ESPP) such amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of a purchase right may not, without the written consent of a participant with respect to an outstanding purchase right, materially adversely affect the rights of the participant with respect to the purchase right. In addition, the compensation committee has unilateral authority to (a) subject to the provisions of Section 423 of the Code, amend the ESPP and any purchase right (without participant consent) to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or changes in applicable law and (b) make adjustments to the terms and conditions of purchase rights in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting us or any parent or subsidiary corporation (each as defined under Section 424 of the Code), or our financial statements (or those of any parent or subsidiary corporation), or of changes in applicable law, or accounting principles, if the compensation committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits intended to be made available under the ESPP or necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable accounting principles or applicable law.

Jersey Mike’s Shared Ownership Plan

Following the Sponsor Acquisition, we implemented the Jersey Mike’s Shared Ownership Plan (“SOP”). Under the terms of the SOP, certain employees are eligible for an award (the “SOP Award”) that becomes payable upon meeting both a service condition (the “SOP Service Condition”) and a liquidity event condition defined to be either a change of control or an equity sale that results in our Sponsor ceasing to own at least 50% of its original equity interests in the Company. Franchisees and their employees, employees of corporate-owned stores, and any employees who participate in another long-term incentive or equity incentive program are not eligible to participate in the SOP. The SOP Service Condition requires that the employee be continuously employed with the Company for at least one year (pro-rated for certain participants) prior to the liquidity event and remain employed with the Company through the payment date of the SOP Award. The ultimate SOP Award earned will be determined at the time of a liquidity event based on the return multiple that the Sponsor receives in respect of the Sponsor’s investment. The amount of a SOP Award can range from $0 up to a maximum of 200% of annual eligible compensation (measured immediately prior to the liquidity event). The Company may pay the SOP Award in cash, or at the Company’s discretion, in equity securities

Treatment of Existing Equity Interests

All Class B Units held by Continuing Incentive Unitholders, including Messrs. Morrison, and McLester and Mses. Allen, Peterson and Mercado, will be converted into Incentive Units in connection with the Reclassification, as described above in “Organizational Structure.” The Incentive Units will be subject to the same terms and conditions as applied to the Class B Units immediately prior to the Reclassification, except with respect to the waiver of certain call rights, as described in “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Equity Awards.” In addition, subject to certain restrictions, pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the holders of vested Incentive Units will have the right to convert their vested Incentive Units into a number of Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a function of the “spread value” of such vested Incentive Units, i.e. the amount by which the market value of a Common Unit (based on the public trading price of a share of Class A common stock) exceeds the applicable participation threshold of such Incentive Unit. The applicable participation threshold is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.

178


Table of Contents

 

Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. An unvested Incentive Unit will not be exchangeable unless and until such Incentive Unit vests. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

179


Table of Contents

 

The agreements described in this section, or forms of such agreements as they will be in effect at the time of this offering, to the extent required, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with our Sponsor that, among other things, permits our Sponsor to designate an agreed number of individuals as directors (such directors, the “Designated Directors” and each, a “Designated Director”), such that, the number of Designated Directors serving as directors of our company will be equal to: if our Sponsor and its affiliates together continue to beneficially own: (i) at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, assuming exchange of all Common Units, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (ii) at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, assuming exchange of all Common Units, the lowest whole number that is greater than 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (iii) at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, assuming exchange of all Common Units, the lowest whole number that is greater than 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (iv) at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, assuming exchange of all Common Units, the lowest whole number that is greater than 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; and (v) at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, assuming exchange of all Common Units, the lowest whole number that is greater than 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. In addition, for so long as our Sponsor and its affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, assuming exchange of all Common Units, our Sponsor will have the right to appoint a non-voting observer to attend meetings of our board of directors.

In addition, the stockholders agreement will permit our Sponsor and its affiliates to assign their rights and obligations under the agreement, in whole or in part. Furthermore, the stockholders agreement requires us to cooperate with our Sponsor in connection with certain future pledges, hypothecations, grants of security interest in, or transfers (including to third party investors) of any or all of the Class A common stock or Common Units held by our Sponsor, including to banks or financial institutions as collateral or security for loans, advances or extensions of credit.

Although our Sponsor and its affiliates may be permitted to designate a certain number of individuals pursuant to the foregoing provisions, there is no requirement that our Sponsor and its affiliates designate all (or any) such individuals. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has been advised by our Sponsor that at the time of the offering, our Sponsor intends to designate three directors (Mr. Staub, Mr. Kestnbaum and Mr. Rinker) to our board of directors. For so long as the stockholders agreement remains in effect, Designated Directors may be removed only with the consent of our Sponsor and/or its affiliates that designated such Designated Director. Moreover, our Sponsor and its affiliates have certain customary information rights pursuant to the stockholders agreement.

We will also agree to indemnify and hold harmless our Sponsor, its affiliates and their respective agents and representatives to the fullest extent permitted by law against certain liabilities arising out of third-party actions related to our Sponsor's or its affiliates' ownership of our securities, control or ability to influence us, or our business and operations, and to advance expenses in connection therewith, subject to limited exceptions.

Exchange Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions, we will enter into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with the Continuing Unitholders pursuant to which each holder of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) (or certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and reclassifications, except that in certain circumstances, the Company may elect to settle such exchanges with the cash proceeds of a concurrent primary issuance of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Upon the settlement of any exchange, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each

180


Table of Contents

 

such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. Class A common stock received upon such exchanges during the applicable restricted periods described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements,” would be subject to the restrictions described in such section. As a holder exchanges Common Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of Common Units held by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Common Units.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Offering Transactions, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our Principal Stockholders, which will provide our Principal Stockholders and their respective affiliates with customary “demand” registrations and “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights agreement also will provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against (or make contributions in respect of) certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.

Sponsor Acquisition

On November 8, 2024, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems entered into an equity purchase agreement (the “Equity Purchase Agreement”) with Submarine Buyer LLC (the “Buyer”), a Delaware limited liability company controlled by affiliates of our Sponsor, and certain other parties thereto. Pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement, Original 56ers, Inc. (formerly named Jersey Mike’s Inc.) and certain other affiliated entities holding equity interests in Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems (“Sellers”) formed a new Delaware limited liability company, Jersey Mike’s Holdings, to indirectly hold 100% of the equity interests of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems (the “Transaction”). On January 16, 2025, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems was acquired by the Buyer as a new portfolio investment for a purchase price of $6.3 billion, which includes a 10% non-controlling interest attributable to shares retained by the Sellers and a maximum additional $250 million in cash once 4,000 Jersey Mike’s stores are operational worldwide or upon a change in control event. While initially recorded as a contingent consideration liability by the Buyer, the obligation is being transferred to Jersey Mike’s Holdings in connection with the Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information—Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information—Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet—Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions Adjustments.”

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 90% of certain tax benefits, if any, that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis in certain Jersey Mike’s Holdings’ assets acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments to certain tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a result of sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) in connection with or after this offering, (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis) of the Blocker Companies, which Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. acquires in connection with this offering, and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. Sales or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) by Continuing Unitholders to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis, and the tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions available to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state, and local tax that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. It is possible that the IRS may challenge all or part of the validity of such tax basis or other tax attributes covered by the tax receivable agreement, and a court could sustain such a challenge. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in this offering and the increase in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon purchases or exchanges of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of Class A common stock may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Actual tax benefits realized by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may differ from tax benefits

181


Table of Contents

 

calculated under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the tax receivable agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. The payment obligation under the tax receivable agreement is an obligation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and not of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the cash tax benefits will be generally computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to the amount of such taxes that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would have been required to pay had it not had use of the tax attributes covered by the tax receivable agreement. The actual and hypothetical tax liabilities determined in the tax receivable agreement will be calculated using the actual U.S. federal income tax rate in effect for the applicable period and an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate based on apportionment factors for the applicable period (along with the use of certain other assumptions). The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, certain changes of control occur (as described in more detail below), upon a breach by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. of a material obligation under the tax receivable agreement, or upon certain events of insolvency, in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. The payment to be made upon an early termination of the tax receivable agreement will generally equal the present value of payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement using certain assumptions. Payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the pre-IPO owners. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The increase in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon the purchase or exchange of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of Class A common stock, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

•
the timing of purchases or exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings at the time of each purchase or exchange. In addition, the increase in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis acquired upon the future exchange of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) for shares of Class A common stock will vary depending on the amount of remaining existing tax basis at the time of such purchase or exchange;
•
the price of shares of Class A common stock at the time of the purchase or exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, is directly proportional to the price of shares of Class A common stock at the time of the purchase or exchange;
•
the extent to which such purchases or exchanges do not result in a basis adjustment—if a purchase or an exchange does not result in an increase to existing basis, increased deductions will not be available;
•
the amount of tax attributes—the amount of applicable tax attributes of the Blocker Companies at the time of the Blocker Transfers will impact the amount and timing of payments under the tax receivable agreement;
•
changes in tax rates—payments under the tax receivable agreement will be calculated using the actual U.S. federal income tax rate in effect for the applicable period and an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate, so changes in the tax rates will impact the magnitude of cash tax benefits covered by the tax receivable agreement and the amount of payments under the tax receivable agreement; and

182


Table of Contents

 

•
the amount and timing of our income—Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is obligated to pay 90% of the cash tax benefits under the tax receivable agreement as and when realized. If Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. does not have taxable income (calculated before the impact of tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement), Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. is generally not required (absent a change of control or certain circumstances requiring an early termination payment by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for a taxable year in which it does not have such taxable income, because no cash tax benefits will have been realized. However, any tax attributes that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in cash tax benefits that will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

We expect that as a result of the size of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in this offering (including such existing tax basis acquired from the Blocker Companies pursuant to the Blocker Transfers), the increase in Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s allocable share of existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustment to certain tangible and intangible assets of Jersey Mike’s Holdings upon the purchase or exchange of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) in connection with or after this offering and our possible utilization of certain tax attributes (including any existing tax basis), the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax benefits that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or if distributions to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. by Jersey Mike’s Holdings are not sufficient to permit Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Late payments under the tax receivable agreement generally will accrue interest at an uncapped rate equal to one year SOFR plus 500 basis points. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the pre-IPO owners.

In addition, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early by making an immediate payment to the parties to the tax receivable agreement equal to the present value of all anticipated future cash tax benefits with respect to all Common Units. In determining such anticipated future cash tax benefits, the tax receivable agreement includes several assumptions, including that (i) any Common Units (including Common Units issued or that would have been issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax benefits, (iii) Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change in control, (iv) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (v) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax benefits are discounted at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum and (ii) one year SOFR (or its successor rate) plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering and that one year SOFR were to be 3.6%, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $1,447 million if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.

Furthermore, in the event of certain changes of control, upon a breach by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. of a material obligation under the tax receivable agreement or upon certain events of insolvency, the obligations of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would be automatically accelerated and be immediately due and payable, and Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax benefit with respect to all Common Units, calculated based on the valuation assumptions described above. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. As a result, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax benefits that Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement or that are prior to the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. Changes in law or changes in tax rates following the date of acceleration may also result in payments being made in excess of the future tax benefits, if any.

183


Table of Contents

 

Decisions made by our pre-IPO owners in the course of running our business may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange generally will accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on complex tax reporting positions that we will determine. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement are successfully challenged by the IRS, although such amounts may reduce our future obligations, if any, under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s cash tax benefits.

Jersey Mike’s Holdings Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement

As a result of the Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will directly or indirectly hold Common Units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings and will be the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Accordingly, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, and, through Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

Pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of Common Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of Common Units and any participating Incentive Units (as described below) pro rata, in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units or Incentive Units, as applicable, held. Incentive Units initially will not be entitled to receive distributions (other than tax distributions) until holders of Common Units have received a minimum return as provided in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. However, Incentive Units will have the benefit of adjustment provisions that will reduce the participation threshold for distributions in respect of which they do not participate until there is no participation threshold, at and after which time the Incentive Units would participate pro rata with distributions on Common Units.

The Continuing Unitholders (including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) will incur U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes on their allocable share of any taxable income of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Net profits and net losses of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will generally be allocated to its holders (including Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.) pro rata, in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units held, except as otherwise required by law. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of the Common Units if Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., as the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, determines that a holder, by reason of holding Common Units, incurs an income tax liability. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Jersey Mike’s Holdings allocated to the holder of Common Units that receives the greatest proportionate allocation of income multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state, and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporation residing in New York, New York, whichever is higher. Tax distributions will be pro rata as among the Common Units.

Subject to certain restrictions, pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the holders of vested Incentive Units will have the right to convert their vested Incentive Units into a number of Common Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as a function of the “spread value” of such vested Incentive Units, i.e. the amount by which the market value of a Common Unit (based on the public trading price of a share of Class A common stock) exceeds the applicable participation threshold of such Incentive Unit. The applicable participation threshold is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Common Units received upon conversion will be exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class A common stock of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in accordance with the terms of the exchange agreement. An unvested Incentive Unit will not be exchangeable unless and until such Incentive Unit vests.

184


Table of Contents

 

The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings will also provide that expenses incurred by or attributable to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including income tax expenses of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., will generally be borne by Jersey Mike’s Holdings.

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the closing of the Sponsor Acquisition, our Founder and Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems entered into a Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems provides our Founder with various specified services on a transitional basis at cost. There has been no such services performed and, therefore, there were no payments made or expected to be paid by our Founder under this agreement, which expired on January 16, 2026.

Services and Information Agreements

In connection with the closing of the Sponsor Acquisition, Jersey Mike’s Holdings and Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems entered into an administrative services agreement (the “Administrative Services Agreement”) with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. and Blackstone Private Investments Advisors L.L.C. (collectively, “BX Management”) and an investor information agreement (together with the Administrative Services Agreement, the “Services and Information Agreements”) with Blackstone Capital Partners IX L.P. and Blackstone Private Equity Strategies Fund L.P. (collectively, “BX Funds”). Under the Services and Information Agreements, Jersey Mike’s Holdings pays or reimburses BX Management, BX Funds and their affiliates for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred on behalf of or in connection with the monitoring and evaluation of the operations of Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Jersey Mike’s Holdings also indemnifies each of BX Management and certain of its related persons against, among other things, losses and liabilities incurred in connection with or as a result of the services provided to Jersey Mike’s Holdings or its affiliates pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement.

We made an approximately $2 million payment pursuant to the Services and Information Agreements to BX Management and BX Funds in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 related to the reimbursement of recruiting and other costs. No payments were made in the year ended December 28, 2025. The Services and Information Agreements will continue in effect following this offering.

Management Co-Investment

We have entered into unit subscription agreements (“Unit Subscription Agreement”) with certain of our executive officers and members of our board pursuant to which such individuals purchased Class A-2 Units of the Aggregator. The Aggregator in turn purchased the same amount of Class A-2 Units of Jersey Mike’s Holdings at the same price per unit. The following purchases were made pursuant to these Unit Subscription Agreements: On June 13, 2025, Charles R. Morrison, our Chief Executive Officer, purchased Class A-2 Units of the Aggregator at a price of $1.00 per unit for an aggregate investment of $1,000,000; on June 13, 2025, an entity affiliated with Nigel Travis, the Chairman of our board, purchased Class A-2 Units of the Aggregator at a price of $1.00 per unit for an aggregate investment of $1,000,000; on July 14, 2025, Walter C. Tombs, our former Chief Financial Officer, purchased Class A-2 Units of the Aggregator at a price of $1.00 per unit for an aggregate investment of $1,000,000; on September 25, 2025, Fran Horowitz, a member of our board, purchased Class A-2 Units of the Aggregator at a price of $1.19 per unit for an aggregate investment of $595,000; on October 19, 2025, Cheryl S. Miller, a member of our board, purchased Class A-2 Units of the Aggregator at a price of $1.19 per unit for an aggregate investment of $750,000; and on February 24, 2026, Michele Allen, our Chief Financial Officer, purchased Class A-2 Units of the Aggregator at a price of $1.31 per unit for an aggregate investment of $500,000.

Franchise Owner Relationships

Certain entities that own and operate stores are controlled by related persons and/or members of their immediate families or affiliated entities, including Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, and Walter C. Tombs, our former Chief Financial Officer. These related persons operate stores under franchise agreements on terms that are generally consistent with those offered to other franchise owners. Royalty revenues earned from these related persons franchise agreements represented less than 1% for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026, approximately 1% of

185


Table of Contents

 

total revenue for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and less than 2% of total revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

In addition, on December 31, 2025, we entered into a master franchise and operating agreement with the Master Franchisee, an entity controlled by Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, pursuant to which we granted the Master Franchisee the right to develop, own, operate and subfranchise a minimum of 300 stores in the United Kingdom and Ireland over a ten-year development term (subject to extensions in accordance with the agreement). The Master Franchisee is obligated to comply with a development schedule that specifies the timeline for opening such stores over the initial period of the agreement. The agreement generally reflects terms and conditions comparable to those we enter into with third parties, as described in “Business—‘A Sub Above’—Charting Our Competitive Advantages—Description of Area Development and Franchise Agreements.” Given our Founder’s track record of successful store development and significant investment and execution required to enter our first meaningfully distinct international market outside North America, the agreement includes certain negotiated terms that differ from our standard terms, including with respect to royalties and other payments. We do not expect the impact of these negotiated terms to be material to our results of operations or financial condition over the term of the agreement. We did not receive any payments pursuant to this franchise agreement in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and year ended December 28, 2025.

On January 23, 2026, we acquired ten franchised stores for aggregate consideration of $23 million pursuant to an asset purchase agreement by and between Robert Cancro, the son of Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, and Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”). The Asset Purchase Agreement was entered into on terms generally consistent with those offered to other franchise owners in comparable transactions. In connection with our acquisition of the Manasquan store per the Asset Purchase Agreement, we assumed the lease for the store premises from TL Squan LLC, an entity of which Robert Cancro is the managing member. The landlord under the assumed lease is an entity controlled by Robert Cancro. See “—Other Transactions” for additional information.

Employment Relationships

Prior to the Sponsor Acquisition, certain family members of Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, were employed by the Company in various roles and received compensation in excess of $120,000 from the Company as follows for the years ended December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and 2023: John Cancro, Mr. Cancro’s brother, received total compensation of approximately $20,019,231, $519,231 and $500,000, respectively; Paul J. Cancro, Mr. Cancro’s son, received total compensation of approximately $8,001, $216,022 and $208,023, respectively; Robert Cancro, Mr. Cancro’s son, received total compensation of approximately $38,462, $1,038,462 and $1,000,000, respectively; Tatiana Cancro, Mr. Cancro’s wife, received total compensation of approximately $11,538, $311,539 and $300,000, respectively; Caroline Jones, Mr. Cancro’s daughter, received total compensation of approximately $38,462, $1,038,462 and $1,000,000, respectively; Alexandra Powers, Mr. Cancro’s sister-in-law, received total compensation of approximately $0, $1,165,437 and $0; Daniel Powers, Mr. Cancro’s brother-in-law, received total compensation of approximately $30,213,462, $1,793,952 and $0; John Tesauro Jr., Mr. Cancro’s brother-in-law, received total compensation of approximately $0, $0 and $2,429,628, respectively; and Phillip Sivolobov, Mr. Cancro’s stepson, received total compensation of approximately $50,011,538, $311,539 and $276,923, respectively. None of these individuals received any compensation from the Company in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026.

 

Corporate Aircraft

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, an aircraft was transferred to an entity controlled by Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, for approximately $41 million. Concurrently with such purchase, we entered into an amended employment agreement with Mr. Cancro, dated January 15, 2025, pursuant to which we provided Mr. Cancro an additional fixed amount of $166,666.66 per month in light of the business expenses incurred by Mr. Cancro related to air transportation to travel from time to time for business purposes. In connection with Mr. Cancro’s resignation on April 28, 2025, Mr. Cancro is no longer entitled to receive these payments. For the year ended December 28, 2025, approximately $2 million was paid to our Founder related to this agreement.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the

186


Table of Contents

 

Class A common stock being offered for sale, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. We will offer those shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States and in various countries. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the sales will be made by the representatives through a directed share program. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. Any directors and officers buying shares of Class A common stock through the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period with respect to such shares. We have agreed to indemnify the representatives in connection with the directed share program, including for the failure of any participant to pay for its shares of Class A common stock. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of Class A common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program.

Other Transactions

We lease certain properties from related persons and/or members of their immediate families or affiliated entities. These related persons lease arrangements include (i) lease agreements each dated January 16, 2025 with Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, 2251 Landmark Place, LLC and 2271 Landmark Place, LLC, of which Mr. Cancro is the managing member and (ii) an assignment and assumption of lease agreement with PRCC Group I, dated January 20, 2026, an entity of which Robert Cancro is a member, the son of Mr. Cancro. Aggregate rent expense under these arrangements totaled less than $1 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and approximately $1 million for the year ended December 28, 2025. The leases with 2251 Landmark Place, LLC and 2271 Landmark Place, LLC are expected to expire on December 31, 2029, and the lease with PRCC Group I is expected to expire on May 22, 2030, in each case subject to the exercise by the respective tenant of any renewal options contained therein.

In addition, we periodically provided limited guarantees or other forms of financial support for franchise owners, including guarantees of payment obligations under lease agreements for certain stores owned by related persons, including Peter Cancro, our Founder and a member of our board, members of his family and affiliated entities. As of December 28, 2025, the maximum potential undiscounted payments we could be required to make under these lease guarantees is approximately $2 million. In the event of default by a franchise owner under a lease agreement for which we have provided a guarantee, we have the right to pursue reimbursement from the franchise owner or any amounts paid under the guarantee. During the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the periods January 16 through December 28, 2025 and January 1 through January 15, 2025 and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no payments under these lease guarantees.

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person transaction policy.” Our related person transaction policy will require that a “related person” (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our General Counsel or Chief Financial Officer any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction or any series of similar transactions, arrangement or relationships that would be required to be disclosed by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had, has, or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. Our General Counsel or Chief Financial Officer will then promptly communicate that information to our audit committee. No related person transaction entered into following the completion of this offering will be executed without the approval or ratification of our audit committee. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We have entered, or will enter, into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and certain officers. The indemnification agreements, together with our amended and restated bylaws, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions. The indemnification agreements, together with our amended and restated bylaws, will also require us to advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by our directors and officers in defending against proceedings to which they are or are threatened to be made a party or participant, to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to limited exceptions.

187


Table of Contents

 

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

188


Table of Contents

 

Principal AND SELLING Stockholders

The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock by (1) the selling stockholders, (2) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., (3) each of our directors, our director nominee and named executive officers and (4) all of our directors, our director nominee and executive officers as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock outstanding before the offering set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock after the offering set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after the offering. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. The following tables do not reflect any shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased pursuant to our directed share program described under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.” If any shares are purchased by our existing principal stockholders, directors, executive officers or their affiliated entities, the number and percentage of shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by them after this offering will differ from those set forth in the following tables.

In connection with this offering, we will issue to each Continuing Common Unitholder one share of Class B common stock for each Common Unit such Continuing Common Unitholder beneficially owns immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Upon conversion of vested Incentive Units for Common Units, the converting holders will also receive an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. Upon an exchange by any such Continuing Unitholder of Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” As a result, the number of shares of our Class B common stock listed in the table below correlates to the number of Common Units each Continuing Unitholder beneficially owns. The Continuing Common Unitholders will hold all of the initially outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights but will entitle each holder to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally, with the number of shares of Class B common stock held by each Continuing Unitholder being equal to the number of Common Units held by each such Continuing Unitholder.

189


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1)

 

Class B Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1)

 

Class A Common Stock
to be Sold in this Offering
(2)

 

Combined Voting Power(3)

 

Prior to the Offering
Transactions

 

After the Offering
Transactions Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is Not Exercised

 

After the Offering
Transactions Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is Exercised in Full

 

Prior to the Offering
Transactions

 

After the Offering
Transactions Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is Not Exercised

 

After the Offering
Transactions Assuming
Underwriters’ Option
is Exercised in Full

 

Assuming
Under-
writers’
Option
is Not
Exercised

 

Assuming
Under-
writers’
Option
is
Exercised
in Full

 

Prior to the
Offering
Transactions

 

After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Under-
writers’
Option is Not
Exercised

 

After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Under-
writers’
Option is
Exercised
in Full

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Number

 

Percentage

Blackstone(4)

 

182,051,736

 

85.7%

 

162,251,578

 

69.7%

 

157,903,081

 

67.4%

 

60,435,966

 

66.1%

 

53,842,047

 

63.5%

 

52,393,895

 

62.9%

 

26,394,077

 

32,190,726

 

79.8%

 

68.0%

 

66.2%

Abu Dhabi Investment Authority(5)

 

30,332,231

 

14.3%

 

27,030,656

 

11.6%

 

26,305,566

 

11.2%

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

3,301,575

 

4,026,665

 

10.0%

 

8.5%

 

8.3%

Charles R. Morrison

 

118

 

*

 

118

 

*

 

118

 

*

 

93,492

 

*

 

93,492

 

*

 

93,492

 

*

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

*

 

*

Michele Allen

 

43

 

*

 

43

 

*

 

43

 

*

 

18,675

 

*

 

18,675

 

*

 

18,675

 

*

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

*

 

*

Stacy Peterson

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Scott G. McLester

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Betsy J. Mercado

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Walter C. Tombs

 

118

 

*

 

118

 

*

 

118

 

*

 

61,522

 

*

 

61,522

 

*

 

61,522

 

*

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

*

 

*

Nigel Travis(6)

 

118

 

*

 

118

 

*

 

118

 

*

 

52,797

 

*

 

52,797

 

*

 

52,797

 

*

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

*

 

*

Matthew Bromberg

 

—

—

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

-

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Peter Cancro(7)

 

72,072

 

*

 

72,072

 

*

 

72,072

 

*

 

30,274,744

 

33.1%

 

30,274,744

 

35.7%

 

30,274,744

 

36.3%

 

—

 

—

 

10.0%

 

9.6%

 

9.6%

Fran Horowitz

 

59

 

*

 

59

 

*

 

59

 

*

 

25,199

 

*

 

25,199

 

*

 

25,199

 

*

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

*

 

*

David N. Kestnbaum

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Cheryl S. Miller

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Devon L. Rinker

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Michael J. Staub

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Directors, director nominee and executive officers as a group (14 persons)

 

72,410

 

*

 

72,410

 

*

 

72,410

 

*

 

30,464,906

 

33.3%

 

30,464,906

 

35.9%

 

30,464,906

 

36.5%

 

—

 

—

 

10.0%

 

9.6%

 

9.6%

 

* Represents less than 1%.

(1)
Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, Common Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis after the completion of this offering, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and reclassifications, except that in certain circumstances, the Company may elect to settle such exchanges with the cash proceeds of a concurrent primary issuance of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Upon the settlement of any exchange, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” The Continuing Unitholders will hold all of the initially issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, and the number of shares of our Class B common stock listed in the table above correlates to the number of Common Units each Continuing Unitholder beneficially owns. Beneficial ownership of shares of our Class B common stock reflected in this table has not been also reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which Common Units may be exchanged.
(2)
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will issue to the selling stockholders 29,695,652 shares of our Class A common stock (or 36,217,391 shares of our Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) in exchange for an equivalent number of outstanding Common Units, all of which will be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering.
(3)
Represents percentage of voting power of the shares eligible to vote in the election of directors of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”
(4)
The Blackstone funds that are selling stockholders in this offering are Submarine Buyer LLC and Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P. (collectively, the “Blackstone Funds”). They are offering 6,593,919 shares and 19,800,158 shares, respectively. Reflects 143,699 shares of Class A common stock and 53,842,047 shares of Class B common stock directly held by Submarine Buyer LLC and 162,107,879 shares of Class A common stock directly held by Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P. It is expected that the Blackstone Funds will act as selling stockholders with respect to the shares they directly hold and the shares that they receive in exchange for Common Units.

Submarine Buyer Holdco LLC is the sole member of Submarine Buyer LLC. Boardwalk I Aggregator L.P. is the managing member of Submarine Buyer Holdco LLC.

BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C. is the general partner of Boardwalk I Aggregator L.P. and Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P.



Blackstone Management Associates IX L.P. is the managing member of BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C. BMA IX L.L.C. is the general partner of Blackstone Management Associates IX L.P. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is the managing member of BMA IX L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings I/II GP L.L.C. is the general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. Blackstone Inc. is the sole member of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP L.L.C. The sole holder of the Series II preferred stock of Blackstone Inc. is

190


Table of Contents

 

Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the securities directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings) disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The address of Mr. Schwarzman and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is c/o Blackstone Inc., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. Certain of the Blackstone Funds may pledge, hypothecate, or grant security interests in any or all of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by them pursuant to a margin loan agreement with customary default provisions. In the event of a default under any such margin loan agreement, including, without limitation, the failure to maintain a required LTV of the collateral ratio or for the borrower to satisfy certain payments required under such margin loan, the lenders may foreclose upon any and all of the pledged securities and may seek recourse against the borrowers. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A Common Stock—If we or our pre-IPO owners sell additional shares of our Class A common stock after this offering or are perceived by the public markets as intending to sell them, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

(5)
Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (“ADIA”), directly or through one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including primarily Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited (“Platinum Falcon”), a restricted scope company incorporated in the Abu Dhabi Global Market, may be deemed to share the power to dispose of 27,030,656 shares of Class A common stock held directly by Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P. reported in footnote (4) above. ADIA does not directly own any of our shares. ADIA is a public institution established by the Government of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi. The address for ADIA is 211 Corniche Street, P.O. Box 3600, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates and the address for Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited is Level 26, Al Khatem Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. By reason of its ownership of Platinum Falcon and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, ADIA may also be deemed to share investment and voting power over and, therefore, beneficial ownership of, the shares held directly by Platinum Falcon.
(6)
Reflects 118 shares of Class A common stock and 50,300 shares of Class B common stock held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Travis’ family, of which Mr. Travis’ spouse has the right to remove and replace the trustee.
(7)
Reflects (1) 70,516 shares of Class A common stock and 29,619,456 shares of Class B common stock directly held by Original 56ers Inc. over which Mr. Cancro has investment and voting power and (2) 1,556 shares of Class A common stock and 655,288 shares of Class B common stock directly held by trusts for which Mr. Cancro has investment and voting power over the shares held by such trusts.

For information relating to our material relationships and related person transactions with the principal and selling stockholders, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

 

191


Table of Contents

 

Description of Certain Indebtedness

The following section summarizes the terms of our material principal indebtedness.

Securitization Notes

The Master Issuer completed a series of securitized financing transactions pursuant to the Indenture and the related guarantee and collateral agreement.

Series 2019-1 Notes

On December 23, 2019, the Master Issuer issued $500 million Series 2019-1 4.433% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2019-1 Notes”). A portion of the net proceeds of the Series 2026-1 Notes were used to redeem any outstanding amounts under the Series 2019-1 Notes in full.

Series 2021-1 Notes

On December 9, 2021, the Master Issuer issued $500 million senior secured notes (the “Series 2021-1 Notes”) in two tranches, Series 2021-1 2.891% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (the “Series 2021-1 Class A-2-I Notes”) and Series 2021-1 2.493% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (the “Series 2021-1 Class A-2-II Notes”), each with initial principal amounts of $250 million, respectively. Interest and principal payments are payable on a quarterly basis. A portion of the net proceeds of the Series 2026-1 Notes were used to redeem outstanding amounts under the Series 2021-1 Class A-2-I Notes in full. The anticipated repayment date of the Series 2021-1 Class A-2-II Notes is February 2029, and the final maturity date is in February 2052.

Series 2024-1 Notes

On December 18, 2024, the Master Issuer issued (i) $750 million Series 2024-1 5.636% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2024-1 Class A-2 Notes”), and (ii) $100 million Series 2024-1 Variable Funding Senior Secured Notes, Class A-1 (the “Series 2024-1 Class A-1 Notes”, and together with the Series 2024-1 Class A-2 Notes, the “Series 2024-1 Notes”). The Series 2024-1 Class A-1 Notes are available to be drawn by the Master Issuer on a revolving basis for general corporate purposes and for the issuance of letters of credit subject to the terms of the Indenture and the variable funding note purchase agreement. The Series 2024-1 Class A-1 Notes accrue interest at a variable interest rate based on (i) the Prime Rate (as defined in the Indenture), (ii) overnight federal funds rates, (iii) a SOFR rate for U.S. Dollars (or any replacement thereof agreed to pursuant to the terms of the variable funding note purchase agreement) or (iv) with respect to advances made by conduit investors, the weighted average cost of, or related to, the issuance of commercial paper allocated to fund or maintain such advances, in each case plus any applicable margin and as specified in the variable funding note purchase agreement. Interest and principal payments on the Series 2024-1 Notes are payable on a quarterly basis. The anticipated repayment date of the Series 2024-1 Notes is in February 2032 and the final maturity date of the Series 2024-1 Notes is in February 2055.

Series 2025-1 Notes

On July 24, 2025, the Master Issuer issued $400 million Series 2025-1 5.610% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2025-1 Notes”). Interest and principal payments are payable on a quarterly basis; the anticipated repayment date of the Series 2025-1 Notes is August 2032 and the final maturity date is August 2055.

Series 2026-1 Notes

On February 9, 2026, the Master Issuer issued (i) the Series 2026-1 Class A-2-I Notes and (ii) the Series 2026-1 Class A-2-II Notes. Interest and principal payments are payable on a quarterly basis. A portion of the net proceeds of the Series 2026-1 Notes were used (i) to redeem any outstanding amounts under the Series 2019-1 Notes and the Series 2021-1 Class A-2-I Notes in full, (ii) to pay certain transaction related fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Series 2026-1 Notes, and (iii) for general corporate purposes, including a dividend to our Sponsor and debt repayment. The anticipated repayment dates of the Series 2026-1 Class A-2-I Notes and Series

192


Table of Contents

 

2026-1 Class A-2-II Notes are in February 2031 and February 2034, respectively, and the final maturity date for the Series 2026-1 Notes is in February 2056. At the Company’s option, up to 50% of the principal balance of the Series 2026-1 Notes can be repaid in conjunction with an equity offering.

Optional Principal Payment

The Series 2021-1 Notes, Series 2024-1 Notes, Series 2025-1 Notes and Series 2026-1 Notes (the “Securitization Notes”) have optional principal payments if a specified leverage ratio, which is a measure of outstanding securitization debt (net of certain cash accounts, eligible investments, and amounts available under letters of credit) to net cash flow, is less than or equal to 5.0x and no rapid amortization event has occurred and is continuing. The leverage ratio is calculated on a quarterly basis, which permits the Master Issuer to elect to make a principal payment or not unless the threshold is exceeded. As of December 28, 2025, the Master Issuer’s leverage ratio was greater than 5.0x, therefore the Master Issuer was required to make a total principal payment of $5 million in February 2026 related to the Securitization Notes.

Covenants

The Securitization Notes are subject to terms and provisions (including covenants and restrictions) usual and customary for whole-business securitization transactions of this nature, including (i) that the Master Issuer maintain specified collection accounts, reserve accounts and other accounts to be used inter alia to make required payments in respect of the Securitization Notes, (ii) provisions relating to optional and mandatory prepayments and the related payment of specified amounts, including specified make-whole payments in the case of the Securitization Notes under certain circumstances, (iii) certain indemnification payments in the event, among other things, the assets pledged as collateral for the Securitization Notes are in stated ways defective or ineffective, and (iv) covenants relating to recordkeeping, access to information, and similar matters. As of March 29, 2026, the Master Issuer was in compliance with all covenants.

If the Master Issuer has not repaid or refinanced the Securitization Notes prior to the respective anticipated repayment dates, additional interest will accrue pursuant to the Indenture.

Collateral

The Securitization Notes are secured by, among other collateral and related assets, a pledge of 100% of the limited liability company interests and stock of the Master Issuer by Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, 100% of the limited liability company interests and stock of certain entities by the Master Issuer, certain intellectual property and related rights owned by or on behalf or, or licensed to or on behalf of, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, the Master Issuer, JM’75, LLC, or A Sub Above, LLC, certain (i) indebtedness owed, (ii) franchise agreements and payments owed in connection therewith, (iii) area development agreements and payments owed in connection therewith, (iv) technology vendor agreements and payments owed in connection therewith, (v) IP license agreements and payments owed in connection therewith, and (vi) store vendor agreements and payments owed in connection therewith.

193


Table of Contents

 

Description of Capital Stock

In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under “Description of Capital Stock,” “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” and “our company” refer to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL. Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 10,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefore, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to the rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of our preferred stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors, and subject to the rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders.

All shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our Class A common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Class B Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election and removal of directors. Upon the occurrence of any split or combination of the Common Units, the issued shares of our Class B common stock will be automatically split or combined into a greater or lesser number of shares of our Class B common stock at the same ratio as such split or combination of the Common Units. Additionally, other than as a result of a split or combination for which an adjustment has been made as outlined in the foregoing sentence, if at any time the ratio at which Common Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which holders of our Class B common stock are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

194


Table of Contents

 

We will issue one share of Class B common stock for each Common Unit held by our Continuing Unitholders and, upon conversion of vested Incentive Units for Common Units, the converting holders will also receive an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. Upon an exchange by any such Continuing Unitholder of Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired.

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law or by the amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law entitles the holders of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and any preferred stock to vote separately as different classes in connection with any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that would increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class or that would alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of such class so as to affect them adversely. As permitted by Delaware law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision which eliminates the separate class vote that the holders of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, or preferred stock would otherwise have with respect to an amendment to the certificate of incorporation increasing or decreasing the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, or preferred stock. Thus, subject to any special or additional voting requirements contained in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the holders of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and preferred stock would vote together as a single class on any amendment to the certificate of incorporation increasing or decreasing the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common, stock or preferred stock. Under Delaware law, depending on the circumstances, any such increase in the authorized number of shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, or preferred stock would require either the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present or a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon.

Holders of our Class B common stock are not entitled to receive dividends (other than dividends payable in the form of additional shares of Class B common stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares) corresponding to analogous dividends on the Class A Common Stock) or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for any restrictions on transfer of shares of Class B common stock other than:

•
the provisions requiring an automatic transfer of shares of Class B common stock to us upon an exchange of the Common Units associated with such shares;
•
the provisions requiring that the holder will not transfer shares of Class B common stock to any person (other than the Company) unless the holder transfers an equal number of Common Units to the same person;
•
the provisions requiring that, in the event the holder transfers Common Units to any person, the holder transfer an equal number of shares of Class B common stock to the same person.

All shares of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class B common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption, or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B common stock. The rights, powers, preferences, and privileges of holders of our Class B common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, and subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by holders of our common stock. Our board of directors is

195


Table of Contents

 

able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

•
the designation of the series;
•
the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in any preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);
•
whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;
•
the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable on shares of such series;
•
the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;
•
the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;
•
the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs or other event;
•
whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible, and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;
•
restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series of our capital stock; and
•
the voting powers, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue one or more series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our Class A common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our Class A common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights or interests of holders of our Class A common stock by restricting dividends on the Class A common stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A common stock, or subordinating the rights of the Class A common stock to distributions upon a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up or other event. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Dividends

The DGCL permits the board of directors of a corporation, subject to any restrictions in the certificate of incorporation, to declare and pay dividends out of the corporation’s “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets is an amount equal to the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, the remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors, except that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that holders of Class B common stock shall not be entitled to any dividends on their shares of Class B common stock (other than dividends payable in the form of additional shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire such shares). See also “Dividend Policy.”

196


Table of Contents

 

Annual Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time, and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings solely by means of remote communications, including by webcast.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the DGCL contain provisions that are summarized in the following paragraphs and that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control, and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as the shares of Class A common stock remain listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or the then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock (we believe the position of the NYSE is that the calculation in this latter case treats as outstanding shares issuable upon exchange of outstanding Common Units not indirectly held by Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.). These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital, or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our board of directors may generally issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock on terms designed to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances in one or more series without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions, and to fund employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of authorized and unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the right of holders of any series of preferred stock, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors and with the directors serving staggered three-year terms, with only one class of directors being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, at any time when our Sponsor ceases to be entitled to designate a Designated Director, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all the

197


Table of Contents

 

then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Business Combinations

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, which is Delaware’s anti-takeover statute that, subject to certain exceptions and approvals, restricts “business combinations,” including specified mergers, asset sales, stock sales, and other transactions, between a corporation and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any interested stockholder (generally defined to mean a person who (x) owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or (y) is an affiliate or associate of us and was the owner of 15% or more of our voting stock within the three-year period before the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an “interested stockholder,” and the affiliates or associates of such person), on the other, for a three-year period following the time the person became an interested stockholder. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

•
prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
•
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or
•
at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and was an affiliate of us. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” generally means any class or series of our stock that is entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. References to a percentage of voting stock in this section refer to the percentage of the votes of such voting stock.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Sponsor and its affiliates, and any of its direct or indirect transferees, and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chair of our board, or the chief executive

198


Table of Contents

 

officer; provided, however, that at any time when our Sponsor is entitled to designate a Designated Director, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chair of the board of directors at the request of our Sponsor. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions will not apply to the parties to the stockholders agreement so long as the agreement remains in effect. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chair of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay, or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.

Stockholder Action by Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit our Class A common stockholders to act by consent in lieu of a meeting unless such action is (i) recommended by all directors then in office or (ii) at any time when our Sponsor is entitled to designate a Designated Director, approved by our Sponsor, but it does provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by holders of our Class B common stock, voting separately as a class, or, to the extent expressly permitted by any certificate of designation relating to one or more series of our preferred stock, by the holders of such series of preferred stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken by consent in lieu of a meeting if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. At any time when our Sponsor ceases to be entitled to designate a Designated Director, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, at any time when our Sponsor ceases to be entitled to designate a Designated Director, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed

199


Table of Contents

 

or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

•
the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws;
•
the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);
•
the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;
•
the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;
•
the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;
•
the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;
•
the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;
•
the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;
•
the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director;
•
the provision regarding forum selection; and
•
the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger, consolidation, statutory conversion or statutory domestication, transfer, or continuance in which we are a constituent entity. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly demand and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion or statutory domestication, transfer, or continuance will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery, plus interest, if any, on the amount determined to be the fair value, from the effective time of the merger, consolidation, statutory conversion or statutory domestication, transfer, or continuance through the date of payment of the judgment.

Stockholders Agreement

We intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with our Sponsor in connection with this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for a description of this agreement. Among other things, this agreement will grant our Sponsor and its affiliates the right to designate an agreed number of individuals to our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation implements provisions of this agreement.

200


Table of Contents

 

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law. To bring such an action, the stockholder must otherwise comply with Delaware law regarding derivative actions, including by making a pre-suit demand on our board of directors or satisfying its burden to show that any pre-suit demand would be futile. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has vested an independent and disinterested litigation demand committee with sole and exclusive authority to consider the merits of any such demands and make decisions and taken actions with respect to any such demands, including whether to initiate a proceeding. This provision may affect a stockholder’s ability to commence or control a derivative proceeding.

Exclusive Forum

To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes forum selection provisions.

More specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf (other than causes of action subject to the Federal Forum Provision as described below); (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, stockholder, or employee of the company to the company or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any cause of action, including any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, arising under the federal securities laws of the United States of America, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Federal Forum Provision”). While Section 22 of the Securities Act creates jurisdiction for U.S. federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware has held that provisions vesting jurisdiction for the resolution of federal securities claims in U.S. federal (and not state) courts are facially valid under Delaware law. It is possible that a court could find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable and, accordingly, we could be required to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions, incur additional costs or otherwise not receive the benefits that we expect our forum selection provisions to provide. Further, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. For the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision described above will not apply to any direct action to enforce rights under the Exchange Act or Securities Act.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of their choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find the Federal Forum Provision in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could harm our business. However, investors cannot waive and will not be deemed to have waived compliance with

201


Table of Contents

 

the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our forum selection provisions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States of America, as applicable, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company or the Company’s directors, officers or other employees.”

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors, or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders, or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. As a consequence of this waiver, none of our Sponsor or any of its affiliates nor any of our directors who are not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both their director and officer capacities) or their affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that our Sponsor or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or themselves or its or their affiliates or for us or our affiliates, as a consequence of this waiver, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in their capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business. The stockholders agreement we will enter into with our Sponsor will also contain provisions providing our Sponsor with access to our corporate information.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and certain officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors and officers for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders to recover monetary damages from a director or officer for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. Under current law, this provision will not limit or eliminate the liability of any officer in any action by or in the right of the Company, including any derivative claim. Further, the exculpation from liability for monetary damages does not apply to any director or officer if the director or officer has breached their duty of loyalty to the corporation and its stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, or derived an improper benefit from their actions as a director or officer. In addition, exculpation does not apply to any director in connection with the authorization of illegal dividends, redemptions or stock repurchases.

Our amended and restated bylaws generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification, and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against

202


Table of Contents

 

directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for shares of our Class A common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “JMKE.”

203


Table of Contents

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined herein) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. Accordingly, the discussion below neither binds the IRS nor the courts, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions. This summary deals only with Class A common stock that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock (other than an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
•
a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
•
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
•
a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, nor does it address the Medicare tax on net investment income, U.S. federal alternative minimum taxes, U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, or the effects of any state, local, or non-United States tax laws. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “foreign controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, tax-qualified retirement plans, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds or persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner of a partnership considering an investment in our Class A common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

In the event that we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our Class A common stock) in respect of shares of our Class A common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our

204


Table of Contents

 

current and accumulated earnings and profits generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted tax basis of a non-U.S. holder’s Class A common stock, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our Class A common stock, the excess will be treated as a capital gain from the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock (the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock”).

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a U.S. person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our Class A common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

•
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);
•
the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
•
we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and certain other conditions are met.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. In addition, if any non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a foreign corporation, the gain realized by such non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

205


Table of Contents

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Distributions paid to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to such distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding on distributions received if such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code) such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code and whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code and whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” an applicable withholding agent may credit the withholding under FATCA against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. While withholding under FATCA would also have applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, proposed United States Treasury regulations (upon which taxpayers may rely until final regulations are issued) eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

206


Table of Contents

 

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A Common Stock—If we or our pre-IPO owners sell additional shares of our Class A common stock after this offering or are perceived by the public markets as intending to sell them, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.”

Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 232,834,177 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or 234,282,329 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). All of these shares of Class A common stock will have been sold in this offering and will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our “affiliates.” Under the Securities Act, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that issuer. The 189,355,916 shares of our Class A common stock held by the Pre-IPO Stockholders (or 184,282,329 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) will be “restricted securities,” as defined in Rule 144 and may not be sold absent registration under the Securities Act or compliance with Rule 144 thereunder or in reliance on another exemption from registration.

In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with the Continuing Unitholders, holders of Common Units (including Common Units issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and reclassifications, except that in certain circumstances, the Company may elect to settle such exchanges with the cash proceeds of a concurrent primary issuance of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock. Upon the settlement of any exchange, an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock held by each such Continuing Unitholder will be automatically transferred to us and cancelled and retired. Upon consummation of this offering, the Continuing Unitholders will hold 84,804,723 Common Units (or 83,356,571 Common Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. Any shares we issue upon exchange of Common Units will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Under applicable SEC guidance, we believe that for purposes of Rule 144 the holding period in such shares will generally include the holding period in the corresponding Common Units exchanged. Moreover, as a result of the registration rights agreement, all or a portion of these shares may be eligible for future sale without restriction, subject to the lock-up arrangements described below. See “—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Our Sponsor may pledge, hypothecate, or grant security interests in any or all of the shares of Class A common stock, shares of Class B common stock and Common Units held by it pursuant to a margin loan agreement. We and our subsidiaries will have no obligations (other than certain administrative obligations) with respect to any such margin loan agreement. Any such margin loan agreement would contain customary default provisions, as well as customary adjustment rights by lenders, required prepayment in the event the trading price of our Class A common stock declines below certain thresholds, and other customary terms. Under any such margin loan agreement, if the price of our Class A common stock declines to certain levels, absent a repayment of the applicable margin loan, the applicable borrower may be required to provide additional collateral. For instance, any such margin loan could be subject to a “margin call” by the lenders if, among other events, the LTV exceeds a certain threshold. In the event of a default under such financing, including, without limitation, the failure to maintain a required LTV or for the borrower to satisfy certain payments required under any such margin loan, the lenders may foreclose upon any and all of the pledged securities if the applicable borrower fails to cure such default. In such case, the lenders may sell the shares of Class A common stock (including shares issued upon exchange of Common Units) they

207


Table of Contents

 

obtain by foreclosure in the open market, or any pledged securities in privately negotiated transactions. The lock-up agreement entered into by our Sponsor with the underwriters does not restrict pledges, charges, hypothecations or granting a security interest in our shares by our Sponsor, the foreclosure by lenders in accordance with the terms of the documentation governing such financing or the sale of our shares by the lenders following any such foreclosure. In addition, from time to time, the borrowers may consider it advisable to sell shares of Class A common stock (including shares issued upon exchange of Common Units) in order to finance the prepayment or repayment of such financings, which number of shares of Class A common stock may, individually or in the aggregate, be significant.

In addition, 10,000,000 shares of Class A common stock may be granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, including shares of Class A common stock issuable following vesting and upon exchange for 491,202 as-converted Incentive Units held by the Continuing Incentive Unitholders with a weighted average participation threshold of $19.74 per unit (assuming an offering price of $23.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). For additional information concerning the awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan that will be outstanding at the time of this offering, see “Summary—The Offering.” In addition, for a description of these grants under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, see “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Omnibus Incentive Plan.” Additionally, 3,500,000 shares of Class A common stock will be reserved for issuance under our ESPP. For a detailed description of the ESPP, see “Management—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—Employee Stock Purchase Plan.” We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock issued under or covered by our Omnibus Incentive Plan and our ESPP. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants, and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers, and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Similarly, the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings permits Jersey Mike’s Holdings to issue an unlimited number of additional limited liability company interests of Jersey Mike’s Holdings with designations, preferences, rights, powers, and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the Common Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

Registration Rights

In connection with the Offering Transactions, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our Principal Stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors, our Principal Stockholders and our pre-IPO owners representing substantially all of the Common Units prior to this offering have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that we and they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge, or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of any two representatives of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as set forth in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

208


Table of Contents

 

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of Rule 144 or to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. In general, six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding and (2) the average weekly trading volume of the shares of Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Any shares we issue upon exchange of Common Units will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Under applicable SEC guidance, we believe that for purposes of Rule 144 the holding period in such shares will generally include the holding period in the corresponding Common Units exchanged.

209


Table of Contents

 

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated in the following table. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

 

Number of Shares of
Class A Common Stock

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

 

Jefferies LLC

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

 

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

 

 

BofA Securities, Inc.

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

 

Evercore Group L.L.C.

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C

 

 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

 

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

 

 

WR Securities, LLC

 

 

Piper Sandler & Co.

 

 

Raymond James & Associates, Inc

 

 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

 

 

TD Securities (USA) LLC

 

 

BTIG, LLC

 

 

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

 

 

SG Americas Securities, LLC

 

 

Truist Securities, Inc.

 

 

Blackstone Securities Partners L.P.

 

 

PJT Partners LP

 

 

Rabo Securities USA, Inc.

 

 

Loop Capital Markets LLC

 

 

Tigress Financial Partners LLC

 

 

Academy Securities, Inc.

 

 

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

 

 

Penserra Securities LLC

 

 

Roberts & Ryan, Inc.

 

 

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

 

 

Total

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional 6,521,739 shares from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. The underwriters do

210


Table of Contents

 

not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 6,521,739 additional shares.

Paid by Us

 

 

No Exercise

 

Full Exercise

Per Share

 

 $

 

 $

Total

 

 $

 

 $

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

 

No Exercise

 

Full Exercise

Per Share

 

 $

 

 $

Total

 

 $

 

 $

 

Shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers and directors and our pre-IPO owners have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of any two representatives of the underwriters.

We have applied to list the shares on the NYSE under the symbol “JMKE.”

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of the business potential and our earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

211


Table of Contents

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the shares of Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $23 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering in an amount up to $50,000. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain fees and expenses related to the offering.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of our shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the Class A common stock being offered for sale, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States and in various countries. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the sales will be made by the representatives through a directed share program. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. Any directors and officers buying shares of Class A common stock through the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period with respect to such shares. We have agreed to indemnify the representatives in connection with the directed share program, including for the failure of any participant to pay for its shares of Class A common stock. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of Class A common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program.

212


Table of Contents

 

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise). The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas, and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates are holders of the Series 2026-1 Notes as of the date of this prospectus. As a result of such holdings, such underwriters and/or such affiliates may receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering upon repayment of the portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Series 2026-1 Notes.

“Wolfe | Nomura Alliance” is the marketing name used by Wolfe Research Securities and Nomura Securities International, Inc. in connection with certain equity capital markets activities conducted jointly by the firms. Both Nomura Securities International, Inc. and WR Securities, LLC are serving as underwriters in the offering described herein. In addition, WR Securities, LLC and certain of its affiliates may provide sales support services, investor feedback, investor education, and/or other independent equity research services in connection with this offering.

Bernstein Institutional Services LLC is serving as selling agent on behalf of SG Americas Securities, LLC in the offering described herein. Bernstein Institutional Services LLC and certain of its affiliates may provide investor feedback, research, market sounding, block monitoring, market intelligence, historical market or trading information, and origination and deal execution support to SG Americas Securities, LLC in connection with this offering and may also provide such services in the general course of business.

Conflicts of Interest

Affiliates of Blackstone Securities Partners L.P. (i) own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock and (ii) will receive proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders and will receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering. Because Blackstone Securities Partners L.P. is an underwriter in this offering and its affiliates (i) own in excess of 10% of our outstanding common stock and (ii) will receive proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders and will receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, Blackstone Securities Partners L.P. is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5121(c), no sales of the shares in this offering will be made to any discretionary account over which Blackstone Securities Partners L.P. exercises discretion without the prior specific written approval of the account holder.

Offering Outside the United States

This offering includes a public offering in the United Kingdom. We do not currently intend to list our Class A common stock on any exchange in such jurisdiction.

213


Table of Contents

 

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no shares of Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation (as defined herein), except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation (as defined herein);
b)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or
c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares of Class A common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares of Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of Class A common stock to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of Class A common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares of Class A common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

United Kingdom

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that the offering of the shares of Class A common stock falls within one of the exceptions specified in Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024 (the “POATRs”) and accordingly there will not be a prospectus prepared or published for the purposes of the POATRs. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus for the purposes of the POATRs.

214


Table of Contents

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not made and will not make an offer of the shares of Class A common stock which are the subject of this prospectus to the public in the United Kingdom except that it may make an offer:

a)
at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs;
b)
at any time to fewer than 150 persons (other than qualified investors as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs) in the United Kingdom subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriter nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or
c)
at any time in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of the shares of Class A common stock to the public in relation to any shares of Class A common stock means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to buy or subscribe for the shares of Class A common stock and the expression “POATRs” means the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”) in connection with the issue or sale of shares of Class A common stock in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not, apply to the Company; and

b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving, the United Kingdom.

Canada

The shares of Class A common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Switzerland

The offering of the shares of Class A common stock in Switzerland is exempt from requirement to prepare and publish a prospectus under the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) because such offering is made to professional clients within the meaning of the FinSA only and the shares of Class A common stock will not be admitted to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute a

215


Table of Contents

 

prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and no such prospectus has been or will be prepared for or in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock.

Hong Kong

The shares of Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (“SFO”) and any rules made under the SFO; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (“CO”) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation, or advertisement relating to the shares of Class A common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and SFO and any rules made under the SFO.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise, or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives, and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

216


Table of Contents

 

Israel

The shares of Class A common stock offered by this document have not been approved or disapproved by the Israel Securities Authority (the “ISA”), nor have such shares of Class A common stock been registered for sale in Israel. The shares of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus that has been approved by the ISA. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with this offering or publishing this document, nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the “Israeli Securities Law”), and has not been filed with or approved by the ISA. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares of Class A common stock is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum (the “Addendum”) to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended, the “FIEA”) and no shares of Class A common stock will be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEA and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, or (ii) to an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA.

United Arab Emirates

The shares of Class A common stock have not been, and will not be, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Center) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Center) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Center) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority, Financial Services Regulatory Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

217


Table of Contents

 

Abu Dhabi Global Market (“ADGM”)

The Abu Dhabi Global Market (“ADGM”), including the Financial Services Regulatory Authority and the Registration Authority does not accept any responsibility for the content of the information included in this prospectus, including the accuracy or completeness of such information. The liability for the content of this prospectus lies with the issuer of this prospectus and other persons, such as experts, whose opinions are included in this prospectus with their consent. The ADGM has also not assessed the suitability of the securities to which this prospectus relates to any particular investor or type of investor. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus or are unsure whether the securities to which this prospectus relates are suitable for your individual investment objectives and circumstances, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This prospectus relates to an exempt offer which is not subject to any form of regulation or approval by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the “DFSA”). The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor has any responsibility for reviewing or verifying any document or other documents in connection with the offering. Accordingly, the DFSA has not approved this prospectus or any other associated documents nor taken any steps to verify the information set out in this prospectus, and has no responsibility for it. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor. In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Brazil

The offer and sale of the shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários, or “CVM”) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No 160, dated 13 July 2022, as amended or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The shares of Class A common stock may only be offered to Brazilian professional investors (as defined by applicable CVM regulation), who may only acquire the securities through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. The trading of these securities on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.

 

China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares of Class A common stock will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

Korea

The shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea (the “FSCMA”), and the decrees and regulations thereunder and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares of Class A common stock may be offered, sold, or delivered, directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea (the “FETL”), and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The shares of Class A common stock have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares of Class A common stock shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of such shares of Class A common stock. By the

218


Table of Contents

 

purchase of the shares of Class A common stock, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

 

Qatar

The shares of Class A common stock described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold, or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

 

219


Table of Contents

 

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons, and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone.

Experts

The financial statements of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC as of December 28, 2025 (successor) and December 31, 2024 (predecessor), and for the periods from January 16 through December 28, 2025 (successor), January 1 through January 15, 2025 (predecessor), and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024 (predecessor), included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. as of February 24, 2026, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and shares of our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance we refer you to the copy or form of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. You may inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is www.sec.gov.

We maintain an internet site at www.jerseymikes.com. The information on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect copies of these materials without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to make available to our Class A common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

220


Table of Contents

 

Index to Financial Statements

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Balance Sheet as of February 24, 2026

F-3

Notes to Balance Sheet

F-4

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Balance Sheet as of March 29, 2026

F-5

Notes to Balance Sheet

F-6

 

 

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-8

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 (Predecessor) and December 28, 2025 (Successor)

F-10

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the Periods Ended January 1 through January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and January 16 through December 28, 2025 (Successor)

F-11

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit) for Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the Periods Ended January 1 through January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and January 16, 2025 through December 28, 2025 (Successor)

F-12

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the Periods Ended January 1 through January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and January 16 through December 28, 2025 (Successor)

F-13

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-14

 

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 29, 2026 (Successor) and December 28, 2025 (Successor)

F-37

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026 (Successor) and the Periods Ended January 1 through January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and January 16 through March 30, 2025 (Successor)

F-38

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit) for the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026 (Successor) and the Periods Ended January 1 through January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and January 16 through March 30, 2025 (Successor)

F-39

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2026 (Successor) and the Periods Ended January 1 through January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and January 16 through March 30, 2025 (Successor)

F-40

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-41

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and Board of Directors of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Company”) as of February 24, 2026, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 24, 2026, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Morristown, New Jersey

April 10, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2026.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

BALANCE SHEET

($ in dollars)

 

 

 

As of

February 24, 2026

Assets

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

1

Total assets

 

$

1

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

—

Total liabilities

 

 

—

Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 100,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

—

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 100,000 shares authorized and 10,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

1

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

1

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

1.
ORGANIZATION

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed and incorporated as a Delaware corporation on February 24, 2026, in anticipation of a potential initial public offering (“IPO”) and related reorganization transactions. Upon consummation of the IPO and related reorganization transactions, the Corporation will be a holding company whose sole asset will consist of equity interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdco, LLC.

2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting and Presentation

The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented because Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has not had any operations to date other than the transaction described below.

3.
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Corporation is authorized to issue 100,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share, and 100,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation in effect as of February 24, 2026, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical. As February 24, 2026, 10,000 shares of Class B common stock were issued and outstanding for an aggregate consideration of $1.00, all of which were held by Jersey Mike’s Holdco, LLC as of February 24, 2026.

4.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

During the normal course of business, the Corporation may be subject to various claims or litigation. While the outcome of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial position.

5.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Corporation has evaluated subsequent events through April 10, 2026, the date on which the balance sheet was available to be issued, and determined there are no significant subsequent events requiring adjustment or disclosure.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

($ in dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

As of

March 29, 2026

 

As of

February 24, 2026

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

1

 

 

1

Total assets

$

1

 

$

1

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

—

 

 

—

Total liabilities

 

—

 

 

—

Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 100,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding

 

—

 

 

—

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 100,000 shares authorized and 10,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

1

 

 

1

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1

 

 

1

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

1

 

$

1

 

F-5


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(Unaudited)

1.
ORGANIZATION

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed and incorporated as a Delaware corporation on February 24, 2026, in anticipation of a potential initial public offering (“IPO”) and related reorganization transactions. Upon consummation of the IPO and related reorganization transactions, the Corporation will be a holding company whose sole asset will consist of equity interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdco, LLC.

2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting and Presentation

The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented because Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. has not had any operations to date other than the transaction described below. The balance sheet is unaudited, and in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025. The results reported in these financial statements should not be taken as indicative of results that may be expected for the entire fiscal year.

Equity Offering Costs

Costs in connection with proposed equity offerings, including its Initial Public Offering, are expensed as incurred and recorded as an expense of Jersey Mike’s Holdco, LLC. Such costs primarily consist of legal, accounting, consulting and other professional fees. Such amounts are included within Selling, general and administrative expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company does not capitalize deferred offering costs on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In the event an equity offering is completed, any previously expensed costs are not reclassified to equity.

Organization Costs

Costs related to the incorporation of the Company will be paid and recorded as an expense of Jersey Mike’s Holdco, LLC.

3.
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Corporation is authorized to issue 100,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share, and 100,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation in effect as of February 24, 2026, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical. As February 24, 2026 and March 29, 2026, 10,000 shares of Class B common stock were issued and outstanding for an aggregate consideration of $1.00, all of which were held by Jersey Mike’s Holdco, LLC as of February 24, 2026 and March 29, 2026, respectively.

4.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

During the normal course of business, the Corporation may be subject to various claims or litigation. While the outcome of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial position.

F-6


Table of Contents

 

5.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Corporation has evaluated subsequent events through July 2, 2026, the date on which the balance sheet was available to be issued, and determined there are no significant subsequent events requiring adjustment or disclosure.

F-7


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Members and the Board of Directors of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 28, 2025 (successor) and December 31, 2024 (predecessor), the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the periods from January 16, 2025 to December 28, 2025 (successor), January 1, 2025 to January 15, 2025 (predecessor), and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024 (predecessor), and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 28, 2025 (successor) and December 31, 2024 (predecessor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods from January 16, 2025 to December 28, 2025 (successor), January 1, 2025 to January 15, 2025 (predecessor), and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024 (predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

 

Accounting for Business Combinations — Refer to Notes 2 and 3 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

During 2025, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC was acquired by Submarine Buyer LLC, a company controlled by the affiliates of Blackstone Inc. The Company accounted for the acquisition under ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), which required the Company to record assets and liabilities assumed at their respective fair market values at the date of acquisition. Submarine Buyer LLC was identified as the accounting acquirer and pushdown accounting was applied to the Company’s financial statements, which required management to measure the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value.

We identified the Company’s conclusion to treat Submarine Buyer LLC as the accounting acquirer and the application of pushdown accounting as a critical audit matter because of the significant audit effort necessary to evaluate the Company’s conclusions and the resulting presentation of the Company’s financial statements and disclosures. This required a higher degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort in auditing the accounting for and presentation of the business combination, including the need to involve professionals in our firm with expertise in applying accounting for business combinations.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s conclusion to treat Submarine Buyer LLC as the accounting acquirer and application of pushdown accounting included the following, among others:

•
We inspected the purchase agreement and other relevant information to evaluate the key terms of the business combination.
•
With the assistance of professionals in our firm with expertise in accounting for business combinations, we evaluated management’s conclusion regarding which entity represented the accounting acquirer and the application of pushdown accounting.
•
We evaluated whether the financial statement presentation and disclosures regarding the business combination were consistent with the accounting conclusions reached and disclosure requirements in ASC 805.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Morristown, New Jersey

April 10, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(amounts in millions)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of

 

 

 

As of

 

 

December 28, 2025

 

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

215

 

 

 

$

811

 

Restricted cash

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

32

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

49

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets(a)

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

10

 

Total current assets

 

 

305

 

 

 

 

902

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

90

 

Trade name

 

 

5,710

 

 

 

 

—

 

Franchise agreements, net and other intangibles

 

 

1,719

 

 

 

 

19

 

Goodwill

 

 

395

 

 

 

 

—

 

Other assets(a)

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

33

 

Total assets

 

$

8,181

 

 

 

$

1,044

 

Liabilities and members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

22

 

 

 

$

19

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities(a)

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

96

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

19

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

134

 

Long term debt, net of current portion

 

 

2,062

 

 

 

 

1,752

 

Other non-current liabilities(a)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

24

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,278

 

 

 

 

1,910

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ equity (deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

6,318

 

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

—

 

Retained deficit

 

 

(423

)

 

 

 

(866

)

Total members’ equity (deficit)

 

 

5,903

 

 

 

 

(866

)

Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

 

$

8,181

 

 

 

$

1,044

 

 

(a)
Refer to Note 15. Related-Party Transactions regarding amounts from related parties.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-10


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(amounts in millions)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenues(a)

 

$

464

 

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

434

 

 

$

371

 

Advertising fees

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

160

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

30

 

Total revenues

 

 

696

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

653

 

 

 

561

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense(a)

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

262

 

Advertising expenses

 

 

207

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

208

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

Company-owned stores expense

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

24

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

545

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

504

 

Operating income

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

57

 

Interest income

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

Interest expense

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

41

 

Other expense, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

22

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

 

(a)
Refer to Note 15. Related-Party Transactions regarding amounts from related parties.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-11


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity (Deficit)

(amounts in millions)

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Contributed
Capital

 

 

Retained
Deficit

 

 

Total
Members’
Deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

$

—

 

 

$

(839

)

 

$

(839

)

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(18

)

Net income

 

 

—

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

 

—

 

 

 

(836

)

 

 

(836

)

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(35

)

Net income

 

 

—

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

 

—

 

 

 

(866

)

 

 

(866

)

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(18

)

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

Balance as of January 15, 2025

 

$

—

 

 

$

(888

)

 

$

(888

)

 

 

Successor

 

 

Share
Capital

 

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

 

Retained
Deficit

 

 

Total
Members’
Equity

 

Balance as of January 16, 2025

 

$

6,317

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

6,317

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

8

 

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(482

)

 

 

(482

)

Capital contributed, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

Net income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

59

 

Balance as of December 28, 2025

 

$

6,318

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

(423

)

 

$

5,903

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-12


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(amounts in millions)

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided
   by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

Amortization of debt discount & deferred financing costs

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

5

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

—

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

26

 

Payment of assumed transaction bonus liability

 

 

(411

)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Other, net

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(210

)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

67

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(47

)

 

 

(3

)

Acquisition of intangible assets

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(5

)

Repayment (issuance) of notes receivable

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(5

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(13

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance securitization debt

 

 

400

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

750

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from borrowings on notes payable

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

(3

)

Payments on long-term debt

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

—

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

—

 

Capital contributed, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

(482

)

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(18

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(107

)

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

727

 

 

 

(21

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted

 

 

(326

)

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

704

 

 

 

33

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the year

 

 

572

 

 

 

 

843

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

106

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the period

 

$

246

 

 

 

$

862

 

 

$

843

 

 

$

139

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

82

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

37

 

 

$

37

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-13


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in millions, except share amounts)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Jersey Mike’s” or the “Company”) is in the business of franchising and operating Jersey Mike’s restaurants.

As of December 28, 2025, there were a total of 3,256 stores in the Jersey Mike’s system, of which 99.2% are franchised (including 21 international restaurants) and 26 company-owned stores.

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on January 7, 2025, in connection with the acquisition (“Sponsor Acquisition”) to indirectly hold all of the equity interest of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, the historical operating entity prior to the formation of the Company.

On January 16, 2025, 90% of the equity interest in Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC was acquired by Submarine Buyer LLC, a Delaware limited liability company controlled by affiliates of Blackstone Inc. The remaining 10% non-controlling interest was retained by Original 56ers, Inc. (formerly Jersey Mike’s Inc.), a Delaware corporation controlled by the Company’s founder. Refer to Note 3, Business Combinations, for additional information.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

As a result of the Sponsor Acquisition that occurred on January 16, 2025, the Company has presented the results for fiscal year 2025 as two separate periods. The Predecessor period refers to the timeframe prior to January 16, 2025, which was before the Sponsor Acquisition and reflects the financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC. The Successor period refers to the period beginning on January 16, 2025, and reflects the financial statements of the Company after the Sponsor Acquisition. The Company elected to apply pushdown accounting to the Company’s separate financial statements and the Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC’s assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date of the Sponsor Acquisition. Due to the change in the basis of accounting, the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Predecessor and the Successor are not necessarily comparable. Where applicable, a black line separates the Successor and Predecessor periods to highlight the lack of comparability. Refer to Note 3, Business Combinations for additional information.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

On December 12, 2025, the Board of Directors of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year end from December 31 to a 52/53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Sunday of the calendar year. This change is effective for fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 and applied prospectively. Prior-period operating results were not adjusted and remain presented on a calendar basis. While the shift affects comparability of fiscal quarters and the annual period for the year ending December 28, 2025, the impact is not material. Due to the fiscal year change, the years ended December 28, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 contained 362 days (comprised of 347 days in the Successor period and 15 days in the Predecessor period), 366 days and 365 days, respectively.

F-14


Table of Contents

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions, primarily related to long-lived asset valuation, indefinite and finite lived intangible asset valuation, leases, supplier program payments, income taxes, equity-based compensation, and contingencies. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Although management bases its estimates on historical experience and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company continually monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions in which it maintains its deposits and investments. As of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company maintained balances in various cash accounts in excess of federally insured limits. Highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash primarily represents cash and cash equivalents held for future principal and interest payments as required by the Company’s Securitization Financing Facility (refer to Note 9, Long-Term Debt).

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses, primarily consists of accrued royalty and advertising fees, which are collected weekly in arrears, as well as supplier program payments from certain food and beverage suppliers, which are generally due within 90 days. Historically, the Company has not incurred significant losses related to its Accounts receivable and does not believe there to be a meaningful risk of loss.

The Company determines the allowance for credit losses on Accounts receivable using the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) model in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326. Expected credit losses are estimated based on historical collections experience, current economic conditions, and forecasts that affect the collectability of the receivables. Accounts are written off when they are deemed uncollectible, generally after they are 120 days past due and collection efforts have been exhausted. Recoveries of amounts previously written off are recorded upon receipt. The allowance for credit losses is evaluated at each reporting date and adjusted as necessary based on changes in expected credit losses.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides goods and services in connection with its franchise agreements, consisting of a franchise license and ongoing services, management of the advertising contributions, development of training materials and menu items, and store monitoring and ongoing franchise owner support. In exchange, the Company collects royalties and advertising fees, with royalties recorded in Royalties and other revenues on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As these goods and services are highly interrelated, they are accounted for as a single performance obligation, which is satisfied by providing a right to use the Company’s intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement. Royalties and advertising fees represent sales-based fees calculated as a percentage of franchised store sales, and are recognized as revenue as franchised store sales occur. Amounts are generally payable on a weekly basis.

The Company generates system support revenue through supplier programs and technology that support the overall franchise system and its franchise owners. These revenues are classified within Royalties and other revenues on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Supplier programs reflect contractual arrangements with certain major food and beverage suppliers and distributors, pursuant to which the Company receives payments based on the dollar volume of food and beverage purchases and cases delivered, which are generally correlated with franchised store sales. Actual dollar volumes are available on a monthly basis, but may lapse reporting deadlines. Goods and services related

F-15


Table of Contents

 

to technology program fees are distinct from the franchise performance obligation as they are not dependent on, nor highly interrelated with, the franchise license. Accordingly, revenue is recognized throughout the year as the related services are provided and the benefit is transferred to the franchise owner.

Other revenues consist primarily of initial franchise fees, upfront development fees and gift card income and are classified within Royalties and other revenues on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Initial franchise fees and upfront development fees are interrelated to the franchise agreement and part of the same performance obligation as royalties and advertising fees. Accordingly, these fees are generally deferred upon receipt within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and recognized as revenue ratably over the term of the related franchise agreement. For gift card income, the Company estimates and records revenue based on historical redemption patterns, including the timing and channel in which the card was purchased or reloaded, and in accordance with government agencies under unclaimed property laws, where applicable. These gift cards do not have an expiration date, and no service fees are charged on them.

Advertising Expenses

The Company administers advertising funds on behalf of its franchise owners, for which a percentage of gross sales is collected to be used for various forms of advertising for the JERSEY MIKE’S brand. Advertising expenses are generally expensed in the period incurred.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the underlying assets, as indicated below:

 

Property and Equipment

 

Estimated Useful Lives

Buildings

 

39 years

Furniture and equipment

 

3 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of 5 to 10 years or the expected lease term

 

Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from its use. If the carrying amount is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. The Company identified no triggering events and recorded no impairment losses for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, or for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. The Company’s indefinite lived intangible assets, which are not subject to amortization, consist of goodwill and trademarks. On an annual basis (October 1st of each year) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable, the Company reviews the recoverability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. The goodwill impairment test is assessed at the reporting unit level. No indications of impairment were identified for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, or for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. It is possible that changes in circumstances or changes in management’s judgments, assumptions, and estimates could result in an impairment charge of a portion or all of its goodwill or other intangible assets.

F-16


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, the Company may acquire operating stores from franchise owners. Goodwill arising from these acquisitions is recorded as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets such as reacquired franchise rights, and liabilities assumed.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Estimated Useful Lives

Trade Name

 

Indefinite

Reacquired franchise rights

 

3 to 6 years

Franchise agreements

 

20 years

Technology

 

5 years

Other intangible assets

 

10 - 40 years

 

Capitalized Software

The Company capitalizes the costs of software developed for internal-use and website design when the preliminary project stage is completed and management believes it is probable that the project will be completed and the software or website design will be used to perform the function intended. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis commencing when such software and website design is ready for its intended use. Software development costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation and maintenance activities are expensed as incurred. The Company states capitalized software at cost less accumulated amortization within Intangible assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Leases

In accordance with ASC 842, the Company determines whether an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception and whether that lease conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company primarily leases office and retail store locations from third parties under operating leases. The lease term includes the non-cancellable period of the lease together with renewal options that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise, based on relevant economic and operational factors.

Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date for leases exceeding 12 months. Minimum lease payments include the fixed lease component of the agreement, as well as any variable rate payments that depend on an index, initially measured using the index at the lease commencement date. Given that most leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to calculate the present value of the lease payments. The Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate using information available at lease commencement, including recent borrowing activity and other market data, and applies updated rates upon remeasurement of the lease liability when required.

The Company’s lease agreements typically include fixed costs, such as base rent and minimum fixed common area maintenance charges, and may also contain variable lease costs such as contingent rent based on sales volume, common area maintenance, real estate taxes and insurance. The other variable lease costs mentioned above are excluded from consideration and included in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. Subsequent amortization of the right-of-use asset and accretion of the lease liability for an operating lease is recognized as a single lease cost, on a straight-line basis, over the lease term. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for the issuance of equity instruments to employees in accordance with accounting standards for share-based payments, which require the recognition of compensation expense for equity awards granted to employees and directors based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Compensation cost for time-vested awards is recognized over the requisite service period for each award. For performance awards, the Company recognizes expense in the period in which the vesting becomes probable. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur.

F-17


Table of Contents

 

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price the Company would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability (exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants. Assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value are classified within the fair value hierarchy based on the nature of the inputs used in the valuation, as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the plan has the ability to access.

Level 2—Observable other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which determining fair value requires significant judgment or estimation by Management.

The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The valuation techniques utilized need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

Income Taxes

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries have elected to be treated as a partnership for federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a result, the Company does not incur U.S. federal income taxes and incurs minimal state net worth and franchise taxes. Accordingly, the Company’s earnings and losses are ultimately included on the income tax returns of the members of Jersey Mike’s. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations include income tax expenses, which is comprised of state net worth and franchise taxes, representing the minimum taxes due to various states.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period of change. The Company assesses the income tax position and records the liabilities for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for acquisitions under ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires companies to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair market values at the date of acquisition. The accounting for acquisitions involves a considerable amount of judgment and estimates, including the fair value of certain forms of consideration: fair value of acquired intangible assets involving projections of future revenues and cash flows that are then discounted at an estimated discount rate; fair value of other acquired assets and assumed liabilities including potential contingencies, and the useful lives of the acquired assets. The Company allocates any excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed to Goodwill. The assumptions used are determined at the time of the acquisition in accordance with accepted valuation models. Projections are developed using internal forecasts, available industry and market data and estimates of long-term rates of growth for the Company. The impact of prior or future acquisitions on the Company’s financial position or result of operations may be materially impacted by the initial selection of or change in assumptions and estimates.

F-18


Table of Contents

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The ASU updates reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily by requiring enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses, increased interim disclosure requirements, and additional information used to assess segment performance, among other changes. The Company adopted this guidance beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 as disclosed within Note 17, Segment Information.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosure. The ASU includes amendments requiring enhanced income tax disclosures regarding disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as disaggregated information on income tax paid. The Company adopted this guidance for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 as disclosed within Note 10, Income Taxes.

In March 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-01, Compensation—Stock Compensation - Scope Application of Profits Interest and Similar Awards (Topic 718): Scope Application of Profits Interest and Similar Awards. This ASU provides clarity regarding whether profits interest and similar awards are within the scope of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. The Company adopted this guidance for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 as disclosed within Note 14, Equity-Based Compensation.

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets, which allows entities to use the practical expedient to estimate expected credit losses on current accounts receivable and contract assets. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted this guidance for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 as disclosed within Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or related disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Topic 220): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which requires, for each relevant expense caption on the income statement, detailed disclosure amounts for purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, and intangible asset amortization. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, with early adoption permitted. The Company is assessing the potential impact of ASU 2024-03 and does not expect it will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements or related disclosures.

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software, which modernizes the accounting for internal-use software by removing the guidance related to development stages and instead requiring capitalization of software costs once management commits to a project and it is probable the software will be completed and used as intended. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is assessing the potential impact of ASU 2025-06 and does not expect it will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements or related disclosures.

In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11, Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope Improvement, which clarifies when interim disclosure requirements apply and reorganizes existing disclosure requirements, without changing current requirements. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is assessing the potential impact of ASU 2025-11 and does not expect it will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements or related disclosures.

F-19


Table of Contents

 

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On November 8, 2024, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and its equity holders entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement with Submarine Buyer LLC (the “Buyer”), a Delaware limited liability company controlled by affiliates of Blackstone Inc. Pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement, Original 56ers, Inc. (formerly named Jersey Mike’s Inc.) (“Seller”) formed a new Delaware limited liability company, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo LLC, to indirectly hold 100% of the equity interests of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC. On January 16, 2025, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC was acquired by the Buyer as a new portfolio investment for a purchase price of $6,317 million, which includes a 10% non-controlling interest attributable to shares retained by the Seller and a maximum additional $250 million in cash payable from the Buyer once 4,000 Jersey Mike’s stores are operational worldwide or upon a change in control event (the “Sponsor Acquisition”).

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the 2251 Landmark Place, LLC and Farnborough, LLC entities were transferred to the Seller and decreased Property and equipment by approximately $79 million and Current portion of long-term debt and Long term debt, net of current portion by approximately $56 million in the aggregate. This was accounted for as a pro rata distribution to the existing owners of the Seller and did not result in the recognition of a gain or loss. Additionally, the deconsolidation of these entities resulted in $23 million of non-cash activity in the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025.

The Sponsor Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their estimated fair values (based on Level 3 measurements) as of the acquisition date. Estimates of fair value represent management’s best estimate and require a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties.

The fair value measurement of the contingent consideration liability is based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement as defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements. Submarine Buyer LLC estimated the fair value of the contingent earn-out liability using a probability-weighted analysis of expected payments and applying a discount rate that reflects the risks associated with the obligation. The resulting liability was recognized at fair value on the acquisition date as part of the opening purchase accounting for Submarine Buyer, LLC. As of January 16, 2025, the fair value of the contingent consideration liability was $210 million using a weighted average probability of success of 100% and a discount factor of 5.5%, which was not pushed down to the Company as it is not the Company’s legal obligation to pay the contingent consideration. Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the contingent consideration.

Submarine Buyer LLC was identified as the accounting acquirer, and the Company elected to apply pushdown accounting to its separate financial statements in accordance with ASC 805.

As a result of the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company recorded $7,517 million of identifiable intangible assets and $660 million of other acquired assets. The acquired identifiable intangible assets include Franchise Agreements, Tradenames and Technology. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. The Company expects to collect all acquired receivables. The fair value of liabilities assumed was $2,255 million. The Company recognized goodwill of $395 million, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill is primarily attributed to future growth potential, workforce, and franchise agreements to be established following the Sponsor Acquisition.

On the acquisition date, $124 million of acquisition costs were paid by the Company comprised of (i) a $120 million success fee that was recorded as an “on-the-line” expense in neither the Predecessor nor Successor periods and (ii) acquisition-related expenses incurred by the Company prior to the transaction close amounting to $4 million, which was expensed in the Predecessor period. Additionally, a one-time discretionary transaction bonus of $411 million was paid to employees, officers, and contractors and included within liabilities assumed. The Company facilitated the payment through payroll shortly after the acquisition date at the discretion of the Seller. As such, the transaction bonus is reflected as an operating cash outflow during the Successor period on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Both the success fee and the discretionary bonus were contingent on the transaction closing. All other transaction costs were recorded by the Buyer and were expensed as incurred within the Buyer’s financial statements.

F-20


Table of Contents

 

The Company has finalized the purchase accounting for the Sponsor Acquisition. The total consideration transferred, the fair value of net assets acquired and goodwill from the transaction are as follows:

 

Consideration transferred

 

 

 

Cash consideration

 

$

5,475

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

210

 

Total GAAP consideration transferred

 

 

5,685

 

Non-controlling interest of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

 

 

632

 

Total purchase price for allocation

 

$

6,317

 

Allocation of purchase price to the Company:

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

572

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

45

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

33

 

Property and equipment

 

 

10

 

Trade name

 

 

5,710

 

Franchisee agreements

 

 

1,757

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

50

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(91

)

Accrued expense and other current liabilities

 

 

(16

)

Transaction bonus payable and other transaction accrued expenses

 

 

(411

)

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(14

)

Long-term debt

 

 

(1,694

)

Unearned franchise fees and deferred revenue

 

 

(19

)

Operating lease liabilities and other liabilities

 

 

(10

)

Total fair value of net assets acquired:

 

$

5,922

 

Goodwill

 

$

395

 

 

The fair value of non-controlling interest was measured based on the fair values of net assets acquired at the acquisition date and the portion of ownership not held by the acquirer.

The fair values of the identifiable intangible assets acquired at the acquisition date and their useful lives are as follows:

 

 

Acquisition Date
Fair Value

 

 

Weighted
Average Useful
Life (Years)

Trade Name

 

$

5,710

 

 

Indefinite

Franchise agreements(a)

 

 

1,757

 

 

20 years

Technology

 

 

50

 

 

5 years

Total

 

$

7,517

 

 

 

 

(a)
Franchise agreements include approximately $1.749 billion related to domestic franchise agreements and $8 million related to Canadian franchise agreements

The Company amortizes the franchise agreements and technology on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives.

The intangible assets were valued using the following valuation approaches:

Trade name

The trade name was valued using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach. This method estimates the value of the intangible asset by forecasting the royalties the Company avoids by owning the trademark, adjusting those avoided royalties for taxes, and discounting the resulting after-tax cash flows to present value using

F-21


Table of Contents

 

an appropriate discount rate. The key inputs and assumptions include projected revenue, royalty rates, discount rates, cash flow forecasts, and obsolescence.

Franchise agreements

The domestic and Canadian franchise agreements were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method of the income approach. This involves discounting the projected after-tax cash flows associated with the agreements to present value. The key inputs and assumptions included the Company’s estimates of the projected royalties received under the existing franchise agreements and the appropriate discount rate.

Technology

The technology was valued using the replacement method under the cost approach, which involves estimating the asset’s economic value based on the total costs required to replace it, including both the direct replacement costs and the opportunity costs associated with the underlying technology. The key inputs and assumptions included the Company’s historical technology spend, expected obsolescence, and estimated re-creation costs.

4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

The following table represents a disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers for the following periods:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

Royalties

 

$

257

 

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

240

 

 

$

210

 

Advertising fees

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

160

 

System support revenue

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

154

 

Company-owned store sales

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

30

 

Other revenues

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

7

 

Total revenues

 

$

696

 

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

653

 

 

$

561

 

 

Deferred Revenues

Deferred revenue, or contract liabilities, consist of unearned fees resulting from initial franchise fees and upfront area development fees received from franchise owners, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the franchise agreement, and deferred revenue related to supplier program payments, with changes in the balance primarily driven by annual contract renegotiations and the timing of revenue recognition. The Company may also recognize unamortized franchise fees and upfront fees when a contract with a franchise owner is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract. The Company classifies these contract liabilities within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-22


Table of Contents

 

The following table reflects the change in deferred revenues on a consolidated basis during the period from January 16 to December 28, 2025, the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025 and year ended December 31, 2024:

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

$

19

 

Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year

 

 

(4

)

Cash receipts, net of amounts recognized during the period

 

 

3

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

$

18

 

Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year

 

 

—

 

Cash receipts, net of amounts recognized during the period

 

 

1

 

Balance as of January 15, 2025

 

$

19

 

Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year

 

 

(3

)

Cash receipts, net of amounts recognized during the period

 

 

4

 

Balance as of December 28, 2025(a)

 

$

20

 

 

(a)
Reflects deferred franchise fees of $18 million and deferred other revenue of $2 million

The following table illustrates estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) on a consolidated basis as of December 28, 2025:

 

2026

 

$

4

 

2027

 

 

4

 

2028

 

 

3

 

2029

 

 

3

 

2030

 

 

2

 

Thereafter

 

 

4

 

Total

 

$

20

 

 

Area Director Costs and Buyouts

The Company utilizes subcontractors under arrangements known as area development and service agreements. Under these agreements, subcontractors (referred to as area directors) are entitled to receive an agreed-upon fee in exchange for developing and providing ongoing support services to franchise owners within an assigned geographic territory.

Upon the termination or repurchase of the contractual rights held by an area director, the Company may make payments to acquire or extinguish those rights. Such payments are referred to as buyouts. Buyout costs are recognized in the period in which the buyout agreement is executed or the related obligation is incurred.

Buyout costs recognized were $52 million, $8 million and $16 million in the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025, and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company also recorded other area director expenses amounting to $32 million, $1 million, $38 million, and $44 million for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Such amounts, including buyouts, are included within Selling, general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-23


Table of Contents

 

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

As of December 28, 2025, the carrying values of Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted cash, Accounts receivable, net, Prepaid expenses and other current assets, Accounts payable, Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, notes payable and borrowings under our Variable Funding Facility approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of notes receivable, net of allowances and lease guarantees, adjusted for subsequent amortization, also approximates their carrying value.

The carrying and fair value of debt is presented as follows:

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

As of December 28, 2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

 

Fair Value
(Level 2)

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

 

Fair Value
(Level 2)

 

Securitization Financing Facility:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series 2019

 

$

491

 

 

$

492

 

 

 

$

496

 

 

$

491

 

Series 2021 Class A-2-I

 

 

246

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

239

 

Series 2021 Class A-2-II

 

 

246

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

221

 

Series 2024

 

 

744

 

 

 

761

 

 

 

 

750

 

 

 

743

 

Series 2025

 

 

399

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

The fair value of the Securitization Financing Facility Notes was estimated using market quotes and calculations.

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

 

$

6

 

 

 

$

12

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

8

 

Aircraft(a)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

42

 

Construction in progress – aircraft

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

103

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

13

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

9

 

 

 

$

90

 

 

(a)
Previously depreciated over a useful life of 15 years

Depreciation expense related to Property and equipment, net was $2 million, less than $1 million, $3 million and $3 million for the periods from January 16, 2025 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. This amount is reported within Depreciation and amortization on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company evaluated its property and equipment for impairment in each reporting period and has not identified any impairment losses in the periods presented.

F-24


Table of Contents

 

7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The changes in the carrying amount of Goodwill consist of the following:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

—

 

 

 

$

—

 

Sponsor Acquisition

 

 

395

 

 

 

 

—

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

395

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

Intangible assets, net consist of the following as of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of December 28, 2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Value

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Balance

 

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Value

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Balance

 

Indefinite-lived Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade Name

 

$

5,710

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

5,710

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Sub-total

 

$

5,710

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

5,710

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Definite-lived Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Franchise agreements

 

$

1,757

 

 

$

84

 

 

$

1,673

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Technology(b)

 

 

56

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

17

 

Reacquired franchise rights(a)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Sub-total

 

$

1,813

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

1,719

 

 

 

$

47

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

19

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

7,523

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

7,429

 

 

 

$

47

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

19

 

 

(a)
Reacquired franchise rights represent contractual rights previously granted to franchise owners that were reacquired by the Company prior to the Sponsor Acquisition. Management has evaluated the terms of the reacquired agreements and determined that no settlement gain or loss was required.
(b)
Technology is internally developed and includes the Company’s website, app, and point-of-sale system.

Refer to Note 3, Business Combination for a description of the intangible assets valuation methodologies and key assumptions used in establishing fair value as part of the Sponsor Acquisition.

Amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets, net was $94 million, less than $1 million, $8 million and $7 million for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. This amount is reported within Depreciation and amortization on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Estimated future amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter as of December 28, 2025, is as follows:

 

2026

 

$

99

 

2027

 

 

99

 

2028

 

 

99

 

2029

 

 

99

 

2030

 

 

89

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,234

 

Total

 

$

1,719

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

 

8. SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consists of the following:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

Prepaid advertising expenses

 

$

5

 

 

 

$

5

 

Notes receivable, net(a)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Other

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

4

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

18

 

 

 

$

10

 

 

(a)
Including amounts from related parties of less than $1 million as of each December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively

Other assets consists of the following:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset, net

 

$

36

 

 

 

$

9

 

Notes receivable, net(a)

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

6

 

Due from unconsolidated affiliates(b)

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

14

 

Other

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

4

 

Other assets

 

$

43

 

 

 

$

33

 

 

(a)
Including amounts from related parties of less than $1 million and $2 million as of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively
(b)
Including amounts from related parties of less than $1 million and $11 million as of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

Gift card liability

 

$

66

 

 

 

$

59

 

Accrued advertising expense

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

5

 

Accrued payroll & benefits

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

3

 

Accrued interest expense

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

6

 

Current portion of operating lease liability

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

2

 

Deferred revenue, current portion

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Other

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

17

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

107

 

 

 

$

96

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

Other non-current liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

 

$

16

 

 

 

$

14

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

8

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

—

 

Other

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

2

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

$

65

 

 

 

$

24

 

 

9. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following as of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

Securitization Financing Facility:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series 2019 Notes

 

$

488

 

 

 

$

496

 

Series 2021-1 Class A-2-I Notes

 

 

241

 

 

 

 

249

 

Series 2021-1A Class A-2-II Notes

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

249

 

Series 2024 Notes

 

 

738

 

 

 

 

750

 

Series 2025 Notes

 

 

399

 

 

 

 

—

 

Notes Payable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020 Loan

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

25

 

2024 Loan

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

31

 

Gross debt(a)

 

 

2,092

 

 

 

 

1,800

 

Less: Debt issuance costs, net of amortization and discounts(b)

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

29

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

19

 

Total long-term debt, net

 

$

2,062

 

 

 

$

1,752

 

 

(a)
Includes a purchase accounting fair value adjustment of ($35) million as of December 28, 2025; actual payments due are $2,127 million.
(b)
Debt issuance costs are amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the remaining term of the securitization transactions and notes payables.

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company remeasured its long-term debt to fair value in accordance with purchase accounting. As a result, the Company recorded a $50 million fair value discount to the carrying value of certain of the notes under its securitization facility due to changes in market interest rates and credit spreads since the issuance of the debt. This discount represents the difference between the contractual principal amount of the debt and its estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. The fair value discount is amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining term of the respective notes. As of December 28, 2025, the net remaining unamortized fair value discount was $35 million. For the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recognized interest expense of $16 million, less than $1 million, $4 million, and $4 million, respectively, related to the amortization of the fair value discount and debt issuance costs.

Securitization Financing Facility

On December 23, 2019, the Company entered into a securitization financing arrangement pursuant to which Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC (the “Master Issuer”), a limited-purpose, bankruptcy-remote, wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued secured notes under a base indenture (the “Indenture”). The Indenture allows the Master Issuer to issue multiple series of notes (collectively, the “Securitization Notes”). The Securitization Notes are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company and secured by substantially all assets of the securitization entities,

F-27


Table of Contents

 

including intellectual property, such as trademarks and software, as well as all franchise agreements and area development agreements, and substantially all related rights associated with the JERSEY MIKE’S brand (collectively, the “Securitization Assets”).

Series 2019 Notes

On December 23, 2019, the Master Issuer issued $500 million Series 2019-1 4.433% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2019 Notes”). Interest and principal are payable quarterly. The Series 2019 Notes have a final maturity date of February 2050 and anticipated repayment date of February 2027. If the notes are not repaid or refinanced by the anticipated repayment date, additional interest will accrue in accordance with the Indenture. As of December 28, 2025, the aggregate principal outstanding amount of the Series 2019 Notes was $491 million.

Series 2021 Notes

On December 9, 2021, the Master Issuer issued an additional $500 million of senior secured notes (the “Series 2021 Notes”) in two tranches:

•
$250 million of Series 2021-1 2.891% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (“the Series 2021-1 Senior Notes, Class A-2-I”)
•
$250 million of Series 2021-1A 2.493% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (“the Series 2021-1A Senior Notes, Class A-2-II”)

Interest and principal on these notes are payable quarterly. The Series 2021 Notes have a final maturity date of February 2052. The anticipated repayment date for the Class A-2-I notes is February 2027 and for the Class A-2-II notes is February 2029. If the notes are not repaid or refinanced by the respective anticipated repayment dates, additional interest will accrue in accordance with the Indenture. As of December 28, 2025, the aggregate principal outstanding amount of the Series 2021 Notes was $493 million.

Series 2024 Notes

On December 18, 2024, the Master Issuer issued $750 million of Series 2024-1 5.636% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2024 Notes”). Interest and principal are payable quarterly. The Series 2024 Notes have a final maturity date of February 2055 and an anticipated repayment date of February 2032. If the notes are not repaid or refinanced by the respective anticipated repayment date, additional interest will accrue in accordance with the Indenture. As of December 28, 2025, the aggregate principal outstanding amount of the Series 2024 Notes was $744 million.

Series 2025 Notes

On July 24, 2025, the Master Issuer issued $400 million Series 2025-1 5.610% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2 (the “Series 2025 Notes”). Interest and principal are payable quarterly. The Series 2025 Notes have a final maturity date of August 2055 and an anticipated repayment date of August 2032. If the notes are not repaid or refinanced by the anticipated repayment date, additional interest will accrue in accordance with the Indenture. As of December 28, 2025, the aggregate principal outstanding amount of the Series 2025 Notes was $399 million.

Variable Funding Notes

The Company also maintains a revolving financing facility consisting of Series 2024-1 Variable Funding Senior Notes, Class A-1 (the “Variable Funding Notes”) that permits borrowings of up to $100 million and may be used to issue letters of credit and provide additional liquidity. The Variable Funding Notes were included in the indenture from the Series 2024 Notes on December 18, 2024, yet not issued until January 16, 2025. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at variable rates based on the prime rate, federal funds rate, SOFR, or, in the each case plus an applicable margin. The facility also includes a commitment fee of 1.25% on the unused portion of the commitment. As of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the facility. As of December 28, 2025, the Company had available borrowing capacity of $72 million, net of $28 million of letters of credit, primarily related to interest reserve requirements.

F-28


Table of Contents

 

Covenants and Restrictions

The Securitization Notes are subject to customary covenants and restrictions for transactions of this type. These provisions include, among other things, requirements that the Master Issuer maintain specified reserve accounts to fund required payments on the Securitization Notes, provisions governing optional and mandatory prepayments (including make-whole payments under certain circumstances), indemnification obligations relating to defects or impairments in the pledged collateral, and operational covenants relating to recordkeeping, reporting, and access to information. The securitization structure also includes restrictions that prioritize payment of principal and interest on the Securitization Notes through the related payment waterfall.

The Securitization Notes include provisions that allow for optional principal payments when a specified leverage ratio, defined as outstanding securitization debt to Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Indenture), is less than or equal to 5.0x. This leverage ratio is calculated quarterly and allows the Company to elect whether to make principal payments when the threshold is met.

As of December 28, 2025, the Company’s leverage ratio exceeded 5.0x and accordingly, the Company was required to make total principal payments of $5 million related to the Series 2019 Notes, the Series 2021 Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes. As of December 31, 2024, the leverage ratio also exceeded 5.0x and the Company was required to make total principal payments of $3 million related to the 2019 Notes and the 2021 Notes.

As of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the securitization agreements.

Notes Payable

The notes payable balance at December 31, 2024 related to two aircrafts that were transferred to an entity controlled by the Company’s founder in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These notes payable are no longer obligations of the Company; accordingly, there is no balance as of December 28, 2025.

Prior to the Sponsor Acquisition, in September 2020, the Company had a loan and security agreement with a financial institution for $37.5 million to finance the purchase of an aircraft (the “2020 Loan”). The loan bore interest at a stated interest rate of 4.53% and was payable in monthly installments with a balloon payment of $17 million due in September 2027. The loan was secured by the aircraft.

Prior to the Sponsor Acquisition, in July 2024, the Company had a loan and security agreement providing for borrowings of approximately $50 million to finance aircraft construction costs through a series of progress payments from July 2024 through June 2025 (the “2024” Loan). Borrowings bore interest at a variable interest rate equal to SOFR plus 2.25% and required interest-only payments during the construction period.

As of December 28, 2025, the principal payments on Long-term debt due over the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2026

 

$

22

 

2027

 

 

744

 

2028

 

 

14

 

2029

 

 

250

 

2030

 

 

12

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,085

 

Total

 

$

2,127

 

 

 

 

10. INCOME TAXES

F-29


Table of Contents

 

The Company is a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. Therefore, the Company generally does not incur or record U.S. federal or state incomes taxes since all taxable income is passed through to its members and reported on their respective income tax returns. The Company is subject to certain state and local taxes, including franchise and net worth taxes, which were not material and included within the income tax expense line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As of December 28, 2025, the Company had a net deferred tax liability of $14 million arising from book–tax basis differences in intangible assets recognized as part of purchase accounting for the Sponsor Acquisition recorded in Other non-current liabilities.

The Company files its tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the tax years that remain open under the statute of limitations will be subject to examinations by the appropriate tax authorities. The Company is generally no longer subject to state or local examinations by tax authorities for tax years prior to 2021. As of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company has no unrecognized tax benefits, or accrued interest and penalties.

11. LEASES

The Company leases primarily office space and retail store locations under operating leases with remaining terms expiring through July 2037. These arrangements are accounted for as operating leases. In accordance with ASC 842, Leases, the Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability for operating leases within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 8, Supplemental Balance Sheet for additional information.

Operating lease cost recognized for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $3 million, less than $1 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Variable lease cost, primarily related to common area maintenance, property tax and insurance, was less than $1 million for the each of the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As of December 28, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, the weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate for the Company’s operating leases were as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

As of
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2024

 

 

As of December 31, 2023

 

Weighted-average remaining lease terms (in years)

 

 

9.4

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

 

 

5.7

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

 

6.54

%

 

 

 

6.19

%

 

 

6.37

%

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

Aggregate minimum future rental payments under operating leases having remaining terms in excess of one year as of December 28, 2025, for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2026

 

$

4

 

2027

 

 

4

 

2028

 

 

5

 

2029

 

 

5

 

2030

 

 

5

 

Thereafter

 

 

26

 

Total

 

 

49

 

Less: Imputed interest

 

 

(14

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

35

 

 

The amounts presented reflect the Company’s lease obligations as of December 28, 2025 and exclude the effects of future lease renewals or replacement leases upon expiration. These amounts also do not reflect potential changes in lease payments that may result from adjustments based on an index or rate, such as the Consumer Price Index.

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities was $3 million for the period January 16 to December 28, 2025, less than $1 million for the period January 1 to January 15, 2025 and $2 million each for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Right-of-use assets obtained in a non-cash exchange for new operating lease liabilities were $29 million for the period January 16 to December 28, 2025, less than $1 million for the period January 1 to January 15, 2025, $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Guarantees

The Company periodically provides guarantees on lease agreements for certain company-owned stores and franchised locations. These leases have varying terms, with the latest expiring July 2037. As of December 28, 2025, the maximum potential undiscounted payments the Company could be required to make under these lease guarantees is approximately $19 million, of which $2 million relates to guarantees provided to related parties.

In the event of default by a franchise owner for which the Company has provided a guarantee, the Company has the right to pursue reimbursement from the franchise owner or any amounts paid under the guarantee. Because the Company does not control or receive the economic benefits associated with the leased asset, no liability has been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets for these guarantees. The estimated fair value of these guarantees is not material. As of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had not been required to make any material payments under these lease guarantees.

Other Guarantees

The Company is also party to certain other guarantee arrangements, including guarantees of debt obligations of unaffiliated franchise owners and guarantees associated with certain notes receivable arrangements. Under these agreements, the Company has guaranteed repayment of certain obligations of the related parties. Historically, the Company has not been required to make material payments under these guarantees and does not expect these arrangements to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial results.

Purchase Commitments

As of December 28, 2025, the Company has entered into various marketing-related contracts including agreements related to sponsorships, promotional arrangements, and naming rights. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company had aggregate contractual commitments of approximately $288 million extending through June 2041.

F-31


Table of Contents

 

The Company also enters into other purchase commitments in the ordinary course of business, including commitments related to the purchase, construction, or remodeling of real estate and facilities; minimum inventory purchase commitments; equipment purchases; and information technology services. These commitments are generally short-term in nature and are recorded as liabilities when the related goods are received or services are rendered. In addition, the Company maintains long-term supply agreements with certain suppliers who provide food, beverages, and paper products, which include minimum purchase commitments.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings, claims and liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, including matters involving employees, franchise owners, and guests. The Company records accruals for legal contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. As of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, management believes the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

13. MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Prior to January 16, 2025, the Company operated as Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, which had a single class of membership interests.

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition and the formation of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, the Company amended and restated its operating agreements to establish three classes of membership interests: Class A-1 Units, Class A-2 Units, and Class B Units. The following table summarizes the authorized, issued, and outstanding membership interests as of December 28, 2025 (in millions):

 

 

Authorized

 

 

Issued

 

 

Outstanding

 

Class A-1 Shares

 

 

6,071

 

 

 

6,071

 

 

 

6,071

 

Class A-2 Shares

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

Class B Shares

 

 

320

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

269

 

 

Class A-1 and Class A-2 Units have identical economic rights and participate ratably in distributions and allocations of profits and losses, except that the Class A-2 Units were issued to certain members, including as rollover equity in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. Both Class A-1 and Class A-2 Units generally possess voting rights on matters submitted to the members.

Class B Units represent profit interest awards issued under the Company’s equity incentive arrangements. These units participate in distributions only after the Class A Units have received the return thresholds specified in the operating agreement, and certain Class B Units include catch-up distribution provisions. Class B Units generally do not possess voting rights, other than with respect to limited protective matters. Refer to Note 14, Equity-Based Compensation for additional information.

14. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

During the year ended December 28, 2025, the Company issued profit interest units in the form of Class B Units, (“Incentive Units”) to certain employees and directors pursuant to the Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC Equity Incentive Plan, which was established in June 2025, and related unit subscription agreements. The Incentive Units are equity-classified awards accounted for under ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation.

One third of the total Incentive Units granted vest ratably over a five-year service period beginning on the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date (“Time-Vesting Units”). The remaining two-thirds of the Incentive Units vest upon achievement of specified performance threshold based on Sponsor realized multiples of invested capital and internal rates of return (“Performance-Vesting Units”).

F-32


Table of Contents

 

The Company concluded that the performance conditions associated with the Performance-Vesting Units require the occurrence of a significant distribution or liquidity event and that such event, is not considered probable as of December 28, 2025. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for these awards. The Company will continue to assess the probability of achieving the performance conditions at each reporting date, and record associated compensation expense as required.

The grant-date fair value of the Class B Units is estimated using a current value method combined with a Monte Carlo simulation model, which incorporates management’s assumptions regarding expected volatility, risk-free interest rates, and the expected time to a liquidity event. Expected volatility is derived from the historical volatility of publicly traded companies operating in the franchise and restaurant sectors that are considered comparable to the Company. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of the U.S. Treasury securities with maturities corresponding to the expected term of the awards at the grant date. Expected time to liquidity event represents the expected period until a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, based on the Company’s expectation as of the grant date. Note that such liquidity event will not automatically result in vesting, and awards will still be subject to the respective time and/or performance conditions previously disclosed.

The significant assumptions used in the valuation of awards granted during the period from January 16, 2025 to December 28, 2025 are as follows:

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

3.7

%

Volatility factor (average)

 

 

40

%

Dividend yield

 

—%

 

Expected time to liquidity event (years)

 

 

1.1

 

 

The following table summarizes activity for the Company’s Incentive Units for the year ended December 28, 2025:

 

 

Time-Vesting Units

 

 

Performance-
Vesting Units

 

 

Number
of Units

 

 

Grant Date
Fair Value

 

 

Number
of Units

 

Outstanding as of January 16, 2025

 

 

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

—

 

Granted

 

 

99

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

198

 

Vested

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Forfeited

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(23

)

Outstanding as of December 28, 2025

 

 

95

 

 

$

56

 

 

 

175

 

 

The Company recognized $8 million of compensation expense related to the Time-Vesting Units during the period ended December 28, 2025. As of December 28, 2025, $48 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the Time-Vesting Units remains, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.3 years.

15. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into transactions with related parties. These transactions are described below.

The Company has relationships with certain franchisees that may be considered variable interest entities (“VIEs”). These franchisees are independently owned and operated, and the Company does not have an equity ownership interest in these entities. The Company’s involvement with these franchisees arises primarily from franchise agreements, as well as, in certain instances, limited guarantees or other forms of financial support.

The Company evaluated these entities and determined that, although certain franchisees may qualify as VIEs, the Company is not the primary beneficiary as it does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance. Such activities are primarily controlled by the franchisees, including day-to-day operations, staffing, and local business decisions. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate these entities.

F-33


Table of Contents

 

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these franchisees is limited to the carrying value of any related receivables and any amounts subject to guarantee arrangements. As of December 28, 2025, the Company’s exposure was not material. All such exposures are presented below.

Due from Unconsolidated Affiliates and Notes Receivable

Amounts due from unconsolidated related party affiliates and notes receivable from related parties totaled less than $1 million and $13 million as of December 28, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and are recorded within Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets. These balances represent advances and loans made by the Company to entities owned by a minority equity holder, and members of his immediate family. These advances and notes to franchise owners are unsecured, bear varying interest rates, and expected to be repaid to the Company in the normal course of business.

Operating Leases

The Company leases corporate office space from an entity owned by the family of the minority equity holder. Rent expense under this arrangement totaled $1 million, less than $1 million, $1 million, and $1 million for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These amounts are included within Selling, general, and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The operating lease right of use asset recorded within Other assets as of December 28, 2025 totaled $4 million for these leases. The operating lease liability totaled $4 million of which approximately $1 million was recorded in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and approximately $3 million was recorded within Other non-current liabilities.

Revenue

Royalty revenues earned from related party franchise owners represented approximately 1% of total revenues for the periods from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, and less than 2% of total revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. These amounts are included within Royalties and other revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Transition Agreement

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company entered into a transition agreement with its former Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which he served as Chair of the Board of Directors of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC through January 16, 2026. During this period, he continued to receive payment of his base salary and reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with the Company’s expense policy. Total payments under this agreement were approximately $5 million for the period ended December 28, 2025 and were recorded within Selling, general, and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Reimbursement Liability to Sponsor

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company entered into an administrative service agreement with the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company is required to pay or reimburse the Sponsor for certain expenses incurred in connection with the monitoring and evaluation of the Company’s operations. As of December 28, 2025, no payments have been made under this agreement. The Company has recorded approximately $2 million within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 28, 2025 related to this agreement.

F-34


Table of Contents

 

16. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS

The Company sponsors the Jersey Mike’s 401(k) Plan for eligible employees who meet certain age and service requirements. The Plan is administered by an independent third-party service provider, and participants direct the investment of their account balance among various investment options. The Company provides a matching contribution equal to 100% of employees contributions, up to 3% of the eligible compensation. For the period from January 16 to December 28, 2025 and the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company made matching contributions of $2 million, $2 million and $2 million, respectively. These amounts are included within Selling, general, administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No matching contributions were made for the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025.

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates as a single operating and reportable segment, as its business activities share a common customer base, offer similar products, and utilize consistent production and service processes. Accordingly, management evaluates the business on a consolidated basis.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the chief decision maker (“CODM”). The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis and evaluates operating performance primarily based on consolidated net income including consideration of budget-to-actual and forecast-to-actual variances in allocating resources.

The CODM also reviews certain expense categories, including selling, general, and administrative expenses, advertising expenses, and company-owned store expenses. Segment assets are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the CODM does not evaluate asset information on a more disaggregated basis. Revenues and long-lived assets outside the United States are not material.

The following table presents financial information for the Company’s single reportable segment, including significant expense categories regularly reviewed by the CODM:

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
December 28,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenues

 

$

464

 

 

 

$

19

 

 

 

434

 

 

 

371

 

Advertising fees

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

160

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

30

 

Total revenues

 

 

696

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

653

 

 

 

561

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

262

 

Advertising expenses

 

 

207

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

208

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

Company-owned store expenses

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

24

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

545

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

504

 

Operating income

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

57

 

Interest income

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

Interest expense

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

41

 

Other expense, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

22

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

59

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

 

$

21

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

 

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events through April 10, 2026, the date these Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued, for consideration as a subsequent event to be included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

On December 31, 2025, the Company entered into a Master Franchise and Operation Agreement with a related party providing for the development of a minimum of 300 stores to be opened in the United Kingdom and Ireland. The Company is currently evaluating the accounting and disclosure implications of this agreement in accordance with ASC 606 and ASC 850. No amounts related to this agreement have been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

On January 23, 2026, the Company acquired 10 franchise owner-operated stores located in the Monmouth County, New Jersey area for aggregate consideration of approximately $23 million. No amounts related to this agreement have been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

On February 9, 2026, the Company entered into a fifth securitization transaction. The Master Issuer issued $760 million Senior Secured Notes (the “Series 2026 Notes”) in two tranches: Series 2026-1 4.952% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (“the Series 2026-1 Notes”) and Series 2026-1A 5.481% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (“the Series 2026-1A Notes”) with initial principal amounts of $250 million and $510 million, respectively. Interest and principal are payable quarterly. The Series 2026 Notes have a final maturity date of February 2056 and anticipated repayment date of February 2031 (Series 2026-1 Notes) and February 2034 (Series 2026-1A). If the notes are not repaid or refinanced by the anticipated repayment date, additional interest will accrue in accordance with the Indenture.

Pursuant to the Company’s strategy to buy out the remaining contractual rights of subcontracted area directors, the Company terminated area development and service agreements with two area directors effective February 15, 2026 and March 31, 2026 for a total cost of $32 million. As of April 10, 2026, there is one remaining area director agreement accounting for less than 1% of systemwide sales.

 

******

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Amounts in millions)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Successor

 

 

As of

 

 

As of

 

 

March 29, 2026

 

 

December 28, 2025

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

232

 

 

$

215

 

Restricted cash

 

 

44

 

 

 

31

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

44

 

 

 

41

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

10

 

 

 

18

 

Total current assets

 

 

330

 

 

 

305

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

13

 

 

 

9

 

Trade name

 

 

5,710

 

 

 

5,710

 

Franchise agreements and other intangibles, net

 

 

1,704

 

 

 

1,719

 

Goodwill

 

 

408

 

 

 

395

 

Other assets

 

 

46

 

 

 

43

 

Total assets

 

$

8,211

 

 

$

8,181

 

Liabilities and members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

45

 

 

$

22

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

152

 

 

 

107

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

219

 

 

 

151

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

2,077

 

 

 

2,062

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

70

 

 

 

65

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2,366

 

 

 

2,278

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

6,318

 

 

 

6,318

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

11

 

 

 

8

 

Retained deficit

 

 

(484

)

 

 

(423

)

Total members’ equity

 

 

5,845

 

 

 

5,903

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

 

$

8,211

 

 

$

8,181

 

 

The accompanying unaudited notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-37


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Amounts in millions)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Thirteen
weeks ended
March 29,
2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and other revenues

 

$

122

 

 

$

92

 

 

 

$

19

 

Advertising fees

 

 

51

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

7

 

Company-owned stores sales

 

 

12

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

2

 

Total revenues

 

 

185

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

 

28

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

 

78

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

19

 

Advertising expenses

 

 

61

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

8

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

26

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

—

 

Company-owned stores expense

 

 

8

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

1

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

173

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

28

 

Operating income

 

 

12

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

—

 

Interest income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

(1

)

Interest expense

 

 

30

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

5

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

(24

)

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Income tax expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(24

)

 

$

14

 

 

 

$

(4

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(24

)

 

$

14

 

 

 

$

(4

)

 

The accompanying unaudited notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-38


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity (Deficit)

(Amounts in millions)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Contributed
Capital

 

 

Retained
Deficit

 

 

Total
Members’
Deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

 

—

 

 

 

(866

)

 

 

(866

)

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(18

)

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

Balance as of January 15, 2025

 

$

—

 

 

$

(888

)

 

$

(888

)

 

 

Successor

 

 

Share
Capital

 

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

 

Retained
Deficit

 

 

Total
Members’
Equity

 

Balance as of January 16, 2025

 

$

6,317

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

6,317

 

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(30

)

Net income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

Balance as of March 30, 2025

 

$

6,317

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

(16

)

 

$

6,301

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

Share
Capital

 

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

 

Retained
Deficit

 

 

Total
Members’
Equity

 

Balance as of December 28, 2025

 

$

6,318

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

(423

)

 

$

5,903

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(37

)

Net loss

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(24

)

Balance as of March 29, 2026

 

$

6,318

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

(484

)

 

$

5,845

 

 

The accompanying unaudited notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-39


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in millions)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Thirteen
weeks ended
March 29,
2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(24

)

 

$

14

 

 

 

$

(4

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

26

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

—

 

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

—

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

7

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

3

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

4

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

5

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(3

)

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

 

 

68

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

 

3

 

Payment of assumed transaction bonus liability

 

 

—

 

 

 

(411

)

 

 

 

—

 

Other, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

—

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

86

 

 

 

(309

)

 

 

 

—

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

—

 

Capitalized software development costs

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

—

 

Repayment of notes receivable

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

5

 

Acquisition of franchised stores

 

 

(23

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

5

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance securitization debt

 

 

760

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

—

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

 

(741

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

—

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

—

 

Members’ distributions, net

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

 

14

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

14

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted

 

$

30

 

 

$

(345

)

 

 

$

19

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the year

 

 

246

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

 

843

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the period

 

$

276

 

 

$

227

 

 

 

$

862

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

25

 

 

$

9

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

The accompanying unaudited notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-40


Table of Contents

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in millions, except share amounts)

(Unaudited)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Jersey Mike’s” or the “Company”) is in the business of franchising and operating Jersey Mike’s restaurants.

As of March 29, 2026, there were a total of 3,300 stores in the Jersey Mike’s system, of which 99% are franchised (including 21 international restaurants) and 36 company-owned stores (all U.S. based).

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on January 7, 2025, in connection with the acquisition (“Sponsor Acquisition”) to indirectly hold all of the equity interest of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, the historical operating entity prior to the formation of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC.

On January 16, 2025, 90% of the equity interest in Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC was acquired by Submarine Buyer LLC, a Delaware limited liability company controlled by affiliates of Blackstone Inc. (the “Sponsor”). The remaining 10% non-controlling interest was retained by Original 56ers, Inc. (formerly Jersey Mike’s Inc.), a Delaware corporation controlled by the Company’s founder.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The condensed consolidated financial statements of Jersey Mike’s as of March 29, 2026 (Successor) and December 28, 2025 (Successor), for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 (Successor), and the periods from January 1 to January 15, 2025 (Predecessor) and from January 16 to March 30, 2025 (Successor) are unaudited, and in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2025. The results reported in these financial statements should not be taken as indicative of results that may be expected for the entire fiscal year.

As a result of the Sponsor Acquisition that occurred on January 16, 2025, the Company has presented the results for fiscal year 2025 as two separate periods. The Predecessor period refers to the timeframe prior to January 16, 2025, which was before the Sponsor Acquisition and reflects the financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC. The Successor period refers to the period beginning on January 16, 2025, and reflects the financial statements of the Company after the Sponsor Acquisition. The Company elected to apply pushdown accounting to the Company’s separate financial statements and Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC’s assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date of the Sponsor Acquisition. Due to the change in the basis of accounting, the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Predecessor and the Successor are not necessarily comparable. Where applicable, a black line separates the Successor and Predecessor periods to highlight the lack of comparability.

Principles of Consolidation

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-41


Table of Contents

 

Fiscal Year

On December 12, 2025, the Board of Directors of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year end from December 31 to a 52/53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Sunday of the calendar year. This change is effective for fiscal year ended December 28, 2025 and applied prospectively. Prior-period operating results were not adjusted and remain presented on a calendar basis. While the shift affects comparability of fiscal quarters and the annual period for the year ended December 28, 2025, the impact is not material. Due to the fiscal year change, the year ended December 28, 2025 contained 362 days (comprised of 347 days in the Successor period and 15 days in the Predecessor period).

Area Director Costs and Buyouts

The Company historically utilized subcontractors under arrangements known as area development and service agreements. Under these agreements, subcontractors (referred to as area directors) are entitled to receive an agreed-upon fee in exchange for developing and providing ongoing support services to franchise owners within an assigned geographic territory.

Upon the termination or repurchase of the contractual rights held by an area director, the Company may make payments to acquire or extinguish those rights. Such payments are referred to as buyouts. Buyout costs are recognized in the period in which the buyout agreement is executed or the related obligation is incurred.

Buyout costs recognized were $32 million and $4 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and period from January 16 to March 30, 2025, respectively. There were no buyouts in the Predecessor period. Such amounts are included within Selling, general and administrative expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Equity Offering Costs

The Company expenses costs incurred in connection with proposed equity offerings, including its Initial Public Offering, as incurred. Such costs primarily consist of legal, accounting, consulting and other professional fees. Such amounts are included within Selling, general and administrative expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company does not capitalize deferred offering costs on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In the event an equity offering is completed, any previously expensed costs are not reclassified to equity.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The Company has reviewed all recently issued accounting pronouncements and concluded that they were either not applicable or not expected to have a significant impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements. There have been no changes to the recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted that were previously disclosed in the 2025 annual financial statements.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Related party acquisition of franchise-owned stores

On January 23, 2026, the Company acquired 100% ownership of 10 franchise owner-operated stores located in Monmouth County, New Jersey for aggregate consideration of $23 million from entities controlled by an immediate family member of a minority equity holder. Although the seller is a related party, the Company believes the transaction was conducted on terms consistent with those that would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction. This conclusion is based on management’s evaluation of comparable market transactions.

The purchase price was allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair value of reacquired rights was determined as of the acquisition date by management using the discounted cash flows method.

F-42


Table of Contents

 

Under this method, the fair value was determined based on estimated future cash flows arising from the reacquired rights over their estimated economic lives.

 

 

January 23, 2026

 

Number of acquired stores

 

 

10

 

Purchase price (cash)

 

$

23

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Reacquired rights

 

 

9

 

Goodwill

 

 

13

 

Property, equipment and other assets, net(a)

 

 

1

 

 

(a)
Primarily consists of property and equipment and insignificant amounts of inventory, cash, security deposits, prepaid rent and lease liabilities.

4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

The following table represents a disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers for the following periods:

 

 

Successor

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Thirteen
weeks ended
March 29,
2026

 

 

Period from
January 16 to
March 30,
2025

 

 

 

Period from
January 1 to
January 15,
2025

 

Royalties

 

$

67

 

 

$

52

 

 

 

$

10

 

Advertising fees

 

 

51

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

7

 

System support revenue

 

 

54

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

9

 

Company-owned store sales

 

 

12

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

2

 

Other revenues

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

0

 

Total revenues

 

$

185

 

 

$

139

 

 

 

$

28

 

 

Deferred Revenues

Deferred revenue, or contract liabilities, consist of unearned fees resulting from initial franchise fees and upfront area development fees received from franchise owners, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the franchise agreement, and deferred revenue related to supplier program payments, with changes in the balance primarily driven by annual contract renegotiations and the timing of revenue recognition. The Company may also recognize unamortized franchise fees and upfront fees when a contract with a franchise owner is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract. The Company classifies these contract liabilities within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table reflects the change in deferred revenues on a consolidated basis during the period from December 28, 2025 to March 29, 2026:

 

Balance as of December 28, 2025

 

$

20

 

Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year

 

 

(1

)

Cash receipts, net of amounts recognized during the period

 

 

37

 

Balance as of March 29, 2026

 

$

56

 

 

The Company expects $37 million of Deferred revenue included in the contract liability balance as of March 29, 2026 to be recognized in 2026. The remaining balance will be recognized ratably over varying periods over the next 10 years, consistent with the underlying franchise agreement terms. The Company recognized revenue of $1 million in the period January 16 to March 30, 2025, which was included in the contract liability balance as of January 15, 2025 of $19 million.

F-43


Table of Contents

 

Gift Cards

The Company recognized gift card income of less than $1 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 within Royalties and other revenues on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. No gift card income was recognized for the period from January 1 to January 15, 2025 and January 16 to March 30, 2025.

For gift card income, the Company estimates breakage and records revenue based on historical redemption patterns, including the timing and channel in which the card was purchased or reloaded, and in accordance with government agencies under unclaimed property laws, where applicable. These gift cards do not have an expiration date, and no service fees are charged on them. The gift card liability as of March 29, 2026 was $57 million and was included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The vast majority of this balance will be used to reimburse stores upon redemption by the consumer.

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The changes in the carrying amount of Goodwill consist of the following:

 

 

Successor

 

Balance as of December 28, 2025

 

$

395

 

Acquisitions

 

 

13

 

Balance as of March 29, 2026

 

$

408

 

 

Intangible assets, net consist of the following as of March 29, 2026 and December 28, 2025:

 

 

Successor

 

 

As of March 29, 2026

 

 

As of December 28, 2025

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Value

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Balance

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Value

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Balance

 

Indefinite-lived Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade name

 

$

5,710

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

5,710

 

 

$

5,710

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

5,710

 

Definite-lived Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Franchise agreements(c)

 

$

1,757

 

 

$

105

 

 

$

1,652

 

 

$

1,757

 

 

$

84

 

 

$

1,673

 

Technology(b)

 

 

57

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

46

 

Reacquired franchise rights(a)

 

 

9

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Sub-total

 

$

1,823

 

 

$

119

 

 

$

1,704

 

 

$

1,813

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

1,719

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

7,533

 

 

$

119

 

 

$

7,414

 

 

$

7,523

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

7,429

 

 

(a)
Reacquired franchise rights represent contractual rights previously granted to franchise owners that were reacquired by the Company. Management has evaluated the terms of the reacquired agreements and determined that no settlement gain or loss was required. The useful life varies based on the remaining term of the reacquired agreement, ranging up to eight years.
(b)
Technology is internally developed and includes the Company’s website, app, and point-of-sale system. The useful life is five years for the technology valued as part of the Sponsor Acquisition and all other capitalized software development costs.
(c)
Estimated useful life is 20 years.

Amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets was $25 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and $20 million and less than $1 million for the periods from January 16 to March 30, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, respectively. These amounts are reported within Depreciation and amortization on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-44


Table of Contents

 

Estimated future amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter as of March 29, 2026, is as follows:

 

2026

 

$

75

 

2027

 

 

101

 

2028

 

 

101

 

2029

 

 

101

 

2030

 

 

91

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,235

 

Total

 

$

1,704

 

 

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following as of March 29, 2026 and December 28, 2025:

 

 

Successor

 

 

As of
March 29, 2026

 

 

As of
December 28, 2025

 

Securitization Financing Facility:

 

Amount

 

 

Weighted
Average Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Weighted
Average Rate

 

Series 2019 Notes

 

$

—

 

 

 

—

%

 

$

488

 

 

 

4.433

%

Series 2021-1 Notes

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

%

 

 

241

 

 

 

2.891

%

Series 2021-1A Notes

 

 

227

 

 

 

2.493

%

 

 

226

 

 

 

2.493

%

Series 2024 Notes

 

 

737

 

 

 

5.636

%

 

 

738

 

 

 

5.636

%

Series 2025 Notes

 

 

398

 

 

 

5.610

%

 

 

399

 

 

 

5.610

%

Series 2026-1 Notes

 

 

250

 

 

 

4.952

%

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

%

Series 2026-1A Notes

 

 

510

 

 

 

5.481

%

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

%

Total Debt, net of discount(a)

 

 

2,122

 

 

 

5.177

%

 

 

2,092

 

 

 

4.695

%

Less: Debt issuance costs, net

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net

 

$

2,077

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,062

 

 

 

 

 

(a)
Includes a purchase accounting fair value adjustment of ($25) million and ($35) million as of March 29, 2026 and December 28, 2025 respectively; actual payments due as of March 29, 2026 are $2,147 million.
(b)
Weighted average interest rates are fixed.

Securitization Financing Facility

On December 23, 2019, the Company entered into a securitization financing arrangement pursuant to which Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC (the “Master Issuer”), a limited‐purpose, bankruptcy-remote, wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued secured notes under a base indenture (the “Indenture”). The Indenture allows the Master Issuer to issue multiple series of notes (collectively, the “Securitization Notes”). The Securitization Notes are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company and secured by substantially all assets of the securitization entities, including intellectual property, such as trademarks and software, as well as all franchise agreements and area development agreements, and substantially all related rights associated with the JERSEY MIKE’S brand (collectively, the “Securitization Assets”).

Prepayment of the 2019 Notes and the 2021-1 Notes

On January 26, 2026, the Company delivered an optional prepayment notice to the trustee indicating its intent to prepay the 2019 Notes and the 2021-1 Notes in full on February 9, 2026. The Company’s obligation to complete the prepayment was conditioned on the successful issuance of a new series of notes. No make-whole prepayment consideration was due under the Series 2019 or Series 2021-1 supplement. The Series 2019 optional prepayment consisted of $491 million of outstanding principal and $5 million of accrued and unpaid interest through the prepayment date. The Series 2021-1 optional prepayment consisted of $246 million of outstanding principal and $2 million of accrued and unpaid interest through the prepayment date.

F-45


Table of Contents

 

In connection with the prepayment of the 2019 Notes and 2021-1 Notes, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $7 million primarily related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discounts. This loss is presented within Loss on debt extinguishment in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Series 2026 Notes

On February 9, 2026, the Master Issuer issued an additional $760 million of senior secured notes (the “Series 2026 Notes”) in two tranches to finance the repayment of the 2019 Notes and 2021-1 Notes:

•
$250 million of Series 2026-1 4.952% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-I (“the Series 2026-1 Notes”)
•
$510 million of Series 2026-1A 5.481% Fixed Rate Senior Secured Notes, Class A-2-II (“the Series 2026-1A Notes”)

Interest and principal on these notes are payable quarterly. The Series 2026 Notes have a final maturity date of February 2056 and anticipated repayment dates of February 2031 for the Series 2026-1 Senior Notes and February 2034 for the Series 2026-1A Senior Notes, respectively. If the notes are not repaid or refinanced by the respective anticipated repayment dates, additional interest will accrue in accordance with the Indenture. As of March 26, 2026, the aggregate principal outstanding amount of the Series 2026 Notes was $760 million. The Company incurred $15 million of new debt issuance costs, which were capitalized and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Series 2026 Notes using the effective interest method.

Covenants and Restrictions

The Securitization Notes are subject to customary covenants and restrictions for transactions of this type. These provisions include, among other things, requirements that the Master Issuer maintain specified reserve accounts to fund required payments on the Securitization Notes, provisions governing optional and mandatory prepayments (including make-whole payments under certain circumstances), indemnification obligations relating to defects or impairments in the pledged collateral, and operational covenants relating to recordkeeping, reporting, and access to information. The securitization structure also includes restrictions that prioritize payment of principal and interest on the Securitization Notes through the related payment waterfall.

The Securitization Notes include provisions that allow for optional principal payments when a specified leverage ratio, defined as outstanding securitization debt to Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Indenture), is less than or equal to 5.0x. This leverage ratio is calculated quarterly and allows the Company to elect whether to make principal payments when the threshold is met.

As of March 29, 2026, the Company’s leverage ratio exceeded 5.0x and accordingly, the Company was required to make total principal payments of $5 million related to the Series 2019 Notes, the Series 2021 Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes. As of March 29, 2026, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the securitization agreements.

As of March 29, 2026, the Company had accrued interest of $14 million within Accrued expense and other current liabilities. As of March 29, 2026, the principal payments on Long-term debt due over the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2026

 

$

16

 

2027

 

 

22

 

2028

 

 

22

 

2029

 

 

258

 

2030

 

 

19

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,810

 

Total

 

$

2,147

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

 

 

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company estimates the carrying values of Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted cash, Accounts receivable, net, Prepaid expenses and other current assets, Accounts payable, Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, notes payable and borrowings under our variable funding facility approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of notes receivable, net of allowances and lease guarantees, adjusted for subsequent amortization, also approximates their carrying value.

The carrying and fair value of debt is presented as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

As of March 29, 2026

 

 

As of December 28, 2025

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

 

Fair Value
(Level 2)

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

 

Fair Value
(Level 2)

 

Securitization Financing Facility:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series 2019

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

491

 

 

$

492

 

Series 2021 Class A-2-I

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

243

 

Series 2021 Class A-2-II

 

 

246

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

230

 

Series 2024

 

 

743

 

 

 

755

 

 

 

744

 

 

 

761

 

Series 2025

 

 

398

 

 

 

404

 

 

 

399

 

 

 

408

 

Series 2026 Class A-2-I

 

 

250

 

 

 

247

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Series 2026 Class A-2-II

 

 

510

 

 

 

505

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

The fair value of the Securitization Financing Facility Notes was estimated using market quotes and calculations.

8. INCOME TAXES

The Company is a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. Therefore, the Company generally does not incur or record U.S. federal or state incomes taxes since all taxable income is passed through to its members and reported on their respective income tax returns. The Company is subject to certain state and local taxes, including franchise and net worth taxes, which were not material and included within the income tax expense line in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As of March 29, 2026, the Company had a net deferred tax liability of $14 million arising from book–tax basis differences in intangible assets recognized as part of purchase accounting for the Sponsor Acquisition recorded in Other non-current liabilities.

The Company files its tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the tax years that remain open under the statute of limitations will be subject to examinations by the appropriate tax authorities. The Company is generally no longer subject to state or local examinations by tax authorities for tax years prior to 2021. As of March 29, 2026 and December 28, 2025, the Company has no unrecognized tax benefits, or accrued interest and penalties.

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings, claims and liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, including matters involving employees, franchise owners, and guests. The Company records accruals for legal contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. As of March 29, 2026 and December 28, 2025, management believes the ultimate resolution of any matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-47


Table of Contents

 

10. MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Prior to January 16, 2025, the Company operated as Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, which had a single class of membership interests.

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition and the formation of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, the Company amended and restated its operating agreements to establish three classes of membership interests: Class A-1 Units, Class A-2 Units, and Class B Units. The following table summarizes the authorized, issued, and outstanding membership interests as of March 29, 2026 (in millions):

 

 

Authorized

 

 

Issued

 

 

Outstanding

 

Class A-1 Shares

 

 

6,071

 

 

 

6,071

 

 

 

6,071

 

Class A-2 Shares

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

Class B Shares

 

 

320

 

 

 

265

 

 

 

265

 

 

Class A-1 and Class A-2 Units have identical economic rights and participate ratably in distributions and allocations of profits and losses, except that the Class A-2 Units were issued to certain members, including as rollover equity in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. Both Class A-1 and Class A-2 Units generally possess voting rights on matters submitted to the members.

Class B Units represent profit interest awards issued under the Company’s equity incentive arrangements. These units participate in distributions only after the Class A Units have received the return thresholds specified in the operating agreement, and certain Class B Units include catch-up distribution provisions. Class B Units generally do not possess voting rights, other than with respect to limited protective matters. Refer to Note 11, Equity-Based Compensation for additional information.

11. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company recognized equity-based compensation expense related to profit interest units in the form of Class B Units (“Incentive Units”) that vest ratably over a five-year service period beginning on the grant date, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date (“Time-Vesting Units”), of $3 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026. No equity-based compensation expense was recognized in the periods January 1 to January 15, 2025 and January 16 to March 30, 2025. No expense has been recognized related to the Incentive Units that vest upon achievement of specified performance thresholds based on Sponsor realized multiples of invested capital and internal rates of return (“Performance-Vesting Units”) as the Company has concluded it is not probable such units will vest as of March 29, 2026.

The following table summarizes activity for the Company’s Incentive Units for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026:

 

 

Time-Vesting Units

 

 

Performance-
Vesting Units

 

 

Number
of Units

 

 

Grant Date
Fair Value

 

 

Number
of Units

 

Nonvested as of December 28, 2025

 

 

95

 

 

$

56

 

 

 

175

 

Granted

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

Vested

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

—

 

Forfeited

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(7

)

Nonvested as of March 29, 2026

 

 

86

 

 

$

51

 

 

 

171

 

 

As of March 29, 2026, $45 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the Time-Vesting Units remains, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.1 years.

F-48


Table of Contents

 

12. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into transactions with related parties. These transactions are described below.

The Company has relationships with certain franchisees that may be considered variable interest entities (“VIEs”). These franchisees are independently owned and operated, and the Company does not have an equity ownership interest in these entities. The Company’s involvement with these franchisees arises primarily from franchise agreements, as well as, in certain instances, limited guarantees or other forms of financial support.

The Company evaluated these entities and determined that, although certain franchisees may qualify as VIEs, the Company is not the primary beneficiary as it does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance. Such activities are primarily controlled by the franchisees, including day-to-day operations, staffing, and local business decisions. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate these entities.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these franchisees is limited to the carrying value of any related receivables and any amounts subject to guarantee arrangements. As of March 29, 2026, the Company’s exposure was not material. All such exposures are presented below.

Due from Unconsolidated Affiliates and Notes Receivable

Amounts due from unconsolidated related party affiliates and notes receivable from related parties totaled less than $1 million as of March 29, 2026 and December 28, 2025, respectively, and are recorded within Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets. These balances represent advances and loans made by the Company to entities owned by a minority equity holder, and members of his immediate family. These advances and notes to franchise owners are unsecured, bear varying interest rates, and expected to be repaid to the Company in the normal course of business.

Operating Leases

The Company leases corporate office space from an entity owned by the family of the minority equity holder. Rent expense under this arrangement totaled less than $1 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and the periods from January 16 to March 30, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025, respectively. These amounts are included within Selling, general, and administrative expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The operating lease right of use asset recorded within Other assets as of March 29, 2026 and December, 28, 2025 totaled $4 million for these leases. The operating lease liability as of March 29, 2026 and December 28, 2025 totaled $4 million of which approximately $1 million was recorded in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and approximately $3 million was recorded within Other non-current liabilities.

Franchise Owner Ownership

Royalty revenues earned from related party franchise owners represented less than 1% of total revenues for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and approximately 1% of total revenues for the periods from January 16 to March 30, 2025 and January 1 to January 15, 2025. These amounts are included within Royalties and other revenues in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On December 31, 2025, the Company entered into a Master Franchise and Operation Agreement with an entity controlled by our founder providing for the development of a minimum of 300 stores to be opened in the United Kingdom and Ireland. No amounts related to this agreement have been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

Refer to Note 3 for information regarding a related party acquisition of franchise-owned stores.

F-49


Table of Contents

 

Transition Agreement

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company entered into a transition agreement with its former Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which he served as Chair of the Board of Directors of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC through January 16, 2026. During this period, he continued to receive payment of his base salary and reimbursement for business expenses in accordance with the Company’s expense policy. Total payments under this agreement were less than $1 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026 and approximately $5 million for the annual period ended December 28, 2025 and were recorded within Selling, general, and administrative expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Reimbursement Liability to Sponsor

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company entered into an administrative service agreement with the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company is required to pay or reimburse the Sponsor for certain expenses incurred in connection with the monitoring and evaluation of the Company’s operations. As of December 28, 2025, no payments have been made under this agreement. The Company had recorded approximately $2 million within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 28, 2025 related to this agreement, which was subsequently paid within the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2026.

13. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates as a single reportable segment and reports financial information, including Net income determined in accordance with GAAP, among other measures, on a consolidated basis to our Chief Executive Officer, who serves as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM uses Net income to make operating decisions, allocate resources, and evaluate financial performance, primarily by monitoring actual results compared to forecasted results, as well as by reviewing year-over-year results and trending historical performance. The CODM also uses Net income in competitive analysis by benchmarking to the Company’s competitors. The competitive analysis along with the monitoring of actual versus forecasted results are used in assessing the performance of the segment.

The CODM reviews significant segment expenses for our single reportable segment. Significant segment expenses include Selling, general and administrative expenses, Advertising expenses, and Depreciation and amortization, all of which are presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Other segment items include Interest income, Interest expense, Loss on extinguishment of debt, and Income tax expense, which are also presented in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events through May 15, 2026, the date these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued, for consideration as a subsequent event to be included in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pursuant to the Company’s strategy to buy out the remaining contractual rights of subcontracted area directors, the Company terminated an area development and service agreement with one area director effective April 30, 2026 for a total cost of $16 million.

******

F-50


Table of Contents

 

 

43,478,261 Shares

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

img114416868_75.gif

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
, 2026

 

Global Coordinators and Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

Morgan Stanley

 

Jefferies

 

J.P. Morgan

 

Co-Global Coordinators and Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

Barclays

Guggenheim Securities

 

Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

BofA Securities

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Evercore ISI

UBS Investment Bank

Baird

 

Wells Fargo Securities

William Blair

RBC Capital Markets

Deutsche Bank Securities

Wolfe | Nomura Alliance

 

Piper Sandler

Raymond James

Stifel

TD Securities

BTIG

 

Mizuho

Societe Generale

Truist Securities

 

Co-Managers

 

Blackstone Capital Markets

PJT Partners

Rabo Securities

Loop Capital Markets

Tigress Financial Partners

Academy Securities

Drexel Hamilton

Penserra Securities LLC

Roberts & Ryan

Telsey Advisory Group

 


Through and including , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Class A common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., and the NYSE.

 

Filing Fee—Securities and Exchange Commission

 

$

172,625

Fee—Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

 

225,500

Listing Fee—NYSE

 

 

300,000

Fees of Transfer Agent

 

 

100,000

Fees and Expenses of Counsel

 

 

8,800,000

Fees and Expenses of Accountants

 

 

11,000,000

Printing Expenses

 

 

1,500,000

Miscellaneous Expenses

 

 

901,875

Total

 

$

23,000,000


ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director and certain officers of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, as applicable, except where the director or officer breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, or obtained an improper personal benefit. In addition, no provision may limit or eliminate the liability of a director for the authorization of the payment of a dividend or a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law, and no provision may limit or eliminate the liability of an officer in any action by or in the right of the Company, including any derivative claim. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for this limitation of liability to the fullest extent permitted by law, as it exists now or may exist in the future. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that no amendment to our exculpation provision will limit or eliminate the rights or protections of officers with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to the time of the amendment.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee, or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee, or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where directors or certain officers are successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify them against the expenses such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

II-1


Table of Contents

 

Section 145 also provides that the expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or a person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise in defending any action, suit, or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit, or proceeding, subject, in the case of current officers and directors, to the corporation’s receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such officer or director to repay the amount so advanced if it shall be ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify them under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise.

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us, subject to limited exceptions, to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses they incur as a result of any proceeding to which they are or are threatened to be made a party or participant. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On February 24, 2026, in connection with its incorporation, the Registrant issued 10,000 shares of the Registrant’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, for $1.00. The issuance of such shares of Class B common stock was not registered under the Securities Act, because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction by the issuer not involving any public offering exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature pages hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

II-2


Table of Contents

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

(1)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(2)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(3)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that,
(A)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(B)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(C)
For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(D)
For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

4.1**

 

Base Indenture dated as of December 23, 2019, by and between Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee

4.2**

 

Series 2021-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 9, 2021, by and between Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee

4.3**

 

Series 2024-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2024, by and between Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee

4.4**

 

Series 2025-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee

4.5**

 

Series 2026-1 Supplement to the Base Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2026, by and between Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee

4.6**

 

First Amendment to Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, dated January 17, 2025 by and between Jersey Mike’s Funding, LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee

5.1

 

Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

10.1

 

Form of Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

10.2

 

Form of Tax Receivable Agreement

10.3

 

Form of Exchange Agreement

10.4

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

10.5

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement

10.6

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

10.7**

 

Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C., and Blackstone Private Investments Advisors L.L.C.

10.8**

 

Investor Information Agreement dated as of January 16, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC, Blackstone Capital Partners IX L.P., and Blackstone Private Equity Strategies Fund L.P.

10.9†

 

Form of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan

10.10**†

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. Employment Agreement, dated April 23, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Charles R. Morrison

10.11**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 10, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Michele Allen

10.12**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 11, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Stacy Peterson

10.13**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated October 21, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Scott G. McLester

10.14**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 23, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Betsy J. Mercado

10.15**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 8, 2024, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Peter Cancro

10.16**†

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated January 15, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Peter Cancro

10.17**†

 

Employment Agreement, dated May 13, 2016, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Walter C. Tombs

10.18**†

 

Transition Services Agreement, dated December 10, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and Walter C. Tombs

10.19†

 

Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC Equity Incentive Plan

10.20†

 

Form of Incentive Unit Subscription Agreement (Class B Units of the Aggregator) (General)

10.21**◊

 

Master Franchise and Operation Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2025, by and between Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, LLC and JM Submarines UK LTD

10.22†

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan

10.23†

 

Offer Letter, dated as of July 1, 2026, between Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. and Matthew Bromberg

21.1**

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP as to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP as to Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

23.3

 

Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)

23.4

 

Consent of Matthew Bromberg to be named as a director nominee

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this Registration Statement)

107

 

Filing Fee Table

 

** Previously filed.


† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

◊ Certain identified information has been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K because such information is both (i) not material and (ii) information that the Registrant treats as private or confidential. The Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of the unredacted exhibit upon request by the SEC.

II-4


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tinton Falls, State of New Jersey, on the 20th day of July, 2026.

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles R. Morrison

Name:

Charles R. Morrison

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 20th day of July, 2026.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

 

 

/s/ Charles R. Morrison

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Charles R. Morrison

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

 

*

 

 

Chairman

Nigel Travis

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Director

Peter Cancro

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Director

Fran Horowitz

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Director

David N. Kestnbaum

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Director

Cheryl S. Miller

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Director

Devon L. Rinker

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

Director

Michael J. Staub

 

 

 

 

*

 

Chief Financial Officer

Michele Allen

 

(principal financial officer)

 

 

 

*

 

Chief Accounting Officer

James Whalen

 

(principal accounting officer)

 

* By:

/s/ Charles R. Morrison

 

Name: Charles R. Morrison

 

Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5


Exhibit 1.1

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Underwriting Agreement

[ ], 2026

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Jefferies LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters
named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

c/o Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [____] shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), of the Company, and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [____] shares of Class A Common Stock and, at the election of the Underwriters, to sell to the Underwriters up to [____] additional shares of Class A Common Stock. The aggregate of [____] shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold by the Company and [____] shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders are herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of up to [____] additional shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders are herein called the “Optional Shares.” The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares.”

On the date hereof, the business of the Company is conducted through Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Jersey Mike’s Holdings”), and its subsidiaries. Prior to the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof), the Reorganization Transactions (as defined in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (each as defined below)) will be effected, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the Company will become the managing member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, and (ii) the Company


 

will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) and will be authorized to issue shares of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, “Common Stock”), in each case with the rights and privileges as set out in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. The Company and Jersey Mike’s Holdings are each referred to herein as a “Jersey Mike’s Party” and collectively referred to herein as the “Jersey Mike’s Parties.”

In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the Class A Common Stock to be sold by each Selling Stockholder (i) is currently held directly by such Selling Stockholder (or is currently held directly by an affiliate of such Selling Stockholder and will be transferred to such Selling Stockholder prior to the applicable Time of Delivery (as defined herein)) or (ii) will be issued by the Company to such Selling Stockholder upon exchange (the “Unit Exchange”) of membership interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (“Units”), held by such Selling Stockholder at a ratio of one Unit for one share of Class A Common Stock of the Company, pursuant to the terms of the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings (the “Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement”), and the terms of the Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) by and among the Company, Jersey Mike’s Holdings and the other parties named therein. The Class A Common Stock to be sold in the offering by the Selling Stockholders has been registered for resale pursuant to the Registration Statement (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) between the Company and the other parties named therein.

The offering contemplated by this Agreement includes, in addition to the offering in the United States, a public offering of the Shares (including in the form of DIs (as defined in Schedule V)) in the United Kingdom without admission to trading on a regulated market or primary MTF (as such terms are defined in Regulation 3 of The Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024) and without publication of a prospectus in the United Kingdom, as described in Schedule V.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (the “Directed Share Underwriter”) has agreed to reserve out of the Shares set forth opposite its name on Schedule I to this Agreement, up to [___] Shares, for sale at the direction of the Company to certain parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) – Directed Share Program (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold by the Directed Share Underwriter and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program at the direction of the Company are hereinafter referred to as the “Directed Shares.” Any Directed Shares not confirmed for purchase by the deadline established therefor by the Directed Share Underwriter in consultation with the Company will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

1. (a) Each Jersey Mike’s Party, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-297228) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to the Representatives and to the Representatives for each of the other Underwriters, excluding exhibits thereto, have been

2


 

declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) (“Rule 462(b)”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(ii) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(c) of this Agreement);

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [____] p.m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(b) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication listed on Schedule III(c), each, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

3


 

(iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. As of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, the Registration Statement did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the applicable filing date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(v) The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of the Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than as listed in Schedule III(c);

(vi) Each Jersey Mike’s Party (i) has been duly incorporated or organized, as applicable, and is validly existing as a company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as applicable, (ii) has corporate power and authority (x) to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, as applicable and (y) to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and (iii) is duly qualified as a foreign entity to transact business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the applicable jurisdiction) or equivalent status in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) where the failure to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), or in the business, results of operations or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the sale of the Shares, or on the power or ability of any Jersey Mike’s Party to perform in all material respects its obligations under the Transaction Documents (as defined below), or to consummate in all material respects the transactions contemplated by each of the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (any such change, a “Material Adverse Effect”);

(vii) Each “significant subsidiary” (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) of the Company (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity, as applicable, in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the applicable jurisdiction) under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (ii) has the power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and (iii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity, as the case may be, for the transaction of business and is in good standing (to the extent

4


 

such concept exists in the applicable jurisdiction) under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), where the failure to be so organized and in existence, to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(viii) None of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) there has been no Material Adverse Effect and (ii) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not (x) incurred any material liability or obligation (whether indirect, direct or contingent) that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, entered into any material transaction or agreement, in each case, not in the ordinary course of business, except for transactions and agreements related to the Reorganization Transactions and the sale of the Shares, including this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) between the Company, Jersey Mike’s Holdings and certain other holders of Units, and the Stockholders Agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement” and, together with this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement, the “Transaction Documents”) between the Company and certain stockholders of the Company party thereto;

(ix) The Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all the properties and assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(a)(viii) hereof, and hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases, except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(x) (i) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and, immediately after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the issuance and sale of the Firm Shares to be sold by the Company and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company would have an authorized capitalization as set forth under the pro forma column of the capitalization table in the section of the Pricing Prospectus entitled “Capitalization”; following the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the State of Delaware on or prior to the First Time of Delivery, (x) all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) will have been duly authorized and (other than the Shares issued pursuant to the Unit Exchange, which will be described in clause (y)) will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Company’s capital stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus and (y) all of the Shares (including the Shares issued pursuant to the Unit Exchange to certain Selling Stockholders) will have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein and in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Company’s capital stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus; and, upon the effectiveness

5


 

of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, all of the issued equity interests of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries will have been duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and non-assessable and (except, (A) in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares and (B) the Units owned by the Continuing Unitholders (each, as defined in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus)) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, mortgages, pledges, security interest, encumbrances, equities or claims other than as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and (ii) there are no outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Jersey Mike’s Parties other than as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(xi) Neither the Jersey Mike’s Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents, as applicable, or is in default (“Default”) under any indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract, lease or other instrument to which the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries may be bound, or to which any of their respective property or assets is subject (each, an “Existing Instrument”), except for such Defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or that would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect, in any material respect, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated or any of their obligations under this Agreement;

(xii) The execution and delivery of, and the compliance with, this Agreement, the issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and the transactions herein contemplated (i) after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charters, by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries, as applicable, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent (except as shall have been obtained prior to the Time of Delivery) of any other party to, any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries, except, solely in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), for such conflicts, breaches, Defaults, liens, charges, encumbrances or violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or that would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect, in any material respect, the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or any of the obligations of the Jersey Mike’s Parties under this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration, qualification or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency is required for the issue of the Shares to be sold by the Company, the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Jersey Mike’s Parties of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (w) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (x) the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, qualifications or filings as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, the filing of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware and (z) as shall have been obtained or made prior to the Time of Delivery; except where the failure to obtain any such consents, approvals,

6


 

authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications or make such filings would not impair, in any material respect, the ability of the Company to issue and sell the Shares to be sold by the Company or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Common Stock, constitute an accurate summary of the terms of such Common Stock in all material respects;

(xiv) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders,” insofar as they purport to describe provisions of laws or regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xv) There is no legal or governmental action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, threatened (i) against or affecting the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or (ii) which has as the subject thereof any property owned or leased by the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or would materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xvi) The Jersey Mike’s Parties are not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(xvii) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xviii) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have expressed their opinion with respect to certain financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, are independent registered public accountants with respect to such parties within the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as required by the Act;

(xix) Each Jersey Mike’s Party maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”); (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and each Jersey Mike’s Party is not aware of any material weaknesses in its respective internal accounting controls;

7


 

(xx) Each of the Jersey Mike’s Parties maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries is made known to the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of each of the Jersey Mike’s Parties by others within the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries;

(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Jersey Mike’s Parties; each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been duly authorized by each Jersey Mike’s Party and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of each such Jersey Mike’s Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except, in the case of each Transaction Document, as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and each such Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Pricing Prospectus;

(xxii) The consolidated historical financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise stated therein). The historical financial data of Jersey Mike’s Holdings and its subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data” present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. The unaudited pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included under the captions “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” present fairly in all material respects the information contained therein, have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are believed by each Jersey Mike's Party to be reasonable and the adjustments used therein are believed by each Jersey Mike's Party to be appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act, to the extent applicable;

(xxiii) No transaction has occurred between or among the Jersey Mike’s Parties and any of their respective officers or directors, stockholders or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing that is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and is not so described;

8


 

(xxiv) There are no contracts or other documents that are required under the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that have not been described or filed as an exhibit as required;

(xxv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Jersey Mike’s Parties, their respective subsidiaries, and their respective operations and properties, are in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to pollution or protection of the environment and of human health, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, or petroleum and petroleum products in any form (collectively, “Materials of Environmental Concern”), or otherwise relating to the use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Materials of Environmental Concern (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (ii) there is no claim, action or cause of action filed with a court or governmental authority, no investigation with respect to which the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have received written notice, and no written notice by any person or entity alleging violation of, or actual or potential liability on the part of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or their respective subsidiaries under, the Environmental Laws (collectively, “Environmental Claims”), pending or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, threatened against the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim that the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law; and (iii) to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or occurrences, including, without limitation, the release, emission, discharge, presence or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, that reasonably would be expected to result in a violation of or liability of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or their respective subsidiaries under any Environmental Law or form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Jersey Mike’s Parties or their respective subsidiaries or against any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim that the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law;

(xxvi) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof that are then in effect and which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

(xxvii) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries own or have adequate rights to use all trademarks, service marks, trade names, patents, inventions, copyrights, rights in software, domain names, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary information, systems or procedures) and all other intellectual property and similar proprietary rights in any jurisdiction throughout the world (including all registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, any of the foregoing) (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) used in or reasonably necessary to conduct their businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (ii) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries are subsisting and,

9


 

to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, valid and enforceable, and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the ownership, validity, scope or enforceability of, or any rights of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries in, any such Intellectual Property Rights; (iii) none of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property Rights of others that remains pending; (iv) to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, no person or entity is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property Rights owned or controlled by the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries in the preceding three years of the date hereof; (v) to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, none of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated in the preceding three years of the date hereof, any Intellectual Property Rights of others, and the conduct of each of the respective businesses of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus does not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property Rights of others; and (vi) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries use, and have used, commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property Rights (including software code) of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries the value of which to the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof;

(xxviii) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i)(A) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries own or have a right to use all information technology assets and equipment, computer systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, databases, data (including the personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, household, confidential or regulated data of their respective users, customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data used, gathered, accessed, stored, maintained or otherwise processed by or on behalf of them) and technology required in connection with the operation of the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ and their respective subsidiaries’ businesses as currently conducted (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”); (B) the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ and their respective subsidiaries’ IT Systems and Data are adequate for, and operate and perform in all respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries as currently conducted, free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, back doors, drop dead devices, malware and other corruptants; (C) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable measures to protect their IT Systems and Data, and without limiting the foregoing, the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have used commercially reasonable efforts to establish and maintain, and have established and maintained, reasonable information technology and information security policies, procedures, controls and safeguards designed to maintain and protect the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of their IT Systems and Data and to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized disclosure, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to their IT Systems and Data (“Breach”), including the commercially reasonable mitigation of any known vulnerabilities; and (D) except for any Breach that has been resolved without material liability or requirement to notify any person, there has been no such Breach; and (ii)(A) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have complied in the preceding three years of the date hereof, and are currently in compliance with, all applicable laws, statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority, binding industry standards,

10


 

internal and external posted privacy policies and contractual obligations, in each case, relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Data (including the collection, use, transfer, import, export, storage, protection, disposal, disclosure and other processing by or on behalf of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries of personal data) and to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from a Breach (“Data Security Obligations”); (B) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have not received any notification of or complaint regarding non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation by the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries that remains unresolved; and (C) there is no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, threatened alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation by the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries;

(xxix) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) (“Plan”) established or maintained by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries or their respective ERISA Affiliates (as defined below) are in compliance with ERISA; (ii) no “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (“Pension Plan”) established or maintained by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates; (iii) no Pension Plan established or maintained by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, if such Pension Plan were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA); (iv) no failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code (as defined below), whether or not waived, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Pension Plan established or maintained by the Jersey Mike’s Parties, their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates; (v) neither the Jersey Mike’s Parties, their respective subsidiaries nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under (A) Title IV of ERISA (including any liability under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (B) Section 430, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code and (vi) each Plan established or maintained by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code has received a current favorable Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) determination letter or is comprised of a master, prototype or volume submitter plan that has received such a favorable letter from the IRS and, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, no event, whether by action or failure to act, has occurred since the date of such qualification that would materially and adversely affect such qualification. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Jersey Mike’s Parties or their respective subsidiaries, any member of any group of organizations described in Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, the “Code”) of which the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries are a member;

(xxx) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) there is (A) no unfair labor practice complaint pending or, to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, threatened against the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries before the National Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under collective bargaining agreements pending or, to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, threatened against the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries, (B) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the

11


 

Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, threatened against the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries and (C) no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries and, to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, no union organizing activities taking place and (ii) there has been no violation of any federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in hiring, promotion or pay of employees or of any applicable wage or hour laws;

(xxxi) The Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as in their reasonable judgment are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged or as required by law;

(xxxii) The Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries possess such valid and current authorizations, licenses, permits consents and orders issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct their respective businesses and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”), except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or their respective subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or adverse modification of, or non-compliance with, any such Governmental License which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxiii) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Act, except as have been validly waived or complied with and except for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders;

(xxxiv) The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program;

(xxxv) No authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary in any jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are being offered;

(xxxvi) The Company has specifically directed in writing the allocation of Shares to each Participant in the Directed Share Program, and neither the Directed Share Underwriter nor any other Underwriter has had any involvement or influence, directly or indirectly, in such allocation decision;

(xxxvii) The Company has not offered, or caused the Directed Share Underwriter or its affiliates to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program (i) for any consideration other than the cash payment of the initial public offering price per share set forth in Schedule III hereof or (ii) with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (x) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer or supplier's terms, level or type of business with the Company or (y) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products;

12


 

(xxxviii) Except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Shares that have not been complied with or otherwise validly waived;

(xxxix) For the past five years, none of the Jersey Mike’s Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries, directors or officers, nor, to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, any employee or agent or representative of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or of any of their respective subsidiaries or controlled affiliates (each in their capacity as such), has taken any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any person to improperly influence official action by that person for the benefit of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, or to otherwise secure any improper advantage, or to any person in each case in violation of (a) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or (b) any other applicable law, regulation, order, decree or directive having the force of law and relating to bribery or corruption, including, if applicable, the UK Bribery Act of 2010 (collectively, the “Anti-Corruption Laws”);

(xl) The operations of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and each of their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, rules, and regulations, including the financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements contained therein, and including, without limitation, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, applicable provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, and the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”);

(xli) None of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, nor any of their respective subsidiaries, directors or officers, nor to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties any employee, agent or controlled affiliate of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or their respective subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government (including the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, or His Majesty’s Treasury, or any other applicable sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”) (each such Person a “Sanctioned Person”), or

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive territorial Sanctions (including, without limitation, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, or any other Covered Region of Ukraine identified pursuant to Executive Order 14065, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, and North Korea) (collectively, “Sanctioned Countries” and each a “Sanctioned Country”);

13


 

(xlii) The Jersey Mike’s Parties and each of their respective subsidiaries (a) have not, since the more recent of April 24, 2019 or 10 years prior to the date of the Agreement, engaged in, (b) are not now engaged in, and (c) will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country in each case in violation of applicable Sanctions.

(xliii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country;

(B) to fund or facilitate any money laundering or terrorist financing activities; or

(C) in any other manner that would cause or result in a violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise);

(xliv) For the past five years, the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and Sanctions, and no investigation, inquiry, action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to an alleged violation of the Anti-Corruption Laws, the Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or Sanctions is pending or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, threatened. The Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries have instituted and maintained or are subject to and will continue to maintain or be subject to policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and Sanctions;

(xlv) None of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in unlawful stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(xlvi) Except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are (and prior to the Time of Delivery, will be) no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

(xlvii) The statistical and market related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Jersey Mike’s Parties believe to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and represent their good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources;

14


 

(xlviii) Except for any failures or exceptions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and each of their respective subsidiaries have timely filed (taking into account valid extensions) all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns required to be filed by them in any jurisdiction through the date hereof and has paid all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes (and any related interest, penalties and additions to tax) required to be paid by them (whether or not shown on a tax return and including in its capacity as a withholding agent), except for any taxes being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with U.S. GAAP; (ii) there are no current, pending or reasonably expected tax deficiencies, audits, assessments or other claims or proceedings with respect to the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries; and (iii) the Jersey Mike’s Parties and each of their respective subsidiaries have made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements in respect of all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes in any jurisdiction (and any related interest, penalties and additions to tax) for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries (as applicable) has not been finally determined;

(xlix) None of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares;

(l) (i) Each of the franchise agreements entered into by the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries and described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus (collectively, the “Franchise Agreements”) is in full force and effect; (ii) to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, none of the persons or entities (the “Franchise Owners”) holding franchise rights from the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is in breach or violation of, or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would result in any breach or violation of, or constitute a default under) any such Franchise Agreement; (iii) none of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, any Franchise Owner has the right to terminate any Franchise Agreement prior to the termination of its stated term, and no event or circumstance has occurred which, with notice, lapse of time or both, would create such a right; and (iv) neither the Jersey Mike’s Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries has received, or, to the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ knowledge, been threatened with, a termination notice from any Franchise Owner or any other party with respect to a Franchise Agreement, nor is any Jersey Mike’s Party aware that any person or entity intends to furnish such a notice; except, in the case of clauses (i) through (iv), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(li) The Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries are in compliance with the applicable requirements of the Federal Trade Commission rules governing franchising and applicable provisions of federal, provincial, state or local laws or regulations governing the business of a franchise or that are applicable to their business as presently conducted, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Jersey Mike’s Parties that:

15


 

(i) Except (A) as will have been obtained on or prior to the Time of Delivery for the registration under the Act of the Shares, (B) as may be required under foreign or state securities (or Blue Sky) laws or by FINRA or by the Exchange (as defined herein) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (C) as would not impair in any material respect the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate its obligations hereunder, all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained or will be obtained on or prior to the Time of Delivery; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and has or will have at the Time of Delivery, after giving effect to the Unit Exchange, full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or similar organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of (A) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impact such Selling Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(iii) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8 105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”)) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8 303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8 501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the meaning of Section 8 102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8 102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC;

(iv) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in unlawful stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

16


 

(v) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information (as defined below), such statements made in the Registration Statement and Pricing Disclosure Package did not, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that are made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information will not, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. “Selling Stockholder Information” consists solely of the information with respect to such Selling Stockholder in the beneficial ownership table under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(vi) Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 or Form W-8 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof), together with all required attachments to such form;

(vii) The obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the dissolution of such Selling Stockholder or by the occurrence of any other event; if such Selling Stockholder shall be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, such Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(viii) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material non-public information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement; and

(ix) Such Selling Stockholder will not, directly or knowingly indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in any manner that will result in a violation of applicable Sanctions by, or could result in the imposition of applicable Sanctions against, any person (including any person participating in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $[____], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares

17


 

as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

Each Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grants, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [ ] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares of Common Stock in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule II, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by the Representatives but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof) or, unless the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule II hereto otherwise agree in writing, no earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. To the extent the Shares are delivered in certificated form and not in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, the Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates representing the Shares, if any, to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, [9:30 a.m.], New York time, on [  ], 2026, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, [9:30 a.m.], New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery,” each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery,” and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery.”

18


 

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(l) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered through the facilities of DTC in the case of book-entry shares or at the Designated Office in the case of certificated Shares, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. Each Jersey Mike’s Party, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act prior to the earlier of (i) the First Time of Delivery and (ii) the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery, which shall be reasonably disapproved by the Representatives promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus relating to the Shares or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, to qualify in any jurisdiction as a broker-dealer or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject;

19


 

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement (or such other time as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify the Representatives and upon the Representatives’ request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required under the Act to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon the Representatives’ request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s EDGAR system), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or publicly file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares (except for any Registration Statement on Form S-8, or any amendment thereto, to register shares issuable upon exercise of awards granted pursuant to the terms of any employee equity incentive plan), including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of Common Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than (t) the Shares to be sold hereunder or securities issued, transferred, redeemed or exchanged in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, (u) Common Stock or any such substantially similar securities to be issued pursuant to employee incentive plans existing as of the date of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC Equity Incentive Plan, the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026

20


 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan and any long-term incentive awards disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package), (v) Common Stock in respect of tax withholding payments due upon the exercise, vesting and/or settlement, as applicable, of any long-term incentive awards described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, (w) the shares or any such substantially similar securities to be transferred as a bona fide gift or gifts, including to charitable organization transferees or recipients, provided that, in the case of this clause (w) each recipient of such shares or substantially similar securities shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up agreement substantially to the effect set forth in Annex III, (x) Common Stock or substantially similar securities to be issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Units),(y) the issuance of up to 10% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock (assuming all outstanding Units are exchanged for newly issued shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis) or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or which are otherwise exchangeable for, Common Stock (including, without limitation Units or any such substantially similar securities of the Company) in connection with the acquisition of, a joint venture with or a merger with, another company, and the filing of a registration statement with respect thereto, provided that, in the case of this clause (y), each recipient of such Common Stock shall execute and deliver to the Representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such Common Stock, a lock-up agreement substantially to the effect set forth in Annex III), without the prior written consent of any two Representatives or (z) the facilitation of the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a stockholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Common Stock; provided that (a) such plans do not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and (b) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such trading plan (other than the required disclosure on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K or any other applicable SEC form, as applicable, of the entrance into any trading plan during the relevant reporting period, provided that such disclosure includes a statement to the effect that no transfers may be made pursuant to such trading plan during the Lock-Up Period). In addition, during the Lock-Up Period, the Jersey Mike’s Parties agree to (A) enforce the Lock-Up LLCA Provisions (as defined below), except that this provision shall not prevent the Jersey Mike’s Parties from effecting a waiver or amendment to permit a transfer of securities that would be permissible under the terms of the lock-up agreement in the form attached as Annex II hereto or from effecting the Reorganization Transactions, and (B) not amend or waive any such transfer restrictions with respect to any such holder without the prior written consent of any two Representatives. Each such Lock-Up LLCA Provision is in full force and effect as of the date hereof and shall remain in full force and effect during the Lock-Up Period, except as described in (A) above. For purposes of this provision, “Lock-Up LLCA Provisions” shall refer to the lock-up provisions set forth in the Amended & Restated LLC Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC entered into in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, pursuant to which all members have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to gift, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose such holder’s securities or any interest therein during the Lock-Up Period without the consent of Jersey Mike’s Holdings.

(f) If any two Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters delivered pursuant to Section 8(i) and Section 8(m) hereof, in each case for an officer or director of the Company, and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

21


 

(g) During a period of two years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to the Representatives copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to the Representatives as soon as they are available, copies of any current, periodic or annual reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; provided that any report, communication or financial statement furnished or filed with the Commission that is publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished to the Representatives at the time furnished or filed with the Commission;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”);

(j) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(k) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred; and

(l) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus”; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show; and

22


 

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following the distribution of a Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will (i) in the case of a Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, cease use of the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication until it is amended or supplemented and amend or supplement the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to correct such statement or omission, or (ii) in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in a Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information or the Selling Stockholder Information.

7. Each Jersey Mike’s Party and Selling Stockholder jointly and severally covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

(a) the Jersey Mike’s Parties will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ counsel and the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey in an amount not to exceed $10,000; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in an amount not to exceed $50,000 in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares;

(b) the Jersey Mike’s Parties will pay or cause to be paid (i) the cost of preparing share certificates, if applicable; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (iii) all costs and expenses incident to the performance of each Selling Stockholders’ obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; and (iv) all other reasonable costs and expenses incidental to the performance of their respective obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; provided, however, that 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show shall be paid by the Underwriters (with the Jersey Mike’s Parties paying the remaining 50% of the cost); the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall pay any transfer taxes payable on the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Company; and each Selling Stockholder shall pay any transfer taxes payable on the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, in each case to the Underwriters. In addition, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid all fees and

23


 

disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program; and

(c) Except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9, 11 and 13 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders herein are, on the date hereof and at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of their respective obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433 under the Act; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to the Representatives’ reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to the Representatives such written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

(c) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Company, Submarine Buyer LLC and Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P., shall have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

(d) On the date of the Prospectus concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

24


 

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate or certificates, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(f) (i) None of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Holdings included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (x) the exercise or settlement, if any, of stock options or other equity awards or the grant or award, if any, of stock options, restricted stock or other equity pursuant to any of the Jersey Mike’s Parties equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (y) the issuance, if any, of stock upon conversion or exchange of Company securities or securities of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or in the long-term debt of the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 11 hereof) so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(g) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war; or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 11 hereof) makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(h) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

25


 

(i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each of the parties listed on Schedule IV hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto;

(j) Prior to or concurrent with the First Time of Delivery, the Reorganization Transactions shall have been consummated in a manner consistent with the description thereof in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (except those Reorganization Transactions that are ongoing or recurring in nature);

(k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement;

(l) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representatives at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (g) of this Section 8 and the Company shall have furnished such other certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request; and

(m) The Selling Stockholders shall have executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto.

9. (a) The Jersey Mike’s Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, and each Selling Stockholder and its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and each person, if any, who controls such Selling Stockholder, within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter and its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or control persons, or such Selling Stockholder and its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or control persons may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, or an omission or alleged omission therefrom to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act and any additional information listed on Schedule VI hereto (a “road show”), or an omission or alleged omission therefrom to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, and each Selling Stockholder and its affiliates, directors, officers and

26


 

employees, and each person, if any, who controls such Selling Stockholder with the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or control person, or Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information in the case of the Underwriters, or the Selling Stockholder Information in the case of the Selling Stockholders.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and will reimburse each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; provided, further, that the liability of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder including any Optional Shares and the price per Share referenced in Section 2 hereof (each such amount, the “Selling Stockholder Proceeds”) as set forth in the Prospectus.

27


 

(c) Each Underwriter will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Jersey Mike’s Parties, the directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls the Jersey Mike’s Parties within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Jersey Mike’s Party or such affiliate, director, officer, employee or control person or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, or an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any road show or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse such Jersey Mike’s Party, its directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls such Jersey Mike’s Party within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Jersey Mike’s Parties or such affiliate, director, officer, employee or control person or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Underwriters consists of the following information: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” and the information appearing in the ninth, tenth and eleventh paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” (such information, the “Underwriter Information”).

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b), or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any one action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions

28


 

or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all indemnified parties except to the extent that local counsel or counsel with specialized expertise (in addition to any regular counsel) is required to effectively defend against any such action or proceeding. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Jersey Mike’s Parties or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Jersey Mike’s Parties, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) each Selling Stockholder’s obligation to contribute any amount under this Section 9(e) is limited

29


 

in the manner and to the extent set forth in Section 11(b) and such Selling Stockholder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the applicable Selling Stockholder Proceeds. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint, and the Selling Stockholders’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective Selling Stockholder Proceeds and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

(g)

(i) The Jersey Mike’s Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Directed Share Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (x) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (y) arise out of or are based upon the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase, or (z) are related to, arise out of or are in connection with the Directed Share Program, and will reimburse the Directed Share Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that with respect to clauses (y) and (z) above, the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Directed Share Underwriter.

(ii) Promptly after receipt by the Directed Share Underwriter of notice of the commencement of any action, the Directed Share Underwriter shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Jersey Mike’s Parties under subsection (g)(i), notify the Jersey Mike’s Parties in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall not relieve the Jersey Mike’s Parties from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraph of this Section 9(g) except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to the Directed Share Underwriter otherwise than under the preceding paragraph of this Section 9(g). In case any such action shall be brought against the Directed Share Underwriter

30


 

and it shall notify the Jersey Mike’s Parties of the commencement thereof, the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Directed Share Underwriter (who shall not, except with the consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, be counsel to the Jersey Mike’s Parties), and, after notice from the Jersey Mike’s Parties to the Directed Share Underwriter of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall not be liable to the Directed Share Underwriter under this subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No Jersey Mike’s Party, without the written consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Directed Share Underwriter is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (x) includes an unconditional release of the Directed Share Underwriter from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the Directed Share Underwriter.

(iii) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9(g) is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter under Section 9(g)(i) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each Jersey Mike’s Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other from the offering of the Directed Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each Jersey Mike’s Party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Jersey Mike’s Parties on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other in connection with any statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Jersey Mike’s Parties on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Directed Share Underwriter for the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Jersey Mike’s Parties on the one hand or the Directed Share Underwriter on the other and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Directed Share Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(g)(iii) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 9(g)(iii). The amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 9(g)(iii) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter in connection with

31


 

investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(g)(iii), the Directed Share Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares sold by it and distributed to the Participants exceeds the amount of any damages which the Directed Share Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(iv) The obligations of the Jersey Mike’s Parties under this Section 9(g) shall be in addition to any liability which the Jersey Mike’s Parties may otherwise have. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9(g) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (x) any termination of this Agreement, (y) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Directed Share Underwriter or any Jersey Mike’s Party, its officers or directors or any person controlling such Jersey Mike’s Party and (z) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

10. [Reserved]

11. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, the Representatives may in their discretion arrange for the Representatives or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty‑six hours after such default by any Underwriter the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty‑six hours within which to procure another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase such Shares on the terms of this Agreement. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the Representatives notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the Representatives have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies the Representatives that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, the Representatives or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the Representatives’ opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

32


 

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Jersey Mike’s Parties, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 9 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

12. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, or the Selling Stockholders, and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Jersey Mike’s Parties, or any Selling Stockholder, or any officer, director or controlling person of the Jersey Mike’s Parties, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

13. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 11 hereof, neither the Jersey Mike’s Parties nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, each Jersey Mike’s Party and Selling Stockholder pro rata (based on the numbers of Shares to be sold by the Company and such Selling Stockholder hereunder) will reimburse the Underwriters through the Representatives for all accountable and documented out‑of‑pocket expenses approved in writing by the Representatives, including fees and disbursements of counsel, actually incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

14. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives; and in dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, the Representatives and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement given by any Selling Stockholder.

33


 

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to: (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal and Compliance Division; (ii) Jefferies LLC at 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: General Counsel; and (iii) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Fax: (212) 622-8358, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; if to the Jersey Mike’s Parties shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: General Counsel; and if to any of the parties that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 7(i) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to the respective address provided in Schedule IV hereto or such other address as such party provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by the Representatives on request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Jersey Mike’s Parties, the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Jersey Mike’s Parties and each person who controls the Jersey Mike’s Parties, any Selling Stockholder or any director, officer, employee or affiliate of any Selling Stockholder, or any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, or affiliate of any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

17. The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby acknowledge that (a) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation the determination of the public offering price of the Shares and any interaction that the Underwriters have with the Company, the Selling Stockholders and/or their respective representatives or agents in relation thereto, is part of an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters and any affiliate through which it may be acting, on the other, (b) the Underwriters are acting as principal and not as an agent or fiduciary of the Company or the Selling Stockholders and (c) the Jersey Mike’s Parties’ and Selling Stockholders’ engagement of the Underwriters in connection with the offering and the process leading up to the offering is as independent contractors and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders agree that they are solely responsible for making their own judgments in connection with the offering and other matters addressed herein or contemplated hereby (irrespective of whether any of the Underwriters has advised or is currently advising the Jersey Mike’s Parties or any Selling Stockholder on related or other matters). The Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders also acknowledge and

34


 

agree that the Underwriters have not rendered to them any investment advisory services of any nature or respect and will not claim that the Underwriters owe any agency, fiduciary or similar duty to the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders, in connection with the offering and such other matters or the process leading thereto. The Jersey Mike’s Parties further acknowledge and agree that in any and all discussions with the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the matters contemplated hereby, that the Underwriters are providing services solely to the Jersey Mike’s Parties and all such employees, officers or directors of the Jersey Mike’s Parties engaged in such discussions are acting solely as representatives of the Jersey Mike’s Parties not in their individual or personal capacity as potential selling stockholders or as representatives of the Selling Stockholders (or any individual Selling Stockholder), and that any view expressed or recommendation that may be deemed to be made by the Underwriters is expressed or made solely to and for the benefit of the Jersey Mike’s Parties. The Selling Stockholders further acknowledge and agree that, although the Underwriters may provide the Selling Stockholders with certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation in connection with the offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to the Selling Stockholder to participate in the offering or sell any Shares at the purchase price per Share determined in the offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

18. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between or among the Jersey Mike’s Parties, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

19. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. Each Jersey Mike’s Party and Selling Stockholder agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and each Jersey Mike’s Party and Selling Stockholder agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts, and waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding.

20. Each Jersey Mike’s Party, Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

35


 

22. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Jersey Mike’s Party and Selling Stockholder is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to such Jersey Mike’s Party or Selling Stockholder relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

23. Without limiting the applicability of Section 2 hereof or any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any Underwriter who is affiliated with any person or entity engaged to act as an investment adviser on behalf of a client who has a direct or indirect interest in the Shares being sold by any Selling Stockholder, the Shares being sold to such Underwriter shall not include any shares of Stock attributable to such client (with any such Shares instead being allocated and sold to the other Underwriters) and, accordingly, the fees or other amounts received by such Underwriter in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall not include any fees or other amounts attributable to such client.

24. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

36


 

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Jersey Mike’s Parties and each of the Selling Stockholders. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Jersey Mike’s Parties and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

37


 

 

Very truly yours,

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

SUBMARINE BUYER LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

BOARDWALK II AGGREGATOR L.P.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 


 

 

Accepted as of the date hereof
[in , ( )]

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Jefferies LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

JEFFERIES LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 


 

SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

Total Number of

Firm Shares

to be Purchased

Number of Optional

Shares to be

Purchased if

Maximum Option

Exercised

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

[____]

[____]

Jefferies LLC

[____]

[____]

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

[____]

[____]

Barclays Capital Inc.

[____]

[____]

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

[____]

[____]

BofA Securities, Inc.

[____]

[____]

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

[____]

[____]

Evercore Group L.L.C.

[____]

[____]

UBS Securities LLC

[____]

[____]

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

[____]

[____]

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

[____]

[____]

William Blair & Company, L.L.C

[____]

[____]

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

[____]

[____]

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

[____]

[____]

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

[____]

[____]

WR Securities, LLC

[____]

[____]

Piper Sandler & Co.

[____]

[____]

Raymond James & Associates, Inc

[____]

[____]

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

[____]

[____]

TD Securities (USA) LLC

[____]

[____]

BTIG, LLC

[____]

[____]

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

[____]

[____]

SG Americas Securities, LLC

[____]

[____]

Truist Securities, Inc.

[____]

[____]

Blackstone Securities Partners L.P.

[____]

[____]

PJT Partners LP

[____]

[____]

Schedule I-1


 

Rabo Securities USA, Inc.

[____]

[____]

Loop Capital Markets LLC

[____]

[____]

Tigress Financial Partners LLC

[____]

[____]

Academy Securities, Inc.

[____]

[____]

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

[____]

[____]

Penserra Securities LLC

[____]

[____]

Roberts & Ryan, Inc.

[____]

[____]

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

[____]

[____]

Total

[____]

[____]

 

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE II

 

 

 

Total Number of
Firm Shares

 

Number of Optional Shares to
be Sold if Maximum Option

The Company

 

[____]

 

[____]

The Selling Stockholders:

 

 

 

 

Submarine Buyer LLC

 

[____]

 

[____]

Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P.

 

[____]

 

[____]

Total

 

[____]

 

[____]

 

Schedule II-1


 

SCHEDULE III

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

[____]

(b) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[____]

The number of Firm Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [____].

The number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders is up to [____].

(c) Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[____]

Schedule III-1


 

SCHEDULE IV

1. Charles R. Morrison

2. Michele Allen

3. Stacy Peterson

4. Scott G. McLester

5. Betsy J. Mercado

6. Andrew G. Skehan

7. Nigel Travis

8. Peter Cancro

9. Fran Horowitz

10. David N. Kestnbaum

11. Cheryl S. Miller

12. Devon L. Rinker

13. Michael J. Staub

14. James Whalen

15. Matthew Bromberg

16. Submarine Buyer LLC

17. Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P.

18. Original 56ers, Inc.

19. Paul Cancro Exempt Trust UA Cancro Family Dynasty Trust

20. Robert Cancro Exempt Trust UA Cancro Family Dynasty Trust

21. Caroline Jones Exempt Trust UA Cancro Family Dynasty Trust

22. Christine Cancro Exempt Trust UA Cancro Family Dynasty Trust

23. Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC

Schedule IV-1


 

SCHEDULE V

SELECT ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE UK OFFERING

Schedule V-1


 

SCHEDULE VI

 

[____]

 

 

Schedule VI-1


 

ANNEX I

[FORM OF PRESS RELEASE]

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.
[Date]

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead book-running managers in the recent public sale of [ ] shares of Class A common stock of the Company, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [ ] shares of Class A common stock of the Company held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [ ], 20[ ], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Annex I-1


 

ANNEX II

[FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]

[Date]

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Jefferies LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters
named in Schedule I of the Underwriting Agreement

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

c/o Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017

Re: Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Jersey Mike’s Holdings”) and the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II to such agreement, providing for a public offering (the “Offering”) of the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) and ending immediately after the close of the Trading Day occurring on the 180th Day after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “180th Day”) or, if the 180th Day is not a Trading Day, ending immediately after the close of the last Trading Day immediately preceding the 180th Day (such period of time between the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and, as the case may be, the 180th Day or the last Trading Day immediately preceding the 180th Day, referred to herein as the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, “Common Stock”), of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of

Annex II-1


 

Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company (including, without limitation, membership interests in Jersey Mike’s Holdings (the “Units”)), whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by the undersigned (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which the undersigned has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC (the Units, together with the Common Stock, the “Undersigned’s Securities”). The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities even if the Undersigned’s Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Securities or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from the Undersigned’s Securities. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to Company-directed Shares, if any, the undersigned may purchase in the Offering. For the purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, a “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for the buying and selling of securities.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions by any two Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, provided, that the failure to provide such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Representatives or the Underwriters and (ii) if so notified, the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted hereunder by any two Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer. [In addition, in the event of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in respect of shares of Common Stock or Units held by an affiliate of Blackstone Inc. and/or Peter Cancro and/or his affiliates, the Representatives agree that shares of Common Stock or Units held by the undersigned shall be immediately, fully and irrevocably released in the same manner and on the same terms from any remaining restrictions on a pro rata basis. The undersigned acknowledges that the Representatives are under no obligation to inquire into whether, or to ensure that, the Company notifies the undersigned of the delivery by any two Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, of any notice or waiver, which is a matter between the undersigned and the Company.]

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities:

(i) by will, other testamentary document or intestacy;

(ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, including without limitation to charitable organizations or educational institutions;

Annex II-2


 

(iii) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

(iv) to any immediate family member or other dependent of the undersigned;

(v) as a distribution, transfer or disposition to limited partners, members, stockholders or other equity holders of the undersigned or its affiliates (including a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the undersigned or who shares a common investment advisor with the undersigned);

(vi) to the undersigned’s affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managed by or under common control, or common investment management, with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership);

(vii) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above;

(viii) by operation of law, including pursuant to an order of a court (including a final domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement or other order) or regulatory agency;

(ix) to the Company from the undersigned upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of the undersigned pursuant to any contractual arrangement that provides the Company with a right to purchase the Undersigned’s Securities;

(x) in connection with transactions by any person other than the Company relating to Shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering, provided that in the case of this clause (x) no public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof;

(xi) to the Company pursuant to the “net” or “cashless” exercise at expiration of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company granted pursuant to any employee equity incentive plan of the Company outstanding at or prior to the closing of the Offering and referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (each, an “Incentive Plan”), provided that any shares of Common Stock or Units received by the Undersigned in connection therewith shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-up Agreement;

(xii) in respect of tax withholding payments (including estimated taxes) due upon the exercise at expiration of options or the vesting of any awards granted by the Company pursuant to any Incentive Plan of the Company (only to the extent the shares received upon such exercise or vesting are subject to the terms of this agreement), provided that any filings required to be made with the SEC or other publicity made regarding the same will indicate that such transactions relate to such tax withholding payments;

Annex II-3


 

(xiii) [as any pledge, charge, hypothecation or other granting of a security interest in the Common Stock, Units or as any security convertible into Common Stock to one or more banks, financial or other lending institutions (“Lenders”) as collateral or security for or in connection with any margin loan or other loans, advances or extensions of credit entered into by the undersigned or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and any transfers of such Common Stock, Units or such other securities to the applicable Lender(s) or other third parties upon or following foreclosure upon or enforcement of such Common Stock, Units or such securities in accordance with the terms of the documentation governing any margin loan or other loan, advance, or extension of credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to any agreement or arrangement existing as of the date hereof), provided that the undersigned or the Company, as the case may be, shall provide the Representatives prior written notice informing them of any public filing, report or announcement with respect to such pledge, hypothecation or other grant of a security interest;]

(xiv) in connection with the sale of the Undersigned’s Securities to be sold by the undersigned in the manner described in the final prospectus used to sell the Shares;

(xv) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the board of directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the Undersigned’s Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement; and/or

(xvi) with the prior written consent of any two Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters; provided that the Company or undersigned shall also provide prior written notice to the other Representatives;

provided that:

(1)(a) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (viii) above, each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein (and, in the case of clause (viii), the undersigned shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee to deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this Lock-Up Agreement); and (b) in the case of transfers pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vii), any such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value, other than with respect to any such transfer or distribution for which the transferor or distributor receives (x) equity interests of such transferee or (y) such transferee’s interests in the transferor;

(2) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vii), if any public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof (a) the undersigned shall provide the Representatives prior written notice informing it of such report or filing and (b) such report or filing shall disclose that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; and

Annex II-4


 

(3) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (viii) and (xii), if any public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof (a) the undersigned shall provide the Representatives prior written notice informing it of such report or filing and (b) such report or filing shall disclose that such transfer or distributions was made under the circumstances described in clause (viii) or (xii), as applicable.

[Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (1)(a) and 2(b) above shall not apply with respect to any transfer of shares of Common Stock to charitable organization transferees or recipients (including any direct or indirect member or partner of the undersigned that receives such shares of Common Stock pursuant to a distribution in-kind to such member or partner and is subject to restrictions requiring such shares of Common Stock to be transferred only to charitable organizations pursuant to clause (ii) above) in an aggregate amount, together with any such transfers by the undersigned and the undersigned’s affiliates pursuant to any substantially similar lock-up agreement with the Representatives, not to exceed 1.0% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (treating as outstanding, shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exchange of Units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings not held by the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, any transfer of shares of Common Stock to a charitable organization transferee or recipient that has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer shall not count towards the percentage in the preceding sentence.]

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a corporation, the corporation may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities to any wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such shares of Common Stock or Units subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such shares of Common Stock or Units except in accordance with this Lock-Up Agreement.

The restrictions described in this Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to [(1)] the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that (i) no transfers occur under such plan during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) no public announcement, filing or report under the Exchange Act shall be voluntarily made by any person in connection therewith during the Lock-Up Period (other than general disclosure in Company periodic reports to the effect that Company directors and officers may enter into such trading plans from time to time) and, if any announcement, filing or report shall be legally required during the Lock-Up Period, such announcement, filing or report shall clearly indicate therein that none of the securities subject to such plan may be transferred, sold, or otherwise disposed of pursuant to such plan until after expiration of the Lock-Up Period [and/or][,] (2) any sales made pursuant to a trading plan adopted pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act prior to the date of this Lock-Up Agreement, provided that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is made in connection with any such sales during the Lock-Up Period shall state that such sales have been executed under a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, and shall also state the date such trading plan was adopted [[and/or] (3) [any disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities made upon exercise of call options written by the undersigned that were entered into prior to the date of the Underwriting Agreement, and any pledge of such Undersigned’s Securities as security thereunder and any exercises of remedies with respect to such Undersigned’s Securities under such pledges].

Annex II-5


 

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

The restrictions described in this Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to (i) the sale of the Undersigned’s Securities as contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package; (ii) any exchange, transfer or sale in connection with, and as contemplated by, the Reorganization Transactions (as such term is defined in the Pricing Disclosure Package); or (iii) any reclassification or conversion of Shares or conversion or exchange of Units for Shares, provided that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) such Shares shall be subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned. Any signature to this Lock-Up Agreement may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 or the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Offering and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures to you in connection with the Offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions which survive termination under the terms thereof) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for the delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, (ii) the Registration Statement is withdrawn by the Company, (iii) the Company notifies the Representatives (or the Representatives notify the Company) in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, or (iv) the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by August 31, 2026, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-Up Agreement and this Lock-Up Agreement shall be of no further effect.

This Lock-Up Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

Annex II-6


 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

Exact Name of Stockholder, Director or Officer

 

Authorized Signature:

 

Title:

 

 


Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS Inc.

The present name of the corporation is Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Corporation”). The Corporation was incorporated under the name “Jersey Mike’s Inc.” by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation (the “Original Certificate of Incorporation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 24, 2026. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, is hereby amended, restated and integrated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1. Name. The name of the Corporation is Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1. Address. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center, Wilmington, DE 19801; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1. Purpose. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as the same exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1. Capitalization. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 21,000,000,000 shares, divided into three classes as follows: (i) 1,000,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”), (ii) 10,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), and (iii) 10,000,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the requisite vote of the stockholders entitled

1


 

to vote thereon, and, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is expressly required pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.2. Preferred Stock.

(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

(B) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.3. Common Stock.

(A) Voting Rights.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, each holder of record of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally or holders of Class A Common Stock as a separate class are entitled to vote (whether voting separately as a class or together with one or more classes of the Corporation’s capital stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

2


 

(2) Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, each holder of record of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally or holders of Class B Common Stock as a separate class are entitled to vote (whether voting separately as a class or together with one or more classes of the Corporation’s capital stock); provided, that, upon the occurrence of any split or combination of the Common Units (as defined in the exchange agreement, dated as of or about the date hereof among, inter alios, the Corporation, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC and the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time (the “Exchange Agreement”)) the issued shares of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically split or combined into a greater or lesser number of shares of Class B Common Stock at the same ratio as such split or combination of the Common Units; provided, further, that, if at any time the ratio at which Common Units are exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock changes from one-to-one pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the number of votes to which each holder of record of Class B Common Stock is entitled to cast on any matter shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of such other series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders generally.

(4) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation that solely amends Annex A hereto:

i.
to reflect the amendment and/or restatement of the Stockholders Agreement (as defined below) effected in accordance with its terms, the holders of Common Stock whose consent or approval is required to effect such amendment or restatement to the Stockholders Agreement pursuant to its terms shall be the sole and exclusive holders of Common Stock, as such, entitled to vote on such amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all other holders of Common Stock, as such, and the holders of any other class or

3


 

series of capital stock of the Corporation, shall have no voting power on such amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and
ii.
to add any additional Stockholders Agreement that may be entered into between the Corporation and one or more holders of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock from time to time, the holders of Common Stock party to such additional Stockholders Agreement added to Annex A hereto pursuant to such amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be the sole and exclusive holders of Common Stock, as such, entitled to vote on such amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all other holders of Common Stock, as such, and the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation shall have no voting power on such amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(B) Dividends and Distributions. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of capital stock of the Corporation, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine. Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock other than dividends payable in the form of additional shares of Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares) corresponding to an analogous dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares) to the holders of Class A Common Stock.

(C) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the right, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock as to distributions upon dissolution or liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(D) Transfer of Class B Common Stock.

(1) Upon any Exchange (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) of Common Units for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by each such holder equal to the number of Common Units surrendered in such Exchange shall be automatically transferred to the Corporation for no consideration, and the shares of Class B Common Stock so transferred to the Corporation shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and retired.

4


 

(2) Unless otherwise approved by the Board, a holder of Class B Common Stock shall not transfer shares of Class B Common Stock to any transferee (other than the Corporation) unless such holder also simultaneously transfers an equal number of such holder’s Common Units (or interests in Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC or any successor entity, which in the Corporation’s books and records relate indirectly to an equal number of Common Units) to such transferee in compliance with the Exchange Agreement and the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “LLC Agreement”), and only to the extent such transfer does not breach or violate, or cause any default under, the LLC Agreement or the Exchange Agreement.

(3) Any purported transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock in violation of this Section 4.3(D) shall be null and void ab initio. If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.3(D), a Person (as defined in Section 9.1(E)) shall, voluntarily or involuntarily, purportedly become or attempt to become, the purported holder (“Purported Holder”) of shares of Class B Common Stock in violation of this Section 4.3(D), then the Purported Holder shall not obtain any rights in and to such shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Restricted Shares”), and the purported transfer of the Restricted Shares to the Purported Holder shall not be recognized by the Corporation’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).

(4) Upon a determination by the Board that a Person (as defined in Section 9.1(E)) has attempted or may attempt to transfer or to acquire Restricted Shares in violation of this Section 4.3(D), the Board may take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to such transfer or acquisition on the books and records of the Corporation, including without limitation to cause the Transfer Agent to record the Purported Owner’s transferor as the record owner of the Restricted Shares, and to institute proceedings to enjoin or rescind any such transfer or acquisition.

(5) The Board may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind, by bylaw or otherwise, regulations and procedures that are consistent with the provisions of this Section 4.3(D) for determining whether any transfer or acquisition of shares of Class B Common Stock would violate Section 4.3(D) and for the orderly application, administration and implementation of the provisions of this Section 4.3(D). Any such procedures and regulations shall be kept on file with the Secretary of the Corporation and with its Transfer Agent and shall be made available for inspection by any prospective transferee and, upon written request, shall be mailed to holders of shares of Class B Common Stock.

(6) The Board shall have all powers necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 4.3(D), including without limitation the power to prohibit the transfer of any shares of Class B Common Stock in violation thereof.

5


 

ARTICLE V

Section 5.1. Bylaws. Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when the Designating Stockholders (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) (which, as used herein, shall include the Designating Stockholder Representative (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) by or through which any Designating Stockholders may be acting) cease to be entitled to designate a Designee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), or by the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3)% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1. Board of Directors.

(A) Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock), Section 11.2 and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, and subject to the applicable requirements of the Stockholders Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (in the form set forth on Annex A hereto, as amended and/or restated as provided for herein, the “Stockholders Agreement”), between the Corporation and each of parties thereto, the total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board. For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors (from time to time) whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. At each annual

6


 

meeting of stockholders commencing with the first annual meeting following the IPO Date, the directors of the class to be elected at each annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. Subject to the applicable requirements of the Stockholders Agreement, the Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to their respective class.

(B) Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, at any time when any Designating Stockholder is entitled to designate a Designee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), any newly-created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the total number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office (other than directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more such series, as the case may be), although less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or, with the approval of the Designating Stockholders, by the stockholders (or, in the case of any newly created directorship or vacancy in respect of a Designee, by the Designating Stockholders entitled to fill such newly created directorship or vacancy). Subject to the rights granted to holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, at any time when the Designating Stockholders cease to be entitled to designate a Designee, any newly-created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office (other than directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, as the case may be), although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and otherwise not by stockholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

(C) Subject to the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, (1) at any time when the Designating Stockholders are entitled to designate a Designee, any director or all such directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, and (2) at any time when the Designating Stockholders cease to be entitled to designate a Designee, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3)% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for so long as a Designating Stockholder is entitled to designate or cause the appointment of a Designee, (i) no such Designee shall be removed without, in addition to any vote required herein or by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares beneficially owned by such Designating Stockholder and (ii) any such Designee shall cease be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director upon delivery by such Designating Stockholder of a written instrument advising that such Designee shall cease to serve as the Designee of such Designating Stockholder.

7


 

(D) Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(A), the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1(A) hereof, and the total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

(E) Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1. Consent in Lieu of Meeting/Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, at any time when the Designating Stockholders are entitled to designate a Designee, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation may be taken by consent in lieu of a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the Designating Stockholders and the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series, including the Designating Stockholders, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law. At any time when the Designating Stockholders cease to be entitled to designate a Designee, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in lieu of a meeting by such holders unless such action is recommended by all directors of the Corporation then in office; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, or, to the extent expressly permitted by the certificate of designation relating to one or more series of Preferred Stock, by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken by consent in lieu of a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in

8


 

accordance with applicable law. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chair of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; provided, however, that at any time when a Designating Stockholder is entitled to designate a Designee, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board or the Chair of the Board at the request of such Designating Stockholder.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1. Limited Liability of Directors and Officers. No director or officer of the Corporation will have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of this Article VIII shall eliminate or reduce the effect thereof in respect of any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment or repeal. All references in this Section 8.1 to a director shall be deemed to refer to such other person or persons, if any, who pursuant to a provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Section 141(a) of the DGCL, exercise or perform any of the powers or duties otherwise conferred upon the Board by the DGCL.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1. Competition and Corporate Opportunities.

(A) In recognition and anticipation that (i) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Entities (each, as defined below) may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and (ii) the Designating Stockholders and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Non-Employee Directors, the Designating Stockholders or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

(B) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for any Non-Employee Director (including any

9


 

Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates or Affiliated Entities, the Designating Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliates and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 9.1(C) of this Article IX.

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this Article IX, the Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section 9.1(B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the provisions of this Section 9.1 shall not release any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries from any obligations or duties that such person may have pursuant to any other agreement that such person may have with the Corporation, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC or any such subsidiary.

(D) In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a potential corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted, to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(E) For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of any Designating Stockholder, a Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by any of the Designating Stockholders, controls any of the Designating Stockholders or is under common control with any of the Designating Stockholders and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; (ii) “Affiliated Entity” shall mean (A) any Person of which a Non-Employee Director serves as an officer, director, employee, agent or other representative (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (B) any Person that controls, is controlled by or under common control with a Person set forth in clause (A) whether directly or indirectly, and (C) any direct or indirect partner, stockholder, member, manager or other representative of any Person set forth in clauses (A) or (B); and (iii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

(F) For the purposes of this Article IX, “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, partnership,

10


 

unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing the restrictions on business combinations set forth in Article X of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

(G) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1. DGCL Section 203 and Business Combinations.

(A) The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

(1) prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

(2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

11


 

(3) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3)% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

(C) For purposes of this Article X, references to:

(1) “Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

(2) “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

(3) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

i.
any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section (B) of this Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity;
ii.
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;
iii.
any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under

12


 

Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (c) through (e) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);
iv.
any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or
v.
any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i) through (iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

(4) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(F).

(5) “Designating Stockholder Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Designating Stockholder or any of its successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

(6) “Designating Stockholder Indirect Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Designating Stockholder Direct Transferee or any other Designating Stockholder Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

(7) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the

13


 

outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the Affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include (a) any Designating Stockholder, any Designating Stockholder Direct Transferee, any Designating Stockholder Indirect Transferee or any of their respective Affiliates or successors, any Designating Stockholders acting together, or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, further, that in the case of clause (b) such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(8) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or associates:

i.
beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or
ii.
has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or
iii.
has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

14


 

(9) “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

(10) “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

(11) “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall refer to such percentages of the votes of such voting stock.

ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation.

Section 11.2. Stockholders Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for so long as the Stockholders Agreement is in effect, (a) the Designating Stockholders shall have and may exercise all such rights conferred upon them under the Stockholders Agreement, including the rights to nominate directors and appoint or cause the appointment of one or more directors to fill any vacancies or newly created directorships, (b) the total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall not be less than the minimum number of directors that all Designating Stockholders are entitled to and actually so designate thereunder, and (c) the total number of directors constituting the Whole Board in effect at any time shall be automatically increased to the extent required to give effect to the exercise of rights of a Designating Stockholder under Article II of the Stockholders Agreement to designate for nomination, appoint or cause the appointment of a director.

15


 

ARTICLE XII

Section 12.1. Derivative Actions.

(A) There is hereby established a committee of the Board designated as the “Litigation Demand Committee,” which shall have, and is hereby vested with, the sole and exclusive power and authority of the Board, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to investigate, review, consider and evaluate, and take and cause to be implemented all actions and make all such decisions and determinations with respect to, any demands to investigate or take any action with respect to any allegation or claim of any breach of fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, stockholder or other fiduciary of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, as well as any other allegation or claim that may give rise to a derivative claim that may be brought by or on behalf of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, including, without limitation, with respect to whether to initiate or decline to initiate any action, suit or proceeding, or to pursue, continue, move to dismiss, settle, compromise, resolve or take other action with respect to, any such demand or threatened or pending derivative action. Without limiting the foregoing power and authority so vested in the Litigation Demand Committee, the Litigation Demand Committee is authorized and empowered to exercise the full power and authority of the Board in connection with the exercise of the foregoing power and authority so vested in the Litigation Demand Committee, including, without limitation, the power and authority to engage such experts, counsel and advisors, including legal counsel and/or other advisors, as the Litigation Demand Committee may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or desirable to assist in the discharge of its authority.

(B) The Litigation Demand Committee shall be composed of the directors in office at any time and from time to time then appointed to the Litigation Demand Committee by the Board; provided, that a director shall only be qualified to serve on the Litigation Demand Committee if, prior to the director’s appointment to the Litigation Demand Committee, the Board has determined that such director satisfies the relevant criteria for determining director independence under any rules promulgated by any national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed for trading.

(C) The Litigation Demand Committee may in its discretion (and, solely to the extent the Litigation Demand Committee deems warranted by the facts and circumstances in respect of any demand or threatened or pending derivative action for which a demand has been made to, or that is otherwise before, the Litigation Demand Committee, the Litigation Demand Committee shall) establish a subcommittee of the Litigation Demand Committee, which subcommittee shall have any or all of the powers and authority of the Litigation Demand Committee.

Section 12.2. Forum. Unless the Corporation selects or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action arising

16


 

pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware. Unless the Corporation selects or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any cause of action arising under the federal securities laws of the United States of America, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

ARTICLE XIII

Section 13.1. Amendments. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, at any time when the Designating Stockholders cease to be entitled to designate a Designee, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3)% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X, Article XII and this Article XIII.

* * *

This Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at [_______] p.m. (Eastern Time) on [_______], 2026.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

17


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Scott G. McLester, its General Counsel, this [_______] day of [_______], 2026.

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

ANNEX A

 


Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1.01 Registered Office. The registered office and registered agent of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Restated Certificate of Incorporation”). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require as determined by any officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.01 Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that annual meetings of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.02 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board of Directors (the “Chair”) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the “Chief Executive Officer”) shall determine and state in the notice of such meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that special meetings of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the DGCL. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of the stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors, the Chair or the Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chair at the request of a Designating Stockholder (as defined in the

 


 

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation), the Board of Directors shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the approval of all directors then in office unless such Designating Stockholder has consented to such postponement, rescheduling or cancellation.

Section 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation) (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors only), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 of Article II of these Bylaws, (c) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business (as defined in Section 2.03(C)(2) below) on the 90th day nor earlier than the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation) are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on June 1 of the preceding calendar year); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or if no annual meeting required to be held was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on such stockholder’s own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice of on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting. Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased

2


 

 

after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under this Section and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(3) A stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall set forth:

(a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director:

(i)
all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,
(ii)
such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement and accompanying proxy card and to serving as a director if elected,
(iii)
a questionnaire completed and signed by such person (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record within ten (10) days of such request) with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee, and
(iv)
a written representation and agreement (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record within ten (10) days of such request) that such proposed nominee (A) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, and (C) would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with, all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, code of conduct and ethics, conflict of interest, confidentiality, corporate opportunities, trading and any other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors;

(b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting: a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for

3


 

 

consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made;

(c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:

(i)
the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner,
(ii)
the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such stockholder and such beneficial owner or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future,
(iii)
a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes appearance by means of remote communication at any virtual meeting) or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination,
(iv)
a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group that will (x) deliver, in the case of a proposal of business other than nominations, through means satisfying each of the conditions that would be applicable to the Corporation under either Exchange Act Rule 14a-16(a) or Exchange Act Rule 14a-16(n), a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders (including any beneficial owners pursuant to Rule 14b-1 and Rule 14b-2 of the Exchange Act) of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or in the case of any non-exempt solicitation made with respect to any director nomination, confirming that such person or group will deliver, through means satisfying each of the conditions that would be applicable to the Corporation under either Rule 14a-16(a) under the Exchange Act or Rule 14a-16(n) under the Exchange Act, a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders (including any beneficial owners pursuant to Rule 14b-1 and Rule 14b-2 of the Exchange Act) of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the voting power of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and/or (y) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination,
(v)
a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with (x) the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or (y) the stockholder’s and/or the beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation, and

4


 

 

(vi)
any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates (each as defined in Section 2.03(C)(2) below) and/or any other person (collectively, “proponent persons”), including, in the case of a nomination, the nominee, including any agreements, arrangements or understandings relating to any compensation or payments to be paid to any such proposed nominee(s), pertaining to the nomination(s) or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding);

(e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation;

(f) a description of any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, or understanding pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner has or shares a right, directly or indirectly, to vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

(g) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial owner that are separated or separable pursuant to such agreement, arraignment or understanding from the underlying shares of the Corporation; and

(h) the names and addresses of other stockholders and beneficial owners actually known (without any obligation of inquiry) by any stockholder giving the notice (and/or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made) to support financially such nomination or proposal, and to the extent known, the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially and/or of record by such other stockholder(s) and beneficial owner(s). A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board of Directors or other business proposed to be brought before

5


 

 

a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this ‎Section 2.03(A)(3) or any other section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any stockholder’s notice, including, without limitation, any representation required herein, extend any applicable deadlines under these Bylaws or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted a stockholder’s notice under these Bylaws to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business and/or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of stockholders. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for notice of the meeting, not later than five (5) days after the later of such record date and the public announcement of such record date and (ii) in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof, not later than ten (10) days prior to the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish, within ten (10) days of a request therefor, such other information as it may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed nominee is qualified under the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or any law or regulation applicable to the Corporation to serve as a director and/or independent director of the Corporation.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business (including, if applicable, the election of specific individuals to fill vacancies or newly created directorships on the Board of Directors) shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. At any time that stockholders are not prohibited from filling vacancies or newly created directorships on the Board of Directors, nominations of persons for the election to the Board of Directors to fill any vacancy or unfilled newly created directorship may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which any proposal to fill any vacancy or unfilled newly created directorship is to be presented to the stockholders (1) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (3) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the meeting, is entitled to vote at the meeting on such matters, and who (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03) complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 (except to the extent inconsistent with this paragraph (B) relating to the time period during which the stockholder must deliver the initial notice). The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on such stockholder’s own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of submitting a proposal to stockholders for the election of one or

6


 

 

more directors to fill any vacancy or newly created directorship on the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote on such matter may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting only if the stockholder delivers a written notice complying with the applicable requirements in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and this paragraph (B) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the Corporation first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting at which directors are to be elected. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General.

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 or the Stockholders Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chair of the meeting, subject to the supervision, discretion and control of the Board of Directors (and, in advance of the meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof) shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(3)(c)(iv) of this Section 2.03) and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chair of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the

7


 

 

commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted notwithstanding that such proposal or nomination is set forth in the notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, unless otherwise required by law, if any stockholder or proponent person (i) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act with respect to any proposed nominee and (ii) subsequently fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act (or fails to timely provide reasonable evidence sufficient to satisfy the Corporation that such stockholder has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act in accordance with the following sentence), then the nomination of each such proposed nominee shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that the nominee is included as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials for any annual meeting (or any supplement thereto) and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of the election of such proposed nominees may have been received by the Corporation (which proxies and votes shall be disregarded). If any stockholder or proponent person provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act, such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than five (5) business days prior to the date of the meeting and any adjournment or postponement thereof, reasonable evidence that it or such proponent person has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire or PR Newswire or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03, the term “close of business” shall mean 6:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a business day, and the term “affiliate” shall have the meaning given to such term under Rule 405 (“Rule 405”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the term “associate” shall have the meaning given to such term under Rule 405; provided that the term “partner” as used in the definition of “associate” thereunder shall not include any limited partner that is not involved in the management of the relevant partnership.

8


 

 

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as the Stockholders Agreement remains in effect and the Designating Stockholders (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) (which, as used herein, shall include the Designating Stockholder Representative (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) by or through which the Designating Stockholders may be acting) has the right to nominate at least one Designee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) thereunder, the parties to the Stockholders Agreement (to the extent then subject to the Stockholders Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

(5) Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies from other stockholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for the exclusive use by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.04 Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, notice stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

Section 2.05 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or

9


 

 

series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

Section 2.06 Voting. Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matters in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided under Section 212(c) of the DGCL or as otherwise provided under applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chair of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast on a proposal (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall only include votes cast for or against the proposal and shall exclude abstentions and broker non-votes) shall be required to approve such proposal, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different or minimum vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 2.07 Chair of Meetings. The Chair, if one is elected, or, in the Chair’s absence or disability or refusal to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence, disability or refusal to act of the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer, a director or officer designated by the Board of Directors shall be the chair of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

Section 2.08 Secretary of Meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary shall act as the Secretary or the Chair, the Chief Executive Officer or the chair of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as Secretary at such meetings.

10


 

 

Section 2.09 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only to the extent permitted by and in the manner provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.

Section 2.10 Adjournment. At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum is present, the chair of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time. Any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be adjourned by the chair of the meeting or the stockholders (including to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication), and no notice of the adjourned meeting shall be required to be given if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and may vote at such meeting are (i) announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, (ii) displayed, during the time scheduled for the meeting, on the same electronic network used to enable stockholders and proxyholders to participate in the meeting by means of remote communication or (iii) set forth in the notice of meeting given in accordance with Section 2.04. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting and (ii) if after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 2.11 Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication;

provided, that

(i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

11


 

 

(ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 2.12 Inspectors of Election. The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

Section 2.13 Delivery to the Corporation. Whenever this Article II requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) other than any party to the Stockholders Agreement to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), except as otherwise requested or consented to by the Corporation, such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.

12


 

 

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 3.01 Powers. Except as otherwise provided by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 3.02 Number and Term; Chair. Subject to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director so elected shall be as set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Board of Directors shall elect from its ranks a Chair, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Chair shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which the Chair is present. If the Chair is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chair) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall designate one (1) of their members to preside over such meeting.

Section 3.03 Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chair, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time or upon the happening of any event specified therein, and if no such time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

Section 3.04 Removal. Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 3.05 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by law and subject to the Stockholders Agreement, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next annual meeting for the election of directors and until such director’s successor shall be elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.06 Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, if any, and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer of the

13


 

 

Corporation or the Chair, and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office or a Designating Stockholder (as long as the Designating Stockholder has rights to designate members of the Board of Directors under the Stockholders Agreement) and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. At least twenty-four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board of Directors, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place.

Section 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including, but not limited to, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, subject to the Stockholders Agreement. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, subject to the Stockholders Agreement. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members then serving on the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless there are only one or two members then serving, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

14


 

 

Section 3.09 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and any consent may be documented, signed and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the DGCL. After an action is taken, the consent or consents, or electronic transmission or transmissions, shall be filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 3.10 Remote Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.11 Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.01 Number. The officers of the Corporation shall include any officers required by the DGCL, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Treasurer, and a Secretary and may elect (or delegate authority to the Chair of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer to appoint) one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries and any other additional officers as the Board of Directors deems necessary or advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

15


 

 

Section 4.02 Other Officers and Agents. The Board of Directors may appoint (or delegate authority to a duly authorized officer to appoint) such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.03 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the determination of the Board of Directors, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board of Directors has not elected a Chair or in the absence or inability to act as the Chair, the Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chair, but only if the Chief Executive Officer is a director of the Corporation.

Section 4.04 President. The President, if any, shall be elected, shall, under the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, be responsible for the operations of the Corporation and shall have all the powers, rights, functions and responsibilities normally exercised by a president. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to the President by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.05 Vice Presidents. Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

Section 4.06 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of the Treasurer’s duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

Section 4.07 Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when

16


 

 

and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

Section 4.08 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

Section 4.09 Corporate Funds and Checks. The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.10 Contracts and Other Documents. The Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

Section 4.11 Ownership of Equity of Another Entity. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4.12 Delegation of Duties. In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform such officer’s duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

Section 4.13 Resignation and Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized officer). Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Bylaws.

Section 4.14 Vacancies. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

17


 

 

ARTICLE V

Stock

Section 5.01 Shares With Certificates. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide by resolution or resolutions that the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation (it being understood that each of the Chair (if an officer), the Vice Chair (if an officer), Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall be an authorized officer for such purpose), certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

Section 5.02 Uncertificated Shares. Within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of any uncertificated shares, a written statement of the information required by the DGCL shall be sent by or on behalf of the Corporation to stockholders entitled to such uncertificated shares. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates.

Section 5.03 Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Corporation represented by certificates shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, in the manner prescribed by law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery of the certificates representing such shares (to the extent such shares are evidenced by a physical stock certificate) or by due delivery of transfer instructions (in the case of uncertificated shares) and any documents required therefor to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers and compliance with any procedures adopted by the Corporation or its agents and applicable law. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates (if the shares are to be certificated) or uncertificated shares (if the shares are to be uncertificated) shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates (if any) are presented to the Corporation for transfer or when any uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Corporation shall, subject to applicable law, have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation or uncertificated shares.

Section 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its

18


 

 

discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

Section 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Corporation shall prepare, no later than the tenth (10th) day before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of ten (10) days ending on the day before the meeting date (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

19


 

 

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5.07 Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Notice and Waiver of Notice

Section 6.01 Notice. Any notice to any stockholder under the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the DGCL shall be deemed given, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and if given by any other form, including any form of electronic transmission, permitted by the DGCL, shall be deemed given as provided in the DGCL. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

20


 

 

Section 6.02 Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

Section 7.01 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, if permitted, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Article VII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Treasurer, Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel and Secretary of the Corporation appointed pursuant to Article IV of these Bylaws, and to any Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article IV of these Bylaws, including, without limitation, any “executive officer” or “Section 16 officer,” and any reference to an officer of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other

21


 

 

corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, but not an officer thereof as described in the preceding sentence, has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be such an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, such an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for purposes of this Article VII.

Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee, member, manager, or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for purposes of this Article VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by the indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”)); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advancement of expenses made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee pursuant to this Section 7.02 in such indemnitee’s capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 or otherwise.

Section 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) ninety (90) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) thirty (30) days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL, and in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final

22


 

 

adjudication that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive.

(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws of the Corporation (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such persons, as applicable) in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Any obligation on the part of any indemnitee-related entities to indemnify or advance expenses to any indemnitee shall be secondary to the Corporation’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Corporation. The Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the indemnitee-related entities from any and all claims it may have against the indemnitee-related entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of

23


 

 

indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII.

For purposes of this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(2) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 7.05 Corporate Obligations; Reliance. The rights granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII shall vest at the time a person becomes a director or officer of the Corporation entitled to such rights and shall be deemed to create a binding contractual obligation on the part of the Corporation to the persons who from time to time are elected as officers or directors of the Corporation entitled to such rights, and such persons in acting in their capacities as officers or directors of the Corporation or any subsidiary shall be entitled to rely on such provisions of this Article VII without giving notice thereof to the Corporation. Such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

24


 

 

Section 7.06 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation and Others. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation and to any person (in addition to an indemnitee) serving at the request of the Corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of any other enterprise to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of indemnitees hereunder.

Section 7.08 Savings Clause. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if this Article VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under this Article VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this Article VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VII that shall not have been invalidated.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

Section 8.01 Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 8.02 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

Section 8.03 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last Sunday of each calendar year, or such other day as the Board of Directors may designate.

Section 8.04 Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

25


 

 

Section 8.05 Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

Section 9.01 Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when the Designating Stockholders (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) cease to be entitled to designate a Designee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation)), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3)% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, this Section 9.01) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

26


Exhibit 5.1

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

900 g street nw, suite 900

washington, d.c. 20001

 

telephone: +1-202-636-5500

facsimile: +1-202-636-5502

 

July 20, 2026

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

1 Commvault Way, S300

Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

To the Addressee Stated Above:

We have acted as counsel to Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-297228) (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to (1) the issuance by the Company of an aggregate of 13,782,609 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) (together with any additional shares of such stock that may be issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement, the “Company Shares”) and (2) the sale of an aggregate of 36,217,391 shares of Class A Common Stock by certain selling stockholders referred to in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholders”) (together with any additional shares of such stock that may be sold by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to Rule 462(b) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement, the “Selling Stockholder Shares” and, together with the Company Shares, the “Shares”).

We have examined the Registration Statement and a form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended Certificate”), which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In addition, we have examined, and have relied as to matters of fact upon, originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, including electronic signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We have also assumed that the Amended Certificate is filed with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware in the form filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement prior to the issuance of any of the Shares.

 

New York

Beijing

Boston

Brussels

HONG KONG

Houston

London

Los Angeles

luxembourg

Palo Alto

San Francisco

SÃO PAULO

TOKYO

 


 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

-2-

July 20, 2026

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that, (A) (1) when the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or a duly authorized committee of the Board, has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize and approve the issuance of the Company Shares, (2) when the Amended Certificate has been duly filed with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware and (3) upon payment and delivery in accordance with the applicable definitive underwriting agreement approved by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, the Company Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and (B) the Selling Stockholder Shares have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

 

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

 

 


Exhibit 10.1

 

______________________________________

JERSEY MIKE’S Holdco, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

______________________________________

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Dated as of [_____], 2026

THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY UNITS EVIDENCED BY THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN. PURCHASERS OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY UNITS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THEIR INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Article I Definitions

 

2

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

2

Section 1.2

Terms Generally

16

 

 

 

Article II General Provisions

16

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Formation; Continuation

16

Section 2.2

Name

16

Section 2.3

Members

16

Section 2.4

Term

16

Section 2.5

Purpose; Powers

17

Section 2.6

Foreign Qualification

18

Section 2.7

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices

18

Section 2.8

No State-Law Partnership

19

Section 2.9

Amendment and Restatement

19

Section 2.10

Classes

19

Section 2.11

Inspection of Books and Records

21

Section 2.12

Registered Members

21

 

 

 

Article III Management

22

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties

22

Section 3.2

Compensation

23

Section 3.3

Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts

23

Section 3.4

Officers

23

Section 3.5

Management Matters

24

Section 3.6

Voting and Other Rights

24

Section 3.7

Liability of Members

25

Section 3.8

Potential Conflicts and Competing Activities

25

Section 3.9

Fiduciary Duties

28

 

 

 

Article IV Capital Contributions; Allocations; Distributions

28

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Uncertificated Units

28

Section 4.2

No Capital Contributions

28

Section 4.3

Capital Accounts

28

Section 4.4

Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss

29

Section 4.5

Distributions

32

Section 4.6

Right of Set-Off

34

 

 

 

i


 

Article V Resignation; Dissolution; Transfer of Membership Interests; Admission of New Members

34

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Member Resignation

34

Section 5.2

Dissolution

35

Section 5.3

Admission of Additional or Substitute Members

36

Section 5.4

Transfer of Member’s Interest

37

Section 5.5

Subsidiary Distributions

40

Section 5.6

Encumbrances

40

Section 5.7

Further Restrictions

40

 

 

 

Article VI Reports to Members; Tax Matters 41

41

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Books of Account

41

Section 6.2

Fiscal Year

41

Section 6.3

Certain Tax Matters

41

 

 

 

Article VII Liability, Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance

43

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Liability

43

Section 7.2

Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons

44

Section 7.3

Exculpation

45

Section 7.4

Indemnification

45

Section 7.5

Advancement of Expenses

45

Section 7.6

Notice of Proceedings

46

Section 7.7

Insurance

46

Section 7.8

Indemnitor of First Resort

46

Section 7.9

No Appraisal; Release

47

Section 7.10

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

47

 

 

 

Article VIII Miscellaneous

48

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Governing Law; Severability

48

Section 8.2

Successors and Assigns

48

Section 8.3

Confidentiality

48

Section 8.4

Investment Representations of Members

49

Section 8.5

Amendments

49

Section 8.6

Notices

50

Section 8.7

Counterparts; Electronic Signatures

52

Section 8.8

Power of Attorney

52

Section 8.9

Founder Member Representative

53

Section 8.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

54

Section 8.11

EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE

54

Section 8.12

Entire Agreement

55

Section 8.13

Section Titles

55

Section 8.14

No Third Party Beneficiaries

55

ii


 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC (the “Company”), dated and effective as of [_____], 2026, is adopted by and among Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Managing Member (as defined below), the other Members set forth on the signature pages hereto and each other Person who becomes a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

BACKGROUND

1.
On January 7, 2025, the Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Act by the filing of the certificate of formation of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC (the “Certificate of Formation”) with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware.
2.
On January 16, 2025, the Members of the Company entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (the “Prior Agreement”).
3.
The Company and/or its Affiliates, including the Managing Member, are undertaking certain Offering Transactions and Reorganization Transactions in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of shares of Class A common stock of the Managing Member (the “IPO”), including, prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, the admission of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. as the Managing Member of the Company.
4.
Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(vi) and (x) of the Prior Agreement, the Board (as defined in the Prior Agreement) was permitted to form a parent holding company that would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and whose primary asset would consist of interests in the Company, which parent holding company would be the IPO Corporation (as defined in the Prior Agreement) and would control the Company following a Public Offering (as defined in the Prior Agreement), and take such other steps as the Board deems necessary, advisable or convenient, including by amending the Prior Agreement, to create a suitable vehicle for a Public Offering (as defined in the Prior Agreement).
5.
The Board caused the formation of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. in order to control the Company following the IPO.
6.
Pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Prior Agreement, the Board may, in its sole discretion and to the fullest extent allowable under Delaware law, amend the Prior Agreement without the consent or approval of the other Members.

 


 

7.
Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, is hereby admitted to the Company as Managing Member with effect upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, and in such capacity shall have the rights and obligations as provided in this Agreement.
8.
The Board desires to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, including to give effect to certain Offering Transactions and Reorganization Transactions undertaken in connection with the IPO, and has authorized, approved and adopted this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

Article I

Definitions

Section 1.1 Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Title 6, Delaware Code, §§ 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time.

“Additional Member” means any Person that has been admitted to the Company as a Member following the date hereof pursuant to Section 5.3 by virtue of having received Membership Interests from the Company and not from any other Member or Assignee.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant fiscal year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) decrease such deficit by any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the penultimate sentence of each of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704‑2(i)(5) and 1.704‑2(g)(1); and

(b) increase such deficit by the items described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704‑1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

“Affiliate” when used with reference to another Person means any Person (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, except when such other Person is the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with, such other Person; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) an Affiliate of a Person shall not include any Portfolio Companies of such Person or its Affiliates, (b) the Company and its Subsidiaries, Management Aggregator and the Managing Member shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of Peter Cancro, the Founder Member or its Affiliates, (c) Peter Cancro, the Founder Member and their respective Affiliates shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company, (d) the Company and its Subsidiaries, Management Aggregator and the Managing Member shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of the Blackstone Member or its Affiliates, and (e) Peter Cancro and any Person directly or indirectly, through one

2


 

or more intermediaries, Controlled by Peter Cancro shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Founder Member.

“Affiliated Institution” means with respect to any Covered Person, any investment fund, institutional investor or other financial intermediary with which such Covered Person is Affiliated or of which such Covered Person is a member, partner or employee.

“Affiliated Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c).

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above.

“Assignee” means any transferee to which a Member or another Assignee has transferred its interest in the Company in accordance with Article V.

“Assumed Income Tax Rate” means the highest effective combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual or corporation that is resident in New York City (whichever is higher) for such taxable year, taking into account the character of the taxable income in question, taxes imposed under Section 1411 of the Code, and the limitations on the deductibility of tax items; provided, that with the prior consent of the Blackstone Member (so long as the Blackstone Member owns any Units of the Company), the Managing Member may reduce the Assumed Income Tax Rate to any tax rate that is at least equal to the combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to a corporation that is resident in New York City for such taxable year taking into account the character of the taxable income in question, taxes imposed under Section 1411 of the Code, and the limitations on the deductibility of tax items.

“Available Cash” means, with respect to any fiscal period, the amount of cash on hand which the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, acting in good faith, deems available for distribution to the Members, taking into account all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company then due and amounts which the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to expend or retain for working capital or to place into reserves for customary and usual claims with respect to the Company’s operations.

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to a Member, (a) the Member’s general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) the filing of a petition or answer seeking for the Member any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, receivership, liquidation, dissolution, protection or similar relief in any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceeding or (c) the filing of an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Member in any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceeding.

“Blackstone Majority Holders” means the Person or Persons holding a majority of Common Units held by Blackstone Members.

“Blackstone Member” means, collectively, Submarine Buyer LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Purchaser”) and any Subsequent Transferee of the Purchaser (unless the Blackstone Member notifies the Company prior to any Transfer that such Subsequent Transferee shall not be a Blackstone Member) and any Affiliate of a Blackstone Member, in each case who becomes a Member in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In the event

3


 

that the Blackstone Member refers to multiple Persons, any action required or permitted to be taken or determination required or permitted to be made by the Blackstone Member shall require the approval of either (a) the Blackstone Majority Holders or (b) the Person appointed in writing by the Blackstone Majority Holders to take such actions.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a holiday on which national banking associations in the State of New York are authorized by law to close.

“Cancro Family Member” means (a) Peter Cancro, (b) any descendant of Peter Cancro (whether natural, adopted or step); (c) any spouse of Peter Cancro or of a descendant of Peter Cancro; (d) any estate, trust, guardianship, custodianship or other fiduciary arrangement for the benefit of any one or more individuals named or described in (a), (b) and (c) above, so long as one or more individuals named or described in (a), (b) and (c) above controls all rights to vote Units so owned; and (e) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business organization controlled exclusively by (and all of the interests in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by) any one or more individuals or entities named or described in (a), (b), (c) and (d) above.

“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the account maintained for such Member in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be added such Member’s Capital Contributions, such Member’s share of Net Income and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(c) hereof, and the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member.

(b) To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be deducted the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed (or deemed distributed) to such Member pursuant to this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Net Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(c) hereof, and the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company.

(c) In the event any interest in the Company is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest.

(d) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of subparagraphs (a) and (b) hereof, there shall be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code.

(e) The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704‑1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.

4


 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in determining the Capital Accounts of the Members, the Managing Member may make such allocations as it deems necessary to give economic effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of cash and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money) contributed from time to time to the Company by such Member.

“Certificate of Formation” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above.

“Claims and Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

“Class” means the classes of Units into which the interests of the Company may be classified or divided from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

“Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Managing Member.

“Class A Units” means the Class A-1 Units and the Class A-2 Units.

“Class A-1 Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Class A-1 Units” under the Prior Agreement and having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Prior Agreement.

“Class A-2 Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Class A-2 Units” under the Prior Agreement and having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Prior Agreement.

“Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock of the Managing Member.

“Class B Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Class B Units” under the Prior Agreement and having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Prior Agreement.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute. Any reference herein to a particular provision of the Code shall mean, where appropriate, the corresponding provision in any successor statute.

“Common Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Common Units” and having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in, and subject to, this Agreement.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above.

“Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partnership minimum gain” set forth in Regulations Section 1.704‑2(d).

5


 

“Control” when used with reference to any Person means the power to direct the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, by or through stock or other equity ownership, agency or otherwise, or pursuant to or in connection with an agreement, arrangement or understanding (written or oral); and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Corporate Opportunity” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c).

“Covered Person” means (a) each Officer, the Managing Member (including any former, additional or substitute Managing Member), and each officer and director of the Managing Member (including of any former, additional or substitute Managing Member); (b) any Affiliated Person of the Blackstone Member or any Founder Member and any Affiliates of the Partnership Representative or Designated Individual (as applicable); (c) the Designated Individual and the Partnership Representative (as applicable), in each case solely in their or its capacity as such and each such Person’s successors, heirs, estate or legal representatives; (d) any Person that is required to be indemnified by the Managing Member under the Delaware General Corporation Law, pursuant to and in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and/or the bylaws of the Managing Member as in effect from time to time, or pursuant to and in accordance with any indemnification agreement whereby the Managing Member agrees to indemnify such Person in such Person’s capacity as a director, officer or employee of the Managing Member; (e) any officer or director of the Managing Member or any former, additional or substitute Managing Member who is or was serving at the request of the Managing Member or any additional or substitute Managing Member as an officer, director, employee, member, manager, partner, partnership representative, designated individual, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person, provided, that a Person shall not be a Covered Person under this clause (f) by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services; (g) any other Person the Managing Member in its sole discretion designates as a “Covered Person” for purposes of this Agreement; (h) each Initial Member and; (i) any Person of which an Initial Member, the Managing Member, an Affiliated Person of an Initial Member or an Affiliated Person of the Managing Member (other than a shareholder of the Managing Member and its Affiliates) is an officer, director, manager, shareholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent; and (j) any Person who is an Affiliate, officer, director, manager, shareholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent of any of the foregoing in clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i) whether or not such Person continues to have the applicable status referred to in such clauses.

“Depreciation” means, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year is zero, Depreciation shall be calculated with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.

6


 

“Designated Individual” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c).

“Disabling Conduct” means, in respect of any Person, an act or omission (a) that is a criminal act by such Person that such Person had no reasonable cause to believe was lawful, (b) that constitutes intentional fraud or bad faith by such Person or (c) with respect to any individual who is also an employee or Officer of the Company or an employee or officer of one of the Company’s Subsidiaries, a breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or one of its subsidiaries.

“Dissolution” means, with respect to a Member that is not a natural person, means (a) the filing of a certificate of dissolution (or equivalent document in such Member’s jurisdiction of organization) on such Member’s behalf, (b) such Member’s administrative dissolution, unless such Member’s legal existence is reinstated within the time period prescribed by applicable law, or (c) any other event that initiates such Member’s winding up under applicable law.

“Encumbrance” means any mortgage, hypothecation, claim, lien, encumbrance, conditional sales or other title retention agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, pledge, option, charge, security interest or other similar interest, easement, judgment or imperfection of title of any nature whatsoever.

“Equity Incentive Plan” means the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“Exchange Agreement” means the exchange agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among, inter alios, the Managing Member, the other Members party thereto, and the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time.

“Exchange Transaction” means an exchange of Common Units for shares of Class A Common Stock of the Managing Member pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement or, if the Managing Member and the exchanging Member shall mutually agree, a Transfer of Common Units to the Managing Member, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries for shares of Class A Common Stock of the Managing Member or other consideration otherwise than pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement.

“Founder Majority Holders” means the Person or Persons holding a majority of the Common Units held by the Founder Member.

“Founder Member” means, collectively, Original 56ers, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Founder Corp”) and the Founder Trusts and each of their respective Permitted Transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Founder Member refers to multiple Persons, any action required or permitted to be taken or determination required or permitted to be made by the Founder Member shall solely require the approval of the Founder Member Representative.

7


 

“Founder Member Representative” means the Person designated pursuant to Section 8.9 of this Agreement.

“Founder Trusts” means the Christine Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020, the Caroline Jones Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020, the Robert Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020, and the Paul Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020.

“Governmental Authority” means any national, supranational, state, federal, provincial, local or municipal government or any administrative or regulatory body with authority therefrom with jurisdiction over the Company or any Member, as the case may be.

“Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of contribution, as determined by the contributing Member and the Company.

(b) The Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member, as of the following times:

(i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company (other than in connection with the execution of this Agreement) by a new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

(ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company, if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

(iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704‑1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and

(iv) such other times as the Managing Member shall reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Regulations Sections 1.704‑1(b) and 1.704‑2.

(c) The Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to a Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member.

8


 

(d) The Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) to the extent that the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this definition of Gross Asset Value is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (d).

(e) If the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (a), (b), or (d) of this definition of Gross Asset Value, then such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.

“Incentive Unit Award Agreement” means an Incentive Unit Award Agreement or Incentive Unit Subscription Agreement, as applicable, between the Company and one or more Management Members, in a form approved by the Board (as defined in the Prior Agreement) or the Managing Member, as applicable, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Incentive Unit Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(f).

“Incentive Unit Exchange Rate” means, at any time, the quotient of (a) the excess of (x) the Per Common Unit Equity Value on the date of the Incentive Unit Exchange over (y) the sum of the Participation Threshold applicable to such Incentive Unit and the amount of any Tax Distributions made in respect of the applicable Incentive Unit after the date of the IPO and prior to it becoming a Participating Incentive Unit, divided by (b) the Per Common Unit Equity Value on the date of the Incentive Unit Exchange; provided that if the number determining by the foregoing calculation is a negative number, the Incentive Unit Exchange Rate shall be deemed to be zero (0).

“Incentive Units” means the limited liability company interests of the Company designated as “Incentive Units” and having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in, and subject to, this Agreement.

“Initial Members” means the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member.

To “invest” shall mean to directly (or indirectly through a Person of whom such Person possesses or exercises, directly or indirectly, Control or influence over, or provides advice regarding, the investment decisions or management of such entity, in each case, in exchange for compensation) invest, whether in the form of debt, equity or otherwise.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

9


 

“IPO Common Unit Issuance” means the issuance of Common Units undertaken in connection with the IPO.

“Management Aggregator” means Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Management Aggregator Equity Incentive Plan” means the Management Aggregator Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

“Management Member” means the holders of Common Units or Incentive Units under this Agreement who provide or provided services to the Company or its Affiliates.

“Managing Member” means Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor Managing Member admitted to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in its capacity as the managing member of the Company.

“Master Reorganization Agreement” means that certain Master Reorganization Agreement, dated as of [_____], 2026, by and among Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., the Company and the other parties thereto.

“Member” means (a) the Managing Member, (b) the Blackstone Member, (c) the Founder Member, (d) the Management Aggregator and (e) each other Person who is hereafter admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member or Additional Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Act. The Members shall constitute the “members” (as that term is defined in the Act) of the Company. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Members shall constitute a single class or group of members of the Company for voting and related purposes of the Act and this Agreement.

“Member Minimum Gain” means an amount with respect to each “partner nonrecourse debt” (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704‑2(i)(3).

“Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning assigned to “partner nonrecourse debt” in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

“Member Nonrecourse Deduction” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

“Membership Interest” means the entire limited liability company interest of a Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of such Member to any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Member to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Membership Interests shall be expressed as a number and type of Units.

10


 

“Net Income” or “Net Loss” means for each taxable year of the Company, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such taxable year, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) Any expenditures of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704‑1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, Depreciation shall be taken into account for such fiscal year;

(f) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704‑1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of Net Income or Net Loss, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(c) hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss. The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss, or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(c) hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of Net Income or Net Loss.

“Offering Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Statement.

11


 

“Officer” means each Person designated as an officer of the Company pursuant to Section 3.4, subject to such Section 3.4 and any resolution of the Managing Member appointing such Person as an officer or relating to such appointment.

“Other Member” means any Member that is not the Blackstone Member or the Founder Member.

“Participating Incentive Unit” means an Incentive Unit that is a Vested Unit and for which the Participation Threshold is zero (0).

“Participation Threshold” with respect to an Incentive Unit, is equal to the amount determined by the Managing Member (as adjusted for any changes to the capital structure of the Company from time to time) and communicated to the holder of such Incentive Unit and reflected in the books and records of the Company. Each Incentive Unit’s Participation Threshold shall be adjusted after the grant of such Incentive Unit as follows:

(a)
In the event of any distribution pursuant to Section 4.5 or pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Prior Agreement, the Participation Threshold of each Incentive Unit outstanding at the time of such distribution shall be reduced (but not below zero (0)) by the amount distributable to the holder of a single Common Unit in connection with such distribution; and
(b)
If the Company at any time subdivides (by any Unit split, Unit distribution or otherwise) its outstanding Units into a greater number of Units, the Participation Threshold of each Incentive Unit in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and if the Company at any time combines (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) its outstanding Units into a smaller number of Units, the Participation Threshold of each Incentive Unit in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

“Partnership Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c).

“Per Common Unit Equity Value” means, as of any particular time, the amount to which each holder of a Common Unit would be entitled in respect of such Common Unit if the aggregate equity value of the Company as of such time (as reasonably determined by the Managing Member based on the volume weighted average price per share of the Class A Common Stock on the Trading Day prior to the date of an Incentive Unit Exchange) were distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 4.5 (assuming for these purposes that all Incentive Units are Vested Units).

“Permitted Pledge” means any pledge, hypothecation or grant of security over Units by the Blackstone Member or the Founder Member or any Affiliate thereof with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) to or in favor of any bank or financial institution as collateral for (a) any loan, advance, extension of credit or (b) any derivative transaction referencing the Class A Common Stock (including, without limitation, any transaction which transfers some or all of the economic risk of ownership of Class A Common Stock, including any forward contract, equity swap, put or call, put or call equivalent position, collar, sale of exchangeable security or any similar transaction), in the case of each of clause (a) and (b), other

12


 

than a total return swap or other transaction or instrument which is deemed to transfer some or all of the beneficial ownership of any Units for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

“Permitted Transferee” means, generally, with respect to any Member: (a) that is not a natural person, any Affiliate of such Member or any investment fund, vehicle or similar entity of which such Member or an Affiliate, advisor or manager of such Member serves as the general partner, manager or advisor and in which such Member or an Affiliate retains dispositive power (but excluding any Portfolio Company of the foregoing); (b) that is a natural person or a trust for the benefit of one or more natural persons, (i) upon the death of such Person pursuant to the applicable laws of descent and distribution and (ii) such natural person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted) and any trust, partnership, limited liability company or similar vehicle established and maintained solely for the benefit of (or the sole members or partners of which are) such natural person, such natural person’s spouse and/or such natural person’s descendants, in each case of this clause (ii) only if such natural person retains control of any rights to vote Units transferred to such Permitted Transferee; or (c) subject in all respects to the provisions of this Agreement, with respect to the Founder Member, Peter Cancro or any Cancro Family Member, any Cancro Family Member, any Founder Trust and any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity directly or indirectly wholly owned and controlled by one or more Cancro Family Members; provided, that no “benefit plan investor” within the meaning of Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, may be a Permitted Transferee.

“Person” means a natural person, partnership (whether general or limited), limited liability company, trust, estate, association, corporation, or any other legal entity.

“Portfolio Companies” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c).

“Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble above.

“Reclassification” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).

“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC (File No. 333-297228) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Managing Member with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of Class A Common Stock of the Managing Member in the IPO.

“Regulations” or “Treasury Regulations” means the Income Tax Regulations, including temporary Regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such Regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(c)(i)(E).

“Related Person” means, with respect to any natural person or a trust for the benefit of one or more natural persons, (a) such natural person’s immediate family (whether natural or adopted) or any beneficiary of such trust (each, a “Beneficiary”), as applicable, including parents, siblings, spouse and children, and any trust, custodianship, partnership, limited liability company or similar vehicle which primary beneficiary is such natural person or Beneficiary, as applicable,

13


 

or one or more members of such immediate family and/or such natural person’s or Beneficiary’s, as applicable, lineal descendants and (b) the legal representative or guardian of such natural person or Beneficiary’s, as applicable, or of any such immediate family member or of such natural person’s or Beneficiary’s, as applicable, or family member’s estate in the event such natural person, Beneficiary or any such immediate family member becomes incapacitated or dies.

“Reorganization Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Statement.

“Restrictive Covenant Agreement” means that certain Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2024, by and between Submarine Buyer LLC, Peter Cancro and Founder Corp.

“Reverse Unit Split” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities” means capital stock, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, beneficial interests, warrants, options, notes, bonds, debentures, and other securities, equity interests, ownership interests and similar obligations of every kind and nature of any Person.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“Services Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d).

“Similar Law” means any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Company to be treated as assets of a Member by virtue of its Membership Interest and thereby subject the Member and the Managing Member (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Company’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

“Subsequent Transferees” means, with respect to any Member, each Person that becomes a Substitute Member of the Company by virtue of such Person’s receiving all or a portion of its Membership Interest from such Member or from such Member’s Subsequent Transferees, in each case, in accordance with this Agreement.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock or equivalent ownership interests entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees or other members of the applicable governing body thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.

14


 

“Substitute Member” means any Person that has been admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 5.3 by virtue of such Person’s receiving all or a portion of a Membership Interest from a Member or its Assignee and not from the Company.

“Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(d).

“Tax Partner” means a “partner” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(2) of the Code.

“Trading Day” means a day on which shares of the Class A Common Stock (a) are not suspended from trading at the close of business on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or such other national securities exchange where the Class A Common Stock has been listed or admitted for trading or any successor to any such exchange and (b) have traded at least once on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or such other national securities exchange where the Class A Common Stock has been listed or admitted for trading or any successor to any such exchange. If the Class A Common Stock is not listed or admitted for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or another national securities exchange, or any successor to any of the foregoing, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.

“Transfer” means (in either the noun or the verb form, including with respect to the verb form, all conjugations thereof within their correlative meanings) with respect to any Security, the gift, sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition (whether for or without consideration and whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of such Security or any interest therein. The terms “Transferee” and “Transferor” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Unit Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Units” means a fractional share of the Membership Interests of all Members. The number of Units outstanding, the Classes of Units and the holders thereof are set forth on the Unit Register, as such Unit Register may be amended from time to time pursuant hereto. With respect to any particular Class of Units, such Class of Units shall be deemed to include any equity Securities received in connection with any combination of such Units, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, division, or other reorganization, or by way of split, dividend or other distribution, in each case, in respect of such Class of Units. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the Common Units, Incentive Units and Units of any other Class or series that may be established in accordance with this Agreement. All Units of a particular Class shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Units of such Class, except in each case as otherwise specified in this Agreement. As of the date hereof, the only Classes of Units for purposes of this Agreement are the Common Units and the Incentive Units.

“Unvested Unit” means any Units that have not vested as of the date of determination pursuant to the terms of the applicable Incentive Unit Award Agreement.

“Vested Unit” means any Units that have vested as of the date of determination pursuant to the terms of the applicable Incentive Unit Award Agreement.

15


 

Section 1.2 Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The phrases “directly or indirectly” or “direct or indirect”, when used in the context of ownership, holdings, Control, Transfer or acquisition include ownership, holdings, Control, Transfer or acquisition, as applicable, through a chain of direct or indirect beneficial ownership or Control of one or more Persons. All the terms herein that relate to accounting matters shall be interpreted in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles from time to time in effect. All references to “Sections” and “Articles” shall refer to Sections and Articles of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “hereof” and “herein” and similar terms shall relate to this Agreement. The word “or” shall be disjunctive but not exclusive.

Article II

General Provisions

Section 2.1 Formation; Continuation. The Company has been organized as a Delaware limited liability company by the execution and filing of the Certificate of Formation under and pursuant to the Act by an “authorized person” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. Each of the Managing Member and each Officer is hereby designated as an “authorized person” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. The rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the Members shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control. The Persons listed on the Unit Register as members of the Company as of the date hereof shall be admitted to the Company, or shall continue, as applicable, as Members upon their execution of this Agreement.

Section 2.2 Name. The name of the Company is “Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC” and all Company business shall be conducted in that name or in such other names that comply with applicable law as the Managing Member may select from time to time.

Section 2.3 Members. The name and address of each Member shall be kept with the unit register filed with the Company’s records (“Unit Register”). The Managing Member or an Officer of the Company may revise the Unit Register from time to time to reflect the admission or resignation of a Member, the designation of any Member as a Founder Member, or a Blackstone Member, the making of additional Capital Contributions, the Transfer of Units pursuant to Section 5.4 or other modifications to the information set forth therein, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 2.4 Term. The term of the Company commenced on the date the Certificate of Formation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Company shall continue in existence indefinitely until dissolved as determined under Section 5.2 and subsequently terminated.

16


 

Section 2.5 Purpose; Powers.

(a) The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act. The Company may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) In furtherance of its purposes stated in Section 2.5(a), the Company shall have all powers necessary, suitable or convenient for the accomplishment of its purposes, alone or with others, as principal or agent, including the following:

(i) to conduct its business, carry on its operations and have and exercise the powers granted to a limited liability company by the Act in any state, territory, district or possession of the United States, or in any foreign country that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company;

(ii) to acquire by purchase, lease, contribution of property or otherwise, own, hold, operate, maintain, finance, refinance, improve, lease, sell, convey, mortgage, transfer, demolish or dispose of any real or personal property that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company;

(iii) to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of any kind, including contracts with any Member, any Affiliate or Portfolio Company thereof, or any agent of the Company necessary to, in connection with, convenient to or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company;

(iv) to purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in or obligations of domestic or foreign corporations, associations, general or limited partnerships (including the power to be admitted as a partner thereof and to exercise the rights and perform the duties created thereby), trusts, limited liability companies (including the power to be admitted as a member or appointed as a manager thereof and to exercise the rights and perform the duties created thereby) or Persons or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or of any government, state, territory, governmental district or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;

(v) to lend money for any proper purpose, to invest and reinvest its funds and to take and hold real and personal property for the payment of funds so loaned or invested;

(vi) to sue and be sued, complain and defend, and participate in administrative or other proceedings, in its name;

17


 

(vii) to appoint employees and agents of the Company and define their duties and fix their compensation;

(viii) to indemnify any Person in accordance with the Act and to obtain any and all types of insurance;

(ix) to cease its activities and cancel its Certificate of Formation;

(x) to negotiate, enter into, renegotiate, extend, renew, terminate, modify, amend, waive, execute, acknowledge or take any other action with respect to any lease, contract or security agreement in respect of any assets of the Company;

(xi) to borrow money and issue evidences of indebtedness and guaranty indebtedness (whether of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise), and to secure the same by a mortgage, pledge or other lien on the assets of the Company;

(xii) to pay, collect, compromise, litigate, arbitrate or otherwise adjust or settle any and all other claims or demands of or against the Company or to hold such proceeds against the payment of contingent liabilities; and

(xiii) to make, execute, acknowledge and file any and all documents or instruments, or to take such other action, necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company.

(c) Managing Member. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) the Company may, with the approval of the Managing Member, enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and instruments contemplated by this Agreement, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member and (ii) the Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Officer) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.

Section 2.6 Foreign Qualification. The Company shall be qualified or registered under foreign limited liability company statutes or assumed or fictitious name statutes or similar laws in any jurisdiction in which the Company owns property or transacts business to the extent, in the judgment of the Managing Member, such qualification or registration is necessary or advisable in order to protect the limited liability of the Members or to permit the Company lawfully to own property or transact business. Each Officer shall have the power and authority to execute, file and publish any certificates, notices, statements or other documents (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary to permit the Company to conduct business as a limited liability company in each jurisdiction where the Company elects to do business. At the request of the Managing Member or any Officer, each Member shall execute and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, register, continue and terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may reasonably be expected to conduct business.

Section 2.7 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate of Formation or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing

18


 

Member may designate from time to time in the Certificate of Formation. The registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent named in the Certificate of Formation or such other Person or Persons as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the Certificate of Formation. The principal office of the Company shall be at 1 Commvault Way, S300, Tinton Falls, NJ 07724 or at such place as the Managing Member may designate from time to time subject to the terms of this Agreement, which need not be in the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain records there. The Company may have such other offices as the Managing Member may designate from time to time.

Section 2.8 No State-Law Partnership. The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member or Officer shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member or Officer, for any purposes other than federal and, if applicable, state or local tax purposes, and this Agreement shall not be construed to the contrary. The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and each Member and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

Section 2.9 Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety the Prior Agreement.

Section 2.10 Classes.

(a) As of the effective time designated in the Master Reorganization Agreement, the outstanding Class A Units are hereby reclassified into and shall constitute Common Units, on a one-for-one basis, and the outstanding Class B Units are hereby reclassified into and shall constitute Incentive Units, on a one-for-one basis (the foregoing being referred to herein as the “Reclassification”). Each Member of the Company shall be a Managing Member, Common Member and/or Incentive Member, and each category of Member shall have the rights set forth herein. Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. upon execution of this Agreement is hereby appointed the Managing Member of the Company (including any Substitute Member of such Person, the “Managing Member”). Any holder of a Common Unit that is admitted to the Company as a member of the Company other than the Managing Member shall be a “Common Member.” Any holder of an Incentive Unit that is admitted to the Company as a member of the Company shall be an “Incentive Member.”

(b) Effective immediately following the Reclassification, (i) each Common Unit issued and outstanding shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Company or any Common Member be reclassified into a fraction of one Common Unit as set forth in the books and records of the Company, and (ii) each Incentive Unit issued and outstanding shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Company or any Incentive Member be reclassified into a fraction of one Incentive Unit as set forth in the books and records of the Company (clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence being referred to in this Agreement as the “Reverse Unit Split”); provided that each Common Member and each Incentive Member shall be treated similarly on a pro rata basis in the Reverse Unit Split. The number of Common Units and Incentive Units held by each Member as of the date hereof is set forth on the Unit Register. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (other than as expressly provided in Section 8.5), to the

19


 

fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the holders of Incentive Units shall not have any right to vote on any matter in respect of the Company.

(c) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the final sentence of this Section 2.10(c), the Managing Member shall have the sole authority to create and issue additional Classes, one or more series of any such Classes or other Securities of the Company, which may include, without limitation, unsecured and secured debt obligations of the Company, debt obligations of the Company convertible into any Class or series of Units or other limited liability company interests of the Company that may be issued by the Company, options, rights or warrants to purchase any such Class or series of Units or other limited liability company interests in the Company, or any combination of any of the foregoing, from time to time (“Additional Securities”), for any purpose, on terms and conditions established in the sole and complete discretion of the Managing Member, all without the approval of any other Member or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and the total number of Units of any such Class which the Managing Member shall have the authority to cause the Company to issue shall not be limited, subject to Section 5(b) of the Equity Incentive Plan and Section 3 of the Management Aggregator Equity Incentive Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member, the Company shall not issue any Additional Securities if such issuance would cause the Company to become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or cause the Company to have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners, and any issuance of Additional Securities in violation of this Section 2.10(c) shall be void ab initio.

(d) Additional Securities to be issued by the Company shall be issuable from time to time (including, without limitation, the IPO Common Unit Issuance) in one or more Classes or series, at such price, and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers, and duties senior to existing limited liability company interests or other Securities of the Company or Classes or series thereof, all as shall be fixed by the Managing Member in the exercise of its sole and complete discretion, including, without limitation: (i) the right of such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof to share in distributions; (ii) the rights of such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company; (iii) whether such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof are redeemable by the Company and, if so, the price at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof may be redeemed by the Company; (iv) whether such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof are issued with the privilege of conversion and, if so, the rate at and the terms and conditions upon which such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof may be converted into any other limited liability company interest in, or security of, the Company or Class or series thereof; (v) the terms and conditions of the issuance of such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof; and (vi) the rights of such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof to vote on matters relating to the Company and this Agreement.

20


 

(e) In connection with the creation or issuance pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.10(c) and Section 2.10(d) of any Additional Securities or any Class or series thereof, the Managing Member, in its sole discretion and without the approval at the time of any other Member or other Person bound by this Agreement and subject to the restrictions in Section 8.5, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, as the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion to be necessary, desirable or advisable to reflect the creation, authorization and issuance of such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof and the relative rights and preferences of such Additional Securities or Class or series thereof.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.10, the number of Incentive Units outstanding shall be appropriately adjusted for any Unit split, Unit distribution, combination, reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, division, exchange or the like of the number of Common Units.

(g) The Managing Member may cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Membership Interests or other Securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from any holder thereof at any time; provided, that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Membership Interests or other Securities held by an Initial Member (or any Permitted Transferee thereof) without the prior written consent of such Initial Member (other than pursuant to an Exchange Transaction effected pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement).

(h) The Company and the Managing Member shall at all times maintain (i) a one-to-one ratio between the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and the number of issued and outstanding Common Units owned, directly or indirectly, by the Managing Member and (ii) a one-to-one ratio between the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and the number of issued and outstanding Common Units owned, directly or indirectly, by Members other than the Managing Member, in each case disregarding (A) treasury shares and (B) de minimis variances resulting from rounding. The Managing Member shall not issue any shares of Class A Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable therefor) unless substantially concurrently the Company issues to the Managing Member (or the Managing Member otherwise acquires from a holder that is not a wholly owned subsidiary of the Managing Member) a corresponding number of Common Units (or corresponding securities of the Company with substantially identical economic rights), and the Managing Member contributes to the Company the net proceeds, if any, received by it in respect of any such issuance or acquisition. The Company shall not repurchase any Common Units (or corresponding securities of the Company with substantially identical economic rights) owned, directly or indirectly, by the Managing Member, unless substantially concurrently the Managing Member redeems a corresponding number of its Class A Common Stock (or corresponding securities of the Company with substantially identical economic rights). If the Managing Member effects any subdivision, combination, split, dividend or reclassification of the Class A Common Stock, the Common Units shall be correspondingly adjusted, and vice versa. Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, the Managing Member may take such other actions as it determines to be necessary or advisable in order to maintain the one-to-one ratios contemplated by this Section 2.10(h) and to maintain the economic equivalence of Common Units and shares of Class A

21


 

Common Stock. This Section 2.10(h) may not be amended, waived or modified without the prior written consent of each of the Initial Members.

Section 2.11 Inspection of Books and Records. To the extent permitted under applicable law, each Member (other than the Managing Member and Initial Members) waives such Member’s right to obtain or inspect any books, records and other information of the Company, including any information relating to the Capital Contributions of the Members other than such Member’s ownership of Units and such Member’s Capital Contributions and any other information as is necessary and essential to calculate amounts due to such Member under Section 4.5 upon an Incentive Unit Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, the Initial Members shall not be deemed to have waived any rights to receive information expressly provided in this Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 2.12 Registered Members. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable law.

22


 

Article III

Management

Section 3.1 Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties.

(a) Managing Member. The Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Managing Member. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Managing Member shall have the sole and exclusive power and authority to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions and determinations with respect to the Company or affecting the business and affairs of the Company, to take all such actions as it deems necessary, advisable, appropriate or desirable to accomplish the purposes of the Company as set forth in this Agreement and shall otherwise possess all rights and powers as provided in the Act and otherwise by law to a managing member of a limited liability company. The Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Managing Member of all such powers and rights conferred on it by the Act with respect to the management and control of the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof), (i) if a vote, consent or approval of the Members is required by the Act or other applicable law with respect to any act to be taken by the Company or matter considered by the Managing Member, the Members agree that they shall be deemed to have waived and shall not have the right to vote on (or otherwise consent to or approve) such matter and (ii) the approval by the Managing Member of any proposed action of or relating to the Company shall bind each Member and shall have the same legal effect as the approval of each Member of such action. No Member (other than the Partnership Representative or Designated Individual in its capacity as such), in his, her or its capacity as a Member, shall have any power to act for, sign for or do any act that would bind the Company. Each Member acknowledges and agrees that each Member and each of their respective Affiliates and Portfolio Companies do and will continue to engage for such Member’s own account and for the account of others in other business ventures.

(b) Authority of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons the rights and powers of the Managing Member to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents and employees of a Member or the Company (including Officers) or its Subsidiaries, and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, one or more of its Affiliates or its or its Affiliate(s)’ respective directors, officers, managers or equivalent persons. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Officer), other than a Member, to enter into and perform under any document on behalf of the Company.

(c) Authority as an Equity Holder. Each Member agrees that any Officer (at the instruction of the Managing Member), on behalf of the Company, shall have the exclusive right to vote (or cause to vote) or execute (or cause to execute) consents with respect to Securities issued by other Persons held by the Company, directly or indirectly, on any matter to be voted upon at any meeting of the holders of such Securities or in connection with any proposed action by written consent of the holders of such Securities.

23


 

(d) Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company. The Company shall also, in the sole discretion of the Managing Member, bear and/or reimburse the Managing Member for (i) any costs, fees or expenses incurred by the Managing Member in connection with serving as the Managing Member and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Company or its Subsidiaries or otherwise incurred by the Managing Member in connection with operating the Company’s business (including expenses allocated to the Managing Member by its Affiliates). To the extent that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Managing Member that are conducted through the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all expenses of the Managing Member, including, without limitation, compensation and meeting costs of the board of directors or similar body of the Managing Member, any salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person including Affiliates of the Managing Member to perform services for the Company, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes, except to the extent such franchise taxes are based on or measured with respect to Net Income or profits, provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the Managing Member or any obligations of the Managing Member under that certain Tax Receivable Agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among, inter alios, the Managing Member and the other Persons from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the Managing Member as a result of indemnification pursuant to Article VII.

Section 3.2 Compensation. The Managing Member shall not be entitled to any compensation for services rendered to the Company in its capacity as Managing Member.

Section 3.3 Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts. Subject to the terms of this Agreement (including Section 3.1(b)), any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the Managing Member shall be as valid and binding upon the Company and upon all the Members (in their capacity as Members) as if it shall have been approved or ratified by every Member of the Company.

Section 3.4 Officers.(a) Designation and Appointment. The Managing Member may, from time to time, employ and retain Persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business (subject to the supervision and control of the Managing Member), including employees, agents and other Persons (any of whom may be a Member) who may be designated as Officers of the Company. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. In its discretion, the Managing Member may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable. Officers need not be residents of the State of Delaware or Members. Any Officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Managing Member may, from time to time, delegate to them. The Managing Member may assign such titles to particular Officers as the Managing Member may authorize. Each Officer shall hold office until such Officer’s successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until such Officer’s death or until such Officer shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. The

24


 

salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member.

(b) Resignation/Removal. Any Officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Managing Member. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any Officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, at any time by the Managing Member. Designation of an Officer shall not of itself create any contractual or employment rights.

Section 3.5 Management Matters.

(a) All property owned by the Company shall be registered in the Company’s name, in the name of a nominee or in “street name” as the Managing Member may from time to time determine. Any corporation, brokerage firm or transfer agent called upon to transfer any Securities to or from the name of the Company shall be entitled to rely on instructions or assignments signed or purported to be signed by an Officer or any other Person authorized by the Managing Member without inquiry as to the authority of the Person signing or purporting to sign such instructions or assignments or as to the validity of any transfer to or from the name of the Company. At the time of any such transfer, any such corporation, brokerage firm or transfer agent shall be entitled to assume that (i) the Company is then in existence and (ii) that this Agreement is in full force and effect and has not been amended, in each case unless such corporation, brokerage firm or transfer agent shall have received written notice to the contrary.

(b) The Managing Member may take all actions which may be necessary or appropriate (i) for the continuation of the Company’s valid existence as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware (and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to enable the Company to conduct the business in which it is engaged) and (ii) for the maintenance, preservation and operation of the business of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The Managing Member may file or cause to be filed for recordation in the office of the appropriate authorities of the State of Delaware, and in the proper office or offices in each other jurisdiction in which the Company is formed or qualified, such certificates (including certificates of limited liability companies and fictitious name certificates) and other documents as are required by the applicable statutes, rules or regulations of any such jurisdiction or as are required to reflect the identity of the Members and the amounts of their respective Capital Contributions.

Section 3.6 Voting and Other Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Members (except the Managing Member) shall have no voting rights or rights of approval, veto or consent or similar rights over any actions of the Company or the Managing Member, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, division, combination or conversion of the Company, or any other matter that a Member (except the Managing Member) might otherwise have the ability to vote on or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise.

25


 

Section 3.7 Liability of Members.

(a) Except as otherwise required by applicable law or as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no Member shall have any liability whatsoever in such Member’s capacity as a Member, whether to the Company, to any of the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other third party, for the debts, liabilities, commitments or any other obligations of the Company or for any losses of the Company. Except as otherwise required by law, each Member shall be liable only to make such Member’s payments provided expressly herein.

(b) In accordance with the Act and the laws of the State of Delaware, a member of a limited liability company may, under certain circumstances, be required to return amounts previously distributed to such Member. It is the intent of the Members that no distribution to any Member pursuant to Article IV hereof shall be deemed a return of money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Act. The payment of any such money or distribution of any such property to a Member shall be deemed to be a compromise for purposes of Section 18-502(b) of the Act, and the Member receiving any such money or property shall not be required to return to any Person any such money or property. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Member is obligated to make any such payment, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of any other Member; provided, that if any Member is required to make any such payment under circumstances that are not unique to such Member but that would have been applicable to all Members in question (such as where a distribution or Tax Distribution was made to all Members and rendered the Company insolvent, but only one Member was sued for return of such distribution or Tax Distribution), then the Member that was required to return or repay such distribution (or any portion thereof) will be entitled to reimbursement from the other Members that were not required to return the distribution or Tax Distribution made to them based on each such Member’s share of the distribution or Tax Distribution in question. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence are solely for the benefit of the Members and will not be construed as benefiting any third party. The amount of any distribution or Tax Distribution returned to the Company by a Member or paid by a Member for the account of the Company or to a creditor of the Company will be added to the account or accounts from which it was subtracted when it was distributed to such Member. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business and affairs under this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing liability on the Members for liabilities of the Company.

Section 3.8 Potential Conflicts and Competing Activities.

(a) Certain Potential Conflicts. Each Member acknowledges that:

(i) The Blackstone Member, the Founder Member, the Managing Member and each of its Affiliated Persons may engage in material business transactions with the Company or its Subsidiaries; and

26


 

(ii) the directors, officers, and/or employees of the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member, the Managing Member and each of its Affiliated Persons may serve as officers, directors and/or employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(b) Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the Blackstone Member, any of its Affiliates or Affiliated Persons or any manager, director, officer or employee of the Blackstone Member or any of its Affiliates or Affiliated Persons who may serve as an officer, manager, director, observer and/or employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be liable to the Company or its Subsidiaries:

(i) by reason of any business decision or transaction undertaken or caused to be undertaken by an Affiliated Person of the Blackstone Member which may be adverse to the interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

(ii) by reason of any activity undertaken or caused to be undertaken by an Affiliated Person of the Blackstone Member or by any other Person in which the Blackstone Member or any of its Affiliates may have an investment or other financial interest which is in competition with the Company or its Subsidiaries; or

(iii) by reason of any transaction with an Affiliated Person of the Blackstone Member, or any transaction in which an Affiliated Person of the Blackstone Member has a financial interest.

(c) Competing Activities. The Members expressly acknowledge and agree that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member and (A) their respective Affiliates, (B) the managers, directors, officers and employees of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member and their respective Affiliates (not including the Company and its Subsidiaries), including any such Person that is an Officer, (C) any of the Blackstone Member’s and its Affiliates’ portfolio companies (not including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in which the Blackstone Member or its Affiliates, or any of their respective Affiliates’ investment funds have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) (such persons, the “Portfolio Companies”) and (D) the Blackstone Member’s and its Affiliates’ respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors (collectively, those Persons described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (D), the “Affiliated Persons” of the Blackstone Member or the Founder Member, as the case may be) have the right to, directly or indirectly, engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or deemed to be competing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder or equityholder of any other Person, with no obligation to communicate, present or offer to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any equityholders or directors or officers or managers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or their respective Affiliates) the right to participate therein; (ii) the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member and their respective Affiliated Persons may invest in, provide services to or otherwise do business with any client, customer or vendor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person that directly or indirectly competes with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, in each of clauses (i) and (ii), any such matters or transactions that may constitute a Corporate Opportunity); and (iii)

27


 

none of the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member or any of their respective Affiliated Persons shall be deemed to have breached any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise), if any, to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or equityholders of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or their respective Affiliates), as the case may be, by engaging in any such activities or entering into any such transactions. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no interest or expectation in, nor right to be informed of, any potential transaction or matter which may be an investment or business opportunity or prospective economic or competitive advantage in which the Company or its Subsidiaries could have an interest or expectancy (each, a “Corporate Opportunity”), and in the event that the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member or any respective Affiliated Person thereof acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a Corporate Opportunity, such Person shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate, offer or present such Corporate Opportunity to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any equityholders or other directors, officers or managers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or their respective Affiliates), as the case may be. None of the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member and/or any of their respective Affiliated Persons shall be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Member or other Person bound by this Agreement for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires any such Corporate Opportunity for itself, directs such Corporate Opportunity to another Person or does not communicate, offer or present such Corporate Opportunity to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any equityholders or other directors, officers or managers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or their respective Affiliates). Each Member acknowledges that this paragraph is intended to disclaim and renounce any right of the Company or any other Person bound by this Agreement with respect to the matters set forth herein. This paragraph shall be construed to effect such disclaimer and renunciation to the full extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this Section 3.8 shall not (i) release the Founder Member from any obligations or agreements in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement or (ii) release any Person who is an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries from any obligations or duties that such Person may have pursuant to any other agreement that such Person may have with the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(d) Services Agreements. Each Member represents and warrants that such Members (i) has been advised by the Blackstone Member and the Company, that the Blackstone Member and/or its Affiliates have entered into an investor information agreement and an administrative services agreement with the Company and/or certain of its Subsidiaries (the “Company Parties”) (collectively, the “Services Agreements”) providing for the provision of specific services and the payment of certain fees, if any, and expenses to and indemnification of the Blackstone Member and its Affiliated Persons (and their and their respective employees, officers, directors, agents, advisors and other representatives) by the Company Parties, (ii) has been given the opportunity to be informed by the Blackstone Member and the Company of the material terms and conditions of the Services Agreements, including the fees, if any, the parameters of the expense reimbursements and indemnifications, and the time periods during which the Services Agreements shall be in effect and (iii) waives any right such Member may have to approve, or to claim any damages with respect to, the entry by any of the Company Parties into the Services Agreements.

28


 

Section 3.9 Fiduciary Duties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or at law or in equity including but not limited to the Act, each Member agrees that any fiduciary duty that would otherwise be imposed under Delaware law (including the duty of loyalty and the duty of care) on any Member, including without limitation, the Managing Member, the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member or any Affiliated Person of the Blackstone Member or the Founder Member, shall be defined, limited and eliminated as provided in this Section 3.9. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, none of the Managing Member, the Blackstone Member, the Founder Member, or any Affiliated Person (in each case, other than to the extent an Affiliated Person of the Managing Member is acting in such Person’s capacity as an Officer) shall have any duty (at law or in equity, including fiduciary duties) to the Company, its Subsidiaries, to any other Member or equityholder of the Company or its Subsidiaries or to any other Person bound by this Agreement.

Article IV

Capital Contributions;

Allocations; Distributions

Section 4.1 Uncertificated Units. Unless and until the Managing Member shall determine otherwise, Units shall be uncertificated and recorded in the Unit Register. If at any time the Managing Member shall determine to certificate Units, such certificates will bear a legend in substantially the following form:“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY OTHER STATE OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC DATED AS OF [_____], 2026, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE FURNISHED BY JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC UPON REQUEST.”

Section 4.2 No Capital Contributions. No Member shall be required to make any Capital Contribution without such Member’s consent.

Section 4.3 Capital Accounts.

(a) There shall be established for each Member on the books of the Company a Capital Account which shall be increased or decreased in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

(b) A Member shall not have any obligation to the Company or to any other Member to restore any negative balance in the Capital Account of such Member.

29


 

Section 4.4 Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss.

(a) Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss. Net Income and Net Loss of the Company shall be determined and allocated with respect to each fiscal year of the Company as of the end of each such year or as circumstances otherwise require or allow. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 4.4, an allocation to a Member of a share of Net Income or Net Loss shall be treated as an allocation of the same share of each item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss.

(b) General Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all Net Income and Net Loss and to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain, loss or deduction of the Company, shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member after giving effect to the allocations set forth in Section 4.4(c) is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Section 5.2 if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Gross Asset Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non‑recourse liability to the Gross Asset Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Company were distributed in accordance with Section 5.2 to the Members immediately after making such allocation and all Incentive Units were not subject to a risk of forfeiture based on the continued performance of services (solely for purposes of this provision), minus (ii) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may cause the Company to make such allocations as it deems reasonably necessary to give economic effect to the provisions of this Agreement, taking into account facts and circumstances as the Managing Member deems reasonably necessary for this purpose.

(c) Additional Allocation Provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4:

(i) Regulatory Allocations.

(A) If there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain or Member Minimum Gain during any fiscal year, the Members shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, for subsequent years) in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704‑2(f) or 1.704‑2(i)(4), as applicable. It is intended that this Section 4.4(c)(i)(A) qualify and be construed as a “minimum gain chargeback” and a “chargeback of partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” within the meaning of such Regulations, which shall be controlling in the event of a conflict between such Regulations and this Section 4.4(c)(i)(A).

(B) If any Member unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Section 1.704‑1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Company income and gain shall be allocated, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704‑1(b)(2)(ii)(d), to the Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by such Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Member as quickly as possible. It is intended that this Section 4.4(c)(i)(B) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset”

30


 

within the meaning of Regulations 1.704‑1(b)(2)(ii)(d), which shall be controlling in the event of a conflict between such Regulations and this Section 4.4(c)(i)(B).

(C) If any Member has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any fiscal year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore, if any, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and (ii) the amount such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.4(c)(i)(C) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article IV have been tentatively made as if Section 4.4(c)(i)(B) and this Section 4.4(c)(i)(C) were not in this Agreement.

(D) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year or other period for which allocations are made will be allocated to the Member who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which the Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

(E) The allocations set forth in Sections 4.4(c)(i)(A), (B) and (D) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements, including the requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704‑2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.4(b), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

(ii) For any fiscal year during which a Member’s interest in the Company is assigned by such Member (or by an assignee or successor in interest to a Member), the portion of the Net Income and Net Loss of the Company that is allocable in respect of such Member’s interest shall be apportioned between the assignor and the assignee of such Member’s interest using any permissible method under Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, as determined by the Managing Member.

(iii) The Members intend that the taxation of the Incentive Units, including the issuance of the Incentive Units to Substitute Members or Additional Members, shall be determined in accordance with the following. The taxation of such issuance of such Incentive Units shall be in accordance with Rev. Proc. 93‑27, 1993‑2 C.B. 343 and Rev. Proc. 2001‑43, 2001‑2 C.B. 191, with the effect that such Incentive Units shall be treated as issued and outstanding as of the date of issuance and will be treated as a profits interest. Without limiting the foregoing, upon issuances of the revenue procedure

31


 

contemplated by IRS Notice 2005-43, the Company and the Members agree to treat the Incentive Units as “safe harbor partnership interests” (as defined in such IRS Notice) and to take such actions as may be required under such revenue procedure in order for the Incentive Units to be so treated. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Managing Member shall, if necessary, limit distributions to holders of Incentive Units under Section 4.5(b)(ii), so that such distributions do not exceed the amount of available income or profits in respect of such Incentive Units as determined by the Managing Member in good faith.

(d) Required Tax Allocations. For income tax purposes, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for federal income tax purposes shall be allocated to each Member in the same manner as the Net Income or Net Loss that is allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 4.4(a), (b) and (c) to which such tax items relate; provided, that income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to property whose basis differs from its Gross Asset Value shall be allocated solely for income tax purposes in accordance with the principles of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code (using any method determined by the Managing Member) so as to take account of such difference. With respect to allocations under Section 704(c) of the Code, the Managing Member may elect any reasonable method under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3 (and similar state, local and non-U.S. law); provided that the Company shall use the “traditional method” under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3 (and similar state, local and non-U.S. law) with respect to (1) any property contributed to the Company prior to the IPO and (2) any “reverse 704(c) layer” resulting from the issuance of Common Units in connection with the IPO, in each case, unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member, with the consent of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may cause the Company to make such allocations as it deems necessary to give economic effect to the provisions of this Agreement. To the extent there is an adjustment by a taxing authority to any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Company (or an adjustment to any Member’s distributive share thereof), the Managing Member may cause the Company to reallocate the adjusted items among each Member or former Member (as determined by the Managing Member) in accordance with the final resolution of such audit adjustment.

(e) Withholding. Each Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold and to pay over any taxes payable by the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation to such Member, or which are otherwise attributable to such Member (including, without limitation, (i) amounts imposed pursuant under Section 6225 of the Code (or any similar or analogous provision under state, local or foreign law), (ii) amounts imposed on the Company (or any entity in which the Company invests that is treated as a flow-through entity for relevant tax purposes) with respect to income of the Company (or such entity) in lieu of taxes imposed directly on a Member with respect to such Member, and (iii) any associated interest, penalties or other additions, in each case). If and to the extent that the Company shall be required to withhold or pay any such taxes under applicable tax law, such Member shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Company as of the time such withholding or other tax is required to be withheld or paid, which payment shall be deemed to be a distribution to such Member, and shall reduce the future distributions to which such Member is otherwise entitled to receive under this Agreement, provided, that if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such Member would not be expected to receive any future distributions in the amount of such withholding or payment, the Member shall pay to the Company the amount by which such withholding or payment exceeds such expected future distributions. The

32


 

Managing Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a Member with prior written notice of any taxes to be withheld with respect to such Member pursuant to this Section 4.4(e) at least five (5) days prior to the date of such withholding. The withholdings referred to in this Section 4.4(e) shall be made at the maximum applicable statutory rate under applicable tax law unless the Company receives documentation, satisfactory to the Managing Member, to the effect that a lower rate is applicable, or that no withholding is applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Member hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Members from and against any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax, expenses or interest with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Member. The obligations of a Member set forth in this Section 4.4(e) shall survive the dissolution, winding up and termination of the Company and the resignation of a Member from the Company or any Transfer of a Member’s Units.

Section 4.5 Distributions.

(a) Distributions shall be made by the Company to the Members if, when and in such amounts determined by the Managing Member (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2).

(b) When a distribution (other than a Tax Distribution, which is governed by Section 4.5(d)) is authorized by the Managing Member pursuant to Section 4.5(a), each Member’s allocable portion thereof will be distributed as follows, subject to Section 4.5(c), Section 4.5(d), Section 4.5(e), Section 4.5(f) and Section 4.5(g):

(i) Subject to Section 4.5(b)(ii) with respect to Incentive Units, all distributions by the Company shall be made or allocated to holders of Common Units and Participating Incentive Units pro rata based on the number of Common Units and Participating Incentive Units held by each such holder.

(ii) For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount to be distributed pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(i) with respect to any particular distribution would cause the amount of any outstanding Incentive Unit’s Participation Threshold to be reduced to zero, then such Incentive Unit shall participate in distributions under Section 4.5(b)(i) on a pro rata basis only after the portion of the amount to be distributed in such distribution that would cause such Incentive Unit’s Participation Threshold to be reduced to (but not below) zero has first been distributed to the holders of outstanding Common Units (taking into account outstanding Incentive Units that have lesser Participation Thresholds (determined immediately prior to such distribution)).

(c) If there occurs an increase in the number of Vested Units that are Incentive Units from time to time, on each subsequent distribution date, prior to making such subsequent distribution, the amounts that would otherwise have been distributable to such Incentive Units under Section 4.5(b)(ii) shall be distributed instead to the Incentive Members in respect of the Incentive Units that were outstanding and were not Vested Units on the date amounts were previously distributed under Section 4.5(b)(ii), as applicable, until the amounts distributed under this Section 4.5(c) (including any amount previously distributed under this Section 4.5(c)) equal

33


 

the amounts which otherwise would have been distributable under Section 4.5(b)(ii) if such Incentive Units had been Vested Units at the time of such previous distribution(s).

(d) If the Managing Member reasonably determines that the taxable income of the Company for a taxable year will give rise to net taxable income for any Member, then the Managing Member shall cause the Company to, no later than five (5) days prior to the date on which U.S. federal corporate or individual (whichever is earlier) estimated tax payments are due for a taxpayer with a taxable year ending on December 31, make a distribution (a “Tax Distribution”) to each Member in respect of the Units held by such Member (solely to the extent of Available Cash and subject to any restrictions under the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ financing agreements (in each case, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member)) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the product of (i) the estimated net taxable income of the Company (taking into account any allocations of gross income, gain, deduction or loss) allocable to such Member in respect of the Units held by such Member for such taxable year through the end of such quarterly period and (ii) the Assumed Income Tax Rate, over (y) distributions previously made to such Member pursuant to this Section 4.5 or Section 5.2 with respect to such taxable year. If such quarterly Tax Distributions are, in the aggregate, less than the amount of Tax Distributions to which such Member is entitled pursuant to this Section 4.5(d), the Managing Member shall cause the Company to make an annual Tax Distribution to each Member sufficient to make up such shortfall (solely to the extent of Available Cash and subject to any restrictions under the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ financing agreements (in each case, as reasonable determined by the Managing Member)). In computing taxable income or loss for purposes of this Section 4.5(d), items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be determined (i) without taking into account any adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code and (ii) by reducing allocable income by cumulative net taxable losses from prior taxable years to the extent such prior losses are permitted to be carried forward (subject to any limitations on the use of such carried forward amounts), are of a character that would permit such losses to be deducted against current income allocations, and have not been utilized against prior income allocations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Member holding Common Units (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Participating Incentive Units) shall participate in Tax Distributions on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of such Member’s Common Units (including such Participating Incentive Units) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any distributions made pursuant to this Section 4.5(d) to Members holding Incentive Units (other than Participating Incentive Units) shall be made in accordance with the amount of taxable income allocated to such Incentive Units). If such quarterly Tax Distributions are, in the aggregate, greater than the amount of Tax Distributions to which such Member is entitled pursuant to this Section 4.5(d), such excess shall be credited against and reduce the amount to be distributed to any such Member on the next Tax Distribution date (or dates) pursuant to this Section 4.5(d). A Tax Distribution to a Member in respect of any Unit shall be charged against current or future distributions to which such Member would otherwise have been entitled under this Section 4.5 or Section 5.2 in respect of such Unit to which such Member would otherwise be entitled. Notwithstanding the foregoing the Company shall not be required to make any distribution pursuant to this Section 4.5(d) with respect to any Unvested Units if the Company has not allocated any taxable income in the applicable taxable period to such Unvested Units.

(e) If all or a portion of a Member’s Units are transferred, sold, forfeited or otherwise disposed of, then the transferor shall have no further right to receive any further

34


 

distributions in respect of such Units (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Tax Distributions which shall instead be made to such transferee with respect to such Units) and any subsequent distributions to the transferee shall be determined with regard to amounts previously distributed to the transferor. For purposes of determining the amount of distributions under this Section 4.5, any holder of a Membership Interest (or any portion thereof), whether or not such Person is a Substitute Member, shall be treated as having received amounts received by its predecessors or successors in interest.

(f) In the event of any combination of Units, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, division or other reorganization, or any Unit split, Unit dividend or other distribution in respect of Units other in the manner as set forth in this Section 4.5, the Managing Member shall make such equitable adjustments to this Section 4.5 as are appropriate to give effect to the economic intent of this Section 4.5 (including with respect to the applicable Participation Threshold).

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company, and the Managing Member on behalf of the Company, shall not make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

Section 4.6 Right of Set-Off. In connection with any withholding tax or any payment to a creditor of a Member (or the Company in the case of a failure of a Member to return a distribution required to be returned under the Act) to which the Company is subject as a result of any act or status of any Member, or to which the Company has become subject with respect to the interest of any Member, the Company shall have (and each Member hereby grants to the Company) a right of set‑off against such distributions in the amount of such withholding tax or such payment to a creditor.

Article V

RESIGNATION; Dissolution;

Transfer of Membership Interests;

Admission of New Members

Section 5.1 Member Resignation. Except in connection with a transfer of all of a Member’s Units in accordance with this Agreement, resignation by a Member from the Company shall not be permitted. In the event of a Transfer of all of a Member’s Units in accordance with this Agreement, such Member shall cease to be a Member and shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement, except for the obligations in Section 4.4.

35


 

Section 5.2 Dissolution.

(a) The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following:

(i) a written election by the Managing Member to dissolve the Company, which written election shall be delivered to each Member; provided that, the Managing Member must receive the prior written consent of each such Initial Member prior to making any election to dissolve the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed);

(ii) at any time there are no Members, unless the business of the Company is continued in accordance with the Act; or

(iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act.

Except as provided in this Agreement, the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, incapacity, Bankruptcy or Dissolution of a Member, or the occurrence of any other event that causes a Member to cease to be a member of the Company, shall not cause a dissolution of the Company, and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Member waives any right it might have under the Act or otherwise to (i) agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon such Member’s Bankruptcy, or upon the occurrence of an event that causes such Member to cease to be a member of the Company, and (ii) petition for or otherwise seek the judicial dissolution of the Company.

(b) If the Company is dissolved, the business and property of the Company shall be wound up by the Managing Member or other liquidating trustee or trustees as shall be named by the Managing Member. The costs of winding up shall be borne as a Company expense. Until final distribution, the Managing Member or other liquidating trustee shall continue to operate the Company properties with all of the power and authority of the Managing Member.

(c) The assets of the Company shall be applied in the following manner and order:

(i) All debts and obligations of the Company, if any, shall be paid, discharged or provided for by adequate reserves;

(ii) The balance, to the Members in accordance with Section 4.5.

(d) Cancellation of Certificate of Formation. On completion of the distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Managing Member (or such other Person as the Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company.

36


 

Section 5.3 Admission of Additional or Substitute Members.

(a) Subject to the second sentence of this Section 5.3(a), the Managing Member shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to admit as an Additional Member, any Person who acquires or receives an interest in the Company, or any part thereof from the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member, the Managing Member shall not admit any Person as an Additional Member if such admission would cause the Company to become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or cause the Company to have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners, and any admission of an Additional Member in violation of this Section 5.3(a) shall be void ab initio. Concurrently with the admission of an Additional Member, the Company shall forthwith cause any necessary papers to be filed and recorded and notice to be given wherever and to the extent required showing the admission of an Additional Member, all at the expense, including payment of any professional and filing fees incurred, of the Additional Member unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member. Upon the admission of an Additional Member, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such admission to the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member and shall provide the updated Unit Register reflecting the name, address and Units of such Additional Member to the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member.

(b) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 5.3(b), the Managing Member shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to admit as a Substitute Member any Person who acquires a Membership Interest from a Member in accordance with Section 5.4 and such Substitute Member shall succeed to the Membership Interest acquired from such Member, including such Member’s Capital Contributions with respect to such Membership Interests; provided, that, if such transferee is not admitted as a Substitute Member or if the Blackstone Member provides notice to the Managing Member that any transferee of such Blackstone Member would not be a Substitute Member, such transferee will not become a Substitute Member, except that such transferee’s Membership Interests acquired from the Blackstone Member would nevertheless succeed to the Blackstone Member’s Capital Contributions with respect to such Membership Interests. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member, the Company shall not admit any Person as a Substitute Member if such admission would cause the Company to become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or cause the Company to have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners, and any admission of a Person as a Substitute Member in violation of this Section 5.3(b) shall be void ab initio. Concurrently with the admission of a Substitute Member, the Company shall forthwith cause any necessary papers to be filed and recorded and notice to be given wherever and to the extent required showing the substitution of a transferee as a Substitute Member in place of the transferring Member. Upon the admission of a Substitute Member, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such admission to the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member and shall provide the updated Unit Register reflecting the name, address and Units of such Substitute Member to the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member.

37


 

(c) The admission of any Person as a Substitute Member or Additional Member shall be conditioned upon (i) such Person’s written acceptance and adoption of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement, either by (A) execution and delivery of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement countersigned by any Officer or any other Person authorized by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company or (B) any other writing required by the Managing Member evidencing the intent of such Person to become a Substitute Member or Additional Member and to be bound by this Agreement, and (ii) such other documentation as the Managing Member may reasonably request to confirm such Transfer’s compliance with the provisions of this Article V, including Section 5.4(b) hereof, which reasonable request may (except in the case of a Transfer by an Initial Member to its Permitted Transferee), at the Managing Member’s discretion, include a request for a written opinion of legal counsel, which opinion shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Company and its legal counsel (in additional to any opinion that the Managing Member may reasonably require to be delivered).

Section 5.4 Transfer of Member’s Interest.

(a)

(i) Except as provided in this Section 5.4, no Member may Transfer all or part of such Member’s Membership Interest without the prior approval of the Managing Member, which approval may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Managing Member (as applicable), except that each Member may Transfer all or a portion of such Member’s Units to any Permitted Transferee of such Member without the prior written consent of the Managing Member (subject to compliance with this Agreement, including Section 5.4(b)(iii) below).

(ii) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary or in the operating agreement of the Management Aggregator, no indirect Transfer of any Units held by the Management Aggregator (including as a result of any Transfer of interests in the Management Aggregator) shall be permitted without the prior consent of the Managing Member and, and for so long as the Blackstone Member has the right to elect one or more directors of PubCo under the PubCo Stockholders Agreement dated [_____], 2026 by and between the PubCo and each other party thereto, the Blackstone Member.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary (other than Section 5.4(d) below, which shall supersede this provision), without the prior consent of the Managing Member and, in the case of (iii) below, the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member, no Transfer of an interest in the Company may be made if such Transfer would:

(i) violate any federal, state and other applicable laws, including any federal, state and other securities laws applicable to the Company and the Units;

(ii) cause the Company to become subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act, the Exchange Act or any other securities laws of any jurisdiction;

38


 

(iii) cause the Company to (a) become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or (b) have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners;

(iv) require the registration of such Units pursuant to any applicable securities laws of any jurisdiction;

(v) violate any provision of this Agreement; or

(vi) cause (A) all or any portion of the assets of the Company (i) to constitute “plan assets” (for purposes of Title I of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or the applicable provisions of any Similar Law) of any existing or prospective Member or (ii) to be subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any applicable Similar Law or (B) the Managing Member to become a fiduciary with respect to any existing or prospective Member, pursuant to ERISA or the applicable provisions of any Similar Law or otherwise.

(c) Any purported Transfer of Units or Membership Interests other than in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and the Company shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer for any purpose and shall not reflect in its records any change in record ownership of Units pursuant to any such Transfer.

(d) Subject to the final sentence of this Section 5.4(d), notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary in this Section 5.4, each Member may Transfer Common Units in Exchange Transactions (including any Common Units received in an Incentive Unit Exchange on or prior to the date of such Exchange Transaction) pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement; provided that in the case of any Member other than an Initial Member, such Exchange Transaction shall be effected in compliance with reasonable policies that the Managing Member may adopt or promulgate from time to time (including policies requiring the use of designated administrators or brokers) in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member, no such Transfer shall cause the Company to become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or cause the Company to have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners, and any Transfer in violation of this Section 5.4(d) shall be void ab initio.

(e) A holder of Common Units shall not Transfer Common Units to any transferee unless such holder also simultaneously transfers an equal number of such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock to such transferee in compliance with the Exchange Agreement, this Agreement and the certificate of incorporation of the Managing Member, and only to the extent such Transfer does not breach or violate, or cause any default under, this Agreement, the certificate of incorporation of the Managing Member or the Exchange Agreement, it being understood that a Permitted Pledge shall be deemed not to breach or violate, or cause a default under, such agreements and certificates.

39


 

(f) Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary in this Section 5.4(f), each Incentive Member shall be entitled from and after one (1) year following the consummation of the date of the closing of the IPO (or such earlier time as may be determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion), upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender Incentive Units that are Vested Units (such units, “Exchanged Incentive Units”) to the Company, in exchange for the delivery to such Incentive Member a number of Common Units that is equal to the product of the number of Exchanged Incentive Units surrendered multiplied by the Incentive Unit Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “Incentive Unit Exchange”), which newly issued Common Units may be exchanged in an Exchange Transaction pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.4. Any such Incentive Unit Exchange shall be effected in compliance with such reasonable policies that the Managing Member may adopt or promulgate from time to time in its sole discretion.

(g) The Managing Member may in its sole discretion at any time and from time to time, without the consent of any Member or other Person, (i) cause to be Transferred in an Exchange Transaction any and all Common Units (including Common Units received in an Incentive Unit Exchange), except for Common Units held by any Person that is an Initial Member at the time in question and/or in which a Person that is an Initial Member at the time in question has an indirect interest as set forth in the books and records of the Company or Initial Member or (ii) cause to be Transferred in an Incentive Unit Exchange any and all Incentive Units; provided that any Transfer that affects the Common Units or Incentive Units held by a Person that is an employee or director of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. or its subsidiaries or a Related Person of such employee, shall require the prior written consent of such employee or director for so long as he or she remains an employee or director of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. or its subsidiaries. Any such determinations by the Managing Member need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Members, whether or not such Members are similarly situated. In addition, the Managing Member may, with the consent of the Blackstone Member, and the consent of Members holding at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Common Units, require all Members to Transfer in an Exchange Transaction all Common Units held by them; provided that the prior written consent of each Initial Member affected by any such proposed Transfer will be required.

(h) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary no Transfer of an interest in the Company (other than any Transfer pursuant to an Exchange Transaction in accordance with this Agreement) may be made unless the Managing Member and the Blackstone Member determine that such Transfer would not result in a risk that the Company would become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or that it would cause the Company to have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners (in each case, taking into account such current, anticipated or potential transactions or other facts and circumstances as the Managing Member and the Blackstone Member, may deem necessary or appropriate), and any Transfer in violation of this Section 5.4(h) shall be void ab initio. Each of the Managing Member and the Blackstone Member agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent under this Section 5.4(h) to any Transfer by the Founder Member or the Blackstone Member that is otherwise permitted by this Agreement to the extent such Transfer would not (in the determination of the Managing Member and Blackstone acting reasonably and in good faith) result in an increase in the number of Tax Partners as compared to the number of Tax Partners immediately prior to such Transfer.

40


 

(i) For purposes of this Section 5.4 and the definitions used herein, the term “Transfer” shall include any transfer of (or deemed transfer of) a Unit for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including as a result of a Member that is a disregarded entity becoming a regarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or vice versa). For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Pledge shall not be a Transfer and the bank or financial institution in respect of whom the Permitted Pledge is made shall not be treated as a transferee or entitled to any rights under this Agreement as a result of such Permitted Pledge.

(j) The Managing Member, in its capacity as managing member of Management Aggregator, shall not consent to any transfer of an interest in the Management Aggregator without the prior consent of the Blackstone Member.

Section 5.5 Subsidiary Distributions. If the Company distributes Securities of a Subsidiary to Members, then the rights and obligations of Members under this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Member with respect to the Securities received in such distribution.

Section 5.6 Encumbrances. Except as otherwise provided herein, no Member or assignee of a Unit other than the Blackstone Member or the Founder Member (to the extent for the Founder Member, only approved in accordance with the Managing Member’s insider trading policy) may create an Encumbrance with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) other than Encumbrances that run in favor of the Member unless the Managing Member consents in writing thereto, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the Managing Member, in the Managing Member’s sole discretion. Consent of the Managing Member shall be withheld until the holder of the Encumbrance acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any purported Encumbrance that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void (it being understood that a Permitted Pledge shall be an Encumbrance that is in accordance with this Agreement).

Section 5.7 Further Restrictions. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, the Managing Member may impose such vesting requirements, forfeiture provisions, Transfer restrictions, minimum retained ownership requirements or other similar provisions with respect to any Units that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or are created thereafter, with the written consent of the holder of such Units. Such requirements, provisions and restrictions need not be uniform and may be waived or released by the Managing Member in its sole discretion with respect to all or a portion of the Units owned by any one or more Members at any time and from time to time, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

41


 

Article VI

Reports to Members; Tax Matters

Section 6.1 Books of Account.

(a) Appropriate books of account shall be kept by the Company, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, at the principal place of business of the Company, and the Managing Member shall have access to all books, records and accounts of the Company and the right to make copies thereof for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a member of the Company, in each case, under such conditions and restrictions as the Managing Member may reasonably prescribe. Except as provided in this Agreement including, without limitation, Section 7.10, each Member hereby waives any and all rights that, absent this waiver, such Member would otherwise have under Section 18-305 of the Act.

(b) All determinations, valuations and other matters of judgment required to be made for accounting purposes under this Agreement shall be made by the Managing Member and shall be conclusive and binding on all Members, their successors, heirs, estates or legal representatives and any other Person, and to the fullest extent permitted by law no such Person shall have the right to an accounting or an appraisal of the assets of the Company or any successor thereto, including in any sale transaction or other merger, consolidation, division, recapitalization or other reorganization.

(c) Subject to any other rights to information to which Members may be contractually entitled, the Managing Member may keep confidential from the other Members, for such period of time as the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion, (i) any information that the Managing Member reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the Managing Member believes is not in the best interests of the Company, could damage the Company or its business or that the Company is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential, including without limitation, information as to the Units held by any other Member. With respect to any schedules, annexes or exhibits to this Agreement, each Member (other than the Managing Member) shall only be entitled to receive and review any such schedules, annexes and exhibits relating to such Member and shall not be entitled to receive or review any schedules, annexes or exhibits relating to any Member (other than the Managing Member).

Section 6.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the last Sunday of each calendar year unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member in accordance with Section 706 of the Code.

Section 6.3 Certain Tax Matters.

(a) The Managing Member shall cause the Company (and/or its or its Subsidiaries’ employees and/or agents) to prepare, or cause to be prepared all federal, state and local tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed and shall cause such returns to be timely filed, and shall reasonably determine the appropriate treatment of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company and the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States, the several states and other

42


 

relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of any such item or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. The Company shall deliver to each Member who is or was a Member during the applicable tax period the following information: (i) on or prior to each March 15, May 15, August 15 and October 15, estimates of year to date net taxable income for the taxable period in which such dates occur; (ii) on or prior to February 15 of the following year, estimates of full year taxable income for the preceding taxable year, with an updated estimate to be delivered by April 1; and (iii) within 210 days after the entity’s year-end, a final Schedule K-1 for such taxable year, along with copies of all other federal, state and local income tax returns or reports filed by the entity for such year as may be required as a result of the operations of the entity (which, in each case, shall include the separate allocation of effectively connected income, unrelated business taxable income, and all other separately stated items), a schedule of book-tax differences for the immediately preceding tax year and such other tax information as shall be reasonably necessary for the preparation by the Members of their federal, state and local income tax returns and other tax information reporting. In each case, the information provided by the Company shall include the separate allocation of fixed, determinable, annual or periodical income, effectively connected income, unrelated business taxable income, long-term capital gains and losses, “section 1231” gains and losses, and all other separately stated items, state apportionment information, gross receipts tax information, and such other tax information as may be reasonably requested by the Managing Member. For so long as the Founder Member owns any outstanding Securities of the Company (or any successor thereto), the Founder Member Representative shall be entitled to such additional information as the Founder Member Representative may reasonably request to comply with the Founder Corp’s tax compliance obligations, which information the Company shall deliver to the Founder Member Representative within the time periods in which such information is provided to the Managing Member (or, if such information was not provided to the Managing Member, as soon as reasonably practicable after such request). The Company shall bear the cost of preparing and filing the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ tax returns. The Managing Member may cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by tax laws and may make all other tax decisions and determinations relating to U.S. federal, state or local tax matters of the Company, in each case, at the expense of the Company. Each Member agrees not to, except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulatory requirements, (i) treat, on such Member’s individual income tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to such Member’s interest in the Company in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company as reflected on the Schedule K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member for use in preparing such Member’s income tax returns or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based on, or which would result in, such inconsistent treatment.

(b) The Company intends to be classified and treated as a partnership for United States federal tax purposes. In connection therewith, the Members hereby consent to the making of any elections pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3 consistent with such treatment and agree not to revoke such elections except as permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

43


 

(c) The Company and each other Member hereby designates the Managing Member to act as or cause the Company to appoint a “partnership representative” within the meaning of Section 6223(a) of the Code (as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015) of the Company (the “Partnership Representative”) and a “designated individual” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 301.6223-1(b) (a “Designated Individual”). The Partnership Representative shall have all of the rights, duties, powers and obligations provided for in Sections 6221 through 6231 of the Code with respect to the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Member agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and all other Members from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, deficiencies and expenses resulting from any breach or violation by such Member of the provisions of Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b) and from all actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments, judgments, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incident to any such breach or violation. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions relating to liability and indemnification of Members set forth in Article VII of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to the Partnership Representative and the Designated Individual, each in its capacity as such.

(d) If the Company pays an imputed underpayment pursuant to Section 6225 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law, to the extent possible, the portion thereof attributable to a Member shall be treated as a withholding tax with respect to such Member under Section 4.4(e). To the extent that such portion of an imputed underpayment cannot be withheld from a current distribution, the Member (or former Member) shall be liable to the Company for the amount that cannot be so offset in accordance with Section 4.4(e) and Section 4.6. The Managing Member may cause the Company to elect the “alternative procedure” set forth in Section 6226 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law) instead of paying an imputed underpayment.

(e) The Managing Member shall cause the Company to have in effect (and to cause each direct or indirect subsidiary that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) an election, pursuant to Section 754 of the Code, to adjust the tax basis of Company properties, for the taxable year that includes the date of the IPO and for each taxable year in which an Exchange Transaction occurs.

Article VII

Liability, Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance

Section 7.1 Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and no Covered Person or Member shall be obligated personally for the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries solely by reason of being a Covered Person or Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a Covered Person or Member shall also not, solely by reason of being a Covered Person or Member, be bound by, or personally liable to any third Person for a judgment, decree or order of any Governmental

44


 

Authority or in any other manner, for the expenses or liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise.

Section 7.2 Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons. No Covered Person shall be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Company, the Managing Member, any other Member or any other Person bound by this Agreement for any loss or liability arising out of any act or omission on behalf of the Company taken or omitted by such Covered Person, so long as such act or omission did not constitute Disabling Conduct. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Covered Person (other than any Officer in their capacity as such) shall be required to consider the interests of, or have any duty stated or implied by law or equity (including any fiduciary duty) to any other Covered Person or the Company by virtue of owning any interest in the Company or being a Member. Furthermore, each of the Members and the Company hereby waives any and all fiduciary duties that, absent such waiver, may be implied by applicable law and, in doing so, acknowledges and agrees that the duties and obligations of each Covered Person to each other, to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Members are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement and the exculpation and indemnification provisions of this Agreement do not restore or create, whether in contract or otherwise, any fiduciary duties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the foregoing shall not release any Covered Person who is an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries from any obligation or duties that such Covered Person may have in their capacity as an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries or pursuant to any other agreement that such Covered Person may have with the Company and the Subsidiaries and (ii) the foregoing shall not eliminate the obligation of each such Person to act in compliance with the express terms of this Agreement or the obligation of the parties hereto to act in accordance with the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing imposed under Delaware law. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members and each other Person bound by this Agreement to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person. To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Covered Person has duties and liabilities related thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company, the Members, any other Covered Person or any other Person bound by this Agreement for such Covered Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make a decision (including a decision that is in such Covered Person’s “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude), the Covered Person shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as such Covered Person desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or any other Person (in each case, subject to, with respect to any Officer (in their capacity as such), its fiduciary duties to the Company). Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make a decision in such Covered Person’s “good faith” or under another express standard, the Covered Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or any other applicable law.

45


 

Section 7.3 Exculpation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Covered Person shall be liable to the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Member or any other Person bound by this Agreement for any Claims and Expenses arising out of any act or omission of such Covered Person on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries to the extent that such act or omission did not constitute Disabling Conduct. A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company or its Subsidiaries and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company or its Subsidiaries by any Person as to matters the Covered Person believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of assets, liabilities, profits or losses or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Members might properly be paid.

Section 7.4 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Covered Persons from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, claims, damages, fines, costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable and documented legal and accounting fees and expenses, costs of investigation and sums paid in settlement), and any taxes and interest and penalties thereon (other than taxes based on fees or other compensation received by such Covered Person from the Company), of any kind or nature whatsoever (collectively, “Expenses”) arising from all any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, proceedings (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise) (collectively, “Claims”) which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted at any time against such Covered Person in any way related to or arising out of this Agreement, the Company or the management or administration of the Company or in connection with the business or affairs of the Company and/or the Managing Member or the activities of such Covered Person, including the business of the Managing Member, on behalf of the Company and/or the Managing Member or the direct or indirect ownership of Units or other interests of the Company; provided, that a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification hereunder for (i) any Claims (or Expenses relating thereto), except counterclaims (and Expenses relating thereto) that are finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Covered Person’s Disabling Conduct or (ii) any Claims (or Expenses relating thereto) that are brought by such Covered Person against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or another Covered Person (other than counterclaims (or Expenses related thereto) brought by a counterclaimant in response thereto).

Section 7.5 Advancement of Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay the expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses and costs of investigation) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, including for a material breach or violation of this Agreement (other than a direct claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding brought by the Company against any Other Member or a counterclaim in response to a direct claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding brought by a Covered Person against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or another Covered Person, including for material breach or violation of this Agreement) as such expenses are incurred by such Covered Person and in advance of the final disposition of such matter, provided, that such Covered Person undertakes to repay such expenses if it is determined by agreement between such Covered Person and the Company or, in the absence of such an agreement, by a final judgment of

46


 

a court of competent jurisdiction that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified pursuant to Section 7.4, including as a result of such Covered Person’s Disabling Conduct.

Section 7.6 Notice of Proceedings. Promptly after receipt by a Covered Person of notice of the commencement of any proceeding against such Covered Person, such Covered Person shall, if a claim for indemnification in respect thereof is to be made against the Company, give written notice to the Managing Member of the commencement of such proceeding, provided, that the failure of a Covered Person to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Company of its obligations under Sections 7.4 and 7.5, except to the extent that the Company is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such proceeding is brought against a Covered Person (other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company), after the Company has acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify and hold harmless the Covered Person, the Company will be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding; provided, that (i) the Covered Person shall be entitled to participate in such proceeding and to retain its own counsel at its own expense and (ii) if the Covered Person shall give notice to the Company that in its good faith judgment certain claims made against it in such proceeding could have a material adverse effect on the Covered Person or its Affiliates other than as a result of monetary damages, the Covered Person shall have the right to control (at its own expense and with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company) the defense of such specific claims with respect to the Covered Person (but not with respect to the Company or any other Member); and provided further that if a Covered Person elects to control the defense of a specific claim with respect to such Covered Person, such Covered Person shall not consent to the entry of a judgment or enter into a settlement that would require the Company to pay any amounts under Section 7.4 without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. After notice from the Company to such Covered Person acknowledging the Company’s obligation to indemnify and hold harmless the Covered Person and electing to assume the defense of such proceeding, the Company will not be liable for expenses subsequently incurred by such Covered Person in connection with the defense thereof. Without the consent of such Covered Person, the Company will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Covered Person of a release from all liability arising out of the proceeding and claims asserted therein.

Section 7.7 Insurance. The Company may, or may cause an Affiliate to, purchase and maintain directors and officers insurance, at its expense, for the benefit of the Managing Member and officers of the Company, providing coverage in such scope and subject to such limits as the Managing Member determines, in its discretion, is appropriate.

Section 7.8 Indemnitor of First Resort. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and each Member hereby acknowledges that one or more of the Covered Persons may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by an Affiliated Institution. The Company and each Member hereby agrees that, with respect to any such Covered Persons, the Company (i) is, relative to each Affiliated Institution, the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the applicable Covered Person under this Agreement are primary and any duplicative, overlapping or corresponding obligations of an Affiliated Institution are secondary), (ii) shall be required to make all advances and other payments under this Agreement, and shall be fully liable therefor, without regard to any rights any Covered Person may have against such Covered Person’s Affiliated Institution and (iii) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases

47


 

any such Affiliated Institution from any and all claims against such Affiliated Institution for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by an Affiliated Institution on behalf of a Covered Person with respect to any claim for which such Covered Person has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and any such Affiliated Institution shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of any such applicable Covered Person against the Company. The Company and each Member agree that each Affiliated Institution is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 7.8.

Section 7.9 No Appraisal; Release. Each of the Other Members hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that the number of Units recorded in the Unit Register as being held by such Other Member are all of the Units that such Other Member is entitled to pursuant to any subscription agreement or otherwise, (ii) waives any appraisal rights that such Member may have under the Act (or otherwise) with respect to any transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is approved by the Managing Member, (iii) agrees not to demand or exercise appraisal or dissenters rights under any applicable law with respect to such transaction in the event that appraisal rights are available with respect to such transaction and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that, upon the receipt and acceptance of any distribution made to such Other Member pursuant to Section 4.5, such Other Member shall release the Company, its Subsidiaries and any Covered Persons from any claim, demands, actions, proceedings, damages, losses or liabilities of any kind whatsoever that such Other Member may have or may have had under this Agreement arising out of or attributable to the distribution (including the accuracy or sufficiency thereof) to such Other Member.

Section 7.10 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The provisions of this Article VII shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the date of this Agreement, whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before or after its adoption. The provisions of this Article VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Company and each Person entitled to indemnification under this Article VII (or legal representative thereof) who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article VII and the relevant provisions of applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any amendment, modification or repeal hereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or any action, suit or proceeding then or theretofore existing, or any action, suit or proceeding thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part on any such state of facts. If any provision of this Article VII shall be found to be invalid or limited in application by reason of any law or regulation, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof. The rights of indemnification and advancement provided in this Article VII shall neither be exclusive of, nor be deemed in limitation of, any rights to which any Person may otherwise be or become entitled or permitted by contract, this Agreement or as a matter of law, both as to actions in such person’s official capacity and actions in any other capacity, it being the policy of the Company that indemnification of and advancement to any person whom the Company is obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to Section 7.4 and Section 7.5 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.

48


 

Article VIII

Miscellaneous

Section 8.1 Governing Law; Severability. THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement or any mandatory provision of the Act, the Act shall control. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Persons or circumstances is not affected thereby and that provision shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 8.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs and personal representatives; provided, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Person claiming by, through or under a Member (whether such Member’s heir, personal representative or otherwise), as distinct from such Member itself, shall have any rights as, or in respect to, a Member (including the right to approve or vote on any matter or to notice thereof).

Section 8.3 Confidentiality. By executing this Agreement, each Member expressly agrees, at all times during the term of the Company and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, to maintain the confidentiality of, and not to disclose to any Person other than the Company, another Member, a Person designated by the Company or any of their respective partners, officers, directors, managers, members, employees, financial planners, accountants, attorneys or other advisors or representatives, any information relating to the business, financial results or clients of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is not generally known to the public, except in each case as otherwise required by law or judicial or administrative process or by any regulatory or self‑regulatory organization having jurisdiction and except in the case of any Member who is employed by any entity controlled by the Company in the ordinary course of his or her duties; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Members agree that (i) each of the Blackstone Member and any of its Subsequent Transferees may disclose any such information as part of such Member’s or any of their respective Affiliates’ ordinary course of business or governance, including normal reporting, rating or review procedures (including normal credit rating and pricing process) or in connection with such Member’s or any of their respective Affiliates’ normal fund raising, marketing, informational or reporting activities at a customary level of detail (including to investors) and (ii) the Blackstone Member and, after the fourth anniversary of the IPO (or, with respect to Permitted Transferees, anytime), the Founder Member (and, in each case, their respective Permitted Transferees), may disclose any such information to any prospective transferee of such Member or its Subsequent Transferee permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, in each case, as long as such prospective transferee agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or similar written obligation for the benefit of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, without the prior written consent of the Blackstone Member, no Member, its equityholders or its Affiliates shall use the “Blackstone” name or reference the Blackstone Member’s ownership in the Company and its

49


 

Subsidiaries except as required by law or judicial or administrative process or by any regulatory or self‑regulatory organization having jurisdiction.

Section 8.4 Investment Representations of Members. Each Member (as to himself, herself, or itself only) hereby represents and warrants to and acknowledges with the Company that:

(a) (i) such Member has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (ii) such Member is able to bear the economic and financial risk of an investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time; (iii) such Member is acquiring interests in the Company with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of any Securities of the Company to the public or public offering thereof; (iv) the interests in the Company have not been registered under the securities laws of any jurisdiction and cannot be disposed of unless they are subsequently registered and/or qualified under applicable securities laws (or there is an exemption therefrom) and the provisions of this Agreement have been complied with; (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by such Member and do not require such Member to obtain any consent or approval that has not been obtained and do not contravene or result in a default under any provision of any law or regulation applicable to such Member or other governing documents or any agreement or instrument to which such Member is a party or by which such Member is bound; and (vi) this Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against such Member in accordance with its terms;

(b) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Member, and this Agreement constitutes a legal and binding obligation of such Member, enforceable against such Member in accordance with its terms; and

(c) the execution, delivery and performance by such Member of this Agreement (or any joinder to this Agreement) and the consummation by such Member of the transactions contemplated hereby (and thereby) will not, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which such Member is subject, (ii) violate any order, judgment or decree applicable to such Member, or (iii) conflict with, result in a breach or default under, any term or condition of any agreement or other instrument to which such Member is a party or by which such Member is bound.

Section 8.5 Amendments. Subject to Section 3.1(b), the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion and to the fullest extent allowable under Delaware law, amend this Agreement (whether by merger, division, operation of law or otherwise), without the consent or approval of the other Members or any other Person, including such amendments, supplements, waivers or modifications to (i) admit Substitute Members and Additional Members in accordance with this Agreement, (ii) create, authorize and issue Additional Securities in accordance with Section 2.10(c) and Section 2.10(d) of this Agreement or Unit combinations or subdivisions pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof, (iii) update the Unit Register in accordance with this Agreement, (iv) change the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company, (v) address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation, (vi) change the fiscal

50


 

year or taxable year of the Company and to implement any other changes that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Company, (vii) to effect the combination, subdivision and/or reclassification of outstanding Units to give economic effect to equity investments in the Company by the Managing Member that are not accompanied by the issuance by the Company to the Managing Member of additional Units, (viii) as necessary to ensure that the Company would not to become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners and (ix) take any action necessary and related to clauses (i) through (viii), except that (A) this Agreement may not be amended, waived or modified (whether by merger, division, operation of law or otherwise) in a manner that is adverse to the Blackstone Member without the consent of the Blackstone Member, (for clarity, it is agreed among the parties hereto that any modifications to provisions relating to the replacement of the Managing Member as managing member of the Company or the appointment of a replacement managing member of the Company, the fiduciary duties of the Members or any Affiliated Person, corporate opportunities or similar waivers, any consent or consultation rights (including in respect of the amendment / waiver provisions in this Agreement), information/access, indemnification or expense reimbursement rights, and modifications to any provision that would subject a Member to any capital contribution or funding obligations or increase the duration of the restrictions on transfers by such Person shall be considered an adverse modification requiring consent of the Blackstone Member), (B) this Agreement may not be amended, waived or modified in any manner that would cause the Company to become a “publicly-traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) of the Code or Section 7704 of the Code or cause the Company to have more than one hundred (100) Tax Partners, without the prior written consent of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member, and any such amendment, waiver or modification made to this Agreement without the consent of the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member shall be void ab initio, (C) an amendment, waiver or modification to the express rights, preferences or privileges of any Units, as set forth in this Agreement, in a manner that materially adversely and disproportionately affects the rights under this Agreement of such Units relative to the rights under this Agreement of any other Units in the same Class of Units must be approved by the Members holding a majority of the outstanding Units so affected and (D) an amendment, waiver or modification to this Agreement that has a materially adverse and disproportionate effect on the rights of the Founder Member compared to the rights of any other holder of Common Units must be approved by the Founder Member.

Section 8.6 Notices. Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by electronic mail, or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company, the Blackstone Member and the Founder Member, as applicable, at the address set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party; provided, that any notice provided by the Founder Member to the Company shall be deemed to have also been given to the Blackstone Member. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder if (a) delivered personally, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 8.6, (b) sent by electronic mail, on the first Business Day after when such electronic mail is sent to the e-mail

51


 

address specified in this Section 8.6, or (c) sent by reputable overnight courier service, one Business Day after deposit with such service.

If to the Company:

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

c/o Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

1 Commvault Way, S300

Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

Attention: Scott G. McLester, General Counsel

Email: [email address]

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Email: [email address]

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

900 G Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20001

Attention: Joshua F. Bonnie

William R. Golden

Katharine L. Thompson

Email: [email addresses]

If to the Blackstone Member:

Submarine Buyer LLC

c/o Blackstone Inc.

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attention: Michael Staub

Devon Rinker

Email: [email addresses]

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

900 G Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20001

Attention: Joshua F. Bonnie

William R. Golden

Katharine L. Thompson

Email: [email addresses]

52


 

If to the Founder Member:

[address]

Attention: Peter Cancro

Email: [email address]

with a copy to:

McDermott Will & Schulte LLP

444 West Lake Street, Suite 4000

Chicago, IL 60660

Attention: Stanley Meadows

Email: [email address]

and

Zarco Einhorn Salkowski, P.A.

2 S. Biscayne Blvd.

34th Floor

Miami, FL 33131

Attention: Robert Zarco

Email: [email address]

Section 8.7 Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including counterparts transmitted electronically in portable document format (pdf), or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, all of which will be an original and together shall constitute a single instrument. The parties hereto irrevocably and unreservedly agree that this Agreement may be executed by way of electronic signatures and the parties agree that this Agreement, or any part thereof, shall not be challenged or denied any legal effect, validity and/or enforceability solely on the ground that it is in the form of an electronic record.

Section 8.8 Power of Attorney. Each Member irrevocably appoints any Officer (acting at the instruction of the Managing Member) as such Member’s true and lawful representative and attorney‑in‑fact, each acting alone (or through the designation to an Officer of the Company), in such Member’s name, place and stead, to make, execute, sign and file all instruments, documents and certificates which, from time to time, may be required by this Agreement or by the laws of the United States of America, the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Company shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof, to execute, implement and continue the valid and subsisting existence of the Company. Such power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent resignation from the Company of any Member for any reason and shall survive and shall not be affected by the disability or incapacity of such Member. This Section 8.8 shall not apply to the Blackstone Member or the Founder Member.

53


 

Section 8.9 Founder Member Representative.

(a) Appointment; Authority. For purposes of this Agreement, each Person who is a Founder Member shall, without any further action on the part of any such Founder Member, be deemed to have consented to the appointment of the Founder Member Representative, with full power of substitution, to act in the name, place and stead of such Person for purposes of taking any and all actions and making of any decisions required or permitted to be taken by the Founder Member Representative under or contemplated by this Agreement, including the exercise of the power to (i) execute any agreements, documents and certificates pursuant to this Agreement, including all amendments to such agreements, and take all actions required or permitted to be taken under such agreements, (ii) receive and forward notices and communications pursuant to this Agreement and (iii) take all other actions necessary, desirable or appropriate in the judgment of the Founder Member Representative for the accomplishment of the foregoing and all of the other terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement and any other agreements, documents and certificates pursuant thereto. Peter Cancro hereby accepts its appointment as the Founder Member Representative. All decisions, actions, consents and instructions of the Founder Member Representative shall be final and binding upon, and constitute a decision or action of, each Founder Member, and no Founder Member shall have any right to object, dissent, protest or otherwise contest the same, except for intentional fraud or willful misconduct. Neither the Company nor the Blackstone Member shall have the right to object, dissent, protest or otherwise contest the authority of the Founder Member Representative. The execution of this Agreement by each Founder Member shall also be deemed to constitute approval of all arrangements relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and to the provisions hereof binding upon the Founder Member.

(b) Resignation; Removal. The Founder Member Representative may resign at any time and may be removed for any reason or no reason by the vote or written consent of the Founder Majority Holders.

(c) Replacement. In the event of the death, incapacity, resignation or removal of the Founder Member Representative, the Founder Majority Holders can appoint a new Founder Member Representative by written consent and by sending notice and a copy of the duly executed written consent appointing such new Founder Member Representative to the Company. Such appointment will be effective upon the later of the date indicated in the consent or the date such consent is received by the Company.

(d) Acknowledgment. The Company and the Blackstone Member shall be entitled to deal exclusively with the Founder Member Representative on all matters relating to this Agreement and shall be entitled to rely conclusively on any document executed or purported to be executed on behalf of any Founder Member by the Founder Member Representative, and on any other action taken or purported to be taken on behalf of any Founder Member by the Founder Member Representative, as being fully binding upon such Person. Notices or communications to or from the Founder Member Representative shall constitute notice to or from each of the Founder Members. The provisions of this Section 8.9, including the power of attorney granted hereby, are independent and severable, are irrevocable and are coupled with an interest and shall not be terminated by any act of any one or more Founder Members, or by operation of law, whether by death or other event.

54


 

(e) Expenses and Liabilities; Founder Member Representative Holdback Account. Any fees, costs, expenses or liabilities incurred by the Founder Member Representative in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall not be the personal obligation of the Founder Member Representative, but shall be payable by and attributable to the applicable Founder Member (in accordance with their respective Common Units as a proportion of the Common Units held by all applicable Founder Member).

(f) No Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the Founder Member Representative nor any agent employed by the Founder Member Representative shall incur any liability to any Founder Member relating to the performance of his duties hereunder except for actions or omissions constituting fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Founder Member Representative shall not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Founder Member, except in respect of amounts actually received on behalf of such Person. The Founder Member Representative shall not be required to make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement.

Section 8.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 8.11 EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY DISPUTE BASED ON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LITIGATED IN AND MUST BE BROUGHT IN THE DELAWARE COURT OF CHANCERY (OR, IF SUCH COURT DOES NOT POSSESS OR REFUSES TO ACCEPT JURISDICTION, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR, IN THE CASE OF CLAIMS TO WHICH THE FEDERAL COURTS HAVE EXCLUSIVE SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (AND IN THE CASE OF APPEALS IN THE COURTS IN WHICH APPEALS FROM SUCH COURTS ARE TO BE HEARD)). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND TO THE

55


 

FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THEY MAY HAVE CONCERNING THE VENUE OR CONVENIENCE OF SUCH FORUM. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, HOWEVER, ANY PARTY MAY COMMENCE ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED AGAINST ANOTHER PARTY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS IN ANY APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION OR COURT. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE ON ANY PARTY HERETO BY PREPAID CERTIFIED MAIL WITH A PROOF OF MAILING RECEIPT VALIDATED BY THE U.S. POSTAL SERVICE CONSTITUTING EVIDENCE OF VALID SERVICE, AND THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SERVICE MADE PURSUANT TO THE ABOVE SHALL HAVE THE SAME LEGAL FORCE AND EFFECT AS IF SERVED UPON SUCH PARTY PERSONALLY WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

Section 8.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Schedules hereto, the Exchange Agreement and the other documents and agreements referred to herein or therein or entered into concurrently herewith embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

Section 8.13 Section Titles. Section titles are for descriptive purposes only and shall not control or alter the meaning of this Agreement as set forth in the text hereof.

Section 8.14 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except for the applicable provisions of Article VII, which shall be enforceable by a Covered Person and/or an Affiliated Institution, this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies.

 

[signature pages follow]

56


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

MANAGING MEMBER:

 

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

 

 

By:

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 


BLACKSTONE MEMBER:

 

 

SUBMARINE BUYER LLC

 

 

By:

Submarine Buyer Holdco LLC, its sole member

 

 

By:

Boardwalk I Aggregator L.P., its managing member

 

 

By:

BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Name:

Title:

 

 


 

FOUNDER MEMBERS:

 

 

 

 

ORIGINAL 56ERS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

CHRISTINE CANCRO EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020

 

 

 

 

By:

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

CAROLINE JONES EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020

 

 

 

 

By:

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROBERT CANCRO EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020

 

 

 

 

By:

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

 

 

PAUL CANCRO EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020

 

 

 

 

By:

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

MANAGEMENT AGGREGATOR:

 

 

JERSEY MIKE’S MANAGEMENT AGGREGATOR LLC

 

 

By:

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.2

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

between

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

and

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of [_____], 2026

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

2

SECTION 1.1

Definitions

 

2

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

 

15

SECTION 2.1

Basis Schedule

 

15

SECTION 2.2

Tax Benefit Schedule

 

16

SECTION 2.3

Procedures, Amendments

 

17

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

19

SECTION 3.1

Payments

 

19

SECTION 3.2

No Duplicative Payments

 

19

SECTION 3.3

Pro Rata Payments

 

19

SECTION 3.4

Payment Ordering

 

20

SECTION 3.5

Unvested Unit Payments

 

20

SECTION 3.6

Certain Blocker Transferred Basis, Exchange Basis and IPO Basis.

 

20

SECTION 3.7

Overpayments

 

21

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV TERMINATION

 

21

SECTION 4.1

Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement; Change of Control

 

21

SECTION 4.2

Early Termination Notice

 

23

SECTION 4.3

Payment upon Early Termination

 

23

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

 

24

SECTION 5.1

Subordination

 

24

SECTION 5.2

Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer

 

24

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

 

24

SECTION 6.1

Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters

 

24

SECTION 6.2

Consistency

 

25

SECTION 6.3

Cooperation

 

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

 

26

SECTION 7.1

Notices

 

26

SECTION 7.2

Counterparts

 

26

SECTION 7.3

Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

26

SECTION 7.4

Governing Law

 

27

i


 

SECTION 7.5

Severability

 

27

SECTION 7.6

Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers

 

27

SECTION 7.7

Titles and Subtitles

 

28

SECTION 7.8

Resolution of Disputes

 

28

SECTION 7.9

Reconciliation

 

29

SECTION 7.10

Withholding

 

29

SECTION 7.11

Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets

 

30

SECTION 7.12

Confidentiality

 

31

SECTION 7.13

Change in Law

 

32

SECTION 7.14

TRA Party Representative

 

32

SECTION 7.15

Effectiveness

 

34

ii


 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is dated as of [____], 2026, and is between Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation, “PubCo”), each of the undersigned parties, and each of the other persons from time to time that becomes a party hereto (each, excluding PubCo, a “TRA Party” and together the “TRA Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the TRA Parties directly or indirectly hold limited liability company interests in OpCo (as defined below) (the “Units”), which is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax (as defined below) purposes;

WHEREAS, after the IPO (as defined below), PubCo will be the managing member of OpCo, and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Units;

WHEREAS, each of the Blockers (as defined below) is classified as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Master Reorganization Agreement dated on or about the IPO Date (as defined below), among PubCo and the parties named therein, in connection with the IPO, among other things, each of the Blocker Shareholders (as defined below) will contribute the relevant Blocker interests held by such Blocker Shareholder to PubCo in exchange for Class A common stock of PubCo (the “Class A Shares”) (the “Blocker Transfers” and such reorganization the “Reorganization”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the Reorganization, the Corporate Taxpayer will (i) be entitled to utilize Blocker Attributes (as defined below) and (ii) obtain the benefit of the Blocker Transferred Basis (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, PubCo will acquire (directly or indirectly) IPO Units (as defined below) for a contribution of cash to OpCo not treated as part of a disguised sale under Section 707(a) of the Code (as defined below) (the “IPO Exchange”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the IPO Exchange, the Corporate Taxpayer will be entitled to obtain the benefit of the IPO Basis (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Units directly or indirectly held by the TRA Parties may be exchanged for Class A Shares, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the OpCo Agreement (as defined below) and the Exchange Agreement (as defined below) and/or for other cash or other property;

WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (as defined below) treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code, for each Taxable Year (as defined below) that includes the IPO Date and for each Taxable Year in which a taxable acquisition (including a deemed taxable acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code) or non-taxable acquisition of Units by the Corporate

 


 

Taxpayer from any of the TRA Parties (or, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a disregarded entity of a TRA Party) (an “Exchanging Holder”) for Class A Shares and/or other consideration or redemption by OpCo, in each case, in connection with the IPO or after the IPO Date (any such acquisition, including any deemed taxable acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code, or redemption, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the IPO Exchange and Reorganization, an “Exchange”) occurs;

WHEREAS, as a result of an Exchange, the Corporate Taxpayer will be entitled to use the Exchange Basis (as defined below) and the Basis Adjustments (as defined below) relating to such Units exchanged in such Exchange;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the (i) Blocker Attributes, (ii) Blocker Transferred Basis, (iii) IPO Basis, (iv) Exchange Basis, (v) Basis Adjustments, and (vi) Imputed Interest (as defined below) (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”); and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to provide for certain payments and make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Tax Attributes on the liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

“Acquired Units” means the Units acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer in the Reorganization.

“Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year of the Corporate Taxpayer, the sum of (i) the sum of (A) the liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer and (B) without duplication, the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income Taxes imposed directly on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) and (ii) the product of (A) the amount of the U.S. federal net taxable income for such taxable year reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form), adjusted as necessary by assuming, in order to prevent double counting, that state and local income Taxes are not deductible by the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (B) the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate.

2


 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

“Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of SOFR plus 100 basis points.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Amended Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

“Assumed State and Local Tax Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of the effective rates of Tax (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account any U.S. federal benefit of the state tax deduction) imposed on the aggregate net income of the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo, as applicable, in each state or local jurisdiction in which the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo, as applicable, files Tax Returns for such Taxable Year, with the effective rate in any state or local jurisdiction being equal to the product of (i) the apportionment factor on the income or franchise Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer in such jurisdiction for such Taxable Year and (ii) the maximum applicable corporate Tax rate in effect in such jurisdiction in such Taxable Year. As an illustration of the calculation of the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for a Taxable Year, if the Corporate Taxpayer solely files Tax Returns in State 1 and State 2 in a Taxable Year, the maximum applicable corporate Tax rates in effect in such states in such Taxable Year are 6.5% and 5.5%, respectively, and the apportionment factors for such states in such Taxable Year are 55% and 45% respectively, then the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for such Taxable Year is equal to 6.05% (i.e., 6.5% multiplied by 55% plus 5.5% multiplied by 45%).

“Attributable” means the portion of any Tax Attribute of the Corporate Taxpayer that is “Attributable” to a TRA Party, determined under the following principles:

(i) any Blocker Attributes shall be determined separately with respect to each Blocker and shall be Attributable to the Blocker Shareholders of each Blocker that, but for the participation of a Blocker and the relevant Blocker Shareholder in the Reorganization, the Corporate Taxpayer would not have had the use of such Blocker Attributes;

(ii) any Blocker Transferred Basis shall be Attributable to the Blocker Shareholders of each Blocker or each Unit Holder, as applicable, in an amount equal to the product of (A) the total Blocker Transferred Basis and (B) the Total Percentage Interest of such Blocker Shareholder or Unit Holder, as applicable;

(iii) any IPO Basis shall be Attributable to the Blocker Shareholders of each Blocker or each Unit Holder, as applicable, in an amount equal to the product of (A) the total IPO Basis and (B) the Total Percentage Interest of such Blocker Shareholder or Unit Holder, as applicable;

(iv) any Exchange Basis shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchanging Holder and shall be Attributable to the Blocker Shareholders of each Blocker or each Exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the total Exchange Basis relating to such Units delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer by such Exchanging Holder in an amount equal

3


 

to the product of (A) the total Exchange Basis so delivered and (B) the Total Percentage Interest of such Blocker Shareholder or Unit Holder, as applicable;

(v) any Basis Adjustments shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchanging Holder and are Attributable to each Exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the total Basis Adjustments relating to such Units delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer by such Exchanging Holder in the Exchange; and

(vi) any deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of Imputed Interest is Attributable to the Person that is required to include the Imputed Interest in income (without regard to whether such Person is actually subject to Tax thereon).

“Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 734(b), 707(a), 737 and/or 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and/or 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) which arises (a) as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement in respect of such Exchange or (b) as a result of any Earnout Payment with respect to Units held by the Corporate Taxpayer, which Units were acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer in an Exchange. The amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred (i.e., for the avoidance of doubt, any Basis Adjustments in respect of Units that were transferred in a Pre-Exchange Transfer shall be determined as if such Units were Exchanged by the owner of such Units prior to such Pre-Exchange Transfer). The amount of any Basis Adjustment shall be determined using the Market Value at the time of the Exchange.

“Basis Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

“Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to any security, a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

“Blackstone Funds” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, co-investment vehicle and/or other similar vehicle or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of Blackstone Inc., or any of their respective successors.

“Blocker 743(b) Adjustments” means the adjustments to the Tax basis of the Reference Assets under Section 743(b) of the Code that (a) are attributable to the Units held by a Blocker and that exist as of the close of the IPO Date (as determined based on the interim closing of the books of OpCo as of the close of the IPO Date) or (b) arise as a result of any Earnout

4


 

Payment with respect to Units held by the Corporate Taxpayer, which Units were acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer in the Reorganization.

“Blocker Attributes” means, (a) without duplication, the net operating losses, capital losses, research and development credits, Section 174 expense capitalization (if any), foreign tax credits, excess Section 163(j) limitation carryforwards (including excess business interest expense), charitable deductions and any Tax attributes (other than capitalized debt issuance costs) subject to carryforward under Section 381 of the Code that the Corporate Taxpayer is entitled to utilize as a result of the Blockers’ participation in the Reorganization that relate to periods (or portions thereof) prior to the Reorganization; provided however, that in order to determine whether any such Tax attribute is a Blocker Attribute, the Taxable Year of the Corporate Taxpayer that includes the effective date of the Reorganization shall be deemed to end as of the close of such effective date; provided further that such Tax attributes shall not include any such Tax attribute of a Blocker that is used to offset Taxes of such Blocker, if such offset Taxes are attributable to the Taxable Year (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the date of the Reorganization (including a Taxable Year that is deemed to have ended in the preceding sentence) and (b) any and all Blocker 743(b) Adjustments.

“Blocker Shareholder” means, a Person who is a TRA Party and, prior to or in connection with the Reorganization, directly or indirectly holds equity interests of a Blocker, and as a result of the Reorganization, holds Class A Shares.

“Blocker Transferred Basis” means (a) the Tax basis (excluding any Blocker 743(b) Adjustments) of any Reference Asset that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code or (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (b) Section 174 expense capitalization (if any) and any capitalized costs, including capitalized debt issuance costs and capitalized costs incurred in connection with the formation and capitalization of OpCo, in each case relating to Units transferred to PubCo in the Blocker Transfers, and in the case of each of clause (a) or (b), determined at the time of the Reorganization; provided that, any Tax basis included in the IPO Basis and Attributable to the Blocker Shareholders (with respect to Acquired Units) shall be excluded from the determination of the Blocker Transferred Basis.

“Blockers” means (i) BCP 9 Boardwalk Feeder L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, (ii) BXPE Lux (Feeder) 13 L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (iii) BXPE US (Feeder) 13 L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and (iv) Boardwalk GP Holdco L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (each entity individually, a “Blocker”).

“Board” means the Board of Directors of PubCo.

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

i. any Person or any group of Persons acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any successor provisions thereto (excluding (a) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the

5


 

same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer or (b) a Person or group of Persons in which one or more of the Blackstone Funds or their Affiliates, directly or indirectly hold Beneficial Ownership of securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power in such Person or held by such group, provided, that this clause (b) shall not apply to any transaction or series of related transactions in which the Units, Class A Shares or rights under this Agreement held by the Founder TRA Parties are acquired, redeemed, cancelled or converted, in whole or in part, other than at the election of the applicable Founder TRA Party) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or

ii. the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a two-thirds (2/3) majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

iii. there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

iv. the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale, lease or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale, lease or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets (A) to an entity at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale or (B) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Corporate Taxpayer.

“Class A Shares” means Class A common stock of PubCo.

6


 

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Common Units” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Agreement.

“Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Corporate Taxpayer” means PubCo and any entity that is a member of any group filing a consolidated Tax Return of which PubCo is a member, where appropriate.

“Covered Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.14(d) of this Agreement.

“Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriment for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such calculation; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the computation of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit shall be adjusted to reflect any applicable Determination with respect to any Realized Tax Benefits and/or Realized Tax Detriments.

“Default Rate” means a per annum rate of SOFR plus 500 basis points.

“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a) of this Agreement.

“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

“Early Termination Effective Date” means the date on which an Early Termination Schedule becomes binding pursuant to Section 4.2.

“Early Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

“Early Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

“Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) SOFR plus 100 basis points.

7


 

“Early Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

“Earnout Payment” means the payment of any earn-out with respect to Units pursuant to that certain Equity Purchase Agreement by and among Submarine Buyer LLC, Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, Inc., Jersey Shore Construction LLC, Jersey Mike’s Inc. and Peter Cancro, dated as of November 8, 2024, that is paid by the Corporate Taxpayer, or deemed paid by the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes, following the IPO Date.

“Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, between the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the holders of Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

“Exchange Basis” means (a) the Tax basis of any Reference Asset that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code or (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (b) Section 174 expense capitalization (if any) and any capitalized costs incurred in connection with the formation of OpCo, in each case relating to the Units held by Unit Holders, and in the case of each of clause (a) or (b), determined at the time of the Reorganization; provided that, any Tax basis included in the IPO Basis and Attributable to Exchanging Holders shall be excluded from the determination of the Exchange Basis. The parties hereto acknowledge that, upon certain events, the Corporate Taxpayer may acquire an interest in the Tax Attributes described in the first sentence of this definition of Exchange Basis other than as a result of an Exchange (including, for example, where the Corporate Taxpayer acquires additional Units in exchange for the contribution of cash or property). To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer acquires an interest in any Tax Attribute described in the first sentence of this definition of Exchange Basis other than as a result of an Exchange, such Tax Attributes shall be treated as Exchange Basis delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer in an Exchange and shall be includable in the Tax Benefit Schedule and any Tax Benefit Payments.

“Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

“Exchanging Holder” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

“Founder Corp” means Original 56ers, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Founder TRA Parties” means Founder Corp and the Founder Trusts (as defined in the OpCo Agreement) and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

“Founder TRA Party Representative” means initially Founder Corp and thereafter, such single Person designated in writing by the then current Founder TRA Party Representative and that is an Affiliate of the Founder TRA Party Representative. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall at any time be only one Founder TRA Party Representative.

8


 

“Future TRAs” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year of the Corporate Taxpayer, the sum of (i) the sum of (A) the liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer, and (B) without duplication, the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income Taxes imposed directly on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) and (ii) the product of (A) the U.S. federal net taxable income for such Taxable Year reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form), adjusted as necessary in order to prevent double counting by assuming that state and local income Taxes are not deductible by the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (B) the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, but, in the determination of the liability in clauses (i) and (ii), with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer, (a) without taking into account Blocker Attributes, if any, (b) using the Non-Blocker Transferred Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (c) using the Non-IPO Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (d) using the Non-Exchange Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (e) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, and (f) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest attributable to any payment made under this Agreement for the Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to a Tax Attribute, (ii) there shall be no adjustment to any items of income, gain, loss, expense or other Tax items for state and local tax purposes in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability and (iii) the basis of the Reference Assets in the aggregate for purposes of determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall never be less than zero.

“Imputed Interest” in respect of a TRA Party shall mean any interest imputed under Sections 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this Agreement.

“Incentive Unit” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Agreement.

“Interest Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

“IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporate Taxpayer (including any greenshoe related to such initial public offering).

“IPO Basis” means (a) the Tax basis of any Reference Asset held by OpCo at the time of the IPO that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code or (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (b) Section 174 expense capitalization (if any) and any capitalized costs incurred in connection with the formation of OpCo, in the case of each of clause (a) or (b), to the extent allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of its acquisition of IPO Units.

9


 

“IPO Date” means the initial closing date of the IPO.

“IPO Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“IPO Units” means the Units acquired by PubCo with the net proceeds from the IPO (excluding any Units acquired in an Exchange).

“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

“Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided that, if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the above sentence, to the extent property is exchanged for cash in a transaction, the Market Value shall be determined by reference to the amount of cash transferred in such transaction.

“Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

“Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

“Non-Blocker Transferred Basis” means: (a) with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of the Reorganization that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code or (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code, the Tax basis (including any Blocker 743(b) Adjustments) that such Reference Asset would have had if the Blocker Transferred Basis at the time of the Reorganization was equal to zero or (b) with respect to Section 174 expense capitalization and any capitalized costs incurred in connection with the formation of OpCo, zero (0).

“Non-Exchange Basis” means: (a) with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of an Exchange that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code or (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code, the Tax basis that such Reference Asset would have had if the Exchange Basis at the time of the Exchange was equal to zero or (b) with respect to Section 174 expense capitalization and any capitalized costs incurred in connection with the formation of OpCo, zero (0).

“Non-IPO Basis” means: (a) with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of the IPO Exchange that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code or (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code, the Tax basis that such Reference Asset would have had if the IPO Basis of such Reference Asset at the time of the IPO was equal to zero and (b) with respect to Section 174 expense capitalization and capitalized costs incurred in connection with the formation of OpCo, zero (0).

10


 

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of an Exchange, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

“Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

“OpCo” means Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“OpCo Agreement” means, with respect to OpCo, the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

“Pillar Two Taxes” means Taxes imposed and payable by reason of the Model Global Anti-Base Erosion rules released by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, introducing a minimum level of Tax for multinational enterprises, or any similar Taxes, including any authority, law, regulation, administrative or other guidance intended to effect the foregoing.

“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Unit Holder) or distribution in respect of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) of the Code applies.

“PubCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

11


 

“Reconciliation Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

“Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (but only if such indirect Subsidiaries are held only through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of the Reorganization, the IPO, the IPO Exchange or an Exchange, as relevant. A “Reference Asset” also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

“Reorganization” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

“Section 734(b) Exchange” means any Exchange that results in a Basis Adjustment under Section 734(b) of the Code.

“Senior Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

“SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator), on the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source; provided that, at no time shall SOFR be less than 0%. If the Corporate Taxpayer reasonably determines in good faith that (i) SOFR is no longer a widely recognized benchmark rate for newly originated loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars or (ii) the applicable supervisor or administrator (if any) of SOFR or an applicable government authority has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which SOFR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars, then the Corporate Taxpayer and each TRA Party Representative shall collectively (as determined in good faith by the Corporate Taxpayer and each TRA Party Representative to be consistent with a generally accepted market practice at such time), establish a replacement interest rate (the “Replacement Rate”), in which case, the Replacement Rate shall, subject to the next two sentences, replace SOFR for all purposes under this Agreement. In connection with the establishment and application of the Replacement Rate, this Agreement shall be amended solely with the consent of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, and each TRA Party Representative, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporate Taxpayer and each TRA Party Representative, to effect the provisions of this definition. The Replacement Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with a generally accepted market practice at such time; provided that, in each case, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Corporate Taxpayer, such Replacement Rate shall be applied as otherwise reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative.

“Sponsor TRA Parties” means all the TRA Parties, other than the Founder TRA Parties.

12


 

“Sponsor TRA Party Representative” means, initially, Submarine Buyer L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and thereafter such Person or Persons designated by the then-Sponsor Representative.

“Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

“Tax Attributes” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Tax Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

“Tax Benefit Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

“Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

“Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes (including any Pillar Two Taxes), assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits and any interest related to such Tax.

“Taxing Authority” means any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

“Threshold Exchange Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Agreement.

“Total Percentage Interest” in respect of a TRA Party shall mean the percentage for each TRA Party set forth on Schedule 2. In the case of any transfer by a TRA Party in accordance with this Agreement, the Total Percentage Interest of such TRA Party as set forth on Schedule 2 shall be allocated between the transferor and transferee based on the percentage acquired as set forth on the joinder to this Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 7.6.

“TRA Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“TRA Party Representative” means (i) the Sponsor TRA Representative, (ii) the Founder TRA Party Representative, and (iii) and either (a) the Person or Persons designated in

13


 

writing by the Sponsor TRA Party Representative from time to time as one or more TRA Party Representatives and/or (b) as designated by the Corporate Taxpayer if so required, in each case, pursuant to Section 7.14 of this Agreement.

“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable Year.

“Unit Holder” means holders of Units other than the Corporate Taxpayer.

“Units” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Unvested Unit” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Agreement.

“Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, (1) the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the Tax items arising from the Tax Attributes (other than any items addressed in clause (2) below) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future payments made under this Agreement that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) any Blocker Attributes (other than Blocker 743(b) Adjustments) and any interest expense carryforwards or loss carryovers arising from Tax Attributes or from Imputed Interest, in each case that are available as of the date of such Early Termination Date, will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the date of such Early Termination Date through the earlier of (x) the scheduled expiration date under applicable Tax law of such Blocker Attribute or interest expense carryforward or loss carryover or (y) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date, (3) the U.S. federal, state and local income Tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date and the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate will be calculated based on such rates and the apportionment factor applicable in the immediately prior Taxable Year, (4) any non-amortizable assets (other than cash equivalents or equity interests in Subsidiaries that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) will be disposed of on the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the applicable Exchange (in the case of Basis Adjustments) or the IPO Date (in the case of any Blocker 743(b) Basis Adjustments) (or, if the Early Termination Date occurs after the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the last Exchange or the IPO Date, as applicable, such non-amortizable assets will be deemed disposed of as of the Early Termination Date) and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of disposition (if applicable) of the relevant asset in the Change of Control (if earlier than such fifteenth (15th) anniversary) and, in the case of a Change of Control that includes the disposition of any equity interests in a Subsidiary that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, such equity interests shall be deemed disposed of at the time of the disposition of such equity interests in the Change of Control, (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit, shall be deemed Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date (and therefore, for the avoidance of doubt any outstanding Threshold Exchange Units held by a Unit Holder shall also be deemed Exchanged on the Early Termination Date) and (6) if, at the time of the Early Termination,

14


 

there are any Incentive Units outstanding, each such Incentive Unit shall be deemed converted into a Common Unit in accordance with the conversion mechanics set forth in the OpCo Agreement (including with respect to Unvested Units, deeming Incentive Units that are Unvested Units but for which the distribution threshold has been achieved or would be achieved upon a sale of OpCo as of the Early Termination as converted to Common Units as though they were vested)), and such Common Unit deemed received shall, in turn, be deemed Exchanged in accordance with clause (5) above.

“Vested Unit” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Agreement.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

SECTION 2.1 Basis Schedule.

(a) Initial Basis Schedule. Within ninety (90) days of the date hereof, the Corporate Taxpayer shall prepare and deliver to each TRA Party that is a Blocker Shareholder a schedule (the “Initial Basis Schedule”) that shows (i) the Blocker Attributes, (ii) the Blocker Transferred Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (iii) the period (or periods) over which each Reference Asset is amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period (or periods) over which the Blocker Attributes or Blocker Transferred Basis is amortizable and/or depreciable, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv), with respect to such TRA Party that is a Blocker Shareholder and with respect to all TRA Parties that are Blocker Shareholders. The Initial Basis Schedule shall be prepared in good faith based upon the most recent information provided by the Blocker Shareholders to the Corporate Taxpayer.

(b) Subsequent Basis Schedules. Within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party a schedule (the “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, (i) the Blocker Attributes, (ii) the Blocker Transferred Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (iii) the IPO Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (iv) the Exchange Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (v) the Basis Adjustment with respect to each Reference Asset as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year or any prior Taxable Year, if any, calculated in the aggregate, (vi) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of each Reference Asset as of each applicable Exchange Date, if any, (vii) the period (or periods) over which each Reference Asset is amortizable and/or depreciable and (viii) the period (or periods) over which the Blocker Attributes, Blocker Transferred Basis, the IPO Basis, the Exchange Basis, and each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (viii), with respect to such TRA Party and with respect to all other TRA Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, in preparing any Basis Schedule pursuant to this Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer may redact the names of any other TRA Party or any other information that it deems confidential. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision and preparation of the Basis Schedules and Tax Benefit Schedules for each TRA Party in compliance with this Agreement shall be borne by PubCo.

15


 

SECTION 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or a Realized Tax Detriment arising from Tax Attributes that are Attributable to a TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to such TRA Party a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit and Tax Benefit Payment or the Realized Tax Detriment, as applicable, in respect of such TRA Party for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

(b) Applicable Principles.

(i) General. Subject to Section 3.3, the Realized Tax Benefit (or the Realized Tax Detriment) for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease (or increase) in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Tax Attributes, determined using a “with and without” methodology (i.e., the Actual Tax Liability being the “with” calculation and the Hypothetical Tax Liability being the “without” calculation). Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to any of the Tax Attributes shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to any Tax Attribute and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology. The parties agree that (A) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest thereon) attributable to Blocker Transferred Basis or Blocker Attributes will be treated as non-qualifying property or money for purposes of Section 351 of the Code received in the Reorganization, (B) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest thereon) attributable to the IPO Basis and Attributable to the Blocker Shareholders (with respect to the Acquired Units) will be treated as non-qualifying property or money for purposes of Section 351 of the Code received in the Reorganization, (C) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest thereon) attributable to Basis Adjustments (other than Basis Adjustments resulting from Tax Benefit Payments attributable to the Blocker Transferred Basis or IPO Basis) will be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments with respect to the Units exchanged in the applicable Exchange that have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, (D) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest thereon) attributable to Exchange Basis, Blocker Transferred Basis or IPO Basis and Attributable to an Exchanging Holder will be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments with respect to the Threshold Exchange Units that have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, (E) as a result, any additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the calculation for the year of payment and into any future year calculations, as appropriate and (F) the Actual Tax Liability will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as Imputed Interest.

16


 

(ii) Applicable Principles of Section 734(b) Exchanges. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Agreement, the foregoing treatment set out in Section 2.2(b)(i) shall not be required to apply to payments hereunder to an Exchanging Holder in respect of a Section 734(b) Exchange by such Exchanging Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement relating to a Section 734(b) Exchange shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest. The parties intend that (A) an Exchanging Holder that has made a Section 734(b) Exchange shall, with respect to the Basis Adjustment resulting from such Section 734(b) Exchange or any payments hereunder in respect of such Section 734(b) Exchange, be entitled to Tax Benefit Payments attributable to such Basis Adjustments only to the extent such Basis Adjustments are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer following such Section 734(b) Exchange (without taking into account any concurrent or subsequent Exchanges) and (B) if, as a result of a subsequent Exchange, an increased portion of the Basis Adjustments resulting from such Section 734(b) Exchange or any payments hereunder in respect of such Section 734(b) Exchange becomes allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, then the Unit Holder that makes such subsequent Exchange shall be entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment calculated in respect of such increased portion. For purposes of this Agreement, such Basis Adjustments resulting from subsequent Section 734(b) Exchanges as described in (B) in the previous sentence shall be reported and treated as Exchange Basis for purposes of this Agreement.

(iii) Applicable Principles of Pillar Two. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any Tax Attributes increase Pillar Two Taxes over the amount of Pillar Two Taxes that would be payable absent the Tax Attributes (as determined on a “with and without” basis in a manner consistent with this Agreement), the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment shall be decreased or increased, as applicable, to take into account such increase in Pillar Two Taxes. The TRA Parties agree that PubCo and OpCo may make reasonable assumptions and estimates consistent with the purpose of this section to reduce administrative burdens on PubCo and OpCo when computing whether the Tax Attributes resulted in an increase in Pillar Two Taxes; provided, however, that PubCo shall disclose any such assumptions or estimates in the Tax Benefit Schedule and such assumptions and estimates shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3.

SECTION 2.3 Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a TRA Party an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to the applicable TRA Party Representative supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party Representative, providing reasonable detail regarding data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing such Schedule and (y) allow such TRA Party Representative reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representative at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party Representative, in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule that is delivered to a TRA Party, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a

17


 

reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the Actual Tax Liability and the Hypothetical Tax Liability and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which the relevant TRA Party is treated as having received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the applicable TRA Party Representative with respect to the applicable TRA Party, (i) within thirty (30) calendar days from such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with written notice of a material objection to such Schedule which sets forth in reasonable detail such TRA Party Representative’s material objection (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in an Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of such Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”). Each TRA Party Representative will fairly represent the interests of each TRA Party that it represents and shall use reasonable efforts to timely raise and pursue, in accordance with this Section 2.3(a), any reasonable objection to a Schedule or amendment thereto timely communicated in writing to such TRA Party Representative by an applicable TRA Party.

(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to a TRA Party, (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit, or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an applicable TRA Party’s Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each TRA Party when the Corporate Taxpayer delivers the Basis Schedule for the following Taxable Year.

18


 

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

SECTION 3.1 Payments.

(a) Payments. Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to a TRA Party becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and Section 7.9, if applicable, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay such TRA Party for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) that is Attributable to the relevant TRA Party. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal estimated income Tax payments and (y) the payments provided for pursuant to the above sentence shall be computed separately for each TRA Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to each Exchange by or with respect to any TRA Party, if such TRA Party notifies the Corporate Taxpayer in writing of a stated maximum selling price (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 15A.453-1(c)(2)), then the amount of the consideration received in connection with such Exchange and the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to such TRA Party in respect of such Exchange (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) shall not exceed such stated maximum selling price.

(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Party and the Interest Amount with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest, but instead, shall be treated as additional consideration in the applicable transaction, unless otherwise required by law. Subject to Section 3.3, the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 90% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no such recipient shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the unpaid amount of the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the earlier of (i) the date on which no remaining Tax Benefit Payment is due in respect of such Net Tax Benefit and (ii) the Payment Date under Section 3.1(a).

SECTION 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

SECTION 3.3 Pro Rata Payments. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to the Tax Attributes is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate

19


 

Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, the Net Tax Benefit for that Taxable Year shall be allocated among all parties then-eligible to receive Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement in proportion to the amounts of Net Tax Benefit for that Taxable Year, respectively, that would have been Attributable to each TRA Party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation. The allocation under this Section 3.3 shall be made without regard to whether such Tax Attribute can actually be used by the Corporate Taxpayer in the particular Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether Tax Benefit Payments are held back pursuant to Section 3.5 shall not be relevant in the determination of whether a Net Tax Benefit is eligible to be allocated to the relevant TRA Party for purposes of this Section 3.3.

SECTION 3.4 Payment Ordering. If for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that (i) Tax Benefit Payments for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to all parties eligible to receive Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement in such Taxable Year in proportion to the amounts of Tax Benefit Payments, respectively, that would have been made to each TRA Party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient cash available to make such Tax Benefit Payments and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payments shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments to all TRA Parties in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full; provided however, that any payments that were previously held by the Corporate Taxpayer on behalf of a TRA Party and have now become due and payable pursuant to Section 3.5 or Section 3.6 shall be made prior to any other Tax Benefit Payments.

SECTION 3.5 Unvested Unit Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all Tax Benefit Payments or any and all other payments that would otherwise be made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any Units attributable to any Unvested Unit shall be held by the Corporate Taxpayer for the benefit of the applicable TRA Party (without any interest thereon) until such time as such Unvested Unit becomes a Vested Unit. Promptly following the time any such Unvested Unit becomes a Vested Unit, such withheld amount shall be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to the applicable TRA Party. Any amounts held by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this Section 3.5 with respect to Unvested Units that are forfeited to OpCo or otherwise reacquired by OpCo shall no longer be withheld and shall be considered general assets of the Corporate Taxpayer as of the date of such forfeiture or acquisition.

SECTION 3.6 Certain Blocker Transferred Basis, Exchange Basis and IPO Basis. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all Tax Benefit Payments that would otherwise be made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any Blocker Transferred Basis, Exchange Basis or IPO Basis shall be held by the Corporate Taxpayer for the benefit of the applicable TRA Party (without any interest thereon) until such time as such TRA Party has exchanged Units in one or more Exchanges equal to five percent (5%) of the Units held by such TRA Party determined prior to the Reorganization (such Units, with respect to each TRA Party, such TRA Party’s “Threshold Exchange Units”). In connection with the first Tax Benefit Payment following the time any such TRA Party has exchanged, in the aggregate, a number of Units equal to or exceeding the Threshold Exchange Units, such withheld amount shall be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to the applicable TRA Party. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all Blocker Shareholders (with respect to the Acquired Units) shall be deemed to have

20


 

exchanged any Threshold Exchange Units held by such Blocker Shareholders in the Reorganization, and, therefore, no amounts shall be held back pursuant to this Section 3.6.

SECTION 3.7 Overpayments. Subject to the procedures described in Section 2.3(a), to the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a Tax Benefit Payment to a TRA Party in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) in an amount in excess of the amount of such Tax Benefit Payment that should have been made to such TRA Party in respect of such Taxable Year under the terms of this Agreement then such TRA Party shall not receive further Tax Benefit Payments under Section 3.1(a) or Section 4.1(a) until such TRA Party has foregone an amount of Tax Benefit Payments equal to such excess; provided, that for the avoidance of the doubt, no TRA Party shall be required to return any payment paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such TRA Party.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

SECTION 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement; Change of Control.

(a) The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to (i) all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Units held by the TRA Parties at any time by paying to each TRA Party the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party or (ii) the amount payable to any individual TRA Party having a Total Percentage Interest of less than three percent (3%) (except that such threshold shall be determined, in the case of any Founder TRA Party, by aggregating the Total Percentage Interests of the Founder TRA Parties) by paying to any such individual TRA Party the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate under Section 4.1(a)(i) above upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all TRA Parties, and provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment in respect of each TRA Party by the Corporate Taxpayer the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). If an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all of the required Early Termination Payments, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

(b) In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer (1) breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under Title 11 of the United States Code (i.e., the United States Bankruptcy Code) or otherwise or (2)(A) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (i) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an

21


 

order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate a bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts or (ii) seeking an appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or it shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (B) there shall be commenced against the Corporate Taxpayer any case, proceeding or other action of the nature referred to in clause (A) above that remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) calendar days, all obligations hereunder shall be automatically accelerated and shall be immediately due and payable, and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (x) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (y) any Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (z) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach; provided, that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.2 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each TRA Party shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (x), (y) and (z) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of a material obligation of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment despite using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain funds to make such payment (it being understood that this sentence shall not apply to, and shall not limit or defer the obligation to pay when due, any Early Termination Payment that becomes due as a result of a Change of Control); provided, that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient funds to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any Senior Obligations, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate).

(c) In the event of a Change of Control, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Change of Control and utilizing the Valuation Assumptions by substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” in each place where the phrase “Early Termination Date” appears. Such obligations shall include (1) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if the Early Termination Date is the date of such Change of Control, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of the date of such Change of Control, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the date of such Change of Control (except to the extent any amounts described in clause (2) or (3) are included in the Early Termination

22


 

Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall apply to a Change of Control, mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1(a) above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party Representative notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right under either clause (i) or (ii) thereof and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment(s) due for each relevant TRA Party. Each Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the TRA Party Representatives are treated as having received such Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless a TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and a TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures in which case such Schedule becomes binding ten (10) calendar days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures. Each TRA Party Representative will fairly represent the interests of each TRA Party it represents and shall timely raise and pursue, in accordance with this Section 4.2, any reasonable objection to an Early Termination Schedule or amendment thereto timely communicated in writing to such TRA Party Representative by an applicable TRA Party.

SECTION 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within three (3) calendar days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each relevant TRA Party an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party or, in the absence of such designation or agreement, by check mailed to the last mailing address provided by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer.

(b) “Early Termination Payment” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the applicable Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such TRA Party that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions in respect of such TRA Party are applied and that each Tax Benefit Payment for the relevant Taxable Year would be due and payable on the due date (without extensions) under applicable law as of the Early Termination Effective Date for filing of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer.

23


 

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

SECTION 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates enters into future Tax receivable or other similar agreements (“Future TRAs”), the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that the terms of any such Future TRA shall provide that the Tax Attributes subject to this Agreement are considered senior in priority to any Tax attributes subject to any such Future TRA for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of payments under any such Future TRA and that there is no duplication of Tax Attributes (and payments with respect thereto) that are subject to this Agreement and Tax attributes (and payment obligations with respect thereto) that are subject to any Future TRAs.

SECTION 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer. Subject to the proviso in the last sentence of Section 4.1(b), the amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable to the date of actual payment.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

SECTION 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, and except as provided in the OpCo Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the applicable TRA Party Representative and shall keep the applicable TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to materially affect the rights and obligations of a TRA Party under this Agreement which such TRA Party Representative

24


 

represents and shall provide to the applicable TRA Party Representative, at the applicable TRA Party Representative’s expense, reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo (and their respective advisors) concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the OpCo Agreement.

SECTION 6.2 Consistency. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that contemplated by this Agreement or specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its other Subsidiaries to) use commercially reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Parties under this Agreement) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

SECTION 6.3 Cooperation. Each of the TRA Parties shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, or preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority in respect of the matters contemplated by this Agreement, (b) make itself reasonably available to the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Party Representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or a TRA Party Representative may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter (subject to the terms of clauses (a) and (b) above). The Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each such TRA Party for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3. Upon the request of any TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute such documents and provide such information (including taxable income and Tax Benefit Payment projections and underlying workpapers), and otherwise cooperate in taking any action, reasonably requested by such TRA Party or any potential assignee or transferee of such TRA Party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement in connection with such TRA Party’s, or such potential assignee or transferee’s, tax or financial reporting or underwriting and/or otherwise in connection with the consummation of any assignment or transfer of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

25


 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile or email with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

1 Commvault Way, S300

Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

Attention:

 

Scott McLester, General Counsel

Email:

 

[email address]

 

 

 

If to the TRA Parties, to the respective addresses, fax numbers and email addresses set forth in the records of OpCo.

 

Any party may change its address, fax number or email by giving the other party written notice of its new address, fax number or email in the manner set forth above.

SECTION 7.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including counterparts transmitted electronically in portable document format (pdf), or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. The parties hereto irrevocably and unreservedly agree that this Agreement may be executed by way of electronic signatures and the parties agree that this Agreement, or any part thereof, shall not be challenged or denied any legal effect, validity and/or enforceability solely on the group that it is in the form of an electronic record.

SECTION 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is

26


 

intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

SECTION 7.5 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

SECTION 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) Each TRA Party may assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers to PubCo a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in form of Exhibit A hereto, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and by the Sponsor TRA Party Representative (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that, no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate, material and adverse effect on one TRA Party compared to any other TRA Party unless such amendment is consented to in writing by one or more TRA Parties representing a majority of the Total Percentage Interest of all TRA Parties so affected (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(d) If all or a portion of a TRA Party’s rights pursuant to this agreement are transferred, sold, assigned or otherwise disposed of, then the transferor shall have no further right to receive any further payments in respect of such rights and any subsequent payments to the transferee shall be determined with regard to amounts previously paid to the transferor.

27


 

SECTION 7.7 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

SECTION 7.8 Resolution of Disputes.

(a) Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9 and cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), any TRA Party Representative may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), the Corporate Taxpayer and each TRA Party (i) expressly consent to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agree that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoint the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such TRA Party, and each TRA Party Representative as agent of the Corporate Taxpayer, for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise the TRA Party or the Corporate Taxpayer, as applicable, of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the TRA Party or Corporate Taxpayer, as applicable, in any such action or proceeding.

(c) (i) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and

(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal

28


 

jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

SECTION 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and any TRA Party Representative, as applicable, are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.3 and 4.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the applicable TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, then the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the applicable TRA Party’s Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporate Taxpayer and the applicable TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts the applicable TRA Party Representative’s position in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the applicable TRA Party Representative for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case the applicable TRA Party Representative shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and all the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

SECTION 7.10 Withholding. The Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer or its Affiliates are required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or non-U.S. Tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer or its Affiliates, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such

29


 

withholding was made. To the extent that any payment pursuant to this Agreement is not reduced by such deductions or withholdings, such recipient shall indemnify the applicable withholding agent for any amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority together with any costs and expenses related thereto. Each TRA Party shall promptly provide the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or other applicable withholding agent with any applicable Tax forms and certifications (including IRS Form W-9 or the applicable version of IRS Form W-8) reasonably requested, in connection with determining whether any such deductions and withholdings are required under the Code or any provision of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. Tax law.

SECTION 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers or is deemed to transfer any Unit or any Reference Asset to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such transferee to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Asset or interest therein acquired (directly or indirectly) in such transfer (taking into account any gain recognized in the transaction) in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement as the transferee (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits from the Tax Attributes. If OpCo transfers (or is deemed to transfer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) any Reference Asset to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the Reference Asset in a wholly taxable transaction. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo in a transaction contemplated in the prior sentence shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest. If any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) that owns any Unit deconsolidates from the group (or the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group), then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such member (or the parent of the consolidated group in a case where the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group) to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Asset it owns (directly or indirectly) in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement as the member (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits. If a transferee or a member of a group described in

30


 

Section 7.11(a) assumes an obligation to make payments hereunder pursuant to either of the foregoing sentences, then the initial obligor shall be relieved of the obligation assumed.

(c) If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers (or is deemed to transfer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) any Unit in a transaction that is wholly or partially taxable, then for purposes of calculating payments under this Agreement, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the portion of any Reference Asset that is indirectly transferred by the Corporate Taxpayer (i.e., taking into account the number of Units transferred) in a wholly or partially taxable transaction in which all income, gain or loss is allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest.

SECTION 7.12 Confidentiality.

(a) Subject to the last sentence of Section 6.3, each TRA Party and each of their assignees acknowledge and agree that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning OpCo and its Affiliates and successors or the members, learned by the TRA Party heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community, (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns, (iii) the disclosure of information to a prospective assignee or transferee of the TRA Party to the extent reasonably necessary for such TRA Party to market its rights or obligations under this Agreement or to consummate a transfer or assignment of its rights or obligations under this Agreement so long as such prospective transferee agrees to be bound by the confidentiality obligations pursuant to this Agreement prior to such disclosure, (iv) the disclosure of information to current and prospective limited partners of the TRA Party so long as such current or prospective limited partner agrees to be bound by the confidentiality obligations pursuant to this Agreement prior to such disclosure and (v) the disclosure of information to any direct or indirect beneficial owner of an interest in a TRA Party (and such Person’s Affiliates, and its and their respective officers, directors and employees) that is subject to existing confidentiality obligations containing customary terms with respect to such information at the time of. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each TRA Party and each of its assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

31


 

(b) If a TRA Party or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Parties and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

SECTION 7.13 Change in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Party reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by the TRA Party upon any Exchange by such TRA Party to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income Tax purposes or would have other material adverse Tax consequences to such TRA Party, then at the election of such TRA Party and to the extent specified by such TRA Party, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such TRA Party, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange by such TRA Party occurring after a date specified by such TRA Party, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such TRA Party and PubCo as it relates to such TRA Party, provided that, such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

SECTION 7.14 TRA Party Representative.

(a) By executing this Agreement, each of the (A) Sponsor TRA Parties shall be deemed to have irrevocably constituted the Sponsor TRA Party Representative and the (B) Founder TRA Parties shall be deemed to have irrevocably constituted the Founder TRA Party Representative, in each case, as his, her or its agent and attorney in fact with full power of substitution to act from and after the date hereof and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents on behalf of such applicable TRA Parties which may be necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate any matters under this Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) execution of the documents and certificates required pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) except to the extent specifically provided in this Agreement, receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) administration of the provisions of this Agreement; (iv) any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by the Sponsor TRA Party Representative or the Founder TRA Party Representative, as applicable, in its sole and absolute discretion, to be necessary or appropriate under this Agreement and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (v) amending this Agreement or any of the instruments to be delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this Agreement; (vi) taking actions the Sponsor TRA Party Representative or the Founder TRA Party Representative, as applicable, is expressly authorized to take pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement; (vii) negotiating and compromising, on behalf of such applicable TRA Parties, any dispute that may arise under, and exercising or refraining from exercising any remedies available under, this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and executing, on behalf of such applicable TRA Parties, any settlement agreement, release

32


 

or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; and (viii) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such applicable TRA Parties in connection with this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and paying any fees related thereto; provided, however, that in the event there is no longer a Founder TRA Party Representative, the rights and obligations vested in the Founder TRA Party Representative under this Agreement with respect to the Founder TRA Parties shall become vested in the Sponsor TRA Party Representative.

(b) Each of the Sponsor TRA Party Representative or Founder TRA Party Representative may resign upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer. If at any time a TRA Party Representative resigns, the Person then-serving as the applicable TRA Party Representative shall be entitled to appoint its successor. If a TRA Party Representative fails to appoint a successor that will serve as of the effective date of the resignation of the then-serving TRA Party Representative, the Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to appoint the successor.

(c) All reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each of the Sponsor TRA Party Representative or Founder TRA Party Representative in its capacity as such shall be promptly reimbursed by the Corporate Taxpayer upon invoice and reasonable support therefor by the applicable TRA Party Representative including, for the avoidance of doubt, any settlements or judgments in respect of such persons in their capacity as a TRA Party Representative.

(d) To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the Sponsor TRA Party Representative, Founder TRA Party Representative, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees or other agents (each a “Covered Person”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any TRA Party, OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer for damages arising from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Sponsor TRA Party Representative or Founder TRA Party Representative, as applicable, or any other Person with respect to OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer, except in the case of any action or omission which constitutes, with respect to such Person, willful misconduct or fraud. Each of the Covered Persons may consult with legal counsel, accountants, and other experts selected by it, and any act or omission suffered or taken by it on behalf of OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer or in furtherance of the interests of OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants, or other experts shall create a rebuttable presumption of the good faith and due care of such Covered Person with respect to such act or omission; provided that, such counsel, accountants, or other experts were selected with reasonable care. Each of the Covered Persons may rely in good faith upon, and shall have no liability to OpCo, the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Parties for acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

33


 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of a TRA Party Representative under this Agreement shall terminate in the event no TRA Party represented by such TRA Party Representative has a right to receive a future payment pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, a Tax Benefit Payment received but disputed in good faith shall be considered a right to receive a future payment pursuant to this Agreement for purposes of this Section 7.14(e).

SECTION 7.15 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective at the effective time prescribed in the Master Reorganization Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among PubCo and the other parties thereto.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank]

34


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PubCo and each TRA Party have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PubCo:

 

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Sponsor TRA Parties:

 

 

SUBMARINE BUYER L.L.C.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

BOARDWALK II AGGREGATOR L.P.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Founder Corp:

 

 

ORIGINAL 56ERS, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Founder TRA Parties:

 

 

CHRISTINE CANCRO EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

THE CAROLINE JONES EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

THE ROBERT CANCRO EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

THE PAUL CANCRO EXEMPT TRUST UNDER THE CANCRO FAMILY DYNASTY TRUST AGREEMENT, DATED DECEMBER 29, 2020.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Management TRA Parties:

 

 

JERSEY MIKE’S MANAGEMENT AGGREGATOR LLC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

Exhibit A

Form of Joinder

JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of [____], 2026, between Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation, “PubCo”) and the TRA Parties (as defined therein) (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), is made as of ______________ by ______________________ (“New TRA Party”).

WHEREAS, New TRA Party is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.6(a) of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the New TRA Party hereto agrees as follows:

Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.2 Joinder. By executing and delivering this Joinder to PubCo, New TRA Party hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that it has received and read the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) that it is a “TRA Party” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (iii) that it is bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of a TRA Party contained in the Tax Receivable Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of a TRA Party thereunder. The parties to the Tax Receivable Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the New TRA Party as the execution and delivery of the Tax Receivable Agreement by the New TRA Party and, upon receipt of this Joinder by PubCo, the signature of the New TRA Party set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.3 Notice. Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to New TRA Party shall be delivered or sent to New TRA Party at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.4 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by New TRA Party as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW TRA PARTY]

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.3

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of July [_____], 2026, among Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the holders, other than the Corporation (as defined herein), of Common Units (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of Common Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SECTION 1.1. Definitions

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Blackstone Member” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

“Cash Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e) of this Agreement.

“Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation.

“Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute. Any reference herein to a particular provision of the Code shall mean, where appropriate, the corresponding provision in any successor statute.

“Common Unit” means (i) each Common Unit (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) issued as of the date hereof and (ii) each Common Unit or other interest in Jersey Mike’s Holdings that may be issued by Jersey Mike’s Holdings in the future that is designated by the Corporation as a “Common Unit.” For the avoidance of doubt, “Common Unit” shall include any Common Units received in exchange for Incentive Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement) pursuant to the LLC Agreement.

 


 

“Common Unitholder” means each holder of one or more Common Units that may from time to time be a party to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any holder of Common Units received upon conversion of Incentive Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement) pursuant to the LLC Agreement will be a “Common Unitholder” hereunder.

“Corporation” means Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

“Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“Exchange Rate” means, at any time, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which a Common Unit is entitled to be exchanged at such time. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1 for 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Agreement.

“Exchanging Common Unitholder” means a Common Unitholder initiating an Exchange.

“Founder Member” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

“IPO” means the initial public offering and sale of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock.

“Jersey Mike’s Holdings” means Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto.

“LLC Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

“Per Share Cash Settlement Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e) of this Agreement.

“Per Share Cash Settlement Threshold Price” means (i) in the event that there is a concurrent sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by the exchanging Common Unitholder or an Affiliate thereof, the amount received by such seller on a per share basis in such concurrent sale and (ii) in the event that there is no such concurrent sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by the exchanging Common Unitholder or an Affiliate thereof, the greater of (A) the highest trading price for a share of Class A Common Stock on the U.S. national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed on the date of the Exchange and (B) the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average prices for a share of Class A Common Stock on the U.S. national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed, as reported for each of the three (3) consecutive full Trading Days ending on and including the date of the related Exchange.

2


 

“Permitted Transferee” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“Trading Day” means a day on which the U.S. national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).

ARTICLE II

SECTION 2.1. Exchange of Common Units for Class A Common Stock and Transfer of Class B Common Stock.

(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article II and to the provisions of the LLC Agreement, each Common Unitholder shall be entitled, at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof and subject to the limitations set forth herein, to surrender Common Units to Jersey Mike’s Holdings in exchange for the delivery to the exchanging Common Unitholder of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of Common Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “Exchange”).

(b) Upon any Exchange, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by such exchanging Common Unitholder equal to the number of Common Units surrendered in such Exchange will be automatically transferred to the Corporation and cancelled and retired by the Corporation.

SECTION 2.2. Exchange Procedures.

(a) A Common Unitholder shall exercise its right to make an Exchange as set forth in Section 2.1 above by providing a written notice of Exchange substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, duly executed by such holder or such holder’s duly authorized attorney, in each case delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and to Jersey Mike’s Holdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a notice of Exchange delivered by a Blackstone Member or a Founder Member (i) may specify that the Exchange is conditioned upon the pricing of a sale or other disposition of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such Exchange (including a block trade, underwritten offering or other capital markets transaction) or upon any other conditions specified therein, and (ii) may be revoked or the settlement thereof delayed by such holder at any time prior to the consummation of such Exchange.

3


 

(b) As promptly as practicable following the delivery of a notice of Exchange in accordance with Section 2.2(a) (and in any event, within the prevailing settlement period on the national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed, subject to any later settlement date specified in, or contemplated by any condition set forth in, such notice of Exchange), Jersey Mike’s Holdings shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the offices of the then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock or, if there is no then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock, at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange registered in the name of the relevant exchanging Common Unitholder. To the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, Jersey Mike’s Holdings will, subject to Section 2.2(c) below, upon the written instruction of an exchanging Common Unitholder, use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such exchanging Common Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such exchanging Common Unitholder. The Corporation, including in its capacity as the Managing Member of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, shall take such actions as may be required to ensure the performance by Jersey Mike’s Holdings of its obligations under this Article II, including the issuance and sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to or for the account of Jersey Mike’s Holdings (or, at the direction of the Corporation, to or for the account of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, which subsidiary would deliver such shares to the exchanging Common Unitholder) in exchange for the delivery to the Corporation or such wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, as applicable, of a number of Common Units that is equal to the number of Common Units surrendered by an exchanging Common Unitholder. The Corporation shall take such actions (or cause its wholly owned subsidiary to take such as actions, as applicable) as may be required to ensure the performance of its obligations under this Article II.

(c) Jersey Mike’s Holdings and each Exchanging Common Unitholder shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that Jersey Mike’s Holdings shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the Common Unitholder that requested the Exchange, then such Common Unitholder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to Jersey Mike’s Holdings the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of Jersey Mike’s Holdings that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(d) The Corporation may adopt reasonable procedures for the implementation of the Exchange provisions set forth in this Article II (including policies regarding the use of specified brokers, restrictions on exchanges during blackout periods, restrictions on the frequency or timing of exchanges for administrative convenience, reasonable notice periods and/or minimum volume thresholds) provided, that no such procedures may be imposed on a Blackstone Member or a Founder Member without the prior written consent of such Blackstone Member or Founder Member, respectively.

4


 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Corporation may in its sole discretion elect to settle any Exchange hereunder: (i) by delivering shares of Class A Common Stock directly to an exchanging Common Unitholder in exchange for such Common Unitholder’s delivery to the Corporation (or, at the direction of the Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation), of the corresponding Common Units; or (ii) in the event that the Class A Common Stock is listed on a U.S. national securities exchange and the Corporation is utilizing the proceeds from a concurrent primary issuance of Class A Common Stock, by delivering an amount in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds equal to the product of (A) the price per share of Class A Common Stock received by the Corporation in the relevant primary issuance (the “Per Share Cash Settlement Price”), net of reasonable underwriting (or similar) discounts and commissions actually incurred, (B) the number of Common Units surrendered, and (C) the Exchange Rate (such product the “Cash Payment”) in exchange for such Common Unitholder’s delivery to the Corporation (or, at the direction of the Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation), of the corresponding Common Units, provided that the Per Share Cash Settlement Price is not less than the Per Share Cash Settlement Threshold Price. Notwithstanding clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall not have the right to cash settle any Exchange if the aggregate Cash Payments made by the Corporation would exceed the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation in such concurrent primary issuance and the Corporation may not cash settle any Exchange unless all concurrent Exchanges are similarly cash settled. Underwriting (or similar) discounts and commissions in excess of those incurred in a concurrent sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by the exchanging Common Unitholder or an Affiliate thereof will not be considered reasonable. Any such transaction shall otherwise be effected on the terms and in the manner provided herein and shall constitute an “Exchange” for all purposes of this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent a Common Unitholder surrenders for exchange a fraction of a Common Unit, Jersey Mike’s Holdings may in its sole discretion deliver to such holder a cash amount equal to the market value of such fraction (as determined by Jersey Mike’s Holdings in its sole discretion) in lieu of delivering a fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock.

SECTION 2.3. Limitations on Exchanges.

(a) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Common Unitholder shall not be entitled to Exchange Common Units to the extent the Corporation determines in good faith that such Exchange would be prohibited by law; provided, that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights and remedies of any Common Unitholder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no Exchange shall be deemed to be prohibited by law pertaining to the registration of securities if such securities have been so registered or if any exemption from such registration requirements is reasonably available.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) if the board of directors of the Corporation shall determine in good faith that additional restrictions on Exchanges are necessary so that Jersey Mike’s Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code, the Corporation or Jersey Mike’s Holdings may impose such additional restrictions on Exchanges as the board of directors of the Corporation has

5


 

determined in good faith to be so necessary; and (ii) no Exchange shall be permitted if, in the good faith determination of the Corporation or Jersey Mike’s Holdings, such an Exchange would pose a material risk that Jersey Mike’s Holdings would be a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code; provided, that no such restriction in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.3(b) may be imposed on a Blackstone Member or a Founder Member without the prior written consent of such Blackstone Member or Founder Member, respectively.

SECTION 2.4. Adjustment.

(a) The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (i) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Common Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (ii) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Common Units, in each case, to the extent necessary to maintain the economic equivalency in the value surrendered for exchange and the value received, as determined by the Corporation in good faith. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging Common Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging Common Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, an exchanging Common Unitholder shall remain entitled to receive any distribution declared or otherwise payable in respect of the Common Units surrendered by it in an Exchange with a record date occurring prior to the consummation of such Exchange, notwithstanding the consummation of such Exchange. Except as provided in this Section 2.4, no adjustments in respect of distributions shall be made upon the Exchange of any Common Unit.

SECTION 2.5. Class A Common Stock to be Issued.

(a) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon any such Exchange; provided, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude Jersey Mike’s Holdings from satisfying its obligations in respect of the Exchange of the Common Units by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation or Jersey Mike’s Holdings or any of their subsidiaries or by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the

6


 

Corporation or any subsidiary thereof). The Corporation and Jersey Mike’s Holdings covenant that all Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(b) The Corporation and Jersey Mike’s Holdings covenant and agree that, to the extent that a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective and available for shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered with respect to any Exchange, shares that have been registered under the Securities Act shall be delivered in respect of such Exchange. In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the Common Unitholder requesting such Exchange, the Corporation and Jersey Mike’s Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The Corporation and Jersey Mike’s Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery.

ARTICLE III

SECTION 3.1. Additional Common Unitholders. To the extent a Common Unitholder validly transfers any or all of such holder’s Common Units to another person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the LLC Agreement or any other agreement or agreements with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to which a transferring Common Unitholder may be party, then such transferee (each, a “Permitted Transferee”) shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become a Common Unitholder hereunder. To the extent Jersey Mike’s Holdings issues Common Units in the future, Jersey Mike’s Holdings shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to make any holder of such Common Units a Common Unitholder hereunder through such holder’s execution and delivery of a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

SECTION 3.2. Addresses and Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.2):

(a) If to the Corporation, to:

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

Attention: Scott G. McLester, General Counsel
Email: [email address]

 

7


 

With a copy to: [email address]

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

Attention: Scott G. McLester, General Counsel
Email: [email address]

 

(b) If to Jersey Mike’s Holdings, to:

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

Attention: Scott G. McLester, General Counsel
Email: [email address]

 

(c) If to any Common Unitholder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of Jersey Mike’s Holdings from time to time.

SECTION 3.3. Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.4. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

SECTION 3.5. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

SECTION 3.6. Amendment. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Corporation, (ii) Jersey Mike’s Holdings and (iii) Common Unitholders holding a majority of the then outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the Corporation); provided, however, that no amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of this Agreement shall be effective as to a Blackstone Member or a Founder Member without the prior written consent of such Blackstone Member or Founder Member, respectively.

8


 

SECTION 3.7. Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

SECTION 3.8. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) To the extent that any party has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself, or to such party’s property, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each such party hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of such party’s obligations with respect to this Agreement.

(b) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(c) EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY DISPUTE BASED ON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LITIGATED IN AND MUST BE BROUGHT IN THE DELAWARE COURT OF CHANCERY (OR, IF SUCH COURT DOES NOT POSSESS OR REFUSES TO ACCEPT JURISDICTION, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR, IN THE CASE OF CLAIMS TO WHICH THE FEDERAL COURTS HAVE EXCLUSIVE SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (AND IN THE CASE OF APPEALS IN THE COURTS IN WHICH APPEALS FROM SUCH COURTS ARE TO BE HEARD)). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THEY MAY HAVE CONCERNING THE VENUE OR CONVENIENCE OF SUCH FORUM. NOTWITHSTANDING THE

9


 

FOREGOING, HOWEVER, ANY PARTY MAY COMMENCE ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED AGAINST ANOTHER PARTY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS IN ANY APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION OR COURT. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE ON ANY PARTY HERETO BY PREPAID CERTIFIED MAIL WITH A PROOF OF MAILING RECEIPT VALIDATED BY THE U.S. POSTAL SERVICE CONSTITUTING EVIDENCE OF VALID SERVICE, AND THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SERVICE MADE PURSUANT TO THE ABOVE SHALL HAVE THE SAME LEGAL FORCE AND EFFECT AS IF SERVED UPON SUCH PARTY PERSONALLY WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT AS A DEFENSE, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHERWISE, IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT (I) ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE FAILURE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 3.8; (II) ANY CLAIM THAT IT OR ITS PROPERTY IS EXEMPT OR IMMUNE FROM THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS COMMENCED IN SUCH COURTS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OF NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OF JUDGMENT, EXECUTION OF JUDGMENT OR OTHERWISE); OR (III) ANY OBJECTION WHICH SUCH PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE (A) TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO ABOVE; (B) THAT SUCH ACTION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM AND (C) THAT THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF, MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS.

SECTION 3.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including counterparts transmitted electronically in portable document format (pdf), or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, all of which will be an original and together shall constitute a single instrument. The parties hereto irrevocably and unreservedly agree that this Agreement may be executed by way of electronic signatures and the parties agree that this Agreement, or any part thereof, shall not be challenged or denied any legal effect, validity and/or enforceability solely on the ground that it is in the form of an electronic record.

SECTION 3.10. Tax Treatment; Tax Withholding.

(a) This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. As required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the parties shall report any Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of the Common Units by a Common Unitholder to the Corporation, and no party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return, amendment thereof or

10


 

communication with a taxing authority unless an alternate position is permitted under the Code and Treasury Regulations and the Corporation and the applicable Exchanging Common Unitholder consents in writing.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Corporation, Jersey Mike’s Holdings and their agents and affiliates shall have the right to deduct and withhold taxes (including Class A Common Stock with a fair market value equal to the closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the date of the applicable Exchange (provided that if an Exchange occurs on a day this is not a Trading Day, the fair market value shall be the closing price of the last Trading Day preceding the date of the applicable Exchange) equal to the amount of such taxes) from any payments to be made pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement if, in their opinion, such withholding is required by law, and shall be provided with any necessary tax forms, including Form W-9 or the appropriate series of Form W-8, as applicable, and any similar information; provided, that the Corporation may, in its sole discretion, allow an exchanging Common Unitholder to pay such taxes owed on the exchange of Common Units for Class A Common Stock in cash in lieu of the Corporation withholding or deducting such taxes; provided, further, that the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the applicable exchanging Common Unitholder with written notice of any taxes it intends to withhold pursuant to this Section 3.10(b) at least five (5) days prior to the date of such withholding (or, if the applicable Exchange is to occur less than five (5) days after delivery of the notice of Exchange, as promptly as practicable). To the extent that any of the aforementioned amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been delivered and paid to the recipient of the payments in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. To the extent that any payment pursuant to this Agreement is not reduced by such deductions or withholdings, such recipient shall indemnify the applicable withholding agent for any amounts imposed by any taxing authority together with any costs and expenses related thereto.

SECTION 3.11. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

SECTION 3.12. Independent Nature of Common Unitholders’ Rights and Obligations. The obligations of each Common Unitholder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Common Unitholder, and no Common Unitholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Common Unitholder hereunder. The decision of each Common Unitholder to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such Common Unitholder independently of any other Common Unitholder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Common Unitholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Common Unitholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Common Unitholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the Common Unitholders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

11


 

SECTION 3.13. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without regards to its principles of conflicts of laws.

SECTION 3.14. Effective Time. This Agreement shall become effective at the effective time prescribed in the Master Reorganization Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation, Jersey Mike’s Holdings and the other parties thereto.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC

By: Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., its Managing Member

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 


 

COMMON UNITHOLDERS:

 

SUBMARINE BUYER LLC

By: Submarine Buyer Holdco LLC, its sole member

 

By: Boardwalk I Aggregator L.P, its managing member

 

By: BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

ORIGINAL 56ERS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Christine Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Caroline Jones Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Robert Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

 

Paul Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

JERSEY MIKE'S MANAGEMENT AGGREGATOR LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ELECTION OF EXCHANGE

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

Attention: Scott McLester, General Counsel

 

Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC

1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

Attention: Scott McLester, General Counsel

 

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [_____], 2026 (the “Exchange Agreement”), among Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the holders of Common Units from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

Subject to Section 2.2(a) of the Exchange Agreement (including any conditions or revocation rights specified therein or herein), the undersigned Common Unitholder hereby transfers to Jersey Mike’s Holdings or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the number of Common Units set forth below in exchange for the issuance to the undersigned Common Unitholder of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name as set forth below, in accordance with the Exchange Agreement.

Jersey Mike’s Holdings or the applicable wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation and the exchanging Common Unitholder intend for the foregoing transaction to be treated as a taxable sale or exchange pursuant to Section 1001 of the Code.

 

Legal Name of Common Unitholder:

 

 

Address:

 

 

Number of Common Units to be exchanged:

 

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Election of Exchange and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Election of Exchange has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the Common Units subject to this Election of Exchange are being transferred to Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the Corporation or the applicable wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, as applicable, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,

 


 

encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the Common Units subject to this Election of Exchange is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such Common Units to the Corporation or the applicable wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Corporation, the applicable wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation or of Jersey Mike’s Holdings as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation or the applicable wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Common Units subject to this Election of Exchange and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in exchange therefor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Election of Exchange to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.

 

 

Name:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) is a joinder to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [_____], 2026 (the “Agreement”), among Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and each of the Common Unitholders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have their meanings given to them in the Agreement. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder Agreement and the Agreement, the terms of this Joinder Agreement shall control.

The undersigned hereby joins and enters into the Agreement having acquired Common Units in Jersey Mike’s Holdings. By signing and returning this Joinder Agreement to the Corporation, the undersigned accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of a Common Unitholder contained in the Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of a Common Unitholder thereunder. The parties to the Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder Agreement by the Corporation and by Jersey Mike’s Holdings, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Agreement.

 

Name:

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

With copies to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

 

 

 

[INSERT APPROPRIATE INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY SIGNATURE BLOCK FOR JOINING PARTY]

 


Exhibit 10.4

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”) is dated as of July [_____], 2026 and is between Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Blackstone Stockholders (as defined below) and the Founder Stockholders (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company is effecting an IPO (as defined below) of its shares (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant registration rights to the Blackstone Stockholders and the Founder Stockholders on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company, the Blackstone Stockholders and the Founder Stockholders agree as follows:

ARTICLE i

Definitions

In this Agreement:

“Blackstone Stockholders” means collectively, the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Blackstone Stockholders” and each transferee to whom it transfers shares and related rights under this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.1 (unless the Blackstone Stockholder notifies the Company prior to any such transfer that such transferee shall not be a Blackstone Stockholder), and individually, a “Blackstone Stockholder.” References to a Blackstone Stockholder include all of its affiliated private equity funds, co-invest and side-by-side entities, and other affiliated investment vehicles that hold shares.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday on which national banking associations in the State of New York are authorized by law to close.

“Derivative Counterparty” means a broker-dealer registered under Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act, any other financial institution, or an affiliate thereof, that enters into a Derivative Transaction with a Stockholder.

“Derivative Transaction” means any transaction which transfers some or all of the economic risk of ownership of the shares, including, without limitation, any forward contract, variable prepaid forward, contingent forward, equity swap, put or call, put or call equivalent position, collar, non-recourse loan, sale of an exchangeable security or any similar transaction that references the shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the following transactions shall be deemed to be Derivative Transactions: (i) transactions by a Stockholder in which a Derivative

 


 

Counterparty engages in short sales of shares pursuant to a prospectus and may use shares beneficially owned by the Stockholder to close out its short position, or in which the Derivative Counterparty uses shares beneficially owned by the Stockholder to settle its initial hedging sales; (ii) transactions pursuant to which a Stockholder engages in a short sale of shares pursuant to a prospectus and delivers shares beneficially owned by the Stockholder to close out its short position; (iii) transactions by a Stockholder in which the Stockholder delivers, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, shares to the Derivative Counterparty who then publicly resells or otherwise transfers such shares pursuant to a prospectus or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act; (iv) a loan or pledge of shares to a Derivative Counterparty who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, sell the pledged shares, in each case, in a public transaction pursuant to a prospectus and (v) any other transaction with respect to the shares intended to be effected as contemplated by the Interpretive Letters.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Founder Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Founder Stockholder, Peter Cancro, any descendant or spouse of Peter Cancro or of any such descendant, any estate, trust, guardianship, custodianship or other fiduciary arrangement for the benefit of any of the foregoing, any entity controlled exclusively by any of the foregoing, and any other Permitted Transferee of a Founder Member under the LLC Agreement.

“Founder Representative” means Peter Cancro or such other person as the Founder Stockholders holding a majority of the shares beneficially owned by the Founder Stockholders may designate by written notice to the Company and the Blackstone Stockholders.

“Founder Stockholders” means collectively, the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Founder Stockholders” and each Founder Permitted Transferee or other transferee to whom it transfers shares and related rights under this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.1 (unless the Founder Stockholder notifies the Company prior to any such transfer that such transferee shall not be a Founder Stockholder), and individually, a “Founder Stockholder.”

“Interpretive Letters” means each of (i) the letter dated December 14, 1999 submitted by Robert W. Reeder and Alan L. Beller to Michael Hayatte of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Staff”) to which the staff responded in an interpretive letter dated December 20, 1999, (ii) the letter dated October 6, 2003 submitted by Robert W. Reeder and Leslie Silverman to Paula Dubberly of the Staff, to which the Staff responded in an interpretive letter dated October 9, 2003 and (iii) the letter dated November 30, 2011 submitted by Robert T. Plenarski and Glen A. Rae to Thomas Kim of the Staff, to which the Staff responded in an interpretive letter dated December 1, 2011.

“IPO” means a direct listing or firm commitment underwritten registered public offering of the Company’s common stock in connection with which the common stock first becomes listed on the NYSE or The NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

 


 

“Requesting Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“shares” means (i) shares of Class A common stock of the Company, (ii) any shares or other securities issued or issuable as a distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of any of the foregoing shares or other securities beneficially owned by such Stockholder and (iii) any other securities issued or transferred in exchange for or upon conversion of any of the foregoing shares as a result of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise and any other securities issued to any other holders of shares in connection with any such transaction. Shares beneficially owned by or on behalf of a Stockholder the certificate or book-entry record for which does not bear a Securities Act restrictive legend, which shares may be resold freely without restriction on volume or manner of sale and without registration under the Securities Act, will not be considered shares for purposes of the demand and piggyback provisions of this Agreement, provided that notwithstanding the absence of any such legend, shares beneficially owned by any Stockholder shall continue to be treated as shares for purposes of this Agreement.

“Specified Transferees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

“Stockholders” mean collectively, (a) the Blackstone Stockholders, (b) the Founder Stockholders and (c) each person who becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1(a).

“WKSI” means a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in the SEC’s Rule 405.

ARTICLE II

Demand and Piggyback Rights

2.1 Right to Demand a Non-Shelf Registered Offering. Upon the demand of any Blackstone Stockholder (the “Requesting Holder”) made at any time and from time to time after, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a non-shelf registered offering of the shares requested by the Requesting Holder and any Stockholder exercising piggyback rights pursuant to this Agreement to be included in such offering. Any demanded non-shelf registered offering may, at the Company’s option, include shares to be sold by the Company for its own account and will also include shares to be sold by Stockholders that exercise their related piggyback rights in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Right to Piggyback on a Non-Shelf Registered Offering. In connection with any registered offering of shares covered by a non-shelf registration statement (whether pursuant to the exercise of demand rights or at the initiative of the Company), the Stockholders may, in accordance with this Agreement, exercise piggyback rights to have included in such

 

 


 

offering shares held by them. The Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement any such non-shelf registered offering.

2.3 Right to Demand and be Included in a Shelf Registration. Upon the demand of (a) the Blackstone Stockholders made at any time and from time to time or (b) the Founder Stockholders after the first anniversary of the IPO, when the Company is eligible to sell shares in a secondary offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule or regulation), the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a shelf registration of shares beneficially owned by such Stockholder; provided, however, that the Founder Stockholders may only make one (1) demand under this Section 2.3. Any shelf registration statement filed by the Company covering shares (whether pursuant to a Stockholder demand or at the initiative of the Company) will cover shares beneficially owned by each of the Stockholders (regardless of whether they demanded the filing of such shelf or not) up to the amount of shares requested by each such Stockholder. If at the time of such request the Company is a WKSI, such shelf registration statement would, at the request of the Stockholders, cover an unspecified number of shares to be sold by the Stockholders and, if the Company so elects, the Company.

2.4 Demand and Piggyback Rights for Shelf Takedowns. Upon the demand of the Blackstone Stockholders or the Founder Stockholders made at any time and from time to time, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a “takedown” off of an effective shelf registration statement of shares beneficially owned by them that are registered on such shelf; provided, however, that the Founder Stockholders may only make two demands (which shall be reduced to one demand upon the Founder Stockholders collectively ceasing to beneficially own at least 10% of the equity interests of the Company), determined on an as exchanged basis, under this Section 2.4; provided, further that the Founder Stockholders may not make a demand if the Founder Stockholders had the opportunity to exercise piggyback rights in connection with any underwritten shelf takedown in the last 180 days prior to the date of its demand under this Section 2.4. In connection with any shelf takedown (whether pursuant to the exercise of such demand rights or at the initiative of the Company) in connection with which a lockup will be imposed, the Stockholders may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such takedown shares beneficially owned by them that are registered on such shelf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Blackstone Stockholders nor the Founder Representative, on behalf of the Founder Stockholders, may demand a shelf takedown for an offering that will result in the imposition of a lockup on the Company or any Stockholder unless the shares requested to be sold in such takedown have an aggregate market value, based on the most recent closing price of the Company’s common stock at the time of the demand, of at least $10 million.

2.5 Right to Reload a Shelf. Upon the written request of the Blackstone Stockholders or the Founder Stockholders, the Company will file and seek the effectiveness of a post-effective amendment to an existing shelf in order to register up to the number of shares previously taken down off of such shelf by each of the Stockholders and not yet “reloaded” onto such shelf (or such higher number as may be agreed by Stockholders). The Stockholders and the Company will consult and coordinate with each other in order to accomplish such replenishments on behalf of all Stockholders from time to time in a sensible manner.

 

 


 

2.6 Limitations on Demand and Piggyback Rights.

(a) Any demand for the filing of a registration statement or for a registered offering or takedown will be subject to any applicable lockup restrictions pursuant to Section 3.7, and such demand must be deferred until such lockup restrictions no longer apply. If a demand has been made for a non-shelf registered offering or for an underwritten shelf takedown, no further demands may be made so long as the related offering is still being pursued. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Stockholders will not have piggyback or other registration rights with respect to registered primary offerings by the Company (i) of shares covered by a Form S-8 registration statement or a successor form applicable to employee benefit-related offers and sales, (ii) where the shares are not being sold for cash or (iii) where the offering is a bona fide offering of securities other than shares, even if such securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares that are registered as part of such offering.

(b) The Company may postpone the filing of a demanded registration statement or suspend the effectiveness of any shelf registration statement, or defer initiating the process for a demanded shelf takedown, in any such case for a reasonable “blackout period” that shall not exceed the applicable limits specified below if the board of directors of the Company determines that such registration, offering or takedown could materially interfere with a bona fide business or financing transaction of the Company or is reasonably likely to require premature disclosure of information, the premature disclosure of which could materially and adversely affect the Company. The blackout period will not be in excess of an aggregate of 60 days in any 12-month period and will end upon the earlier to occur of, (i) in the case of a bona fide business or financing transaction, a date not later than 60 days from the date such deferral commenced, and (ii) in the case of disclosure of non-public information, the earlier to occur of (x) the filing by the Company of its next succeeding Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, or (y) the date upon which such information otherwise is or becomes public knowledge.

ARTICLE iii

procedures regarding demands and piggybacks

3.1 Notifications Regarding Demands and Piggyback Opportunities. In order for the Blackstone Stockholders or the Founder Stockholders to exercise their right to demand that a registration statement be filed or that an underwritten takedown occur, they must so notify the Company indicating the number of shares sought to be registered or taken down and the proposed plan of distribution. The Company will keep the Stockholders contemporaneously apprised of all pertinent aspects of its pursuit of any public offering or other registration or underwritten shelf takedown of shares, as the case may be (whether pursuant to a Stockholder demand or otherwise), including the anticipated timing of the filing of a registration statement or amendment and the finalization of related preliminary and final prospectuses and the timing of pricing, in order that the Stockholders have a reasonable opportunity to exercise their piggyback rights in accordance with this Agreement. Without derogating from the Company’s obligation to keep Stockholders contemporaneously apprised, as described above, having such a “reasonable opportunity” means that Stockholders must be notified of a piggyback opportunity no later than 5:00 pm, New York City time, on the second Business Day following receipt by the Company of

 

 


 

such demand or the fifth Business Day prior to the filing of such registration statement, as applicable. Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain the confidentiality of these discussions and notifications.

3.2 Notifications Regarding Exercise of Piggyback Rights. Any Stockholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to a non-shelf registration statement or underwritten shelf takedown must notify the Company and the other Stockholders of the number of shares it seeks to have included in such registration statement or takedown, as the case may be. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than (a) in the case of a non-shelf registration statement, 5:00 pm, New York City time, on the fifth Business Day prior to (i) if applicable, the date on which the preliminary prospectus intended to be used in connection with pre-effective marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized and (ii) in any case, the date on which the pricing of the relevant offering is expected to occur or (b) in the case of a shelf registration statement, 5:00 pm, New York City time, on the second Business Day prior to the anticipated filing or submission date of such shelf registration statement. Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain the confidentiality of these notifications.

3.3 Notifications Regarding Demanded Underwritten Takedowns. The Company will keep the Stockholders contemporaneously apprised of all pertinent aspects of any underwritten shelf takedown in order that they may have a reasonable opportunity to exercise their related piggyback rights. Without limiting the Company’s obligation as described in the preceding sentence, having a reasonable opportunity requires that the Stockholders be notified by the Company of an anticipated underwritten takedown (whether pursuant to a demand made by a requesting Stockholder or made at the Company’s own initiative) no later than 5:00 pm, New York City time, (A) if applicable, the second Business Day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with pre pricing marketing efforts for such takedown is finalized, and (B) in all cases, on the second Business Day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown is expected to occur. Any Stockholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to an underwritten shelf takedown must notify the Company and the other Stockholders of the number of shares it seeks to have included in such takedown. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 5:00 pm, New York City time, on (a) if applicable, the Business Day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized, and (b) in all cases, the first Business Day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown is expected to occur.

3.4 Plan of Distribution, Underwriters and Counsel. If a majority of the shares proposed to be sold in an underwritten offering through a non-shelf registration statement or through a shelf takedown are being sold by the Company for its own account, the Company will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters for such offering, which managing underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Blackstone Stockholders. Otherwise, Stockholders holding a majority of the shares requested to be included in such offering will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters, and any provider of capital markets advisory services, which may include affiliates of the Stockholders. The Blackstone Stockholders will be entitled to select a single counsel for

 

 


 

all selling Blackstone Stockholders (which counsel may be the same as the Company’s) and the Founder Stockholders will be entitled to select a single counsel for all selling Founder Stockholders (which counsel may be the same as the Company’s and/or the Blackstone Stockholders). In the case of a shelf registration statement, the plan of distribution will provide as much flexibility as is reasonably possible, including with respect to resales by transferee Stockholders.

3.5 Cutbacks. If the managing underwriters advise the Company and the selling Stockholders that, in their opinion, the number of shares requested to be included in an underwritten offering exceeds the amount that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the shares being offered, such offering will include only the number of shares that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering. Except in the case of a demand offering, if the Company is selling shares for its own account in such offering, the Company will have first priority and to the extent of any remaining capacity, the selling Stockholders will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of shares beneficially owned by each such Stockholder that is subject to cutback. In a demand offering, the selling Stockholders shall have priority over any other person participating in the offering (including the Company) and shall be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of shares beneficially owned by each such Stockholder that is subject to cutback. To the extent that there is any remaining capacity after such Stockholder requesting the demand and the selling Stockholders have been included, any other person participating in the offering (including the Company) will be included and will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of shares beneficially owned by them to be included in such offering. Subject to the last sentence of Section 2.1, other selling equityholders will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of the applicable Stockholder requesting such demand (in the event of a demand offering) or the Company (in the event of an offering initiated by the Company).

3.6 Withdrawals. Even if shares beneficially owned by a Stockholder have been included as part of a registered underwritten offering, such Stockholder may, no later than the time at which the public offering price and underwriters’ discount are determined with the managing underwriter, decline to sell all or any portion of the shares being offered for its account.

3.7 Lockups.

(a) In connection with any underwritten offering of shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s IPO), the Company and each Stockholder will (in the case of Stockholders, with respect to shares respectively beneficially owned by them) enter into the applicable underwriting agreement and/or the lockup agreement entered into in connection therewith so as to be bound by such agreement’s reasonable and customary lockup restrictions as required by the managing underwriters (which restrictions shall not apply to any margin loan with respect to the shares or any pledge of the shares or any transfer on foreclosure thereof) that are agreed to (i) by the Company, if a majority of the shares being sold in such offering are being sold for its account or (ii) by the Requesting Holder, if a majority of the shares being sold in such offering are being sold by Stockholder. The Company shall cause its executive officers and directors (and managers, if applicable) and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause other holders of shares who beneficially own (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5

 

 


 

under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement) at least 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, to enter into lockup agreements that contain restrictions that are no less restrictive than the restrictions contained in the lockup agreements executed by the Stockholders. For the avoidance of doubt, no Stockholder shall be required to agree to any lock-up provisions that are more restrictive than lock-up provisions applicable to any other Stockholder and any lock-up provisions agreed to by a Stockholder shall provide that if any Stockholder is released from any of its lock-up restrictions, all other Stockholders shall be released to the same extent.

3.8 Founder Representative.

The Founder Stockholders may act under this Agreement by and through the Founder Representative. Any demand, request, election, consent, waiver, notice, withdrawal, instruction, selection of managing underwriters, selection of counsel or other action by the Founder Representative on behalf of the Founder Stockholders will be deemed to be the demand, request, election, consent, waiver, notice, withdrawal, instruction, selection or other action of the Founder Stockholders. Any notice or communication to or from the Founder Representative will constitute notice or communication to or from each Founder Stockholder. The Founder Stockholders may change the Founder Representative from time to time by written notice to the Company and the Blackstone Stockholders.

article IV

FACILITATING REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

4.1 General. If the Company becomes obligated under this Agreement to facilitate a registration and offering of shares on behalf of Stockholders, the Company will do so with the same degree of care and dispatch as would reasonably be expected in the case of a registration and offering by the Company of shares for its own account. Without limiting this general obligation, the Company will fulfill its specific obligations as described in this Article IV.

4.2 Registration Statements. In connection with each registration statement that is demanded by any Stockholder in accordance with this Agreement or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will:

(a) (i) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement covering the applicable shares, (ii) file amendments thereto as warranted, (iii) seek the effectiveness thereof, and (iv) file with the SEC prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may be required, all in consultation with the Stockholders and as may be reasonably necessary in order to permit the offer and sale of such shares in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution;

(b) (i) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any registration statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a registration statement, amendment or supplement to a prospectus or any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such documents to the selling Stockholders and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering, if applicable, and to their respective counsel; fairly consider such reasonable changes to any such documents

 

 


 

prior to or after the filing thereof as counsel to the Stockholders or the underwriter or the underwriters may request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Stockholders or any underwriter available for discussion of such documents; and

(ii) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into a registration statement or a prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for the Stockholders and underwriters; fairly consider such reasonable changes in such document prior to or after the filing thereof as counsel for such Stockholders or such underwriter shall request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by such counsel available for discussion of such document;

(c) use all reasonable efforts to cause each registration statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of such registration statement, amendment or supplement and during the distribution of the registered shares, (x) to comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC and (y) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(d) promptly notify each Stockholder, its respective counsel and the sole underwriter or managing underwriter, if any, and, if requested by such Stockholder, confirm such notice in writing, (i) when any registration statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a registration statement, amendment or supplement to a prospectus or any free writing prospectus has been filed, when a registration statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective if such registration statement or post-effective amendment is not automatically effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a registration statement or related prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a registration statement and the expiration or earlier closing of any over-allotment option under any underwriting, placement or purchase agreement to which the Company is a party, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in such agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, and (v) of the happening of any event during the period a registration statement is effective as a result of which such registration statement or the related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(e) furnish counsel for each underwriter, if any, and counsel for the Stockholders copies of any correspondence with the SEC or any state securities authority relating to the registration statement or prospectus;

 

 


 

(f) otherwise use all reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, including making available to its security holders an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar provision then in force);

(g) use all reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible time;

(h) its best efforts to cause all such shares covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which the shares are then listed (if any), if the listing of such shares is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) if no shares are then so listed, use its best efforts to, either (as the Company may elect) (x) cause all such shares to be listed on a national securities exchange or (y) to secure authorization from a national securities exchange for such shares and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such shares with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”); and

(i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all shares covered by a registration statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such registration statement.

4.3 Non-Shelf Registered Offerings and Shelf Takedowns. In connection with any non-shelf registered offering or shelf takedown that is demanded by any Stockholder or with respect to which piggyback rights have been exercised, the Company will:

(a) cooperate with the Stockholders selling shares and the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of any certificates representing the shares to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such shares to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the governing documents thereof) and registered in such names as the selling Stockholders or the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering, if any, may reasonably request at least five days prior to any sale of such shares;

(b) furnish to each Stockholder and to each underwriter, if any, participating in the relevant offering, without charge, as many copies of the applicable prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, and such other documents as such Stockholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the shares; the Company hereby consents to the use of the prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, by each such Stockholder and underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the shares covered by the prospectus or the preliminary prospectus;

(c) (i) use all reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares being offered and sold, no later than the date on which the pricing of the relevant offering is expected to occur, under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as each underwriter, if any, or any Stockholder holding shares covered by a registration statement, shall reasonably request; (ii) use all reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective

 

 


 

during the distribution of the registered shares; (iii) do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such underwriter, if any, and Stockholder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such shares owned by such Stockholder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to consent to be subject to general service of process (other than service of process in connection with such registration or qualification or any sale of shares in connection therewith) in any such jurisdiction; and (iv) use all reasonable efforts to cause the shares being offered and sold, no later than the date on which the pricing of the relevant offering is expected to occur, to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities within the United States, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of the business of any Stockholder, in which case the Company will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of the applicable registration statement and the granting of such approvals, as may be necessary to enable any Stockholder or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such shares;

(d) cause all shares being sold to be qualified for inclusion in or listed on any securities exchange on which shares issued by the Company are then so qualified or listed if so requested by the Stockholders, or if so requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering, if any;

(e) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter in an underwritten offering;

(f) use all reasonable efforts to facilitate the distribution and sale of any shares to be offered pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation by making road show presentations, holding meetings with and making calls to potential investors and taking such other actions as shall be requested by the Stockholders or the lead managing underwriter of an underwritten offering;

(g) in the case of an offering that includes a provider of capital markets advisory services, enter into and perform its obligations under customary agreements (including an advisory services agreement and an indemnification agreement in customary form);

(h) prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant offering is expected to occur, provide a CUSIP number for the shares; and

(i) enter into customary agreements (including, in the case of an underwritten offering, one or more underwriting agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form and consistent with the provisions relating to indemnification and contribution contained herein) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such shares, and in connection therewith:

 

 


 

1. make such representations and warranties to the selling Stockholders and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings;

2. obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the lead managing underwriter, if any) addressed to each selling Stockholder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Stockholders and underwriters;

3. obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to the selling Stockholders, if permissible, and the underwriters, if any, which letters shall be customary in form and shall cover matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;

4. to the extent requested and customary for the relevant transaction, enter into a securities sales agreement with the Stockholders providing for, among other things, the appointment of a representative as agent for the selling Stockholders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of shares, which agreement shall be customary in form, substance and scope and shall contain customary representations, warranties and covenants; and

5. deliver such documents and certificates as the sole underwriter or managing underwriter, if any, any Stockholder, or their respective counsel, shall reasonably request to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made in accordance with Section 4.3(i)(1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

(j) if required by the Company’s transfer agent for the shares (the “Transfer Agent”) and/or The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), the Company will use reasonable efforts to cause opinions of counsel to be delivered to and maintained with the Transfer Agent and/or DTC, together with any other agreements, authorizations, certificates and directions required by the Transfer Agent and/or DTC which authorize and direct the Transfer Agent to transfer shares without any restrictive legend and which allow DTC to accept such shares for settlement; and

(k) use all reasonable efforts to facilitate the settlement of the shares to be sold pursuant to this Agreement, including through the facilities of DTC.

The above shall be done at such times as customarily occur in similar registered offerings or shelf takedowns.

4.4 Due Diligence. In connection with each registration and offering of shares to be sold by Stockholders, the Company will, in accordance with customary practice, make available for inspection by representatives of the Stockholders and underwriters and any counsel or accountant retained by such Stockholders or underwriters all relevant financial and

 

 


 

other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause appropriate officers, managers, employees, outside counsel and accountants of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with their due diligence exercise, including through in-person meetings, but subject to customary privilege constraints.

4.5 Information from Stockholders. Each Stockholder that beneficially owns shares covered by any registration statement will furnish to the Company such information regarding itself as is required to be included in the registration statement or prospectus, the ownership of shares by such Stockholder and the proposed distribution by such Stockholder of such shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

4.6 Expenses. All expenses incurred in connection with any registration statement or registered offering or shelf takedown, Rule 144 sale, Derivative Transactions, margin loans, and in-kind distributions covering shares beneficially owned by Stockholders, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, roadshow, fees and disbursements of counsel (including the fees and disbursements of outside counsel for selling Stockholders) and of the independent certified public accountants, and the expense of qualifying such shares under state blue sky laws, will be borne by the Company. However, underwriters’, brokers’ and dealers’ discounts and commissions applicable to shares sold for the account of a Stockholder will be borne by such Stockholder and no Stockholder shall bear any expenses, fees, indemnity obligations or commissions attributable to shares other than those sold by such Stockholder.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification by the Company. In the event of any registration under the Securities Act by any registration statement pursuant to rights granted in this Agreement of shares beneficially owned by Stockholders, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless Stockholders, their officers, directors and affiliates (and the officers, directors, employees, general and limited partners, affiliates and controlling persons of any of the foregoing), and each underwriter of such securities and each other person, if any, who controls any Stockholder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages, expenses, judgments or liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and costs of court), joint or several, to which Stockholders or such underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened, and shall promptly reimburse such persons, as and when incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating any claims and defending any actions, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or any actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, any blue sky laws, securities laws or other applicable laws or rules of any state or country in which such shares are offered and relating to action taken or action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such offering, or arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact (i) contained in any registration statement under which such

 

 


 

securities were registered under the Securities Act or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, or in any document incorporated by reference therein or related document or report, or any issuer free writing prospectus (including any “road show,” whether or not required to be filed with the SEC), or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) contained in any preliminary prospectus, if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement, or in the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the SEC any amendment or supplement to the final prospectus), or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission (if so used) to state a material fact required to be stated in such prospectus or necessary to make the statements in such prospectus not misleading; and will reimburse Stockholders and each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, or liability; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Stockholder or its underwriters or controlling persons in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement or such amendment or supplement or other document, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by the applicable Stockholders or such underwriter specifically for use in the preparation of the information with respect to such Stockholder or such underwriter required under Items 403 and 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

5.2 Indemnification by Stockholders. Each Stockholder (as to itself, severally and not jointly) will indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 5.1) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who shall sign the registration statement, and any person who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus (including free-writing prospectuses), or form of prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue or alleged untrue statement is contained in, or such omission or alleged omission is required to be contained in, any information which (i) relates solely to such holders individual ownership of the shares, (ii) is furnished in writing to the Company by such holder solely in its capacity as a holder of shares, expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus, and (iii) that such statement or omission was relied upon by the Company in preparation of such registration statement, prospectus or form of prospectus; provided, however, that such Stockholder of shares shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that the holder has furnished in writing to the Company within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing of any such registration statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto information expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto which corrected or made not misleading, information previously furnished to the Company, and the Company failed to include such information therein. In no event shall the liability of any selling holder of shares hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such holder upon the sale of the shares giving rise to such indemnification obligation. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

 


 

5.3 Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in the preceding Sections of this Article V, the indemnified party will, if a resulting claim is to be made or may be made against any indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of the action. The failure of any indemnified party to give notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations in this Article V, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by the failure to give notice. If any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to assume defense of the action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses incurred by the latter in connection with the action’s defense. An indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any action or proceeding and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at such indemnified party’s expense unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, which authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) the indemnifying party has not assumed the defense and employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within 30 days after notice of any such action or proceeding, or (iii) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party), it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to all local counsel which is necessary, in the good faith opinion of both counsel for the indemnifying party and counsel for the indemnified party in order to adequately represent the indemnified parties) for the indemnified party and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred upon written request and presentation of invoices. Whether or not a defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which (i) does not include as an unconditional term the giving by the claimant or plaintiff, to the indemnified party, of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation or (ii) involves the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any non-financial obligations on the indemnified party.

5.4 Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 is unavailable to an indemnified party or is insufficient to hold such indemnified party harmless for any Losses in respect of which such sections would otherwise apply by their terms, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall have a several and not joint obligation to contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any

 

 


 

other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and indemnified party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been taken by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any proceeding, to the extent such party would have been indemnified for such expenses if the indemnification provided for in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 was available to such party. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5.4 were determined by pro-rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 5.4.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.4, no indemnifying party shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of an untrue statement or omission, in the case of an indemnifying party that is an underwriter. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such a fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE VI

other agreements

6.1 Transfer of Rights.

(a) Any Stockholder may transfer all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to any transferee of shares beneficially owned by such Stockholder to the extent such transfer is not in violation of any requirements applicable under any agreement such Stockholder has with the Company. Any such transfer of registration rights will be effective upon receipt by the Company of (i) written notice from such Stockholder stating the name and address of any transferee and identifying the number of shares with respect to which rights under this Agreement are being transferred and the nature of the rights so transferred, and (ii) a written agreement from such Stockholder to be bound by the terms of this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, clauses (i) and (ii) above shall also apply to transfers to partners or members of Boardwalk Blocked Consortium L.P. or any successor entity thereto). However, if such transferees constitute the direct or indirect partners, members or holders of Submarine Buyer LLC, Boardwalk II Aggregator L.P., Blackstone Capital Partners IX L.P. and their respective affiliated investment vehicles utilized in connection with the investment in the Company, including relevant co-invest and side-by-side entities and their respective investment vehicles and such partners or members are receiving shares through an in-kind distribution as contemplated by Section 6.5 (the “Specified Transferees”) (i) no such written agreement is required, and (ii) such Specified Transferees (as well as other persons or entities to whom such Specified Transferees transfer such shares) will, as transferee Stockholders, be entitled solely to the rights set forth in the subsequent sentence and in Article V and Section 6.5 as third-party

 

 


 

beneficiaries to the rights under this Agreement so transferred. In that regard, Specified Transferees and their transferees that receive shares pursuant to Section 6.5 will not be given demand or piggyback rights; rather, their means of registered resale will be limited to sales off a shelf registration statement with respect to which no special actions are required by the Company or the other Stockholders. Other than in the case of an in-kind distribution by any Blackstone Stockholder described in this Section 6.1(a), the Company and the transferring Stockholder will notify the other Stockholders as to who the transferees are and the nature of the rights so transferred. Any transfer by a Founder Stockholder to a Founder Permitted Transferee shall include the transfer of the related rights under this Agreement unless the transferring Founder Stockholder and the Founder Representative otherwise agree in writing, and such Founder Permitted Transferee shall be treated as a Founder Stockholder for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the shares are converted into securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Stockholders by the issuer of such securities. To the extent such new issuer, or any other company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights obligations that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights obligations so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement.

(c) In the event that the Company effects the separation of any portion of its business into one or more entities (each, a “NewCo”), whether existing or newly formed, including without limitation by way of spin-off, split-off, carve-out, demerger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, and any Stockholders will receive equity interests in any such NewCo as part of such separation, the Company shall cause any such NewCo to enter into a registration rights agreement with each such Stockholder that provides each such Stockholder with registration rights vis-à-vis such NewCo that are substantially identical to those set forth in this Agreement.

6.2 Limited Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither the members, general partners, limited partners or managing directors, or any directors or officers of any members, general or limited partner, advisory director, nor any future members, general partners, limited partners, advisory directors, or managing directors, if any, of any Stockholder shall have any personal liability in respect of any obligation of such Stockholder under this Agreement.

6.3 Rule 144 and 144A. If the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act but is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Stockholder, make publicly available such information so long as such information is necessary to permit sales under Rule 144A), and it will take such further action as any Stockholder may reasonably request so as to enable such Stockholder to sell shares or enter into Derivative Transactions without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 or Rule 144A

 

 


 

under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Stockholder, the Company will deliver to such Stockholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

6.4 Underwritten Registrations. No holder of shares may participate in any underwritten registration or takedown hereunder unless such holder (a) agrees to sell such holder’s shares on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, each in a form that is customary for transactions of a similar type.

6.5 In-Kind Distributions. If any Blackstone Stockholder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its shares to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to applicable lockups, work with such Blackstone Stockholder, as applicable and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by such Blackstone Stockholder, as well as any resales by such transferees under a shelf registration statement covering such distributed shares. The Company shall provide substantially similar cooperation with respect to any transfer by a Founder Stockholder to a Founder Permitted Transferee and any resale by such Founder Permitted Transferee under an effective shelf registration statement covering such shares.

6.6 Derivative Transactions; Financing Cooperation.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement relating to the registration, offer and sale of shares apply also to Derivative Transactions entered into by a Stockholder where the initial hedging of the Derivative Counterparty is executed pursuant to a registration statement; provided that, in any event, piggyback rights to participate in such Derivative Transactions by a Stockholder shall not be required to be offered to the other Stockholders. In such connection, references to “shares” shall be deemed to refer to common stock of the Company or any other securities of the same class as the shares sold short in connection with any Derivative Transaction, as the context requires, and the obligations of the Company under Article IV shall apply, irrespective of what type of demand or other registration the Derivative Transaction is deemed to be executed in connection with. Any prospectus in connection with a Derivative Transaction shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Derivative Counterparty, the Stockholder and their counsel to permit a Derivative Counterparty to sell the shares (or common stock or other securities of the same class as shares) covered by such prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions (whether any shares sold short are borrowed from such Stockholder or otherwise) in compliance with applicable securities laws (including pursuant to the Interpretive Letters). If in connection with a Derivative Transaction, a Derivative Counterparty or any affiliate thereof is (or may reasonably be considered) an underwriter or selling stockholder, then such Derivative Counterparty may be required to provide customary indemnities to the Company regarding the plan of distribution and related matters.

 

 


 

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, the Company agrees to cooperate with each Stockholder in taking any action reasonably necessary to consummate a Derivative Transaction entered into by such Stockholder (whether executed on a registered basis, under Rule 144 or otherwise) and any pledge, hypothecation or grant of security over shares related thereto, including without limitation, (x) delivery of Issuer Agreements (as defined below), and, in the case of a registered offering, underwriting or registration agreements in form customary for registered Derivative Transactions, and (y) taking such action as such Stockholder or the Derivative Counterparty may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Stockholder and Derivative Counterparty to sell or hedge shares or common stock of the Company or securities of the same class as the shares in compliance with the Securities Act (including as may be needed to comply with the Interpretive Letters). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company agrees to maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement, and to amend as necessary any prospectus contained therein (and to provide, on at least a quarterly basis, if required by the Derivative Counterparty, such “bring downs” of the documentation and other obligations listed in Article IV hereunder, which “bring-downs” shall not be deemed to constitute a new “demand” under the Agreement) until the Derivative Counterparty or its affiliates have completed the sale of all shares (or short sales of shares) offered pursuant to such Derivative Transaction as contemplated by the Interpretive Letters.

(c) For avoidance of doubt, the clarifications provided in this Section 6.6 to the effect that Derivative Transactions are among the types of transactions covered by the provisions of this Agreement relating to the registration, offer, and sale of shares shall not be read to imply that any other particular types of transactions, by virtue of not having a similar clarifying provision in this Agreement, are not among the types of transactions covered by the provisions of this Agreement relating to the registration, offer, and sale of shares.

(d) Upon the request of any Stockholder that wishes to pledge, hypothecate or grant security interests in any or all of the shares beneficially owned by it, including to banks, financial institutions or other financial entities, as collateral or security for loans, advances or other extensions of credit, the Company agrees to cooperate with each such Stockholder in taking any action reasonably necessary to consummate any such pledge, hypothecation or grant, including without limitation, delivery of letter agreements (“Issuer Agreement”) to lenders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such lenders (which may include, without limitation, (i) agreements by the Company in respect of the exercise of remedies by such lenders, including agreements to effect the transfer of the shares to the lender or purchasers in a foreclosure sale within specified timeframes and pursuant to agreed processes and documentation, (ii) agreements to cause the transfer agent to transfer any such shares subject to the pledge, hypothecation or grant into the facilities of The Depository Trust Company without restricted legends and represented by an unrestricted CUSIP, whether in connection with the grant of the pledge or upon foreclosure, subject to customary representations, warranties and agreements by the Stockholder and Derivative Counterparty necessary to establish compliance with applicable securities laws, and (iii) customary representations and warranties by the Company reasonably necessary to establish compliance with the Company’s policies and applicable securities laws).

 

 


 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Notices. All notices, consents, confirmations, requests, permissions, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) five Business Days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; (b) when delivered, if before 5:00 p.m. U.S. Eastern time on a Business Day, or on the next succeeding Business Day otherwise, if delivered personally to the intended recipient; (c) one Business Day following sending by overnight delivery via a national or international courier service; or (d) when sent, if before 5:00 p.m. U.S. Eastern time on a Business Day, or on the next succeeding Business Day otherwise, if sent by email and either (x) return receipt or confirmation reply is subsequently received or (y) a copy is delivered personally or sent by overnight delivery via a national or international courier service within one Business Day thereafter, and, in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party:

 

(a)

If to the Company, to:

 

 

 

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.

 

1 Commvault Way, S300

 

Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

 

Attention:

Scott G. McLester

 

Email:

[email address]

 

 

 

 

with a copy to: corporatesecretary@jerseymikes.com

 

 

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

900 G Street N.W.

 

Washington, D.C. 20001

 

Attention:

Joshua Ford Bonnie

 

 

William R. Golden III

 

 

Katharine L. Thompson

 

Email:

[email addresses]

 

or to such other person or address as the Company shall furnish to the Stockholders in writing;

 

(b)

If to Blackstone, to:

 

 

 

Blackstone Inc.

 

345 Park Avenue

 

New York, NY 10154

 

Attention:

Michael Staub; Devon Rinker

 

 

 

 

Email:

[email addresses]

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

900 G Street N.W.

 

Washington, D.C. 20001

 

Attention:

Joshua Ford Bonnie

 

 

William R. Golden III

 

 

Katharine L. Thompson

 

Email:

[email addresses]

 

or to such other person or address as Blackstone shall furnish to the Company and the other Stockholders in writing;

 

(c)

If to the Founder Stockholders, to:

 

 

 

[address]

 

 

Email:

[email address]

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

McDermott Will & Schulte

444 West Lake Street, Suite 4000

Chicago, IL 60606

 

 

 

Attention:

Stanley Meadows

 

Email:

[email address]

 

 

7.2 Section Headings. The article and section headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. References in this Agreement to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically indicated.

7.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

7.4 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.5 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. The parties to this Agreement hereby agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

 


 

7.6 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and the Blackstone Stockholders holding a majority of the shares collectively beneficially owned by them; provided that an amendment to this Agreement that has a disproportionately material and adverse effect on the rights of the Founder Stockholders shall require the written consent of the Founder Stockholders. Any such amendment will apply to all Stockholders equally, without distinguishing between them.

7.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The registration rights granted under this Agreement supersede any registration, qualification or similar rights with respect to any of the shares granted to one or more Stockholders under any other agreement, and any of such preexisting registration rights are hereby terminated.

7.8 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any specific provision of this Agreement shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any of its other provisions. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed reformed, if practicable, to the extent necessary to render it valid and enforceable and to the extent permitted by law and consistent with the intent of the parties to this Agreement.

7.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, including by means of facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

7.10 Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as specifically provided below, this Agreement (including the documents and instruments referred to in this Agreement) is not intended to and does not confer upon any person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies under this Agreement, except that the indemnified persons under Article V, the protected persons under Section 6.2 and permitted transferees entitled to rights under Section 6.1 or Section 6.5 are express third-party beneficiaries of those provisions. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, no consent, approval or agreement of any third-party beneficiary will be required to amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement.

7.11 Equitable Remedies. The parties hereto agree that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the agreements and provisions of this Agreement were not performed fully by the parties hereto in accordance with their specific terms or conditions or were otherwise breached, and that money damages are an inadequate remedy for breach of this Agreement because of the difficulty of ascertaining and quantifying the amount of damage that will be suffered by the parties hereto in the event that this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or conditions or is otherwise breached. It is accordingly hereby agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to restrain, enjoin and prevent breaches of this Agreement by the other parties and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies to which the other parties are entitled to at law or in equity.

7.12 No Inconsistent Agreements. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any person, including any holder or

 

 


 

prospective holder of any securities of the Company, giving or granting any registration (or related) rights the terms of which are more favorable than, senior to or conflict with, the registration or other rights granted to Stockholders hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall not enter into any such agreement that would adversely affect the rights of any Blackstone Stockholder or Founder Stockholder without the prior written consent of the Blackstone Stockholder or Founder Representative, as applicable.

7.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The rights of any particular Stockholder under Article II, Article III, Article IV, Section 6.3, Section 6.5 and Section 6.6 hereof, and the obligations of any Stockholder pursuant to Section 3.7 shall, in each case, terminate as to any Stockholder on the date such Stockholder no longer beneficially owns any shares and the Company has fulfilled all of its obligations with respect to shares previously sold by such Stockholder in one or more registered offerings covered by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.13, any lock-up entered into pursuant to Section 3.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement until such lock-up expires in accordance with its terms.

[Rest of page intentionally left blank]

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

BLACKSTONE STOCKHOLDERS:

 

SUBMARINE BUYER LLC

By: Submarine Buyer Holdco LLC, its sole member

 

By: Boardwalk I Aggregator L.P, its managing member

 

By: BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

BOARDWALK II AGGREGATOR L.P.

By: BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

FOUNDER STOCKHOLDERS:

 

ORIGINAL 56ERS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 


 

 

Christine Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Caroline Jones Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Robert Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Paul Cancro Exempt Trust under the Cancro Family Dynasty Trust Agreement, dated December 29, 2020

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF [ ], 2026

BETWEEN

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

AND

THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I. INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1

1.1

Defined Terms

1

1.2

Construction

5

ARTICLE II. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

5

2.1

Election of Directors

5

2.2

Compensation

7

2.3

Board Committees

7

ARTICLE III. INFORMATION; VCOC

8

3.1

Books and Records; Access

8

3.2

Certain Reports

8

3.3

VCOC

8

3.4

Confidentiality

10

3.5

Information Sharing

11

ARTICLE IV. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

11

4.1

Pledges or Transfers

11

4.2

Spin-Offs or Split-Offs

12

4.3

Expense Reimbursement

12

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION; LIABILITY INSURANCE

12

5.1

Indemnification of Designating Stockholders

12

5.2

Jointly Indemnifiable Claims

13

5.3

Non-Exclusive Right

14

5.4

Directors and Officers Insurance

15

5.5

Other Rights of Designees

15

ARTICLE VI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

15

6.1

Termination

15

6.2

Notices

15

6.3

Amendment; Waiver

16

6.4

Further Assurances

16

6.5

Assignment

17

6.6

Third Parties

17

6.7

Governing Law

17

6.8

Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

17

i


 

6.9

Specific Performance

18

6.10

Entire Agreement

18

6.11

Severability

18

6.12

Table of Contents, Headings and Captions

18

6.13

Grant of Consent

18

6.14

Counterparts

18

6.15

Effectiveness

19

6.16

No Recourse

19

ii


 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Stockholders Agreement is entered into as of [ ], 2026 between Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the other parties from time to time party hereto.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company is effecting an underwritten initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its Class A Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company and the Designating Stockholders (as defined below) wish to set forth certain understandings between such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1.1 Defined Terms. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

“Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affiliate shall not include any Portfolio Company of any Person or the Designating Stockholders and neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall be deemed an Affiliate of a Designating Stockholder or its Affiliates or Portfolio Companies.

“Agreement” means this Stockholders Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday on which national banking associations in the State of New York are authorized by law to close.

“Class A Common Stock” means shares of class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, in connection with any stock split, dividend or combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

“Class B Common Stock” means shares of class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution

 


 

therefor, in connection with any stock split, dividend or combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

“Common Stock” means collectively, the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

“Common Units” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Confidential Information” means any information concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries that is furnished after the date of this Agreement by or on behalf of the Company or its designated representatives to a Designating Stockholder or its designated representatives, together with any notes, analyses, reports, models, compilations, studies, documents, records or extracts thereof containing, based upon or derived from such information, in whole or in part; provided, however, that Confidential Information does not include information:

(i) that is or has become publicly available other than as a result of a disclosure by a Designating Stockholder or its designated representatives in violation of this Agreement;

(ii) that was already known to a Designating Stockholder or its designated representatives or was in the possession of a Designating Stockholder or its designated representatives prior to its being furnished by or on behalf of the Company or its designated representatives;

(iii) that is received by a Designating Stockholder or its designated representatives from a source other than the Company or its designated representatives, provided, that the source of such information was not actually known by a Designating Stockholder or designated representative to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual obligation of confidentiality to, the Company; or

(iv) that was independently developed or acquired by a Designating Stockholder or its designated representatives or on its or their behalf without the violation of the terms of this Agreement.

“Control” (including its correlative meanings, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

“Designating Stockholders” means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Designating Stockholders” and each Person that executes a joinder agreement pursuant to Section 6.5 as a Permitted Transferee.

“Designating Stockholder Representative” means the Designating Stockholder, or any group of Designating Stockholders collectively, then holding of record a majority of Total Outstanding Securities held of record by all Designating Stockholders.

2


 

“Designee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Director” means any director of the Company from time to time.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Company, Jersey Mike’s Holdings and the holders of Common Units party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Governmental Authority” means any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) U.S. and other federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (iii) governmental or quasi‑governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal).

“Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Jersey Mike’s Holdings” means Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Law” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority.

“LLC Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Holdings, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“NewCo” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“Non-Recourse Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16 hereof.

“Permitted Transferee” means with respect to a Designating Stockholder, a Transferee of shares of Common Stock that agrees to become party to, and be bound to the same extent as its transferor, by the terms of this Agreement.

“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a limited partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, bank trust company, land trust, business trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity, custodian, trustee-executor, administrator,

3


 

nominee or entity in a representative capacity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Plan Asset Regulation” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

“Portfolio Companies” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the other parties thereto, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Restated Certificate of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated on or about the date hereof, as such certificate may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or any combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or any combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall (a) be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or (b) Control the managing member, managing director or other governing body or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

“Total Number of Directors” means the total number of directors comprising the Board from time to time.

“Total Outstanding Securities” means, at any time, the total number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be outstanding assuming all holders of Common Units other than the Company or any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company had exchanged such Common Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

“Transfer” (including its correlative meanings, “Transferor,” “Transferee” and “Transferred”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security. When used as a noun, “Transfer” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Pledge (as such term is

4


 

defined in the LLC Agreement) shall not be a Transfer and the bank or financial institution in respect of whom the Permitted Pledge is made shall not be treated as a transferee or entitled to any rights under this Agreement as a result of such Permitted Pledge or any foreclosure thereunder.

“VCOC Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

1.2 Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Unless the context otherwise requires: (a) “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive, (b) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular, and (c) the words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

ARTICLE II.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

2.1 Election of Directors.

(a) The Designating Stockholder Representative shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate a number of individuals serving as directors of the Company equal to: (i) if the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own 50% or more of the Total Outstanding Securities, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the Total Number of Directors; (ii) if the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the Total Outstanding Securities, the lowest whole number that is greater than 40% of the Total Number of Directors; (iii) if the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the Total Outstanding Securities, the lowest whole number that is greater than 30% of the Total Number of Directors; (iv) if the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the Total Outstanding Securities, the lowest whole number that is greater than 20% of the Total Number of Directors; and (v) if the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the Total Outstanding Securities, the lowest whole number (such number always being equal to or greater than one) that is greater than 10% of the Total Number of Directors (in each case, each such person a “Designee”).

(b) If the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own at least 5% of the Total Outstanding Securities, the Designating Stockholder Representative may designate one (1) non-voting observer to attend meetings of the Board. Except to the extent that the Board determines in its reasonable discretion that the receipt of such materials would prevent the Company from asserting attorney-client privilege, such non-voting observer shall have the same right to receive at the same time and in the same manner as a Director copies of all materials (including copies of all resolutions, consents and meeting minutes) given to Directors in connection with any meetings of the Board and if the Board proposes to act by consent in lieu of a meeting, the Company shall provide such non-voting observer at the same time and in the same manner with copies of the form of consent and all materials given to any Director in connection with such action. The non-voting observer may be required by the Board to temporarily

5


 

leave a meeting of the Board if the presence of the non-voting observer would prevent the Company from asserting attorney-client privilege with respect to matters discussed before the Board at such time.

(c) If at any time the Designating Stockholder Representative has designated fewer than the total number of individuals that it is then entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, the Designating Stockholder Representative shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to appoint or cause to be appointed to the Board as Designees an additional number of individuals up to the difference between the total number of individuals that the Designating Stockholder Representative is then entitled to designate and the number of individuals theretofore designated by such Designating Stockholder Representative. Upon the election of a Designating Stockholder Representative to appoint or cause the appointment of any individual pursuant to this Section 2.1(c), the Total Number of Directors shall be automatically increased to enable the appointment of such individual as a Designee. The Company will ensure at all times during the term of this Agreement that its Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws will not contain any limitation on the number of authorized Directors that would prevent it from complying with the foregoing sentence.

(d) Directors are subject to removal or disqualification pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law; provided, however, for as long as the Designating Stockholder Representative is entitled to designate a Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, the removal of any Designee shall require, in addition to any vote of stockholders otherwise required by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, and so long as the applicable Designating Stockholder continues to own shares of Common Stock, such director may only be removed without cause by the Designating Stockholders who shall be the only holders of Common Stock entitled to vote on such removal and all other holders of Common Stock, as such, and the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, shall have no voting power on such removal.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, if the Designating Stockholder Representative is entitled to designate a Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, in the event of a vacancy on the Board with respect to any Designee of the Designating Stockholder Representative (whether resulting from the death, disability, retirement, removal (with or without cause), disqualification, resignation or otherwise) or in the event of an increase of the Total Number of Directors pursuant to Section 2.1(c) or Section 2.1(g) hereof, the Designating Stockholder Representative shall have the power, at its election, to appoint or cause to be appointed a new Designee to fill such vacancy or the newly created directorship resulting from such increase.

(f) If the Designating Stockholder Representative is entitled to designate a Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors (or consent in lieu of meeting) the persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 and use its best efforts to cause the election of each such Designee to the Board, including nominating each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein. Unless the Board in good faith, after consultation with the Company’s outside counsel, determines that it is otherwise required by its fiduciary duties, the Board shall, to the fullest extent

6


 

permitted by law, recommend such individual’s election and solicit proxies or consents in favor thereof.

(g) In the event that any Designee shall fail to be elected to the Board at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors (or consent in lieu of meeting), if the Designating Stockholder Representative is entitled to designate a Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, the Designating Stockholder Representative shall have the right to appoint (or cause to be appointed) to the Board such Designee (or a new designee of the Designating Stockholder Representative). Upon the election of a Designating Stockholder Representative to appoint or cause the appointment to the Board of an individual pursuant to this Section 2.1(g), the Total Number of Directors shall be automatically increased to enable the appointment of such individual as a Designee. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the failure of the stockholders of the Company to elect any Designee shall not affect the right of the Designating Stockholder Representative who nominated such Designee to exercise its rights under this Section 2.1, including its right to designate a Designee for election pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof in connection with any future election of directors of the Company.

2.2 Compensation. Except to the extent the Designating Stockholder Representative may otherwise notify the Company and if the Designating Stockholder Representative is entitled to designate a Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, the Designees shall be entitled to compensation consistent with the compensation received by other non-employee Directors, including any fees and equity awards, provided, that (x) to the extent any Director compensation is payable in the form of equity awards, at the election of a Designee, in lieu of any equity award, such compensation shall be paid in an amount of cash equal to the value of the equity award as of the date of the award, with any such cash subject to the same vesting terms, if any, as the equity awarded to other Directors and (y) at the election of a Designee, any Director compensation (whether cash, equity awards and/or cash in lieu of equity as may be designated by the electing Designee) shall be paid to the Designating Stockholder or an Affiliate thereof specified by the Designee rather than to the Designee. If the Company adopts a policy that Directors own a minimum amount of equity in the Company, no Designee that is an Affiliate, partner, personnel or employee of the Designating Stockholder Representative or its Affiliate shall be subject to such policy unless otherwise determined by the Designating Stockholder Representative in its sole discretion. All Directors and non-voting observers will be entitled to reimbursement for documented, reasonable out of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board (including any committee thereof).

2.3 Board Committees. If the Designating Stockholder Representative is entitled to designate a Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, to the extent permitted by Law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the rules of any stock exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed for trading, and subject to requisite independence or other eligibility requirements applicable to such committee, the Designating Stockholder Representative shall have the right, but not the obligation, to appoint (or cause to be appointed) at least one (1) Designee to each committee of the Board, other than the Litigation Demand Committee.

7


 

ARTICLE III.
INFORMATION; VCOC

3.1 Books and Records; Access. The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books, records and accounts, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, (a) permit the Designating Stockholders and their respective designated representatives (or other designees), at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (b) provide the Designating Stockholders all information of a type, at such times and in such manner as is consistent with the Company’s and its predecessor’s past practice or that is otherwise reasonably requested by such Designating Stockholders from time to time (all such information so furnished pursuant to this Section 3.1, the “Information”). Subject to Section 3.4, any Designating Stockholder (and any party receiving Information from a Designating Stockholder) who shall receive Information shall maintain the confidentiality of such Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged Information of the Company so long as the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Designating Stockholders without the loss of any such privilege. The information rights pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall terminate at the time the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own less than 1% of the Total Outstanding Securities. The Designating Stockholders may elect from time to time by written notice to the Company not to have such information rights for a predetermined period of time (which may be indefinite).

3.2 Certain Reports. Until such time as the Designating Stockholders and their Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own less than 1% of the Total Outstanding Securities, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Designating Stockholders, at their request:

(a) to the extent otherwise prepared by the Company, operating and capital expenditure budgets and periodic information packages relating to the operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

(b) to the extent otherwise prepared by the Company, such other reports and information as may be reasonably requested by the Designating Stockholders; provided, however, that in the cases of clauses (a) and (b), the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Designating Stockholders without the loss of any such privilege.

3.3 VCOC.

(a) With respect to each Designating Stockholder that is intended to qualify its direct or indirect investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” as defined in the Department of Labor regulations codified at 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 (the “Plan Asset

8


 

Regulation”) (each, a “VCOC Investor”, and together, the “VCOC Investors”), for so long as a VCOC Investor, directly or through one or more subsidiaries, continues to hold any Common Stock (or other securities of the Company into which such Common Stock may be converted or for which such Common Stock may be exchanged), without limitation or prejudice of any of the rights provided to the Designating Stockholders hereunder, the Company shall, with respect to each such VCOC Investor:

(i) provide each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with:

(A) upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times, the right to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries and inspect and copy the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(B) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to year-end adjustments;

(C) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation;

(D) to the extent the Company is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually prepared by the Company as soon as available; and

(E) upon written request by a VCOC Investor, copies of all materials provided to the Board, subject to appropriate protections with respect to confidentiality and preservation of attorney-client privilege; provided, that, in each case, if the Company makes the information described in clauses (B), (C) and (D) of this Section 3.3(a)(i) available through public filings on the EDGAR System or any successor or replacement system of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the requirement to deliver such information shall be deemed satisfied;

(ii) make appropriate officers and/or Directors of the Company available, and cause the officers and directors of its Subsidiaries to be made available, periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by each VCOC Investor, upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times, for consultation with such VCOC Investor or its designated representative with respect to matters relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

9


 

(iii) provide each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with such other rights of consultation which such VCOC Investor’s counsel may determine in writing to be necessary under applicable legal authorities promulgated after the date hereof to qualify its investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation; provided that the parties agree that any such rights of consultation shall be of a nature consistent with those granted above and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the Company to grant to a VCOC Investor any additional rights with respect to the governance or management of the Company.

(b) The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of each VCOC Investor or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted as described above in this Section 3.3, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by the Company.

(c) In the event a VCOC Investor or any of its Affiliates Transfers all or any portion of their investment in the Company to an affiliated entity that is intended to qualify its investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” (as defined in the Plan Asset Regulation), such Transferee shall be afforded the same rights with respect to the Company afforded to such VCOC Investor hereunder and shall be treated, for such purposes, as a third party beneficiary hereunder.

(d) For so long as a VCOC Investor, directly or through one or more subsidiaries, continues to hold any Common Stock (or other securities of the Company into which such Common Stock may be converted or for which such Common Stock may be exchanged) and upon the written request of such VCOC Investor, without limitation or prejudice of any of the rights provided to the Designating Stockholders hereunder, the Company shall, with respect to each such VCOC Investor, furnish and deliver a letter covering the matters set forth in Sections 3.3(a), 3.3(b), and 3.3(c) hereof in a form and substance satisfactory to such VCOC Investor.

(e) In the event a VCOC Investor is an Affiliate of a Designating Stockholder, as described in Section 3.3(a) above, such affiliated entity shall be afforded the same rights with respect to the Company and afforded to the Designating Stockholders under this Section 3.3 and shall be treated, for such purposes, as a third party beneficiary hereunder.

3.4 Confidentiality. Each Designating Stockholder agrees that it will, and will direct its designated representatives to, keep confidential and not disclose any Confidential Information; provided, however, that such Designating Stockholder and its designated representatives may disclose Confidential Information to any other Designating Stockholders (including any Designating Stockholders, Designees, or non-voting observers pursuant to any other stockholders agreements entered into on or about the date hereof by the Company and any other party with similar designation or information rights), to the Designees or non-voting observers and to (a) its Affiliates and its Affiliates’ partners, members, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, consultants, insurers, financing sources and other advisors in connection with such Designating Stockholder’s investment in the Company, (b) any Person, including a prospective purchaser of Common Stock or Common Units, as long as such Person has agreed, in writing, to maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information, (c) any of such Designating Stockholder’s or its respective Affiliates’ partners,

10


 

members, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, consultants, insurers, financing sources and other advisors in the ordinary course of business (the Persons referenced in clauses (a), (b) and (c), a Designating Stockholder’s “designated representatives”), (d) as the Company may otherwise consent in writing, (e) to the extent necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, or (f) to the extent that the Designating Stockholder or its designated representatives is required, in the good faith determination of such Designating Stockholder or designated representative, to disclose by applicable law, regulation or legal process, or upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority having or claiming jurisdiction over such party or any of its properties or assets, provided, that such Designating Stockholder or designated representative takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, provided, further, that no such steps to minimize disclosure shall be required where disclosure is made (i) in response to a request by a regulatory or self-regulatory authority or (ii) in connection with a routine audit or examination by a bank examiner or auditor and such audit or examination does not specifically reference the Company or this Agreement; provided, further, however, that each Designating Stockholder agrees to be responsible for any breaches of this Section 3.4 by such Designating Stockholder’s designated representatives.

3.5 Information Sharing. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that Designees may share any information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries received by them from or on behalf of the Company or its designated representatives with each Designating Stockholder and its designated representatives (subject to such Designating Stockholder’s obligation to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information in accordance with Section 3.4).

ARTICLE IV.
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

4.1 Pledges or Transfers. Upon the request of any Designating Stockholder that wishes to (x) pledge, hypothecate or grant security interests in any or all of the shares of Common Stock or Common Units held by it including to banks or financial institutions as collateral or security for loans, advances or extensions of credit or (y) Transfer any or all of the shares of Common Stock or Common Units held by it, including to third party investors, the Company agrees to cooperate with such Designating Stockholder in taking any action reasonably necessary to consummate any such pledge, hypothecation, grant or Transfer, including without limitation, delivery of letter agreements to lenders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such lenders (which may include agreements by the Company in respect of the exercise of remedies by such lenders), instructing the transfer agent to Transfer any such shares of Common Stock subject to the pledge, hypothecation or grant into the facilities of The Depository Trust Company without restricted legends and cooperating in diligence or other matters as may reasonably requested by any Designating Stockholder in connection with a proposed Transfer.

11


 

4.2 Spin-Offs or Split-Offs. In the event that the Company effects the separation of any portion of its business into one or more entities (each, a “NewCo”), whether existing or newly formed, including without limitation by way of spin-off, split-off, carve-out, demerger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, and any Designating Stockholder will receive equity interests in any such NewCo as part of such separation, the Company shall cause any such NewCo to enter into a stockholders agreement with the Designating Stockholders that provides the Designating Stockholders with rights vis-à-vis such NewCo that are substantially identical to those set forth in this Agreement.

4.3 Expense Reimbursement. The Company shall, and shall cause its respective Subsidiaries to, pay directly or reimburse, or cause to be paid directly or reimbursed, the Designating Stockholders and each of their respective Affiliates the actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred or accrued by or on behalf the Designating Stockholders and their respective Affiliates in connection with the enforcement of rights or taking of actions relating to (i) this Agreement, (ii) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or equivalent documentation) of the Company or its Subsidiaries, including the LLC Agreement, or (iii) any registration rights agreements, subscription agreements, stockholders or investor rights agreements, voting agreements or other agreements entered into with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with direct or indirect investments by the Designating Stockholders or their respective Affiliates in, or financing by any of them of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (subject to any applicable limitations on expense reimbursement rights expressly set forth in such agreements). All payments or reimbursement for such expenses will be made by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by the relevant Designating Stockholder or Affiliate thereof promptly upon or as soon as practicable following request for reimbursement and delivery to the Company of any supporting documentation reasonably requested by the Company.

ARTICLE V.
INDEMNIFICATION; LIABILITY INSURANCE

5.1 Indemnification of Designating Stockholders. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold each Designating Stockholder, its Affiliates and any of such Designating Stockholder’s or its respective Affiliates’ respective partners, members, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees and agents (including any non-voting observer appointed or designated pursuant to this Agreement) of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), arising out of any action, cause of action, suit, litigation, investigation, inquiry, arbitration or claim by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) against any Indemnitee (each, an “Action”) arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) (x) any actual or alleged fiduciary or similar duties to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or their respective current or former stockholders arising from such Designating Stockholder’s, or its Affiliates’ ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (y) such Designating Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ control or ability to influence the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (z) such Designating Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any

12


 

of its Subsidiaries; provided that the foregoing indemnification rights in this Section 5.1(a) shall not be available to the extent that (1) any such Indemnified Liabilities are incurred as a result of willful misconduct of such Indemnitee; or (2) such Indemnified Liabilities arise out of any breach of this Agreement by such Indemnitee or its Affiliates or other related Persons or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnitee to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates or (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Company will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, jointly and severally, make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. For the purposes of this Section 5.1, none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by the Company, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to the Company.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, jointly and severally, reimburse any Indemnitee for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any other litigation-related expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any Action for which the Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Article V, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnitee is a party thereto. The Company or its Subsidiaries, in the defense of any Action for which an Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Article V, may, without the consent of such Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement if and only if it (i) includes as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such Indemnitee of an unconditional release from all liability with respect to such Action and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, and provided that any sums payable in connection with such settlement are paid in full by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.

5.2 Jointly Indemnifiable Claims. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause its Subsidiaries to, be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of Indemnified Liabilities in connection with any Jointly Indemnifiable Claims (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (i) the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, (ii) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (iii) the bylaws, as amended, of the Company, (iv) any director or officer indemnification agreement, (v) this Agreement, (vi) any other agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, (vii) the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Subsidiary of the Company and/or (viii) the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Subsidiary of the Company ((i) through (viii) collectively, the “Indemnification Sources”), irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from any corporation, limited liability company,

13


 

partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may also have an indemnification obligation (collectively, the “Indemnitee-Related Entities”). Under no circumstance shall the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the Indemnification Sources. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, (x) the Company shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause its Subsidiaries to, reimburse the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment to the extent of such payment promptly upon written demand from such Indemnitee-Related Entity, (y) to the extent not previously and fully reimbursed by the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (x), the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of the outstanding balance of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and (z) the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 5.2, entitled to enforce this Section 5.2 as though each such Indemnitee-Related Entity were a party to this Agreement. The Company shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform the terms and obligations of this Section 5.2 as though each such Subsidiary was a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the term “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include any Indemnified Liabilities for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from both (1) the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Indemnification Sources, on the one hand, and (2) any Indemnitee-Related Entity pursuant to any other agreement between any Indemnitee-Related Entity and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Indemnitee-Related Entity and/or the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Indemnitee-Related Entity, on the other hand.

5.3 Non-Exclusive Right. The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification in this Article V will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under any other Section of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation or under the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or equivalent governing documents) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

14


 

5.4 Directors and Officers Insurance. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which insurance shall cover each member of the Board.

5.5 Other Rights of Designees. Except as provided in Section 2.2, each Designee serving on the Board shall be entitled to the same rights and privileges applicable to all other members of the Board generally or to which all such members of the Board are entitled. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify, exculpate, and reimburse fees and expenses of the Designees and, subject to execution of an observer agreement, non-voting observers (including by entering into an indemnification agreement in a form substantially similar to the Company’s form director indemnification agreement) and provide the Designees with director and officer insurance to the same extent it indemnifies, exculpates, reimburses and provides insurance for the other members of the Board pursuant to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Company, applicable law or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Termination. Subject to the early termination of any provision as a result of an amendment to this Agreement agreed to by the Board and the Designating Stockholders, as provided under Section 6.3, and except for Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 hereof, which shall terminate as provided in those Sections, and the rest of this Agreement, excluding Article VI hereof, will terminate upon the delivery of written notice by the Designating Stockholder Representative to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate. The VCOC Investors shall advise the Company when they collectively first cease to Beneficially Own any Common Stock (or other securities of the Company into which such Common Stock may be converted or for which such Common Stock may be exchanged), whereupon Section 3.3 hereof shall terminate.

6.2 Notices. Any notice, designation, request, request for consent or consent provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by electronic mail or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices and other such documents will be deemed to have been given or made hereunder when delivered personally or sent by electronic mail and one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

The Company’s address is:

Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc.
1 Commvault Way, S300
Tinton Falls, NJ 07724

 

Attention:

Email:

Scott G. McLester
[email address]

 

With a copy to: [email address]

15


 

Each Designating Stockholder’s address is:

 

 

Blackstone Inc.
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154

 

Attention:

 

 

Email:

David N. Kestnbaum

Devon L. Rinker

Michael J. Staub

[email addresses]

6.3 Amendment; Waiver.

(a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended only with the written approval of the Company and the Designating Stockholder Representative.

(b) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence.

(c) No party shall be deemed to have waived any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement, unless the waiver of such claim, right, remedy, power or privilege is expressly set forth in a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of such party; and any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given.

(d) Each Designating Stockholder, in its sole discretion, may withdraw from this Agreement at any time by written notice to the Company. Thereafter, such Designating Stockholder shall cease to be a party to this Agreement, shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder and none of the terms or provisions hereof shall have any continuing force and effect with respect to such Designating Stockholder.

(e) Any party hereto may unilaterally waive any of its rights hereunder in a signed writing delivered to the Company.

6.4 Further Assurances. The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, any Designating Stockholder being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

16


 

6.5 Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other party hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consent, will be null and void; provided, however, that, without the prior written consent of any other party hereto, a Designating Stockholder may assign or transfer, in its sole discretion, its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any transferee (“Permitted Transferee”) of Common Stock and/or Common Units, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become a party to this Agreement, so long as such Permitted Transferee, if not already a party to this Agreement, executes and delivers to the Company a joinder to this Agreement evidencing its agreement to become a party to and to be bound by certain or all, as applicable, of the provisions of this Agreement as a Designating Stockholder hereunder, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall be deemed a “Designating Stockholder” hereunder. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

6.6 Third Parties. Except as provided for in Article II, Article III and Article IV with respect to any Designating Stockholder, Article V with respect to any Indemnitee or in Section 6.16 with respect to a Non-Recourse Party, this Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

6.7 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS ENFORCEMENT AND ANY CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE MAKING OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

6.8 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereto hereby (i) agrees that any action, directly or indirectly, arising out of, under or relating to this Agreement shall exclusively be brought in and shall exclusively be heard and determined in the Delaware Chancery Court, if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court located in the State of Delaware, or, if neither of such courts shall have jurisdiction, any other Delaware state court, and (ii) solely in connection with the action(s) contemplated by subsection (i) hereof, (A) irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts identified in subsection (i) hereof, (B) irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue in any of the courts identified in clause (i) of this Section 6.8, (C) irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim that any of the courts identified in such clause (i) is an inconvenient forum or does not have personal jurisdiction over any party hereto, and (D) agrees that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action in the manner provided herein or in such other manner as may be permitted by applicable law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any claim or action directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.

17


 

6.9 Specific Performance. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the other parties hereto would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and agrees that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement without the posting of a bond.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

6.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

6.12 Table of Contents, Headings and Captions. The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

6.13 Grant of Consent. Any vote, consent or approval of, or designation by, or other action of, the Designating Stockholder Representative hereunder shall be effective if notice of such vote, consent, approval, designation or action is provided in accordance with Section 6.2 hereof by the Designating Stockholder Representative as of the latest date any such notice is so provided to the Company.

6.14 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts (including counterparts transmitted electronically in portable document format (pdf), or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, all of which will be an original and together shall constitute a single instrument. The parties hereto irrevocably and unreservedly agree that this Agreement may be executed by way of electronic signatures and the parties agree that this Agreement, or any part thereof, shall not be challenged or denied any legal effect, validity and/or enforceability solely on the ground that it is in the form of an electronic record.

18


 

6.15 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof, among the Company, Jersey Mike’s Holdings and the other parties hereto.

6.16 No Recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or the subject matter hereof may only be made against the parties hereto and no Person who is not a named party to this Agreement, including any past, present or future Affiliate, Portfolio Company, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any named party hereto or any past, present or future Affiliate, Portfolio Company, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any of the foregoing (each, a “Non-Recourse Party”) shall have any liability (whether in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or otherwise based upon any theory that seeks to impose liability of an entity party against its owners or Affiliates) for any obligations or liabilities arising under, in connection with or related to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and each party hereby waives and releases all such liabilities against any such Non-Recourse Party. Without limiting the rights of any party against the other parties hereto, in no event shall any party or any of its Affiliates seek to enforce this Agreement against, make any claims for breach of this Agreement against, or seek to recover monetary damages from, any Non-Recourse Party. Each Non-Recourse Party is expressly intended as third-party beneficiaries of this Section 6.16. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.16 shall limit any Person’s liability to the extent such Person has committed fraud.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

19


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

DESIGNATING STOCKHOLDERS

 

SUBMARINE BUYER LLC

 

By:

 

Submarine Buyer Holdco LLC, its sole member

 

 

 

By:

 

Boardwalk I Aggregator L.P, its managing member

 

 

 

By:

 

BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C., its general partner

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

BOARDWALK II AGGREGATOR L.P.

 

By:

 

BCP 9 Holdings Manager L.L.C., its general partner

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.6

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement is dated as of [________], 2026 (this “Agreement”) and is between Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned director/officer of the Company (the “Indemnitee”).

Background

The Company believes that, in order to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve as directors or in other capacities, including as officers, it must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Company.

The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve, or to continue to serve, as a director and/or officer of the Company and, in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve, or to continue to serve, in such capacity, the Company is willing to grant the Indemnitee the indemnification provided for herein. The Indemnitee is willing to so serve, or to continue to serve, on the basis that such indemnification be provided.

The parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses.

In consideration of the Indemnitee’s service to the Company and the covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law:

(a)
The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including any and all appeals, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director or officer of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in any such capacity.
(b)
Subject to Section 6, the indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall be from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals (collectively, “Losses”).

 

 


 

Section 2. Advancement of Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, but subject to the terms of this Agreement and following notice pursuant to Section 3(a) below, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending, or otherwise arising out of or related to, any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 1(a) shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 3 (an “advancement of expenses”), within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advancement of expenses from time to time; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation or information relating thereto. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts so advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under this Agreement. No other form of undertaking shall be required of the Indemnitee other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 2 shall be subject to Section 3(b) and shall not apply to any claim made by the Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6.

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification; Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a)
Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if any indemnification, advancement or other claim in respect thereof is to be sought from or made against the Company hereunder, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Company of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, or of the Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, advancement or other claims shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee hereunder and shall not constitute a waiver or release by the Indemnitee of any rights hereunder or otherwise, except to the extent the Company is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure. To submit a request for indemnification under Section 1, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor. Any notice by the Indemnitee under this Section 3 should include such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to enable the Company to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.
(b)
With respect to any action, suit or proceeding of which the Company is so notified as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the last two sentences of this Section 3(b), be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee, upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any subsequently incurred fees of separate counsel engaged by the Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding unless the employment of separate counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Indemnitee, based on the advice of his or her counsel, shall

2


 

have reasonably concluded (with written notice being given to the Company setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that, in the conduct of any such defense, there is or is reasonably likely to be a conflict of interest or position between the Company and the Indemnitee with respect to a significant issue, then the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, to assume such defense. In addition, the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.
(c)
The determination whether to grant the Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly and in any event within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a). If the determination of whether to grant the Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall not have been made within such 30-day period, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 6, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, nonetheless be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) an intentional misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an intentional omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation or information relating thereto.
(d)
In the event that (i) the Company determines in accordance with this Section 3 that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company denies a request for indemnification, in whole or in part, or fails to respond or make a determination of entitlement to indemnification within 30 days following receipt of a request for indemnification as described above, (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within such 30-day period (as it may be extended), (iv) advancement of expenses is not timely made in accordance with Section 2 or (v) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses, as applicable. The Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with successfully establishing the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding or otherwise shall also be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
(e)
The Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement upon submission of a request therefor in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3, as the case may be. The Company shall have the burden of proof in overcoming such presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence. For purposes of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if the Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company,

3


 

including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers, employees or committees of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), or on the advice of legal counsel or other advisors (including financial advisors and accountants) for the Company or on information or records given in reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or advisor selected by the Company, and the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or relevant enterprises will not be imputed to the Indemnitee in a manner that limits or otherwise adversely affects the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

Section 4. Insurance and Subrogation.

(a)
The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”) with reputable insurance companies, providing the Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director or officer of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of the Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify the Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that: (i) such insurance is not reasonably available; (ii) the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; (iii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit; (iv) the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration is purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by the Indemnitee; or (v) the Company is to be acquired and D&O Insurance, with substantially the same terms and conditions as the D&O Insurance in place prior to such acquisition, will be maintained by the acquirer that covers pre-closing acts and omissions by the Indemnitee.
(c)
In all policies of D&O Insurance, the Indemnitee shall qualify as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured (i) of the Company’s independent directors (as defined by the insurer) if the Indemnitee is such an independent director; (ii) of the Company’s non-independent directors if the Indemnitee is not an independent director; or (iii) of the Company’s officers if the Indemnitee is an officer of the Company. If the Company has D&O Insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from the Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter

4


 

take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.
(d)
Subject to Section 15, in the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee with respect to any D&O Insurance maintained by the Company. The Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such D&O Insurance. The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.
(e)
Subject to Section 15, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties relating to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 5. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)
The term “action, suit or proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, counterclaim, cross claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
(b)
The term “by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director or officer of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.
(c)
The term “disinterested director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.
(d)
The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and expenses and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out-of-pocket costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result

5


 

of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee for which the Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party), actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee.
(e)
in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise incurred in connection with a claim that is indemnifiable hereunder.
(f)
The term “judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan.

Section 6. Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement:

(a)
Proceedings Initiated by the Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated voluntarily by the Indemnitee, except with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by the Indemnitee, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law or (iv) such action, suit or proceeding is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement.
(b)
Action for Indemnification. To indemnify the Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless the Indemnitee is successful in such action, suit or proceeding in establishing the Indemnitee’s right, in whole or in part, to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder (in which case such indemnification or advancement shall be to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law), or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite the Indemnitee’s failure to establish his or her right to indemnification, the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification for such expenses; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(b) is intended to limit the Company’s obligations with respect to the advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 2.
(c)
Actions Based on Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery, Return of Bonus Payments, and Reimbursement Under Clawback Policies. To indemnify the Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to

6


 

Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by the Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board of Directors or the compensation committee of the Board of Directors, including but not limited to, any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act (any such policy, a “Clawback Policy”). In furtherance of this Section 6(c), the Indemnitee hereby agrees to abide by the terms of any Clawback Policy, including, without limitation, by returning any compensation to the Company to the extent required by, and in a manner permitted by, such Clawback Policy, and hereby understands and agrees that the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to any (x) indemnification for any liability (including any amounts owed by the Indemnitee in a judgment or settlement of any proceeding relating to such Clawback Policy (a “Clawback Proceeding”) or loss (including judgments, fines, taxes, penalties or amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of the Indemnitee) incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Clawback Proceeding or (y) indemnification or advancement of expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) from the Company and or any subsidiary of the Company incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Clawback Proceeding; provided, however, if the Indemnitee is successful on the merits in the defense of any claim asserted against the Indemnitee in a Clawback Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified for the expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) the Indemnitee reasonably incurred to defend such claim. The Indemnitee hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waives, and agrees not to assert any claim regarding, all indemnification, advancement of expenses and other rights to which the Indemnitee is now or becomes entitled to under this Agreement, the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the governing documents of each subsidiary of the Company, and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), in each case to the extent such waiver and agreement is necessary to give effect to the preceding sentence of this paragraph. The Indemnitee agrees and acknowledges that the compensation the Indemnitee has or will receive from the Company or any of its subsidiaries constitutes fair and adequate consideration in exchange for the waiver and agreement provided by the Indemnitee in this paragraph.
(d)
Fraud or Willful Misconduct. To indemnify the Indemnitee on account of conduct by the Indemnitee where such conduct has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal, or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing, to have been knowingly fraudulent or to constitute willful misconduct.
(e)
Prohibited by Law. To indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee in any circumstance where such indemnification or advancement has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal, or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing having been made, to be prohibited by law.

7


 

Section 7. Change in Control

(a)
The Company agrees that if there is a change in control of the Company, then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement, any other agreement or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect, the Company shall seek legal advice only from independent counsel selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Upon failure of the Company so to select such independent counsel or upon failure of the Indemnitee so to approve, such independent counsel shall be selected upon application to a court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 1 or Section 3(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made by such independent counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the independent counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(b)
For purposes of this Section 7, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) A “change in control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following: (A) any person or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act (other than our Principal Stockholders (as defined in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-297228)), or their respective affiliates or any subset thereof), obtains ownership, directly or indirectly, of (x) more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or applicable successor entity (including any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such capital stock) or (y) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (B) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 7(b)(i)(A), 7(b)(i)(C) or 7(b)(i)(D) or a director whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of the Board of Directors occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the Board of Directors) whose election by the Board of the Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; (C) the effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such

8


 

surviving entity; and (D) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. For purposes of this Section 7(b)(i) only, “person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that “person” shall exclude (a) the Company, (b) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company and (c) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(ii) The term “independent counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (A) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (B) any other party to the action, suit or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “independent counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(iii) The term “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company (or an applicable successor entity), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing persons or bodies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, limited liability company, trust, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership, limited liability company or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, the Company or its applicable Subsidiary shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if the Company or such applicable Subsidiary shall be allocated a majority of partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director, managing member, manager or general partner of such partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity.

Section 8. Certain Settlement Provisions. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not settle any action, suit or proceeding in any manner that would attribute to the Indemnitee any admission of wrongdoing or liability or that would impose any fine or other obligation or restriction on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold his, her or its consent to any proposed settlement.

Section 9. Savings Clause. If any provision or provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in (including as a witness) any threatened,

9


 

pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including any and all appeals, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director or officer of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, from and against all Losses suffered by, or incurred by or on behalf of, the Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated.

Section 10. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to the Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of all Losses suffered by, or incurred by or on behalf of, the Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and the Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such actions, suit or proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and the Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s); provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 4(d), Section 6 or Section 8.

Section 11. Form and Delivery of Communications. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt, or (d) sent by email or facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received. Notice to the Company shall be directed to Scott McLester, General Counsel, email: [email address]. Notice to the Indemnitee shall be directed to the Indemnitee’s contact information on file with the Company.

Section 12. Nonexclusivity. The provisions for indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to the Indemnitee under this Agreement shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Company to indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, other agreements or arrangements, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company and as to action in any other capacity. The Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.

10


 

Section 13. Defenses. In (i) any action, suit or proceeding brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in an action, suit or proceeding brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any action, suit or proceeding brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in applicable law. Neither the failure of the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or the Company’s stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or the Company’s stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

Section 14. No Construction as Employment Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving the Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director or officer of the Company or in the employ of the Company or any other entity. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he or she may have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.

Section 15. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims.

(a)
Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of Indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for payments to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by Indemnitee-related entities, and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and the Indemnitee agree that each of Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 15(a) and entitled to enforce this Section 15(a) as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement.

11


 

(b)
For purposes of this Section 15, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) The term “Indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise the Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom the Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(ii) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Company and any Indemnitee-related entity pursuant to the DGCL, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 16. Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide, in each instance, indemnification and advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than applicable law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment). Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.

Section 17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) this Agreement may not be modified or terminated by the Company without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent; (b) no amendment, alteration or interpretation of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any other agreement or arrangement shall limit or otherwise adversely affect the rights provided to the Indemnitee under this Agreement and (c) a right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement shall not be

12


 

eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

Section 19. Successor and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 20. Service of Process and Venue. The Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, as its agent in the State of Delaware for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (d) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (e) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Company of the Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

Section 22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

Section 23. Headings and Section References. The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to a “Section” or “paragraph” refers to a Section or paragraph, as the case may be, of this Agreement.

13


 

Section 24. Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be signed by electronic signature and electronic transmission, including via DocuSign or other similar method, and this method of signature is as conclusive of an intention to be bound by this Agreement as if signed by a party’s manuscript signature.

[Signature Page Follows]

14


 

This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first written above.

 

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 


Exhibit 10.9

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

2026 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and the other members of the Company Group may attract and retain key personnel, and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company and the other members of the Company Group can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company Group and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2. Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “Absolute Share Limit” has the meaning given to such term in Section 5(b) of the Plan.

(b) “Adjustment Event” has the meaning given to such term in Section 12(a) of the Plan.

(c) “Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract, or otherwise.

(d) “Applicable Law” means each applicable law, rule, regulation and requirement, including, but not limited to, each applicable U.S. federal, state or local law, any rule or regulation of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted and each applicable law, rule or regulation of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services, as each such laws, rules and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

(e) “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, OP Unit, Other Equity-Based Award, and Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(f) “Award Agreement” means the document or documents by which each Award (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) is evidenced, which may be in written or electronic form.

(g) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “Cause” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise, (i) “Cause,” as defined in any employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement or plan between the Participant and the Service Recipient or in which the Participant participates in effect at the time of such Termination, or (ii) in the absence of any such employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), the Participant’s (A) failure to substantially perform Participant’s duties or obligations as an employee or service provider of the Service Recipient, (B) failure to carry out, or comply with, any lawful directive of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, or the Board, (C) commission at any time of any act or omission that results in, or may reasonably be expected to result in, a conviction, guilty plea, plea

1


 

of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any (x) felony or (y) crime involving moral turpitude, theft, fraud, dishonesty or misrepresentation, (D) excessive absenteeism not related to authorized leave that materially interferes with the performance of Participant’s duties as an employee or service provider of the Service Recipient, other than due to a physical or mental impairment that, with the passage of time, would constitute a Disability, (E) unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the premises of any member of the Company Group or while performing Participant’s duties and responsibilities as an employee or service provider of the Service Recipient, (F) commission at any time of any act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation of property, information, or other assets, misconduct, conversion of assets of any member of the Company Group, commission of any other act or omission which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of any member of the Company Group, or breach of fiduciary duty against any member of the Company Group, (G) violation of material policies or procedures of any member of the Company Group, including Participant’s failure to pass a drug screening test administered by or at the direction of the Company or any other member of the Company Group or becoming habitually intoxicated or addicted to drugs or alcohol, (H) temporary or permanent regulatory, governmental or administrative suspension, or removal or prohibition of Participant from participating in any of the affairs of any member of the Company Group, (I) violation of any law regarding employment discrimination or sexual harassment or any other act which subjects any member of the Company Group to payment or settlement of any claim on the basis of sex, age, race or other discrimination, (J) material breach of any written agreement with any member of the Company Group (including, without limitation, any breach of the restrictive covenants of any such agreement) or material breach of any written policy of any member of the Company Group, or (K) engagement in any Detrimental Activity; provided, in any case, that a Participant’s resignation after an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause will be treated as a Termination for Cause hereunder.

(i) “Change in Control” means:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination, or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) (other than our Principal Stockholders (as defined in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-297228) or their respective affiliates or any subset thereof)) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, the exchange of exchangeable stock or units, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock, treating, for the avoidance of doubt, all then-outstanding OP Units as shares of Common Stock assuming the full exchange of then-outstanding OP Units for shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement; or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of the Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);

(ii) during any period of 12 months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any Person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such Person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of

2


 

the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; or

(iii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company Group (taken as a whole) to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

(j) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations, or guidance.

(k) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any properly delegated subcommittee thereof or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(l) “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(m) “Company” means Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(n) “Company Group” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(o) “Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

(p) “Designated Foreign Subsidiaries” means all members of the Company Group that are organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(q) “Detrimental Activity” means any of the following: (i) unauthorized disclosure or use of any confidential or proprietary information of any member of the Company Group; (ii) any activity that would be grounds to terminate the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient for Cause; (iii) a breach by the Participant of any restrictive covenant by which such Participant is bound, including, without limitation, any covenant not to compete or not to solicit, in any agreement with any member of the Company Group, or (iv) fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, in each case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(r) “Disability” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise, (i) “Disability”, as defined in any employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Disability” contained therein), a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Service Recipient or other member of the Company Group in which such Participant is eligible to participate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability of the Participant by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the position at which the Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether

3


 

Disability exists in the absence of a long-term disability plan shall be made by the Company (or its designee) in its sole and absolute discretion.

(s) “Effective Date” means the date on which the Company enters into an agreement to consummate an initial public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration filed with the Securities Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

(t) “Eligible Person” means any: (i) individual employed by any member of the Company Group; provided, however, that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of any member of the Company Group; or (iii) consultant or advisor to any member of the Company Group or any other Person, in each case, who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, has entered into an Award Agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee or its designee that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

(u) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations, or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations, or guidance.

(v) “Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Company among the Company, the Operating Company and holders of OP Units from time to time, as amended from time to time.

(w) “Exercise Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

(x) “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the Common Stock, the fair market value thereof as of the relevant date of determination, as determined in accordance with the valuation methodology approved by the Committee or its delegate (based on objective criteria and which may include a weighted-average calculation) from time to time. In the absence of any alternative valuation methodology approved by the Committee or its delegate, Fair Market Value shall be, on a given date: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last-sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last-sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock. The definition of Fair Market Value may differ depending on whether Fair Market Value is in reference to the grant, exercise, vesting, settlement or payout of an Award; provided, however, as to any Awards granted on or with a Date of Grant of the date of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering, “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price at which the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

(y) “GAAP” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7(d) of the Plan.

(z) “Immediate Family Members” has the meaning given to such term in Section 14(b)(ii) of the Plan.

4


 

(aa) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(bb) “Indemnifiable Person” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4(e) of the Plan.

(cc) “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of any member of the Company Group.

(dd) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(ee) “OP Unit” means an Award granted under Section 10(a) of the Plan.

(ff) “Operating Company” has the meaning given to such term in Section 10(a) of the Plan.

(gg) “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(hh) “Option Period” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7(c)(i) of the Plan.

(ii) “Other Cash-Based Award” means an Award that is granted under Section 11 of the Plan that is denominated and/or payable in cash.

(jj) “Other Equity-Based Award” means an Award that is not an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Unit that is granted under Section 11 of the Plan and is (i) payable by delivery of Common Stock and/or (ii) measured by reference to the value of Common Stock.

(kk) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

(ll) “Performance Conditions” means specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more members of the Company Group, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing), which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis on, without limitation, the following measures: (i) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes), or consolidated net income; (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may be but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) actual or adjusted earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) sales; (xix) stockholder return; (xx) customer/client retention; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) objective measures of personal targets, goals, or completion of projects (including, but not limited to, succession and

5


 

hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations, or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations, and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiv) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxv) market share; (xxvi) cost of capital, debt leverage, year-end cash position or book value; (xxvii) strategic objectives; or (xxviii) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the aforementioned performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of one or more members of the Company Group as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, or administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more members of the Company Group or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices.

(mm) “Permitted Transferee” has the meaning given to such term in Section 14(b)(ii) of the Plan.

(nn) “Person” means any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

(oo) “Plan” means this Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(pp) “Qualifying Director” means a Person who is, with respect to actions intended to obtain an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

(qq) “Restricted Period” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions, including vesting conditions.

(rr) “Restricted Stock” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(ss) “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities, or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(tt) “SAR Period” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8(c)(i) of the Plan.

(uu) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations, or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations, or guidance.

(vv) “Service Recipient” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, the member of the Company Group by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

6


 

(ww) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(xx) “Strike Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

(yy) “Sub-Plans” means any sub-plan to the Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting or facilitating the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the jurisdiction of the United States of America, with each such Sub-Plan designed to comply with Applicable Law in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub-Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with Applicable Law, the Absolute Share Limit and the other limits specified in Section 5(b) of the Plan shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub-Plan adopted hereunder.

(zz) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i) any corporation, association, or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii) any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

(aaa) “Substitute Awards” has the meaning given to such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.

(bbb) “Termination” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient for any reason (including death or Disability).

3. Effective Date; Duration. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

4. Administration.

(a) General. The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan), it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time such member takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is intended to qualify for the exemptions provided by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, be a Qualifying Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(b) Committee Authority. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and Applicable Law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock

7


 

to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in, or exercised for, cash, shares of Common Stock or OP Units, as applicable, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in, and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) adopt Sub-Plans; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Delegation. Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any Person or Persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of any member of the Company Group the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of, or which is allocated to, the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated in accordance with Applicable Law, except for grants of Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 4(c), it is intended that any action under the Plan intended to qualify for an exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act related to Persons who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act will be taken only by the Board or by a committee or subcommittee of two or more Qualifying Directors. However, the fact that any member of such committee or subcommittee shall fail to qualify as a Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any action that is otherwise valid under the Plan.

(d) Finality of Decisions. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including, without limitation, any member of the Company Group, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

(e) Indemnification. No member of the Board or the Committee or any employee or agent of any member of the Company Group (each such Person, an “Indemnifiable Person”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit, or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined, as provided below, that the

8


 

Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided, that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit, or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts, omissions, or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law or by the organizational documents of any member of the Company Group. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the organizational documents of any member of the Company Group, as a matter of Applicable Law, under an individual indemnification agreement or contract, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold such Indemnifiable Persons harmless.

(f) Board Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to Applicable Law. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations.

(a) Grants. The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons. All Awards granted under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable (if applicable) in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee, including, without limitation, attainment of Performance Conditions.

(b) Share Reserve and Limits. Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Absolute Share Limit”) shall be available for Awards under the Plan (excluding those shares of Common Stock received, or to be received by, Participants in connection with any exchange for, conversion into, redemption of, or substitution for OP Units or for such other equity or equity-based awards issued by the Operating Company (or a predecessor or affiliate thereof) and exchangeable for, convertible into or redeemable or substitutable for, shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that the Absolute Share Limit shall be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Effective Date falls in an amount equal to the lower of (x) 5.0% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (y) a lower number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Board; (ii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be issued in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; and (iii) with respect to each fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Effective Date occurs, each Non-Employee Director shall be granted a number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards for service on the Board, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during such fiscal year for service on the Board, equal to (A) a total value of $1,000,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes) or (B) such lower amount as determined by the Board prior to the Date of Grant, either as part of the Company’s Non-Employee Director compensation program or as otherwise determined by the Board in the event of any change to such Non-Employee Director’s compensation program or for any particular period of service. To the extent the Board makes a determination pursuant to clause (iii)(B) above with respect to any year of service, such determination shall in no event be applicable to any subsequent year of service without a further determination by the Board in respect of any subsequent year of service. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, shares of

9


 

Common Stock delivered by the Company or its Affiliates upon exchange of OP Units or other equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company that have been issued under the Plan shall be issued under the Plan.

(c) Share Counting. Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without issuance to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the unissued shares of Common Stock will again be available for grant under the Plan. Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the Exercise Price, or taxes relating to an Award, and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not issued to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either: (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan; or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

(d) Source of Shares. Shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, shares of Common Stock purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing.

(e) Substitute Awards. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit; provided, that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares of Common Stock under a stockholder-approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

6. Eligibility. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

7. Options.

(a) General. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of a member of the Company Group, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code; provided, that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a

10


 

Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to, and comply with, such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b) Exercise Price. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“Exercise Price”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of any member of the Company Group, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination.

(i) Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 5(a) of the Plan; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Options at any time and for any reason. Options shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant (the “Option Period”); provided, that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), then the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Option Period exceed five years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of any member of the Company Group.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).

(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income, employment, and any other applicable taxes that are statutorily required to be withheld in accordance with Section 14(d) of the Plan. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) or such other manner as may be set forth in an Award Agreement, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable: (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent, and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures

11


 

approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual issuance of such shares to the Company); provided, that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have been held by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)); or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion or as may be set forth in an Award Agreement, including, without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price; (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price; or (C) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and any Federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income, employment, and any other applicable taxes that are statutorily required to be withheld in accordance with Section 14(d) of the Plan. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option. Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date the Participant makes a disqualifying disposition of any share of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such share of Common Stock before the later of (i) the date that is two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option, or (ii) the date that is one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any share of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such share of Common Stock.

(f) Compliance With Laws, etc. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as it may be amended from time to time, or any other Applicable Law.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) General. Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

(b) Strike Price. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“Strike Price”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.

12


 

(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination.

(i) A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 5(a) of the Plan; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of any SAR at any time and for any reason. SARs shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed ten years from the Date of Grant (the “SAR Period”); provided, that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), then the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period).

(d) Method of Exercise. SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Payment. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any Federal, state, local, and non-U.S. income, employment, and any other applicable taxes that are statutorily required to be withheld in accordance with Section 14(d) of the Plan. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a) General. Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Stock Certificates and Book-Entry Notation; Escrow or Similar Arrangement. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than issued to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock

13


 

covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 14(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9, Section 14(b) of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to shares of Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Restricted Stock. To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company. A Participant shall have no rights or privileges as a stockholder as to Restricted Stock Units.

(c) Vesting; Termination.

(i) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall vest, and any applicable Restricted Period shall lapse, in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 5(a) of the Plan; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such dates or events, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit or the lapsing of any applicable Restricted Period at any time and for any reason.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, have vested, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall cease and (B) unvested shares of Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

(d) Issuance of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration the Company shall issue to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book-entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share).

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall issue to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (A) pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of issuing only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units or (B) defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock (or cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units.

14


 

(e) Legends on Restricted Stock. Each certificate, if any, or book entry representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend or book-entry notation substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE Jersey Mike’s Subs INC. 2026 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC. AND THE PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

10. OP Units.

(a) General. Awards may be granted under the Plan in the form of undivided fractional limited liability company interests in Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC (together with any successor entity, the “Operating Company”), a Delaware limited liability company, the entity through which the Company conducts its business and an entity that has elected to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, of one or more classes (“OP Units”) established pursuant to the Operating Company’s limited liability company agreement, as amended from time to time. Awards of OP Units shall be valued by reference to, or otherwise determined by reference to or based on, shares of Common Stock. OP Units awarded under the Plan may be (1) convertible, exchangeable or redeemable for other limited liability company interests in the Operating Company (including OP Units of a different class or series) or shares of Common Stock, or (2) valued by reference to the book value, fair value or performance of the Operating Company. Awards of OP Units are intended to qualify as “profits interests” within the meaning of IRS Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by IRS Revenue Procedure 2001-43, with respect to a Participant in the Plan who is rendering services to or for the benefit of the Operating Company, including its subsidiaries.

(b) Share Calculations. For purposes of calculating the number of shares of Common Stock underlying an award of OP Units relative to the total number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, the Committee shall establish in good faith the maximum number of shares of Common Stock to which a Participant receiving such award of OP Units may be entitled upon fulfillment of all applicable conditions set forth in the relevant award documentation, including vesting conditions, capital account allocations, value accretion factors, conversion ratios, exchange ratios and other similar criteria. If and when any such conditions are no longer capable of being met, in whole or in part, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such awards of OP Units shall be reduced accordingly by the Committee, and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be increased by one share of Common Stock for each share so reduced. Awards of OP Units may be granted either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the eligible Participants to whom, and the time or times at which, awards of OP Units shall be made; the number of OP Units to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of such OP Units (which may be less than the fair value of the OP Unit); and the restrictions and conditions applicable to such award of OP Units. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship), computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives, with related length of the service period for vesting, minimum or maximum performance thresholds, measurement procedures and length of the performance period to be established by the Committee at the time of grant, in its sole discretion (or any other Performance Conditions). The Committee may allow awards of OP Units to be held through a limited liability company, or similar “look-through” entity, and the Committee may require such limited liability company or similar entity to impose restrictions on its partners or other beneficial owners that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 10. The provisions of the grant of OP Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

15


 

11. Other Equity-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may grant Other Equity-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and dependent on such conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 5(a) of the Plan. Each Other Equity-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and each Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced in such form as the Committee may determine from time to time. Each Other Equity-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award, as applicable, so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement or other form evidencing such Award, including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

12. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted hereunder (other than Other Cash-Based Awards):

(a) General. In the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of Common Stock, OP Units or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the shares of Common Stock (including a Change in Control), or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations, or other requirements, that the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, could result in substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants (any event in (i) or (ii), an “Adjustment Event”), the Committee shall, in respect of any such Adjustment Event, make such proportionate substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems equitable, to any or all of: (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder; (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be issued in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan or any Sub-Plan; and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (I) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate; (II) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award; or (III) any applicable performance measures; provided, that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment under this Section 12 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

(b) Adjustment Events. Without limiting the foregoing, except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, in connection with any Adjustment Event, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following:

(i) substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), acceleration of the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of Awards, or a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than 10 days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

16


 

(ii) subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, cancellation of any one or more outstanding Awards and payment to the holders of such Awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including, without limitation, any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation or for which vesting is accelerated by the Committee in connection with such event) the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which value, if applicable, may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor), or, in the case of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards that are not vested as of such cancellation, a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards prior to cancellation, or the underlying shares in respect thereof.

Payments to holders pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price).

(c) Other Requirements. Prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 12, the Committee may require a Participant to (i) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to the Participant’s Awards; (ii) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Common Stock, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code; and (iii) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.

(d) Fractional Shares. Any adjustment provided under this Section 12 may provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award.

(e) Binding Effect. Any adjustment, substitution, determination of value or other action taken by the Committee under this Section 12 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

13. Amendments and Termination.

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if: (i) such approval is required under Applicable Law; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 12 of the Plan), or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder, or beneficiary.

17


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 13(b) of the Plan without stockholder approval.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel, or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination); provided, that, other than pursuant to Section 12, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further, that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the intrinsic value (if any) of the canceled Option or SAR; and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

14. General.

(a) Award Agreements. Each Award (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant to whom such Award was granted and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability, or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award Agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate, or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award Agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

(b) Nontransferability.

(i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by such Participant to whom such Award was granted during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under Applicable Law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant (unless such transfer is specifically required pursuant to a domestic relations order or by Applicable Law) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against any member of the Company Group; provided, that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any Person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and the Participant’s Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the

18


 

Participant and the Participant’s Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for federal income tax purposes (each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C), and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with clause (ii) above shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan or in any applicable Award Agreement to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that: (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) neither the Committee nor the Company shall be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of a Participant’s Termination under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.

(i) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends, dividend equivalents, or similar payments in respect of Awards, or for OP Units, in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the award or other distributions from the Operating Company prior to vesting, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property (in each case, without interest), on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock, OP Units or other Awards.

(ii) Without limiting the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, any dividend otherwise payable in respect of any share of Restricted Stock that remains subject to vesting conditions at the time of payment of such dividend shall be retained by the Company, and remain subject to the same vesting conditions as the share of Restricted Stock to which the dividend relates and shall be delivered (without interest) to the Participant within 15 days following the date on which such restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate).

(iii) To the extent provided in an Award Agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the date on which the Restricted Period lapses with respect to such Restricted Stock Units, and if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments (or interest thereon, if applicable).

19


 

(d) Tax Withholding.

(i) A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, an amount in cash (by check or wire transfer) equal to the aggregate amount of any income, employment, and/or other applicable taxes that are statutorily required to be withheld in respect of an Award. Alternatively, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may elect, in its sole discretion, to satisfy this requirement by withholding such amount from any cash compensation or other cash amounts owing to a Participant.

(ii) Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may (but is not obligated to), in its sole discretion, permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or any portion of the minimum income, employment, and/or other applicable taxes that are statutorily required to be withheld with respect to an Award by: (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) that have been both held by the Participant and vested for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment under applicable accounting standards) having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such minimum statutorily required withholding liability (or portion thereof); or (B) having the Company withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable to, or that would otherwise be retained by, the Participant upon the grant, exercise, vesting, or settlement of the Award, as applicable, a number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to an amount, subject to clause (iii) below, not in excess of such minimum statutorily required withholding liability (or portion thereof).

(iii) The Committee, subject to its having considered the applicable accounting impact of any such determination, has full discretion to allow Participants to satisfy, in whole or in part, any additional income, employment, and/or other applicable taxes payable by them with respect to an Award by electing to have the Company withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable to, or that would otherwise be retained by, a Participant upon the grant, exercise, vesting, or settlement of the Award, as applicable, shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value that is greater than the applicable minimum required statutory withholding liability (but such withholding may in no event be in excess of the maximum statutory withholding amount(s) in a Participant’s relevant tax jurisdictions).

(e) Data Protection. By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and its Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and shares offered or received, purchased, or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Awards were granted) about the Participant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

(f) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver. No employee of any member of the Company Group, or other Person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Service Recipient or any other member

20


 

of the Company Group may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award Agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Service Recipient and/or any member of the Company Group and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on, or after the Date of Grant.

(g) International Participants. With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan and create or amend Sub-Plans or amend outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by such Participants, conform such terms with the requirements of Applicable Law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant or any member of the Company Group.

(h) Designation and Change of Beneficiary. Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more Persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries, as applicable, who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon the Participant’s death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change the Participant’s beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participant’s spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, the Participant’s estate.

(i) Termination. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee in connection with or at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation, or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company Group in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be a member of the Company Group (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

(j) No Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no Person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to such Person.

21


 

(k) Government and Other Regulations.

(i) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of any member of the Company Group issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement, and Applicable Law, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of any member of the Company Group issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of any member of the Company Group issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add, at any time, any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(ii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company, and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable, or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code: (A) pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (I) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable), over (II) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award), with such amount being delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award (or portion thereof) or (B) in the case of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards, provide the Participant with a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Equity-Based Awards, or the underlying shares in respect thereof.

(l) No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company. Except with respect to OP Units, no election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement or by action of the Committee (or its designee in accordance with Section 4(c) of the Plan) in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock or OP Units under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days after filing notice of the election with

22


 

the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(m) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants. If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for the Participant’s affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such Person or the Participant’s estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to the Participant’s spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(n) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of equity based awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(o) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between any member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and a Participant or other Person, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be obligated to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other service providers under general law.

(p) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of any member of the Company Group and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself or herself.

(q) Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance, or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by Applicable Law.

(r) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws’ provisions thereof. EACH PARTICIPANT WHO ACCEPTS AN AWARD IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTICIPANT IN RESPECT OF THE PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

23


 

(s) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(t) Obligations Binding on Successors. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(u) Section 409A of the Code.

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with the Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Service Recipient nor any other member of the Company Group shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as a separate payment.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death. Following any applicable six-month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) are accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

(v) Clawback/Repayment. All Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture or other similar policy adopted by the Board or the Committee and as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation, the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy; and (ii) Applicable Law.

24


 

Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to the extent that the Participant receives any amount in excess of the amount that the Participant should otherwise have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company.

(w) Detrimental Activity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity, as determined by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following:

(i) cancellation of any or all of such Participant’s outstanding Awards; or

(ii) forfeiture by the Participant of any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of Awards, and repayment of any such gain promptly to the Company.

(x) Right of Offset. The Company will have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards, or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile, or other employee programs) that the Participant then owes to any member of the Company Group and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Award is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee will have no right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement if such offset could subject the Participant to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code in respect of an outstanding Award.

(y) Expenses; Titles and Headings. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company Group. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

***

25


Exhibit 10.19

 

JERSEY MIKE’S MANAGEMENT AGGREGATOR LLC

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose. The purpose of this Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC Equity Incentive Plan (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Plan”) is to promote the interests of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HoldCo”), and its Subsidiaries, and their respective Affiliates, by (a) attracting and retaining exceptional officers and other employees and consultants of HoldCo and its Subsidiaries and non-employee directors of HoldCo and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and (b) enabling such individuals to acquire and maintain an indirect equity interest in HoldCo through their equity interests in the Aggregator (as defined below) and participate in the long-term growth and financial success of HoldCo and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, thereby aligning their interests with those of HoldCo’s equityholders.

Section 2. Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Plan but not expressly defined in this Plan shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Aggregator LLC Agreement (as defined below) and, to the extent not defined therein, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the HoldCo LLC Agreement (as defined below). As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Aggregator” shall mean Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto.

“Aggregator LLC Agreement” shall mean the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC, dated as of April 9, 2025, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Award” shall mean the grant of the right to purchase and/or acquire (i) Class A Units or Class B Units in the Aggregator or (ii) Other Unit-Based Awards.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Managers of HoldCo.

“Effective Date” shall mean June 2, 2025, which is the date on which this Plan was initially adopted.

“HoldCo” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1 hereof.

“HoldCo LLC Agreement” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement of HoldCo, dated as of January 16, 2025, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Indemnifiable Person” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4(d) hereof.

“Other Unit-Based Award” shall mean an Award granted under Section 6(d) hereof.

 


 

“Participant” shall mean any officer or other employee, consultant or non-employee director of HoldCo or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates eligible for an Award under Section 5 hereof and selected by the Board to receive an Award under this Plan.

“Plan” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1 hereof.

“Subscription Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document (which may include provisions of an employment agreement to which HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries is a party) evidencing any Award granted hereunder.

“Units” shall mean any Class A Units or Class B Units issued pursuant to this Plan.

Section 3. Units Subject to this Plan. The total number of Class B Units that may be issued pursuant to Awards under this Plan is 320,330,754. In addition, an unlimited number of Class A Units may be issued under this Plan. Units which are subject to Awards which terminate or lapse without any payment in respect thereof may be granted again under this Plan.

Section 4. Administration.

(a)
This Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the terms of this Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Board by this Plan, the Board shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the number and/or class of Units to be covered by an Award; (iii) determine the terms and conditions of any Award (which need not be identical) and the time at which Awards are granted; (iv) determine whether, to what extent, under what circumstances, and in what form Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (v) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any default and/or supply any omission in this Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award granted under this Plan; (vi) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of this Plan; and (vii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Board deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan.
(b)
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or regulations, the Board may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any Person or Persons selected by it, including, without limitation, any subcommittee thereof, and may designate any such Person to assist the Board in the administration of this Plan. Further, the Board may grant authority to any such Person to execute agreements or other documents evidencing Awards under this Plan or other documents entered into under this Plan on behalf of the Aggregator (subject to the Aggregator LLC Agreement) or HoldCo (subject to the HoldCo LLC Agreement). Any such delegation, designation, or grant of authority may be revoked by the Board at any time, and the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise its power and authority under this Plan notwithstanding any such delegation, designation, or grant of authority.

2


 

(c)
All designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to this Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Board, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Aggregator, HoldCo, any of their respective Subsidiaries, any Participant, any holder of any Award or beneficiary or legal representative thereof, any Member of the Aggregator, or any Member of HoldCo. The terms and conditions of an Award and the Board’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).
(d)
No Member of the Aggregator, no Member of HoldCo, no member of the Board, nor any agent of any of them, nor any officer or employee of HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries (each such Person, other than in such Person’s capacity as a Participant, an “Indemnifiable Person”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to this Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Aggregator against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit, or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made with respect to this Plan or any Award hereunder and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Aggregator’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person; provided, that the Aggregator shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit, or proceeding, and, once the Aggregator gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Aggregator shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Aggregator’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case, not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Aggregator LLC Agreement, the HoldCo LLC Agreement, or the organizational documents of any Subsidiary of HoldCo. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Person may be entitled under the Aggregator LLC Agreement, the HoldCo LLC Agreement, or the organizational documents of any Subsidiary of HoldCo, as a matter of law, under an individual indemnification agreement or contract, or otherwise, or any other power that the Aggregator may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Person or hold such Indemnifiable Person harmless.

Section 5. Eligibility. Each officer or other employee of or consultant to HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries or each non-employee director of HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including any prospective officer, employee, non-employee director or consultant) shall be eligible to be designated a Participant.

3


 

Section 6. Awards.

(a)
Grants of Awards. The Board may from time to time grant Awards to one or more eligible Persons.
(b)
Subject to Aggregator LLC Agreement and HoldCo LLC Agreement. As a condition to the grant of an Award, the Participant will be required to become a party to a Subscription Agreement and the Aggregator LLC Agreement, and the Participant hereby acknowledges that any corresponding Class A HoldCo Units or Class B HoldCo Units held by the Aggregator will be subject to the terms of the HoldCo LLC Agreement to which the Aggregator shall become a party through Subscription Agreements entered into in connection with this Plan. All Awards granted hereunder and Units acquired will be held subject to the terms and conditions of, as applicable, the Aggregator LLC Agreement, the HoldCo LLC Agreement and the applicable Subscription Agreement. Neither the adoption of this Plan nor the grant of any Award made hereunder shall restrict in any way the adoption of any amendment to, or any restatement of, the Aggregator LLC Agreement or the HoldCo LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms of such agreement. Nothing in this Plan or in any Subscription Agreement shall require the consent of any holder of any Unit to any amendment to or restatement of the Aggregator LLC Agreement or the HoldCo LLC Agreement.
(c)
Adjustments. Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Aggregator LLC Agreement or the HoldCo LLC Agreement to the contrary, in the event of any change in the outstanding Units (or HoldCo Units) after the Effective Date by reason of any equity dividend or split, reverse equity split, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, or transaction or exchange of Units or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to Members of equity or cash (other than regular cash distributions) or any transaction similar to the foregoing (regardless of whether outstanding Units (or HoldCo Units) are changed), the Board in its sole discretion and without liability to any Person shall make such substitution or adjustment or proportionate adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable, as to (i) the number of Units with respect to which Awards may be granted under this Plan, (ii) the distribution priorities contained in the Aggregator LLC Agreement and/or the HoldCo LLC Agreement, and/or (iii) any other affected terms of any Award. Any adjustment provided in this Section 6(c) may provide for the elimination of any fractional Units that might otherwise become subject to an Award in exchange for a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such fractional Unit. Any adjustment under this Section 6(c) shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.
(d)
Other Unit-Based Awards. The Board may grant unrestricted or restricted Class A Units, Class B Units or other Awards that are denominated in Class A Units, Class B Units or valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, the Fair Market Value of, Class A Units or Class B Units (including, without limitation, unit appreciation rights, restricted stock units and phantom units), in such amounts and dependent on such conditions as the Board shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof).

4


 

Section 7. Amendment and Termination.

(a)
Amendments to or Termination of this Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate this Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the rights of any Participant or other holder of an outstanding Award shall not be effective without the consent of the affected Participant or other holder.
(b)
Amendments to or Termination of Awards. The Board may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively; provided, that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination not expressly contemplated by this Plan that would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the rights of any Participant or other holder of an outstanding Award shall not be effective without the consent of the affected Participant or other holder.

Section 8. General Provisions.

(a)
No Rights to Awards. No person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Board’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated) or with respect to each Award granted to a Participant.
(b)
Certificates. All certificates, if any, evidencing Units or other securities of the Aggregator, HoldCo or any respective Subsidiary thereof delivered under this Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under this Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange on which such securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
(c)
Withholding. A Participant may be required to pay to the Aggregator or HoldCo or any respective Subsidiary thereof, and the Aggregator, HoldCo or any respective Subsidiary thereof shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under this Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, securities, or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award or any payment or transfer under an Award or under this Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Aggregator or HoldCo (or the applicable Subsidiary) to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.
(d)
No Right to Employment or Other Service. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting or other service relationship (including as a non-employee director) with, HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Further, HoldCo or its applicable Subsidiary or Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting or other service

5


 

relationship (including as a non-employee director), free from any liability or any claim under this Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Plan or in any Subscription Agreement.
(e)
Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of this Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.
(f)
Conflict Between or Among this Plan, the Aggregator LLC Agreement, the HoldCo LLC Agreement and/or the Subscription Agreements. This Plan is subject to the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and therein, the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement (as applicable) shall govern and prevail. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and in any Subscription Agreement, this Plan shall govern and prevail.
(g)
Severability. If any provision of this Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify this Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of this Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award and the remainder of this Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
(h)
No Trust or Fund Created. Neither this Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between HoldCo, the Aggregator, or any of their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates, on the one hand, and a Participant or other Person, on the other hand. No provision of this Plan or any Award shall require HoldCo or the Aggregator, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under this Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall HoldCo or the Aggregator be obligated to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under this Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Aggregator, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other service providers under general law.
(i)
Reliance on Reports. The Board (or any Person to which any portion of its responsibilities, powers, and authority has been delegated in accordance with Section 4(b) hereof) shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of HoldCo, the Aggregator, or any of their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates and/or other information furnished in connection with this Plan by any agent of HoldCo, the Aggregator, or the Board.
(j)
Obligations Binding on Successors. The obligations of the Aggregator under this Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the

6


 

merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Aggregator, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Aggregator.
(k)
Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under this Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance, or other benefit plan of HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law.
(l)
Clawback/Repayment. Except as otherwise provided in a Subscription Agreement, all Awards shall be subject to recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law. Further, to the extent that a Participant receives any amount in excess of the amount that the Participant should otherwise have received under the terms of the Award by reason of a financial restatement or mistake in calculations, the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Aggregator or HoldCo, as applicable.
(m)
Expenses; Titles and Headings. The expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by HoldCo. The titles and headings of the sections in this Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of this Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

Section 9. Term of this Plan.

(a)
Effective Date. This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.
(b)
Expiration Date. No Award shall be granted under this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Plan or in an applicable Subscription Agreement, any Award granted hereunder may, and the authority of the Board to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award shall, continue after such date.

* * *

7


Exhibit 10.20

INCENTIVE UNIT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

(Class B Units of the Aggregator)

THIS INCENTIVE UNIT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) by and between Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Aggregator”), Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HoldCo”), and the individual (“Executive”) named on the individual’s signature page hereto (the “Signature Page”) is made as of the Closing Date.

WHEREAS, HoldCo is an indirect interest holder of Jersey Mike’s Franchise System’s, LLC (the “Employer”);

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, Executive desires to subscribe for and acquire from the Aggregator, and the Aggregator desires to issue and provide to Executive, Class B Units of the Aggregator (collectively, the “Incentive Units”), in the amount set forth on the Signature Page, as hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Aggregator desires to acquire from HoldCo, and HoldCo desires to issue and provide to the Aggregator, Class B HoldCo Units which shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Incentive Units; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several agreements being entered into by the Aggregator and HoldCo with certain persons who are or will be directors or key employees or advisors of the Aggregator, HoldCo, the Employer or one or more of their respective Affiliates as part of a management equity purchase plan designed to comply with Regulation D or Rule 701, as applicable, promulgated under the Securities Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Defined terms are as set forth in Exhibit I hereto and capitalized terms not defined herein or in Exhibit I shall have the meaning set forth in the Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), or if not defined therein, in the Aggregator LLC Agreement, or if not defined therein, in the HoldCo LLC Agreement.

2. Incentive Units.

2.1 Grant of Incentive Units of the Aggregator. Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan, this Agreement and the Aggregator LLC Agreement (the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference), Executive hereby subscribes for, and the Aggregator hereby agrees to issue and award to Executive, on the Closing Date, the number of Incentive Units set forth on the Signature Page with a Deemed Unit Price (as set forth on the Signature Page) in exchange for the services performed (or to be performed) to or for the benefit of the Aggregator, HoldCo, the Employer and/or one of their respective Affiliates by Executive, and subject to vesting in accordance with Schedule A hereto.

 


 

2.2 Grant of Class B HoldCo Units. In connection with the grant of the Incentive Units hereunder by the Aggregator, HoldCo hereby grants to the Aggregator, effective as of the Closing Date, an equivalent number of Class B HoldCo Units with the same vesting terms and conditions as the Incentive Units issued hereunder (such Class B HoldCo Units, the “Corresponding HoldCo Units”), with a Deemed Unit Price applicable to such Class B HoldCo Units specified on the Signature Page, subject to the terms of the HoldCo LLC Agreement, except as set forth herein.

2.3 The Closing. The closing (the “Closing”) of the grant of Incentive Units hereunder shall take place on the date specified on the Signature Page (the “Closing Date”).

2.4 Tax Treatment. The Aggregator and HoldCo intend that (a) the Incentive Units issued pursuant to this Agreement be treated as “profits interests” within the meaning of the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and any published guidance by the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto, including, without limitation, Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 2001-43, (b) the issuance of such interests not be a taxable event to the Aggregator, HoldCo, or Executive as provided in such Revenue Procedure, and (c) the Aggregator LLC Agreement, the HoldCo LLC Agreement and this Agreement be interpreted, construed and administered consistently with such intent.

2.5 Section 83(b) Election; Form W-9. Within 10 days after the Closing, Executive shall (a) file (via certified mail, return receipt requested) with the Internal Revenue Service a completed election with respect to the Incentive Units subscribed for at the Closing under Section 83(b) of the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III, and (b) provide the Aggregator and the Employer with a copy of such filing. Executive should consult Executive’s tax advisor regarding the consequences of a Section 83(b) election, as well as the receipt, vesting, holding and sale of the Incentive Units. In addition, within 10 days after the Closing, Executive shall provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 to the Aggregator and the Employer. Executive shall provide any additional tax documentation as requested by the Aggregator or the Employer.

2.6 Closing Conditions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Aggregator shall be under no obligation to issue or grant to Executive any Incentive Units unless (a) Executive is an employee of, or consultant or other service provider to, the Employer or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the Closing Date, (b) the representations of Executive contained in Section 3 hereof are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, and (c) Executive is not in breach of any agreement, obligation or covenant herein required to be performed or observed by Executive on or prior to the Closing Date.

3. Investment Representations and Covenants of Executive. Executive acknowledges and represents the representations and warranties as set forth in Exhibit II hereto.

2


 

4. Certain Sales and Forfeitures upon Termination of Employment.

4.1 Call Option.

(a) If (I) Executive’s employment with the Employer or another member of the Company Group is terminated by the Employer or another member of the Company Group for Cause (or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s employment with the Employer or another member of the Company Group when grounds for Cause exist), (II) Executive voluntarily resigns employment with the Employer or another member of the Company Group for any reason within the two‑year period following the Vesting Reference Date (as set forth on the Signature Page) or (III) a Restrictive Covenant Violation occurs, the Aggregator shall have an ongoing right, exercisable at any time, following as applicable, each of (i) the Termination Date or (ii) the date of such Restrictive Covenant Violation (or, if later, the date on which the full Board has actual knowledge thereof), to purchase (together with the rights in Sections 4.1(b) and 4.1(c), the “Call Option”), and each member of Executive’s Group shall be required to sell to the Aggregator, all or any portion of the Vested Incentive Units then held by such member of Executive’s Group at a purchase price per Vested Incentive Unit equal to the lesser of (x) Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit (measured as of the date on which the election to purchase such units is delivered (the “Repurchase Notice Date”)) and (y) Cost; provided, that such purchase price shall not be less than zero.

(b) If Executive’s employment with the Employer or another member of the Company Group terminates for any reason other than as provided for in Section 4.1(a), the Aggregator shall have an ongoing right, exercisable at any time, following the Termination Date, to purchase, and each member of Executive’s Group shall be required to sell to the Aggregator, all or any portion of the Vested Incentive Units then held by such member of Executive’s Group at a purchase price per Vested Incentive Unit equal to the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit (measured as of the Repurchase Notice Date); provided, that such purchase price shall not be less than zero.

(c) In the event that Executive engages in a Restricted Business at any time after the Termination Date (regardless of whether such conduct constitutes a Restrictive Covenant Violation), then the Aggregator shall have the right, following the date of such engagement in a Restricted Business (or, if later, the date on which the full Board has actual knowledge thereof), to purchase, and each member of Executive’s Group shall be required to sell to the Aggregator, all or any portion of the Vested Incentive Units then held by such member of Executive’s Group at a purchase price per Vested Incentive Unit equal to the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit (measured as of the Repurchase Notice Date); provided, that such purchase price shall not be less than zero. The Aggregator may elect to exercise its Call Option in Section 4.1(a) in lieu of this Section 4.1(c), to the extent applicable.

(d) If Executive’s employment with the Employer or another member of the Company Group terminates for any reason, all Unvested Incentive Units will be forfeited immediately without further action by the Aggregator for no consideration therefor (or to the extent a forfeiture is not permissible under applicable law for any reason, the Unvested Incentive Units shall be subject to the Call Option in Section 4.1(a), at a purchase price per Unvested Incentive Unit equal to the lesser of (i) Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit (measured as of the Repurchase Notice Date) and (ii) Cost; provided, that such purchase price shall not be less than zero).

3


 

(e) If the Aggregator desires to exercise the Call Option pursuant to this Section 4.1, the Aggregator shall send written notice to Executive (on behalf of each member of Executive’s Group) of its intention to purchase Incentive Units, specifying the number and class of Incentive Units to be purchased and the purchase price thereof (the “Call Notice”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5, the closing of the purchase shall take place at the principal office of the Aggregator on a date specified by the Aggregator not later than the 30th day after giving the Call Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Aggregator elects not to exercise the Call Option pursuant to this Section 4.1 (or elects to exercise the Call Option with respect to less than all Incentive Units), Sponsor may elect to cause one of its Affiliates, HoldCo, or another designee to purchase such Incentive Units on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4.1 by providing written notice to each member of Executive’s Group of its intention to purchase Incentive Units, and the provisions herein with respect to the Call Option shall be deemed to apply to such applicable Affiliates.

(f) If there is more than one member of Executive’s Group, the failure of any one member thereof to perform his, her or its obligations hereunder shall not excuse or affect the obligations of any other members thereof, and the closing of the purchases from such other members by the Aggregator shall not excuse, or constitute a waiver of its rights against, the defaulting member.

5. Certain Limitations on the Aggregator’s Obligations to Purchase Incentive Units; Certain Delays.

5.1 Prohibition of Purchases. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Aggregator shall not be obligated to purchase any Incentive Units at any time pursuant to Section 4, regardless of whether it has delivered a Call Notice, to the extent that the purchase of such Incentive Units or the payment to the Aggregator, HoldCo or one of its Subsidiaries of a cash dividend or distribution by the Aggregator, HoldCo or one of its Subsidiaries to fund such purchase (together with any other purchases of Incentive Units pursuant to Section 4 or pursuant to similar provisions in agreements with other employees or service providers of the Employer and its Affiliates of which the Aggregator has at such time been given or has given notice and together with cash dividends and distributions to fund such other purchases) would result in a violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, policy, order, writ, injunction, decree or judgment promulgated or entered by any federal, state, local, foreign court or governmental authority applicable to the Aggregator, HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their property.

5.2 Payment for Incentive Units. If at any time the Aggregator elects or is required to purchase any Incentive Units pursuant to Section 4, the Aggregator shall pay the purchase price for the Incentive Units it purchases (a) first, by the cancellation of indebtedness of any kind, if any, owing from Executive to the Aggregator, HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (which indebtedness shall be applied pro rata against the proceeds receivable by each member of Executive’s Group receiving consideration in such repurchase) and (b) then, by the Aggregator’s delivery of a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds for the remainder of the purchase price, if any, against delivery of the certificates or other instruments, if any, representing the Incentive Units so purchased, duly endorsed; provided, that if (i) any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 exists, (ii) the Aggregator has a lack of available cash to purchase such Incentive Units, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board, or (iii) such purchase of Incentive

4


 

Units would result in a Financing Default (either directly or indirectly as a result of the prohibition of a related cash dividend or distribution) (each, a “Cash Payment Restriction”), the portion of the cash payment so prohibited may be made, to the extent such payment is not prohibited, by the Aggregator’s delivery of a junior subordinated promissory note of the Aggregator (such note shall be subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment of any debt outstanding under the senior Financing Agreements and any modifications, renewals, extensions, replacements and refunding of all such indebtedness) (a “Junior Subordinated Note”) in a principal amount equal to the applicable portion of the purchase price, payable within five years (or, if earlier, within 90 days following the first anniversary of the date when the Cash Payment Restriction no longer exists, as determined by the Board). The Aggregator shall have the rights set forth in clause (a) of the first sentence of this Section 5.2 whether or not Executive or any member of Executive’s Group is selling such Incentive Units even if Executive’s Group is not an obligor of the Aggregator, HoldCo, or any of their respective Affiliates. The principal of, and accrued interest on, any such Junior Subordinated Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time at the option of the Aggregator. To the extent that the Aggregator is restricted from paying accrued interest that is required to be paid on any Junior Subordinated Note prior to maturity, due to the existence of any Cash Payment Restriction, such interest shall be cumulated, compounded annually, and accrued until and to the extent that such Cash Payment Restriction no longer exists, at which time such accrued interest shall be paid within 90 days following the first anniversary of date when the Cash Payment Restriction no longer exists, as determined by the Board. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Aggregator may elect to pay the purchase price hereunder in shares or other equity securities of HoldCo or one of HoldCo’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries with a fair market value equal to the applicable purchase price; provided, that such Subsidiary promptly offers to repurchase such shares or other equity securities for cash equal to the applicable purchase price or a Junior Subordinated Note with a principal amount equal to the applicable purchase price.

5.3 Repayment of Proceeds; Certain Forfeitures.

(a) If (i) Executive’s employment is terminated by the Employer or another member of the Company Group for Cause (or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s employment with the Employer or another member of the Company Group when grounds for Cause exist), (ii) a Restrictive Covenant Violation occurs, or (iii) the Employer discovers that grounds for a termination for Cause existed at the time of such termination, then (A) Executive shall be required, in addition to any other remedy available (on a non-exclusive basis), to pay to HoldCo or the Aggregator, as applicable, within 10 Business Days following HoldCo’s or the Aggregator’s, as applicable, request to Executive therefor, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate after-tax proceeds (taking into account all amounts of tax that would be recoverable upon a claim of loss for payment of such proceeds in the year of repayment) Executive or any of Executive’s Permitted Transferees received upon the sale or other disposition of, or distributions in respect of, Executive’s Incentive Units over (y) the aggregate Cost of such Incentive Units, and (B) Executive shall forfeit any right to receive any unpaid portion of the purchase price relating to Incentive Units that were subject to an exercised Call Option. Any reference in this Agreement to grounds existing for a termination with Cause shall be determined without regard to any cure period or other procedural delay or event required prior to a finding of, or termination with, Cause.

5


 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Employer discovers that grounds for a termination for Cause existed at the time of a prior termination of Executive’s employment, then all Incentive Units then-held by Executive (and other members of Executive’s Group) will be forfeited immediately without further action by the Aggregator for no consideration therefor (or to the extent a forfeiture is not permissible under applicable law for any reason, the Incentive Units shall be subject to the Call Option in Section 4.1(a), with a purchase price per Incentive Unit equal to the lesser of (i) Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit (measured as of the Repurchase Notice Date) and (ii) Cost; provided, that such purchase price shall not be less than zero).

5.4 Delay in Call Option. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the exercise of the Call Option shall be delayed, in the Aggregator’s sole discretion, as needed to avoid adverse accounting consequences that would result in the applicable Incentive Units being classified as a “liability award” under generally accepted accounting principles, to the extent the Aggregator or HoldCo intends for such Incentive Units to be classified as an “equity award” thereunder.

6. HoldCo’s Purchases. In the event that any Incentive Units are purchased by the Aggregator pursuant to the applicable terms of Section 4 and Section 5, an equal number of Class B HoldCo Units held by the Aggregator shall automatically and simultaneously be purchased by HoldCo on the same terms and conditions unless otherwise determined by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchases under Section 4 and Section 5 with respect to Incentive Units may, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, be effected by (a) causing the Aggregator to redeem the relevant Incentive Units in exchange for the Corresponding HoldCo Units and (b) following the redemption in clause (a), causing HoldCo to repurchase such Class B HoldCo Units from the relevant holder pursuant to the applicable terms of this Agreement (including, as applicable, the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement).

7. Restrictive Covenants (Appendix A). Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company Group (as defined in Appendix A to this Agreement) and accordingly agrees, in Executive’s capacity as an investor and equity holder in the Aggregator, and indirectly, Employer and the other members of the Company Group, to the provisions of Appendix A to this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that remedies of the Aggregator, the Employer and the other members of the Company Group at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Appendix A may be inadequate and the Aggregator, the Employer and the other members of the Company Group may suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach by Executive, regardless of whether Executive then holds Incentive Units. The Employer and the other members of the Company Group are third-party beneficiaries of this Section 7 and Appendix A. In recognition of this fact, Executive agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Aggregator, the Employer and the other members of the Company Group, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to (a) cease making any payments or providing any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required by this Agreement and/or (b) obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

6


 

8. Miscellaneous.

8.1 Transfers. The Incentive Units may only be transferred as permitted by the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement. Prior to the transfer of Incentive Units to a Permitted Transferee, Executive shall deliver to the Aggregator a written agreement of the proposed transferee (a) evidencing such Person’s undertaking to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Aggregator LLC Agreement and acknowledging that any corresponding Class B HoldCo Units held by the Aggregator are subject to the terms of the HoldCo LLC Agreement and (b) acknowledging that the Incentive Units transferred to such Person will continue to be Incentive Units for purposes of this Agreement in the hands of such Person. Any transfer or attempted transfer of Incentive Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement, the Plan, the Aggregator LLC Agreement or the HoldCo LLC Agreement shall be void, and the Aggregator shall not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Incentive Units as the owner of such Incentive Units for any purpose. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Aggregator LLC Agreement or the HoldCo LLC Agreement, no Unvested Incentive Unit shall be transferred without the prior written consent of the Aggregator, which may be withheld in its sole discretion.

8.2 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting Incentive Units. The provisions of this Agreement and the Aggregator LLC Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Incentive Units, to any and all securities of the Aggregator, HoldCo, the Employer, or any successor or assign of the Aggregator, HoldCo, or the Employer (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Incentive Units, by reason of any dividend payable in Incentive Units, issuance of Incentive Units, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

8.3 Executive’s Employment by the Employer. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to obligate the Aggregator, HoldCo, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Aggregator, HoldCo or the Employer to employ Executive in any capacity whatsoever or to prohibit or restrict any of them from changing Executive’s role from a management-level employee to a non-management level employee, or terminating the employment of Executive at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.

8.4 Cooperation. Executive agrees to cooperate with the Aggregator, the Employer and HoldCo in taking action reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

8.5 Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Permitted Transferee shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such Permitted Transferee has executed and delivered to the Aggregator a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement; provided, further, that Sponsor is a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall have the right to enforce the provisions hereof. The parties hereto agree that the rules of construction that a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be applied.

7


 

8.6 Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party hereto of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless set forth in a writing executed by the party so waiving.

8.7 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein (except that the provisions of Appendix A shall be governed by the law of the state where Executive is principally employed by the Employer or its Affiliates or, if Executive and the Employer or its Affiliates are party to an Employment Agreement, the law of the state that governs such Employment Agreement). Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court in respect of any thereof, shall be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware, and each of the Aggregator, HoldCo and the members of Executive’s Group hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment. Each of the members of Executive’s Group, the Aggregator and HoldCo hereby irrevocably waives (a) any objections which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware, (b) any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum and (c) any right to a jury trial.

8.8 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, by PDF or other electronic transmission or by overnight courier or three postal delivery days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

If to the Aggregator or HoldCo:

Jersey Mike’s Franchise Systems, Inc.

2251 Landmark Place

Manasquan, New Jersey 08736

Attention: General Counsel

8


 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

c/o Blackstone Inc.
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154
Attention: Michael Staub
Devon Rinker
Email: [email addresses]

and

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Gregory T. Grogan
Email: [email address]

If to Executive:

To the most recent address of Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Employer.

8.9 Integration. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof; provided, that if the Aggregator, the Employer or its Affiliates from time to time is or becomes a beneficiary under one or more other confidentiality, nondisclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disparagement provisions (or other provisions similar to those set forth in Appendix A) applicable to Executive under a written agreement, policy and/or plan (“Other Restrictive Covenants”), such Other Restrictive Covenants shall remain in full force and effect and continue in addition to this Agreement. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, subject to the proviso in the first sentence of this Section 8.9.

8.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may be executed and delivered by electronic signature.

8.11 Injunctive Relief. Executive and Executive’s Permitted Transferees each acknowledge and agree that a violation of any of the terms of this Agreement will cause the Aggregator, HoldCo, and their respective Affiliates irreparable injury for which adequate remedy at law is not available. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Aggregator, HoldCo, and/or its applicable Affiliates shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions

9


 

hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or any state thereof, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or equity.

8.12 Rights Cumulative; Waiver. The rights and remedies of Executive, the Aggregator and HoldCo under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which either would otherwise have hereunder or at law or in equity or by statute, and no failure or delay by either party in exercising any right or remedy shall impair any such right or remedy or operate as a waiver of such right or remedy, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude such party’s other or further exercise or the exercise of any other power or right. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

8.13 Joinder to the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement. By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive hereby adopts and approves the Plan, the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement and agrees, effective commencing on the date on which Executive first becomes the owner of any Incentive Units or otherwise holds any interests of the Aggregator or HoldCo in accordance with this Agreement, the Plan, the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement, to be bound by, and to comply with, the provisions of the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement as a “Member” in the same manner as if Executive was a signatory to each such agreement; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Executive does not directly hold Class B HoldCo Units, Executive will not be a “Member” under the HoldCo LLC Agreement, but Executive acknowledges that any Class B HoldCo Units held by the Aggregator which correspond with Executive’s Incentive Units will be subject to the terms of the HoldCo LLC Agreement to which the Aggregator has become a party by executing and delivering this Agreement (or another Incentive Unit Subscription Agreement if executed and delivered prior to the date hereof).

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Incentive Unit Subscription Agreement effective as of the Closing Date. By executing this Signature Page, the parties also are agreeing to be bound by the Plan, the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date.

 

JERSEY MIKE’S MANAGEMENT AGGREGATOR LLC

 

 

By

 

 

 

Its Authorized Signatory

 

JERSEY MIKE’S HOLDCO, LLC

 

By

 

 

 

Its Authorized Signatory

 

 


 

 

[Name]

 

 

 

Please check the appropriate box:

☐ Executive is an “accredited investor”1 within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

☐ Executive is not an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

Closing Date

[Date], 2026

Total Number of Incentive Units

[Number]

Vesting Reference Date

[Date], 2026

Deemed Unit Price

$[·]

 


1 You are an “accredited investor” if you meet any of the following tests:

1. You are a director or executive officer of Aggregator;

2. You have an individual net worth, or joint net worth with your spouse or spousal equivalent (i.e., a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse), at the time of your purchase exceeding $1,000,000. For purposes of this item, “net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value, including automobiles and other personal property but excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person (and including property owned by a spouse or spousal equivalent other than the primary residence of the spouse or spousal equivalent), over total liabilities. The amount of any mortgage or other indebtedness secured by an investor’s primary residence should not be included as a “liability”, except to the extent the fair market value of the residence is less than the amount of such mortgage or other indebtedness;

3. You had individual income (excluding your spouse or spousal equivalent) in excess of $200,000 in both 2024 and 2025 and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in 2026;

4. You and your spouse or spousal equivalent had joint income in excess of $300,000 in both 2024 and 2025 and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in 2026; or

5. You are a natural person holding in good standing one or more of the following certifications: General Securities Representative license (Series 7), Private Securities Offerings Representative license (Series 82), and Investment Adviser Representative license (Series 65).

 


 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I, _________________, the undersigned spouse of [Participant Name], hereby acknowledge that I have read the attached Incentive Unit Subscription Agreement, the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement (collectively, the “Equity Documents”) and that I understand their contents. I am aware that the Equity Documents provide for the forfeiture of my spouse’s Incentive Units (as defined in the Equity Documents and for purposes of this consent, the “Equity”) under certain circumstances and that the Equity Documents impose other restrictions on the transfer of such Equity. I agree that my spouse’s interest in the Equity is subject to the Equity Documents and any interest I may have in such Equity shall also be irrevocably bound by such Equity Documents and, further, that my community property interest in such Equity, if any, shall be similarly bound by such Equity Documents.

I am aware that the legal, financial and other matters contained in the Equity Documents are complex and I am encouraged to seek advice with respect thereto from independent legal and/or financial counsel. I have either sought such advice or determined after carefully reviewing the Equity Documents that I hereby waive such right.

Acknowledged and agreed this ___ day of _____ 2026.

Spouse:

 

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 


 

Schedule A

Vesting of Incentive Units

All Incentive Units initially shall be Unvested Incentive Units upon the Closing Date.

1. Time-Vesting Units.

(a) Vesting Schedule. One-third (1/3rd) of the Incentive Units granted hereunder (the “Time-Vesting Units”) shall become Vested Incentive Units as to 20% of such Time-Vesting Units on each of the first five anniversaries of the Vesting Reference Date, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Employer and its Affiliates through each applicable vesting date.

(b) Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control that occurs prior to the Termination Date, 100% of the Time-Vesting Units shall become Vested Incentive Units.

2. Performance-Vesting Units.

(a) Performance-Vesting.

(i) Two-ninths (2/9th) of the Incentive Units granted hereunder (the “Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units”) shall become Vested Incentive Units upon the date, if any, when Sponsor has received cash proceeds (excluding tax distributions) in respect of Sponsor’s aggregate investment in Class A Units of HoldCo in an amount sufficient to reflect both (A) a specified return on Sponsor’s cumulative invested capital in HoldCo (“Sponsor MOIC”) of at least a 1.85x and (B) an annual internal rate of return based on Sponsor’s cumulative invested capital in HoldCo (“Sponsor IRR”) of at least 14%, subject to Executive’s continued employment or service with the Employer and its Affiliates through the applicable vesting date.

(ii) An additional two-ninths (2/9th) of the Incentive Units granted hereunder (the “Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units”) shall become Vested Incentive Units upon the date, if any, when Sponsor has received cash proceeds (excluding tax distributions) in respect of Sponsor’s aggregate investment in Class A Units of HoldCo in an amount sufficient to reflect both (A) a Sponsor MOIC of at least a 2.25x and (B) a Sponsor IRR of 18%, subject to Executive’s continued employment or service with the Employer and its Affiliates through the applicable vesting date.

(ii) An additional two-ninths (2/9th) of the Incentive Units granted hereunder (the “Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units”, and together with the Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units and the Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units, the “Performance-Vesting Units”) shall become Vested Incentive Units upon the date, if any, when Sponsor has received cash proceeds (excluding tax distributions) in respect of Sponsor’s aggregate investment in Class A Units of HoldCo in an amount sufficient to reflect both (A) a Sponsor MOIC of at least a 2.65x and (B) a Sponsor IRR of 22%, subject to Executive’s continued employment or service with the Employer and its Affiliates through the applicable vesting date.

 


 

(b) Upon a Change of Control that occurs prior to Executive’s Termination Date, any then-outstanding Performance-Vesting Units that have not become Vested Incentive Units in connection with such Change of Control shall be forfeited (to the extent not already forfeited) for no consideration upon such Change of Control.

(c) Any then-outstanding Performance-Vesting Units that have not previously become Vested Incentive Units shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest 30 days following each date that the Sponsor, following or pursuant to an IPO, disposes of any of its Class A Units of HoldCo (or, as applicable, any equivalent equity securities acquired in exchange, conversion or otherwise for such Class A Units (such securities transferred following or pursuant to an IPO, “Post-IPO Disposed Securities”)) to an unaffiliated third party other than Sponsor, HoldCo and/or their respective affiliates, successors or assigns (each such disposal date, a “Measurement Date”) as follows:

(i) If, on the Measurement Date, Sponsor has received cash proceeds (excluding tax distributions) in respect of the Sponsor’s Post-IPO Disposed Securities in an amount sufficient to reflect both (A) a Sponsor MOIC of at least a 1.85x and (B) a Sponsor IRR of 14%, in each case, on all such Post-IPO Disposed Securities (but not yet on Sponsor’s cumulative invested capital in HoldCo), then a number of outstanding and unvested Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units shall vest (subject to Executive’s continued employment through the date that is 30 days following the Measurement Date), with such number equal to the following: (i) the total number of Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units issued under this Agreement, multiplied by the Applicable Percentage, less (ii) the number of Tranche I Performance-Vesting Units that vested prior to such Measurement Date (if any).

(ii) If, on the Measurement Date, Sponsor has received cash proceeds (excluding tax distributions) in respect of the Sponsor’s Post-IPO Disposed Securities in an amount sufficient to reflect both (A) a Sponsor MOIC of at least a 2.25x and (B) a Sponsor IRR of 18%, in each case, on all such Post-IPO Disposed Securities (but not yet on Sponsor’s cumulative invested capital in HoldCo), then a number of outstanding and unvested Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units shall vest (subject to Executive’s continued employment through the date that is 30 days following the Measurement Date), with such number equal to the following: (i) the total number of Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units issued under this Agreement, multiplied by the Applicable Percentage, less (ii) the number of Tranche II Performance-Vesting Units that vested prior to such Measurement Date (if any).

(iii) If, on the Measurement Date, Sponsor has received cash proceeds (excluding tax distributions) in respect of the Sponsor’s Post-IPO Disposed Securities in an amount sufficient to reflect both (A) a Sponsor MOIC of at least a 2.65x and (B) a Sponsor IRR of 22%, in each case, on all such Post-IPO Disposed Securities but not yet on Sponsor’s cumulative invested capital in HoldCo, then a number of outstanding and unvested Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units shall vest (subject to Executive’s continued employment through the date that is 30 days following the Measurement Date), with such number equal to the following: (i) the total number of Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units issued under this Agreement, multiplied by the Applicable Percentage, less

 


 

(ii) the number of Tranche III Performance-Vesting Units that vested prior to such Measurement Date (if any).

(d) On the fifth anniversary of an IPO, any then-outstanding Performance-Vesting Units that have not previously become Vested Incentive Units shall become vested if the applicable Sponsor MOIC and Sponsor IRR for such Performance-Vesting Units are both satisfied assuming that all of the Sponsor’s remaining Class A Units of HoldCo (or, as applicable, any equivalent equity securities acquired in exchange, conversion or otherwise for such Class A Units) are disposed for cash proceeds equal to the volume-weighted average trading price for such security over the immediately preceding 180 days on the stock exchange on which the equity is principally trading.

(e) All computations of a Sponsor MOIC or Sponsor IRR hurdle shall be made on a pro forma basis so that if the Sponsor MOIC or Sponsor IRR hurdle is achieved, but, after taking into account the dilutive effect of the corresponding vesting of all outstanding incentive awards of the Aggregator or any of its Subsidiaries (including, but not limited to, any other Class B Units), the multiple is no longer achieved, then such vesting will not take effect to the extent such Sponsor MOIC or Sponsor IRR hurdle would not occur. The Board will, in good faith, make all determinations necessary or appropriate to determine whether the Performance-Vesting Units shall have become vested. The Board’s determination shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all parties.

3. Termination.

(a) If Executive’s employment with the Employer or other member of the Company Group is terminated by the Employer or such other member of the Company Group for Cause (or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s employment with the Employer or other member of the Company Group when grounds for Cause exist), or in the event of a Restrictive Covenant Violation, all Incentive Units (regardless of whether such Incentive Units are Vested Incentive Units or Unvested Incentive Units) will be forfeited immediately without further action by the Aggregator (or to the extent a forfeiture is not permissible under applicable law for any reason, the Incentive Units shall be subject to the Call Option in Section 4.1(a) of the Agreement, at a purchase price per Incentive Unit equal to the lesser of (i) Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit (measured as of the Repurchase Notice Date) and (ii) Cost; provided, that such purchase price shall not be less than zero).

(b) If Executive’s employment with the Employer or other member of the Company Group terminates for any reason other than as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Schedule A, upon the Termination Date, (i) Unvested Incentive Units will be forfeited immediately without further action by the Aggregator (or to the extent a forfeiture is not permissible under applicable law for any reason, the Unvested Incentive Units shall be subject to the Call Option in Section 4.1(a) of the Agreement, at a purchase price per Unvested Incentive Unit equal to the lesser of (x) Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit (measured as of the Repurchase Notice Date) and (y) Cost; provided, that such purchase price shall not be less than zero) and (ii) Vested Incentive Units will be subject to the Call Option pursuant to Section 4.1(b) of the Agreement.

 


 

Exhibit I

Definitions

Applicable Percentage. The term “Applicable Percentage” shall mean, with respect to a Measurement Date, a percentage equal to (x) the number of Post-IPO Disposed Securities, divided by (y) the maximum number of Class A Units of HoldCo (or, as applicable, any equivalent equity securities acquired in exchange, conversion or otherwise for such Class A Units) held by Sponsor at any time.

Cause. The term “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Executive’s current written employment agreement with Employer or another member of the Company Group, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by the parties thereto (the “Employment Agreement”), and if not so defined, or no such Employment Agreement exists, “Cause” shall mean Executive’s: (i) failure to substantially perform Executive’s duties as an employee or agent of the Employer or any of its Affiliates, which failure has not been cured within 10 days after receiving notice of such failure from the Board; (ii) failure to carry out, or comply with, any lawful directive of the Employer, its Affiliates, or the Board; (iii) commission at any time of any act or omission that results in, or may reasonably be expected to result in, a conviction, guilty plea, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any (x) felony or (y) crime involving moral turpitude, theft, fraud, dishonesty or misrepresentation; (iv) Executive’s excessive absenteeism not related to authorized leave that materially interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, other than due to a physical or mental impairment that, with the passage of time, would constitute a Disability; (v) unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the premises of the Employer or any of its Affiliates or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities as an employee or agent of the Employer or any of its Affiliates; (vi) commission at any time of any act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation of property, information, or other assets, misconduct, conversion of assets of the Employer or any of its Affiliates, commission of any other act or omission which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the Employer or any of its Affiliates, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Employer or any of its Affiliates (or any predecessor thereto or successor thereof); (vii) violation of material policies or procedures of HoldCo or any of its Affiliates, including Executive’s failure to pass a drug screening test administered by or at the direction of HoldCo or any of its Affiliates or becoming habitually intoxicated or addicted to drugs or alcohol; (viii) the temporary or permanent regulatory, governmental or administrative suspension, removal or prohibition of Executive from participating in any of the affairs of HoldCo or any of its Affiliates; (ix) the violation by Executive of any law regarding employment discrimination or sexual harassment or any act which subjects the Employer or any of its Affiliates to payment or settlement of any claim on the basis of sex, age, race or other discrimination; or (x) material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Employer or any of its Affiliates (including, without limitation, any breach of the restrictive covenants of any such agreement) or material breach of any written policy of the Employer or any of its Affiliates. Whether or not an event giving rise to “Cause” occurs will be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

Change of Control. The term “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of

I-1


 

HoldCo and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the Blackstone Member, its Affiliates or its Portfolio Companies (unless the Board deems such sale or disposition to be a Change of Control) or (ii) any person or group, other than the Blackstone Member, its Affiliates or its Portfolio Companies (unless the Board deems such sale or disposition to be a Change of Control), being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting equity of HoldCo, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, and the Blackstone Member and its Affiliates and Portfolio Companies cease to control the Board. For the sake of clarity, a Public Offering shall not constitute a Change of Control for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Company Group. The term “Company Group” shall mean the Aggregator, HoldCo, and their respective Subsidiaries.

Cost. The term “Cost” shall mean the amount paid by Executive per Incentive Unit, if any, as proportionately adjusted for all subsequent distributions of Incentive Units and other recapitalizations and less the amount of any distributions made with respect to the Incentive Units pursuant to the Aggregator LLC Agreement, as applicable; provided, that “Cost” may not be less than zero.

Disability. The term “Disability” or “Disabled” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Executive’s Employment Agreement, and if not so defined, or no such Employment Agreement exists, “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean, as determined by HoldCo in good faith, termination of Executive’s employment after three months of Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of Executive’s duties, with reasonable accommodation (as defined under applicable law).

Employee and Employment. The term “employee” shall mean, without any inference as to negate Executive’s status as a Member of the Aggregator or HoldCo, if applicable, for all purposes hereunder (subject to the terms hereof) and for federal and other tax purposes, any employee (as defined in accordance with the regulations and revenue rulings then applicable under Section 3401(c) of the Code) of HoldCo or any of its Subsidiaries, and the term “employment” shall include service as a part- or full-time employee or consultant, board member, or advisor of HoldCo or any other member of the Company Group.

Executive’s Group. The term “Executive’s Group” shall mean Executive and Executive’s Permitted Transferees.

Fair Market Value. The term “Fair Market Value”, with respect to an Incentive Unit, shall mean (i) if there is a public market for the Class B HoldCo Units on the applicable date, the value for the Incentive Unit implied by the average of the high and low closing bid prices of the corresponding Class B HoldCo Unit owned by the Aggregator during the immediately preceding 10 trading days on the stock exchange on which the equity is principally trading or (ii) if there is no public market for such equity on such date, the value of the Incentive Unit determined by the Board in good faith (it being understood that the value of the Incentive Units shall be determined based on an equity valuation of HoldCo which could then be converted formulaically into a fair market value for the Incentive Units based on the economic rights for such equity interests by

I-2


 

reference to the application of the distribution and dissolution provisions contained in the HoldCo LLC Agreement).

 

Financing Default. The term “Financing Default” shall mean an event which would constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) an event of default under any of the financing documents of HoldCo or its Affiliates from time to time (collectively, the “Financing Agreements”) and any restrictive financial covenants contained in the organizational documents of the Aggregator, HoldCo or their respective Affiliates.

IPO. The term “IPO” shall mean an initial Public Offering.

Restrictive Covenant Violation. The term “Restrictive Covenant Violation” shall mean Executive’s breach of any provision of Appendix A attached hereto or any Other Restrictive Covenant.

Sponsor. The term “Sponsor” shall mean Blackstone Inc. and its Affiliates.

Termination Date. The term “Termination Date” shall mean the date upon which Executive’s employment with the Employer and the Company Group is terminated for any reason (including death or Disability).

Unvested Incentive Units. The term “Unvested Incentive Units” means, with respect to Executive’s Incentive Units, the number of Incentive Units that are not Vested Incentive Units.

Vested Incentive Units. The term “Vested Incentive Units” means, with respect to Executive’s Incentive Units, the number of such Incentive Units that are vested and nonforfeitable, as determined in accordance with Schedule A.

I-3


 

Exhibit II

Representations and Warranties

1. Incentive Units Unregistered. Executive acknowledges and represents that Executive has been advised by the Aggregator that:

(a) the offer and sale of the Incentive Units have not been registered under the Securities Act;

(b) the Incentive Units must be held indefinitely and Executive is in a financial position to continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Incentive Units unless the offer and sale of such Incentive Units are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available (or as otherwise provided in the Aggregator LLC Agreement or the HoldCo LLC Agreement);

(c) there is no established market for the Incentive Units and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Incentive Units in the foreseeable future;

(d) a restrictive legend in the form set forth below, or in such other form as may be determined by the Aggregator pursuant to the Aggregator LLC Agreement or HoldCo pursuant to the HoldCo LLC Agreement, shall be placed on the certificates, if any, representing the Incentive Units:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE OPTIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN AN INCENTIVE UNIT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WITH THE ISSUER, AS AMENDED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE”; and

(e) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Aggregator indicating that the Incentive Units are subject to restrictions on transfer as provided herein, in the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement, and, if the Aggregator or HoldCo should at some point in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Incentive Units.

2. Additional Investment Representations. Executive represents and warrants that:

(a) Executive’s financial situation is such that Executive can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Incentive Units for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for Executive’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of Executive’s investment in the Incentive Units;

(b) Executive’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that Executive is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Incentive Units;

II-1


 

(c) Executive understands that the Incentive Units are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of Executive’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Incentive Units and, on the Closing Date and for an indefinite period following the Closing, there will be no public market for the Incentive Units and, accordingly, it may not be possible for Executive to liquidate Executive’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(d) the terms of this Agreement provide that if Executive ceases to be an employee of the Employer or other member of the Company Group, the Aggregator has the right to repurchase (or redeem, in accordance with Section 6) the Incentive Units at a price which may, under certain circumstances, be less than the Fair Market Value thereof;

(e) Executive understands and has taken cognizance of all of the risk factors related to the purchase of the Incentive Units and, other than as set forth in this Agreement, the Aggregator LLC Agreement and the HoldCo LLC Agreement and any other agreement or certificate delivered hereby or thereby, no representations or warranties have been made to Executive or Executive’s representatives concerning the Incentive Units or the Aggregator or HoldCo or their prospects or other matters;

(f) Executive has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Aggregator and its representatives concerning the Aggregator, HoldCo and HoldCo’s Subsidiaries, the Aggregator LLC Agreement, the HoldCo LLC Agreement, the Aggregator’s organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of the Incentive Units and to obtain any additional information which Executive deems necessary;

(g) all information which Executive has provided to the Aggregator and the Aggregator’s representatives concerning Executive and Executive’s financial position is complete and correct as of the date of this Agreement; and

(h) Executive is or is not an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, as indicated on the Signature Page.

3. Other Representations. Executive acknowledges that Sponsor, and/or its respective Affiliates may, from time to time, provide services to HoldCo or the Aggregator and their respective Affiliates for which a fee will be paid by HoldCo, the Aggregator, or their respective Affiliates, as applicable, including an annual monitoring/advisory fee and/or transaction fees.

II-2


 

Exhibit III

ELECTION TO INCLUDE INCENTIVE UNITS IN GROSS
INCOME PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned acquired Class B Units (the “Incentive Units”) of Jersey Mike’s Management Aggregator LLC (the “Aggregator”) on [Date], 2026 (the “Acquisition Date”).

The undersigned desires to make an election to have the Incentive Units taxed under the provision of Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code §83(b)”), at the time the undersigned acquired the Incentive Units.

Therefore, pursuant to Code §83(b) and Treasury Regulation §1.83-2 promulgated thereunder, the undersigned hereby makes an election, with respect to the Incentive Units (described below), to report as taxable income for calendar year 2026 the excess, if any, of the Incentive Units’ fair market value on the Acquisition Date over the acquisition price thereof.

The following information is supplied in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.83-2(e):

1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

[Participant Name]
__________________
__________________
__________________

SSN: ____-___-_____

2. A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:

[Number] Class B Units in the Aggregator

3. The date on which the property was transferred: The Acquisition Date.

4. The taxable year for which such election is made: Calendar year 2026.

5. The restrictions to which the property is subject, include the following: If the undersigned ceases to be employed by certain affiliates of the Aggregator under certain circumstances, all or a portion of the Incentive Units may be subject to forfeiture. The Incentive Units are also subject to transfer restrictions.

6. The aggregate fair market value (on a liquidation basis) on the Acquisition Date of the property with respect to which the election is being made, determined without regard to any lapse restrictions: $0.

III-1


 

7. The aggregate amount paid for such property: $0.

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service office with which taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property. A copy of the election also will be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with which the property was transferred.

A copy of this election has been furnished to the Aggregator and the Employer pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(e)(7).

 

Dated:

 

2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Participant Name]

 

III-2


 

Appendix A

Restrictive Covenants

1. Non-Compete. During Executive’s employment with the Employer or any other member of the Company Group and until the 24-month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any Person other than the Company Group, whether for compensation or otherwise, in any Restricted Area, (a) engage in any Restricted Business, (b) enter into the employ of, or render any services to, any Person engaged in any Restricted Business, (c) have an interest in any Person that engages, directly or indirectly, in any Restricted Business, or (d) other than in the context of the exercise of Executive’s rights and performance of Executive’s obligations as an employee of or other service provider engaged by the Company Group, interfere in any material respect with the business relationships (whether formed prior to or after the date of this Agreement) between any member of the Company Group and any client, customer, vendor or supplier, or any similar business relationships, of the Company Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may own, directly or indirectly, solely as a passive investment, securities of any other Person if Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own 1%, in the aggregate, of any class of securities of such other Person; provided further, that during Executive’s employment with the Employer or any member of the Company Group, such exception shall only apply with respect to publicly traded securities. For purposes of this Agreement, (A) “Restricted Area” shall mean within fifty (50) miles of any “Jersey Mike’s” store or office location in the United States, as well as any foreign country, state, province or territory in which the Company Group operates or conducts business or, as of the effective date of Executive’s termination, has plans to operate or conduct business in the future, in each case, at any time during the Restricted Period, (B) “Restricted Business” shall mean (i) any business which derives at least ten percent (10%) of its gross annual revenue from the sale of any Competing Products, (ii) any business, activity, enterprise or venture where Executive devotes the majority of Executive’s business time, skill or efforts to the establishment or development of, or operations related to, any Competing Product, and (iii) the following businesses: Subway, Jimmy John’s, Firehouse Subs, Potbelly Subs, Planet Subs, McAlister’s Deli, Schlotzky’s, Arby’s, Panera Bread, and Mr. Goodcents (including, in each case, any affiliates of such businesses), and (C) “Competing Products” means (i) sandwiches (including, without limitation, submarine-style, deli-style sandwiches or wraps) and (ii) any other food- or beverage-based products that any member of the Company Group sells during the course of Executive’s employment or has taken substantial steps towards developing during Executive’s employment if, in the case of clause (ii) only, such products represent more than five percent (5%) of the Company Group’s gross annual revenue at any point during Executive’s employment with the Company Group. Executive acknowledges that the geographic restrictions set forth in this Section 1 are reasonable and necessary to protect the goodwill of the business conducted by the Company Group.

2. Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference. During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other Person, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit business from franchisees, business partners, vendors, suppliers, area directors, distributors, licensees, licensors or other business relations of the Company Group, (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with the Company Group’s business relationship with its business partners, vendors, suppliers, franchisees, area directors, distributors, licensees, licensors or other business relations (including by making any disparaging statements about the Company Group), or (iii)

A-1


 

submit, solicit, encourage or discuss any proposal, plan or offer to acquire an interest in any of the Company Group’s identified potential acquisition targets which are known to Executive or were otherwise identified during Executive’s employment with the Employer or any other member of the Company Group.

3. Non-Solicitation of Employees. During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, other than on behalf of the Company Group (i) solicit, induce or encourage, or attempt to solicit, induce or encourage, any employee, independent contractor or other service provider to terminate his or her relationship with the Company Group or (ii) hire, employ or otherwise engage any such individual; provided, that the foregoing shall not (A) prohibit Executive from engaging in general solicitations (including by use of a search firm or an employment agency) for employees or independent contractors or from hiring such individuals as a result of their response to such solicitation, so long as such solicitation is general in nature and does not specifically target such employees or independent contractors, or (B) apply with respect to any employee, independent contractor or other service provider whose employment or other engagement by the Company Group terminated at least 12 months prior to such solicitation, hiring, employment or engagement.

4. Non-Disparagement. Executive shall not, whether in writing (electronically or otherwise) or orally, malign, denigrate, or disparage HoldCo, any other member of the Company Group, or any of their respective predecessors or successors, or any of their respective current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents, or representatives, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing (electronically or otherwise) or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. Nothing in this section shall preclude Executive from responding truthfully to a lawful subpoena or other compulsory legal process or providing truthful information otherwise required by law.

5. Intellectual Property. “Intellectual Property” means any intellectual property, including any idea, creation, invention, design, design patent, patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress, logo, goodwill, know-how, technique, technology, Trade Secret, strategic plan, software or program requirement, code, flow chart, diagram, supply source, drawing, blueprint, description, specification, sample, instruction, formula, invention, method, process, or other similar material. Any Intellectual Property developed within the scope of and during Executive’s employment with the Company Group, whether developed during work hours or after hours, and whether developed solely by Executive or by Executive’s effort combined with the effort of the Company Group’s consultants, designers, agents, vendors, customers, other employees, is a “work made for hire” and is the Company Group’s sole property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any such Intellectual Property is not deemed to be a “work made for hire,” Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company Group all rights, title, or interest in and to that Intellectual Property and in and to any results or proceeds.

(a) Disclosure of Prior Inventions. Executive has identified on Appendix B all inventions, ideas, and expressions of ideas relating in any way to the Restricted Business or demonstrably anticipated research and development that were made by Executive prior to employment with the Company Group (“Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas”), and Executive represents that such list is complete. Executive agrees that Executive will not

A-2


 

incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, such Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas in any Company Group Intellectual Property without HoldCo’s prior written consent. If there is no such list on Appendix B, Executive represents that Executive has made no such Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas at the time of signing this Agreement.

(b) Ownership of Company Inventions; Copyrights. Executive hereby agrees promptly to disclose and describe to the Employer, and hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Employer or its designee, Executive’s entire right, title, and interest in and to all Intellectual Property, inventions, ideas, and expressions of ideas, including any associated intellectual property rights, that Executive may solely or jointly conceive, develop, or reduce to practice during the period of employment with the Company Group and any future inventions as described below (“Company Inventions”). Executive acknowledges that all original works of authorship that are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and that are protectable by copyrights are “works made for hire” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. § 101). To the extent that any such works are not so considered a “work made for hire” under applicable law or copyrightable subject matter, then such works will be deemed, upon creation, to be assigned to the Employer automatically without further compensation or action by either party, and Executive hereby assigns such works to the Employer.

(c) Future Inventions. Executive recognizes that Company Inventions or Confidential Information relating to Executive’s activities while working for the Employer and conceived or made by Executive, alone or with others, within one (1) year after termination of employment may have been conceived in significant part while employed by the Company Group. Accordingly, Executive agrees that such post-employment inventions and proprietary information will be presumed to have been conceived during employment with the Company Group and are to be assigned to the Employer automatically without further compensation or action by either party, and Executive hereby assigns such works to the Employer.

(d) Cooperation in Perfecting Rights to Copyrights and Inventions. Executive agrees to perform, during and after employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Employer to permit and assist it, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights, and title throughout the world in the Intellectual Property and Company Inventions hereby assigned to the Employer. In the event the Employer is unable for any reason to secure Executive’s signature to any document required to apply for or execute any patent, copyright, or other applications with respect thereto (including improvements, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions or continuations in part thereof), Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Employer and its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agents and attorneys in fact to act for and on Executive’s behalf and instead of Executive, to execute and file any such application and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyrights, or other rights thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Executive.

(e) Disclosure. Executive is hereby notified that the provisions of this Agreement do not apply to (i) any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or Trade Secret information or Intellectual Property of the Company Group was used and which was developed entirely on Executive’s own time and (1) which does not relate (a) directly to the Restricted Business or (b) to the Employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or

A-3


 

development, and (2) which does not result from any work performed by Executive for the Company Group or (ii) any Intellectual Property, to the extent such application would violate any applicable law.

6. Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that the Confidential Information obtained by Executive during Executive’s employment or service with the Employer is the property of the Company Group. Therefore, Executive agrees that Executive shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for Executive’s own purposes any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of HoldCo, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of any act or omission by Executive in violation of this letter; provided, however, that if Executive receives a request to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to a deposition, interrogation, request for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand, governmental or regulatory process, or similar process, Executive shall (i) to the extent practicable and not prohibited by law, notify HoldCo promptly, and consult with and assist (to the extent practicable and not prohibited by law) HoldCo, at HoldCo’s expense, in seeking a protective order, (ii) in the event that such protective order is not obtained, or if HoldCo waives compliance with the terms hereof, disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise reasonable best efforts to provide that the receiving person shall agree to treat such Confidential Information as confidential to the extent possible (and permitted under applicable law) in respect of the applicable proceeding or process and (iii) HoldCo shall be given an opportunity to review the Confidential Information prior to disclosure thereof.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes all non-public information (whether a Trade Secret or not and whether proprietary or not) relating to the Company Group’s business, and its owners (including Sponsor) or their family members, that the Company Group either treats as confidential, is of value to the Company Group, or is important to the Company Group’s business and operations, including but not limited to the following specific items: Trade Secrets, actual or prospective customers and customer lists; sales; actual and prospective pricing; rebate information; products; know-how; recipes; proprietary food preparation techniques; industrial engineering; manufacturing processes, methods and techniques; research and development; designs, patents, trademarks, copyrights and any other intellectual property; information systems and software; business plans, budgets, forecasts and projections; negotiations and contracts; financial statements; loan agreements; raw materials, raw material usage and raw material costs; all cost and expense data regarding any area of the Company Group’s business; marketing strategies; information regarding the specific needs and requirements of the Company Group, its customers, vendors and suppliers; employment and personnel information, benefits and benefit plans and employee compensation; licenses; licensors; real and personal property leases and lease terms; legal matters; non-public information relating to the Company Group’s owners and their family members; any other non-public business information regarding the Company Group, including but not limited to any information or documents labeled “Confidential” or “Secret;” or any information, data or documents for which a reasonable person would know is of a confidential or proprietary nature, including but not limited to this Agreement and the negotiations leading to it.

A-4


 

Confidential Information does not include information that:

(a) Executive can demonstrate was already in the public domain when it was disclosed to Executive; or

(b) Becomes part of the public domain under circumstances other than Executive’s direct or indirect unauthorized act or omission.

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to interfere with or discourage a good faith disclosure to any governmental entity related to a suspected violation of the law. Pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, Executive cannot and will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosing otherwise protected trade secrets and/or confidential or proprietary information as long as the disclosure is made in (i) confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, as long as such filing is made under seal. The Company Group will not retaliate against the individual in any way for a disclosure made in accordance with the law. In the event a disclosure is made, and the individual files a lawsuit against the Company Group alleging that the Company Group retaliated against the individual because of Executive’s disclosure, Executive may disclose the relevant trade secret or confidential information to Executive’s attorney and may use the same in the court proceeding only if (i) Executive ensures that any court filing that includes the trade secret or confidential information at issue is made under seal; and (ii) Executive does not otherwise disclose the trade secret or confidential information except as required by court order.

7. Trade Secret. “Trade Secret,” is defined as set forth under the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, 18 U.S.C. § 1836 et seq., as amended, and all applicable state laws, including but not limited to the laws of the State of Delaware, as amended, and will include information, without regard to form, including technical or non-technical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, or a list of actual or potential customers or suppliers that is not commonly known by or available to the public and that: (a) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

8. Scope and Enforcement of Covenants.

(a) Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Appendix A are in consideration of: (i) the grant of Incentive Units (if any) and (ii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in the Agreement. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Sections 1 through 8 do not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living. In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company Group of the non-enforcement of this Appendix A outweighs any potential harm to Executive of their enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read this Appendix A and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive

A-5


 

by this Appendix A, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company Group now existing or to be developed in the future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Appendix A is reasonable with respect to subject matter and time period. It is specifically recognized by Executive that Executive’s services to HoldCo or any of its Affiliates are special, unique, and of extraordinary value, that the Company Group has a protectable interest in the obligations imposed on Executive as provided in this Appendix A and that money damages are insufficient to protect such interest, that there is adequate consideration being provided to Executive hereunder, that such prohibitions would be necessary and appropriate without regard to payments being made to Executive hereunder, and that HoldCo would not enter the Agreement with Executive without the restrictions in this Appendix A. Executive further acknowledges that the provisions of this Appendix A are separate and independent of the other sections of the Agreement. In the event that the agreements in this Appendix A shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of their extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of their being too extensive in any other respect, they shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which they may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which they may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action. The period of time during which the provisions of Sections 1, 2 and 3 shall be in effect shall be extended by the length of time during which Executive is in breach of the terms thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Executive acknowledges and agrees that (i) following the Closing Date, the Aggregator may amend any provision of this Appendix A as it may deem in its discretion to be necessary or advisable to conform such provision to the requirements of, or increase the enforceability of such provision under, applicable law, and no such amendment shall require the consent of Executive so long as such amendment does not impose a greater restraint on Executive than is imposed by such provision as in effect prior to such amendment, and (ii) the Aggregator may, in its discretion, elect to provide additional consideration to Executive as the Aggregator may deem necessary or advisable to conform any provision of this Appendix A to the requirements of, or increase the enforceability of such provision under, applicable law; provided, that in each case of (i) and (ii), the Aggregator shall provide prompt written notice thereof to Executive.

9. Independent Obligations. The provisions of this Appendix A are intended to be cumulative and are intended to be independent obligations of Executive, and shall not be affected by any similar provisions contained in any other agreement entered into by Executive and any member of the Company Group or any policy adopted by any member of the Company Group applicable to its employees generally.

A-6


 

Appendix B

Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas

Listed below are any Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas of Executive as defined in Appendix A:

 

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.22

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

2026 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose and Term.

(a) The purpose of the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Plan”), is to give Eligible Employees of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and its Designated Companies an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock and to promote its best interests and enhance its long-term performance. The Company intends for each Offering to either (i) qualify as being under an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423 (each such Offering, a “Section 423 Offering”) or (ii) not comply with the requirements of Code Section 423 (each such Offering, a “Non-Section 423 Offering”). The Plan shall be construed so as to comply with the requirements of Code Section 423 with respect to Section 423 Offerings. Any provisions required to be included in the Plan under Code Section 423 are hereby included as fully as though set forth in the Plan. Any Non-Section 423 Offerings may, but are not required to, be made pursuant to any rules, procedures, or sub-plans (collectively, “Sub-Plans”) adopted by the Committee for such purpose.

(b) The effective date of the Plan shall be [_______] (“Effective Date”). The term of the Plan shall continue until terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 13 or the date on which all of the shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued.

2. Certain Definitions. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of Code Section 423 will have the same definition herein. In addition to terms defined elsewhere in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings given below unless the Committee determines otherwise:

(a) “Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, that directly or through one or more intermediaries is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, as determined by the Committee.

(b) “Applicable Law” means any applicable laws, rules and regulations (or similar guidance), including but not limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Code and the listing or other rules of any applicable stock exchange, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Purchase Rights are, or will be, granted. References to any applicable laws, rules and regulations, including references to any sections or other provisions of applicable laws, rules and regulations, also refer to any successor or amended provisions thereto unless the Committee determines otherwise. Further, references to any section of a law shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretive guidance under such section, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Change in Control” shall have the meaning given such term in the Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any successor plan thereto, in each case, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

(e) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 


 

(f) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which has authority to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 3. All references to the Committee in the Plan shall include any administrator to which the Committee has delegated any part of its responsibilities and powers pursuant to Section 3(b).

(g) “Common Stock” means the shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, and any successor securities.

(h) “Company” means Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(i) “Compensation” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant’s cash earnings, including base salary, wages, bonuses, commissions and other forms of incentive compensation (but excluding gifts, prizes, awards, relocation payments, severance, tips, gratuities, or similar elements of compensation), determined as of the date of the Contribution or such other date or dates as may be determined by the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for an Offering.

(j) “Contributions” means the amount of Compensation contributed by a Participant through payroll deductions to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right; provided, however, that “Contributions” may also include other payments that the Committee may permit a Participant to make to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right to the extent payroll deductions are not permitted by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

(k) “Designated Company” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate, whether now existing or existing in the future, that has been designated by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee may designate Subsidiaries or Affiliates as Designated Companies in a Non-Section 423 Offering. For purposes of a Section 423 Offering, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies; provided, however, that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under a Section 423 Offering will not be a Designated Company under a Non-Section 423 Offering.

(l) “Eligible Employee” means any Employee of the Company or a Designated Company except (unless otherwise determined by the Committee):

(i) any Employee who has been employed for less than 90 days;

(ii) any Employee whose customary employment is for less than 20 hours per week; or

(iii) any Employee whose customary employment is for not more than five months in any calendar year;

provided, however, that the Committee may determine prior to any Offering Period that Employees outside the United States who are participating in a separate Offering or in separate Offerings shall be “Eligible Employees” even if they do not meet the requirements of (ii) and (iii) above if and to the extent required by Applicable Law; provided, further, that the Committee, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to the Offering Period for all Purchase Rights to be granted on the first day of such Offering Period in an Offering determine (for each Section 423 Offering, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.4232) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if such individual: (A) has not completed at least 90 days of service

2


 

since such individual’s last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Committee in its discretion), (B) customarily works less than 20 hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Committee in its discretion), (C) customarily works less than five months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Committee in its discretion), (D) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(q), or (E) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(q) with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (provided, that the exclusion is applied with respect to each Section 423 Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated employees of the Company or a Designated Company, as applicable, whose employees are participating in such Offering).

No Employee shall be granted a Purchase Right under the Plan if, immediately after such grant, the Employee would own or hold options to purchase stock of the Company or a Related Corporation possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Code Section 423(b)(3). For these purposes, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) shall apply in determining the stock ownership of such Employee. For purposes of a Non-Section 423 Offering, the provisions of Section 5(i) shall apply.

(m) “Employee” means an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. For the purposes herein, the existence of an employment relationship will be determined in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-l(h).

(n) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(o) “Fair Market Value” means, unless the Committee determines otherwise, on a given date (the “valuation date”) (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last-sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no determination made with respect to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to a Purchase Right shall be inconsistent with Code Section 423 in the case of a Section 423 Offering.

(p) “Grant Date” means the date of grant of a Purchase Right. The Grant Date shall be the first day with respect to each Offering Period.

(q) “Initial Offering Period” means the initial Offering Period that begins and ends on the dates determined by the Committee.

(r) “Offering” means a grant of Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan. Each Offering will be a Section 423 Offering or a Non-Section 423 Offering. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, each Offering shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each such Offering. With respect to Section 423 Offerings, the terms of each Offering need not be identical; provided, that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy

3


 

Code Section 423 and the U.S. Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided, however, that a Non-Section 423 Offering is not required to satisfy such regulations.

(s) “Offering Period” means any period, including the Initial Offering Period, with respect to which a Purchase Right may be granted, which, unless determined otherwise by the Committee, will be a period of six (6) months; provided that in no event shall an Offering Period be greater than 27 months. Following commencement of the Initial Offering Period, a new Offering Period shall begin. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the power to change the frequency and duration of the Offering Periods with respect to any Offering as it deems appropriate from time to time.

(t) “Parent” means any present or future corporation that is or which would be a “parent corporation” of the Company as that term is defined in Code Section 424.

(u) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who is a participant in the Plan.

(v) “Person” means any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

(w) “Purchase Date” means the date of exercise of a Purchase Right. The Purchase Date shall be the Purchase Period End Date with respect to each Purchase Period.

(x) “Purchase Period” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, each six-month period during which an Offering is made to Eligible Employees pursuant to the Plan. There shall be one Purchase Period in each Offering Period, with such Purchase Periods beginning and ending on the dates determined by the Committee or its designees in its or their discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Purchase Period in the Initial Offering Period shall begin and end on the dates determined by the Committee or its designees in its or their discretion, as applicable. Further, the Committee shall have the power to change the duration of Purchase Periods (including the Purchase Period Start Date and the Purchase Period End Date for any Purchase Period) with respect to any Offering; provided that such change is announced a reasonable period of time prior to the effective date of such change; provided, further, that in no event shall a Purchase Period be greater than 27 months.

(y) “Purchase Period End Date” means the last day of each Purchase Period. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, there shall be one Purchase Period End Date in each Offering Period.

(z) “Purchase Period Start Date” means the first day of each Purchase Period. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, there shall be one Purchase Period Start Date in each Offering Period.

(aa) “Purchase Price” means the price per share of Common Stock subject to a Purchase Right, as determined in accordance with Section 6(b).

(bb) “Purchase Right” means an option granted hereunder which entitles a Participant to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

(cc) “Related Corporation” means a Parent or Subsidiary.

(dd) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

4


 

(ee) “Subsidiary” means any present or future corporation that is or would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as that term is defined in Code Section 424.

(ff) “Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan.

3. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, unless the Board elects to assume administration of the Plan in whole or in part. References to the “Committee” include the Board if it is acting in an administrative capacity with respect to the Plan. Committee members shall be intended to qualify as “independent directors” (or terms of similar meaning) if and to the extent required under Applicable Law. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an independent director shall not invalidate any Purchase Right or other action taken by the Committee under the Plan.

(b) In addition to action by meeting in accordance with Applicable Law, any action of the Committee may be taken by a written instrument signed by all of the members of the Committee and any action so taken by written consent shall be as fully effective as if it had been taken by a majority of the members at a meeting duly held and called. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and Applicable Law, the Committee shall have full and final authority, in its discretion, to take any action with respect to the Plan, including, without limitation, the following: (i) to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; (ii) to prescribe the form(s) of any agreements or other instruments used in connection with the Plan; (iii) to determine the terms and provisions of the Purchase Rights; (iv) to determine eligibility and adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan, including whether Eligible Employees shall participate in a Section 423 Offering or a Non-Section 423 Offering and which Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall be Designated Companies participating in either a Section 423 Offering or a Non-Section 423 Offering; (v) reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in, and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Purchase Rights granted under, the Plan; and (vi) to construe and interpret the Plan, the Purchase Rights, the rules and regulations, and the agreements or other written instruments, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the adoption of such Sub-Plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by Eligible Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States, as further set forth in Section 3(c) below. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Committee will, to the full extent permitted by Applicable Law, be final and binding upon all parties. Except to the extent prohibited by the Plan or Applicable Law, and subject to such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, the Committee may appoint one or more agents to assist in the administration of the Plan and may delegate any part of its responsibilities and powers to any such person or persons appointed by it. No member of the Board or Committee, as applicable, shall be liable while acting as administrator for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Purchase Right granted thereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, the Committee may adopt such Sub-Plans relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures for jurisdictions outside of the United States, the terms of which Sub-Plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 4, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such Sub-Plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such Sub-Plan. To the extent inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 423, any such Sub-Plan shall be considered part of a Non Section 423 Offering, and Purchase Rights granted thereunder shall not be required by the terms of the Plan to comply with Code Section 423. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee is authorized to adopt Sub-Plans for particular non-U.S.

5


 

jurisdictions that modify the terms of the Plan to meet applicable local requirements regarding, without limitation, (i) eligibility to participate, (ii) the definition of Compensation, (iii) the dates and duration of Offering Periods or Purchase Periods or other periods during which Participants may make Contributions towards the purchase of shares of Common Stock, (iv) the method of determining the Purchase Price and the discount from Fair Market Value at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased, (v) any minimum or maximum amount of Contributions a Participant may make during an Offering Period or other specified period under the applicable Sub-Plan, (vi) the treatment of Purchase Rights upon a Change in Control or a change in capitalization of the Company, (vii) the handling of payroll deductions, (viii) establishment of bank, building society or trust accounts to hold Contributions, (ix) payment of interest, (x) conversion of local currency, (xi) obligations to pay payroll tax, (xii) determination of beneficiary designation requirements, (xiii) withholding procedures, and (xiv) handling of share issuances.

4. Shares Subject to Plan; Limitations on Purchases and Purchase Rights.

(a) Shares Subject to Plan. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for the issuance of shares pursuant to the Plan shall be no more than 3,500,000 shares (the “Plan Share Reserve”), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Share Reserve shall automatically be increased on the first day of each fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Effective Date occurred by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the lower of (x) 1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (y) a lower number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Board. Shares of Common Stock distributed pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase. For avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 4(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of shares of Common Stock under Section 423 Offerings and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares of Common Stock may be used to satisfy purchases of shares of Common Stock under Non-Section 423 Offerings. The Company hereby reserves sufficient authorized shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of Purchase Rights. In the event that any Purchase Right expires unexercised or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without being exercised, in whole or in part, for any reason, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Purchase Right shall again be available for issuance under the Plan and shall not reduce the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Purchase Rights or issuance under the Plan.

(b) Limitations on Purchases and Purchase Rights. If, on a given Purchase Period End Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Purchase Rights are to be exercised exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable, and in no event shall the number of shares offered for purchase during any Offering Period exceed the number of shares then available under the Plan. In addition, in connection with any Offering, the Committee may specify a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any single Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering. In connection with each Offering, the Committee may specify a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering. Further, in connection with each Offering that contains more than one Purchase Date, the Committee may specify a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any or each Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Committee action otherwise, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable. In the event that any pro rata allocation is made pursuant to this Section 4(b), any Contributions of a Participant not applied to the purchase of shares during such Offering Period shall be returned to such Participant (without interest, unless

6


 

otherwise required by Applicable Law). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee has authority, by resolution or otherwise, to modify the limitations on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by a Participant in any particular Offering Period or any particular Purchase Period.

5. Eligibility and Participation; Payroll Deductions.

(a) General. Purchase Rights may only be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b) Initial Eligibility. Any Eligible Employee who has completed 90 days’ employment and is employed by the Company or a Designated Company on the date such Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan is to become effective shall be eligible to be a Participant during any Offering Period that begins on or after the end of such 90-day period. An Employee who becomes an Eligible Employee on or after the Grant Date will not be eligible to participate in such Offering Period but may participate in any subsequent Offering Period; provided, that such Employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the Grant Date of such subsequent Offering Period.

(c) Leave of Absence. For purposes of participation in the Plan, a person on leave of absence shall be deemed to be an Employee for the first 90 days of such leave of absence and such Employee’s employment shall be deemed to have terminated at the close of business on the 90th day of such leave of absence unless such Employee shall have returned to regular full-time or part-time employment (as the case may be) prior to the close of business on such 90th day or unless such Employee has a right to reemployment that is guaranteed either by statute or contract (including, for avoidance of doubt, any guaranteed right to reemployment provided under any non U.S. law, contract or policy). Termination by the Company of any Employee’s leave of absence, other than termination of such leave of absence on return to full-time or part-time employment, shall terminate an Employee’s employment for all purposes of the Plan and shall terminate such Employee’s participation in the Plan and right to exercise any Purchase Right, unless such Employee has a right to reemployment that is guaranteed either by statute or contract.

(d) Commencement of Participation. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant by completing an authorization for Contributions on the form provided by the Company (and such other documents as may be required by the Committee) and delivering such forms and documents to the Company or an agent designated by the Company on or before the date set therefor by the Committee, which date shall be prior to the Grant Date for the applicable Offering Period. Contributions for a Participant during an Offering Period shall commence on the applicable Purchase Period Start Date when the Participant’s authorization for a Contribution becomes effective and shall continue for successive Purchase Periods during which the Participant is eligible to participate in the Plan, unless authorizations are withdrawn or participation is terminated, as provided in Section 8.

(e) Amount of Contributions; Determination of Compensation. At the time a Participant files an authorization for Contributions, a Participant shall elect to have deductions or other Contributions made from the Participant’s pay on each payday while participating in an Offering Period at a rate of not less than 1% nor more than 15% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation, measured on either a pre-tax or an after-tax basis as determined by the Committee and/or as specified in such authorization. Such Compensation rates shall be determined by the Committee in a nondiscriminatory manner consistent with the provisions of Code Section 423 in the case of a Section 423 Offering.

(f) Participant’s Account; No Interest. All Contributions made by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s account under the Plan. A Participant may not make any separate cash payment into such account except when on leave of absence and then only as provided in Section 5(h) or unless otherwise required by Applicable Law. In no event shall interest accrue on any Contributions made by a Participant, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law.

7


 

(g) Changes in Payroll Deductions. A Participant may withdraw, terminate or discontinue participation in the Plan as provided in Section 8, but no other change can be made during an Offering Period and, specifically, a Participant may not alter the amount of Contributions for that Offering Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation of Code Section 423(b)(8), or Section 2(l), Section 4 and/or Section 12(a) of the Plan, a Participant’s Contribution election may be decreased to 0% at any time during an Offering Period. In such event, Contributions shall continue at the newly elected rate with respect to the next Offering Period, unless otherwise provided under the terms of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

(h) Participation During Leave of Absence. If a Participant goes on a leave of absence, such Participant shall have the right to elect to: (i) withdraw the balance in such Participant’s account pursuant to Section 8; (ii) discontinue Contributions to the Plan but remain a Participant in the Plan; or (iii) remain a Participant in the Plan during such leave of absence, authorizing Contributions to be made from payments by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate to the Participant during such leave of absence and undertaking to make cash payments to the Plan at the end of each payroll period to the extent that amounts payable by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to such Participant are insufficient to meet such Participant’s authorized Contributions.

(i) Special Eligibility Rules for Foreign Participants. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(l), Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) may be excluded from the Plan or an Offering if (i) the grant of a Purchase Right under the Plan or Offering to a citizen or resident of the foreign jurisdiction is prohibited under Applicable Law; or (ii) compliance with the Applicable Law would cause the Plan or Offering to violate the requirements of Code Section 423. In the case of a Non-Section 423 Offering, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Committee has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practicable for any reason. Further, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(l), an Employee who does not otherwise qualify as an Eligible Employee may, in the Committee’s discretion, participate in a Non-Section 423 Offering if and to the extent required by Applicable Law.

6. Grant of Purchase Rights.

(a) Number of Shares Subject to Purchase Right. On the Grant Date, a Participant shall be granted a Purchase Right to purchase, on each Purchase Period End Date of the Offering Period to which such Grant Date relates, at the applicable Purchase Price, such number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (x) the amount of the Participant’s Contributions accumulated as of the Purchase Period End Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Period End Date by (y) the applicable Purchase Price (as determined in accordance with Section 6(b)); provided, however, that (i) no Participant may purchase shares of Common Stock in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 4(b) or Section 12(a), and the number of shares subject to a Purchase Right shall be adjusted as necessary to conform to such limitations; and (ii) in no event shall the aggregate number of shares deemed to be subject to Purchase Rights during an Offering Period exceed the number of shares then available under the Plan or the maximum number of shares that a Participant may purchase for any single Offering Period and for any single Purchase Period (in each case, as provided in Section 4), and the number of shares deemed to be subject to Purchase Rights shall be adjusted as necessary to conform to these limitations. The Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock shall be determined as provided in Section 2(o) and Section 6(b), and a Participant’s Compensation shall be determined according to Section 2(i).

(b) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price per share of Common Stock purchased with Contributions made during an Offering Period for a Participant shall be equal to 85% (or such greater

8


 

percentage as may be determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of an Offering Period in which such Purchase Period occurs) of the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Period End Date or (ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the applicable Grant Date in which the Purchase Period occurs; provided that in no event shall the Purchase Price per share be less than the par value per share of the Common Stock; provided, further that the Committee may determine prior to a Purchase Period to calculate the Purchase Price for such Purchase Period solely by reference to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Period End Date or Grant Date, or based on the greater (rather than the lesser) of such values.

7. Exercise of Purchase Rights.

(a) Automatic Exercise. Unless a Participant gives written notice to the Company or an agent designated by the Company of withdrawal at least 30 days prior to the end of the Offering Period or terminates employment as hereinafter provided, the Participant’s Purchase Rights will be deemed to have been exercised automatically on the Purchase Period End Date applicable to such Offering Period, for the purchase of the number of shares of Common Stock that the Participant’s accumulated Contributions at that time will purchase at the applicable Purchase Price (but not in excess of the number of shares for which Purchase Rights have been granted to the Participant pursuant to Section 4 and Section 6(a)).

(b) Termination of Purchase Right. A Purchase Right shall expire on the earlier of (i) the date of termination of the Participant’s employment, except as otherwise provided in Section 5(h) (regarding leaves of absence), or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, or (ii) the end of the last day of the applicable Purchase Period.

(c) Fractional Shares; Excess Amounts. Fractional shares will not be issued under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Any excess Contributions in a Participant’s account that would have been used to purchase fractional shares will be automatically re-invested in a subsequent Offering Period unless the Participant timely revokes such Participant’s authorization to re-invest such excess amounts or the Company elects to return such Contributions to the Participant. Except as permitted by the foregoing or as otherwise determined by the Committee, any amounts that were contributed but not applied toward the purchase of shares of Common Stock shall not be carried forward to future Offering Periods and shall be returned to Participants.

(d) Credit to Participant Accounts. As promptly as practicable after the Purchase Period End Date of each Purchase Period, the shares of Common Stock purchased by a Participant for the Purchase Period shall be credited to such Participant’s account maintained by the Company, a stock brokerage or other financial services firm designated by the Company or the Participant or other similar entity.

8. Withdrawal; Termination of Employment.

(a) Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw Contributions credited to the Participant’s account during an Offering Period at any time prior to the last day of such Offering Period by giving sufficient prior written notice to the Company or an agent designated by the Company. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to the Participant’s account will be paid to the Participant promptly (without interest, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law) after receipt of the Participant’s notice of withdrawal, and no further Contributions will be made from the Participant’s Compensation during such Offering Period. The Company may, at its option, treat any attempt to borrow by a Participant on the security of such Participant’s accumulated Contributions as an election to withdraw such Contributions. A Participant’s withdrawal from any Offering Period will not have any effect upon the Participant’s eligibility to participate in any subsequent Offering Period or in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by

9


 

the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant withdraws during an Offering Period, Contributions shall not resume at the beginning of a succeeding Offering Period unless the Participant is eligible to participate and the Participant delivers to the Company or an agent designated by the Company a new, completed authorization form (and such other documents as may be required by the Committee) and otherwise complies with the terms of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment; Participant Ineligibility. Upon termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason (including but not limited to termination due to death but excluding a leave of absence for a period of less than 90 days or a leave of absence of any duration where reemployment is guaranteed by either statute or contract), or in the event that a Participant otherwise ceases to be an Eligible Employee, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall be terminated, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law. In the event of a Participant’s termination of employment or in the event that a Participant otherwise ceases to be an Eligible Employee, the Contributions credited to the Participant’s account will be returned (without interest, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law) to the Participant, or, in the case of death, to a beneficiary duly designated on a form acceptable to the Committee. Any unexercised Purchase Rights granted to a Participant during any Offering Period then in effect shall be deemed to have expired on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment or the date the Participant otherwise ceases to be an Eligible Employee, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and no further Contributions will be made for the Participant’s account.

9. Transferability.

No Purchase Right (or rights attendant to a Purchase Right) may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated (whether by operation of law or otherwise), except as provided by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and no Purchase Right shall be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of a Purchase Right, or levy of attachment or similar process upon the Purchase Right not specifically permitted in the Plan, shall be null and void and without effect. A Purchase Right may be exercised during a Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

10. Dilution and Other Adjustments; Change in Control.

(a) Adjustments; Right to Issue Additional Securities. If there is any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock because of a merger, Change in Control, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization involving the Company, or if the Board declares a stock dividend, stock split distributable in shares of Common Stock or reverse stock split, other distribution (other than ordinary or regular cash dividends) or combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or if there is a similar change in the capital stock structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock (excluding conversion of convertible securities by the Company and/or the exercise of warrants by their holders), then the number and type of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be correspondingly adjusted, and the Committee shall, subject to Applicable Law, make such adjustments to Purchase Rights (such as the number and type of shares subject to a Purchase Right and the Purchase Price of a Purchase Right) or to any provisions of this Plan as the Committee deems equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of Purchase Rights or as may otherwise be advisable. Nothing in the Plan, a Purchase Right or any related instrument shall limit the ability of the Company to issue additional securities of any type or class.

(b) Change in Control. In addition, without limiting the effect of Section 10(a), in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee’s discretion shall include but shall not be limited to the authority to provide for any of, or a combination of any of, the following: (i) each Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent purchase right shall be substituted by the successor entity or parent or subsidiary of such successor entity; (ii) a date selected by the Committee on or before the date of consummation of

10


 

such Change in Control shall be treated as a Purchase Date and all outstanding Purchase Rights shall be exercised on such date; (iii) all outstanding Purchase Rights shall terminate and the accumulated Contributions will be refunded to each Participant upon or prior to the Change in Control (without interest, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law); or (iv) outstanding Purchase Rights shall continue unchanged.

11. Stockholder Approval of Plan.

The Plan is subject to the approval by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be obtained within 12 months before or after the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board. Amendments to the Plan shall be subject to stockholder approval to the extent, if any, as may be required by Code Section 423 or other Applicable Law.

12. Limitations on Purchase Rights. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan:

(a) No Employee shall be granted a Purchase Right under the Plan which permits an Employee rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Code Section 423) of the Company and any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time of the grant of such Purchase Right) for each calendar year in which such Purchase Right is outstanding at any time in the case of a Section 423 Offering. Any Purchase Right shall be deemed to be modified to the extent necessary to satisfy this Section 12(a).

(b) In accordance with Code Section 423, all Employees granted Purchase Rights under the Plan who are participating in a Section 423 Offering shall have the same rights and privileges under the Plan, except that the amount of Common Stock which may be purchased by any Employee under Purchase Rights granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear a uniform relationship to the total compensation (or the basic or regular rate of compensation) of all Employees. All rules and determinations of the Committee in the administration of the Plan shall be uniformly and consistently applied to all persons in similar circumstances.

13. Amendment and Termination of the Plan and Purchase Rights.

(a) Amendment and Termination of Plan. The Plan may be amended, altered, suspended and/or terminated at any time by the Board; provided that approval of an amendment to the Plan by the stockholders of the Company shall be required to the extent, if any, that stockholder approval of such amendment is required by Applicable Law.

(b) Amendment and Termination of Purchase Rights. The Committee may (subject to the provisions of Code Section 423 (for Section 423 Offerings) and Section 13(a)) amend, alter, suspend and/or terminate any Purchase Right, prospectively or retroactively, but (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan) such amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of a Purchase Right shall not, without the written consent of a Participant with respect to an outstanding Purchase Right, materially adversely affect the rights of the Participant with respect to the Purchase Right.

(c) Amendments to Comply with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding Section 13(a) and Section 13(b), the following provisions shall apply:

(i) The Committee shall have unilateral authority, subject to the provisions of Code Section 423 (for Section 423 Offerings), to amend the Plan and any Purchase Right (without Participant consent) to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law or changes to Applicable Law.

11


 

(ii) The Committee shall have unilateral authority to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of Purchase Rights in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or any Related Corporation, or the financial statements of the Company or any Related Corporation, or of changes in Applicable Law, or accounting principles, if the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable accounting principles or Applicable Law.

14. Designation of Beneficiary.

The Committee, in its discretion, may authorize a Participant to designate in writing a person or persons as such Participant’s beneficiary, which beneficiary shall, in the event of such Participant’s death, be entitled to the rights, if any, to which the Participant would otherwise be entitled. The Committee shall have discretion to approve the form or forms of such beneficiary designations, to determine whether such beneficiary designations will be accepted, and to interpret such beneficiary designations. If a deceased Participant failed to designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary does not survive such Participant, any rights that would have been exercisable by the Participant and any benefits distributable to such Participant shall be exercised by or distributed to the legal representative of the estate of such Participant, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

15. Miscellaneous.

(a) Compliance with Applicable Law. The Company may impose such restrictions on Purchase Rights, shares of Common Stock and any other benefits underlying Purchase Rights hereunder as it may deem advisable, including without limitation restrictions under the federal securities laws, the requirements of any stock exchange or similar organization and any blue sky, state or foreign securities or other Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any other Plan provision to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to issue, deliver or transfer shares of Common Stock under the Plan or take any other action, unless such delivery or action is in compliance with Applicable Law (including but not limited to the requirements of the Securities Act). The Company will be under no obligation to register shares of Common Stock or other securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or similar organization, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so. The Company may cause a restrictive legend or legends to be placed on any certificate issued pursuant to a Purchase Right hereunder in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by Applicable Law or as may be advised by legal counsel.

(b) No Obligation to Exercise Purchase Rights. The grant of a Purchase Right shall impose no obligation upon a Participant to exercise such Purchase Right.

(c) Application of Funds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will be used for general corporate purposes.

(d) Taxes. At any time a Participant incurs a taxable event as a result of the Participant’s participation in the Plan, a Participant must make adequate provision for any Tax-Related Items. Participants are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all Tax-Related Items, and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold any Participant harmless from any or all of such Tax-Related Items. The Company shall have no responsibility to take or refrain from taking any actions in order to achieve a certain tax result for a Participant or any other person.

12


 

In their sole discretion, the Company or, as applicable, the Designated Company that employs the Participant, may, unless the Committee determines otherwise, satisfy their obligations to withhold Tax-Related Items by (i) withholding from the Participant’s compensation, (ii) repurchasing a sufficient whole number of shares of Common Stock issued following exercise having an aggregate Fair Market Value sufficient to pay the Tax-Related Items required to be withheld with respect to the shares of Common Stock, (iii) withholding from proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company, or (iv) any other method deemed acceptable by the Committee.

(e) Employment. Nothing in the Plan, a Purchase Right or any agreement or instrument related to the Plan shall confer upon an Employee the right to continue in the employment of the Company, any Related Corporation or Affiliate or affect any right which the Company, any Related Corporation or Affiliate may have to terminate the employment of such Employee. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or under Applicable Law, all rights of a Participant with respect to Purchase Rights granted hereunder shall terminate upon the termination of employment of the Participant.

(f) Rights as a Stockholder. No Participant or other person shall have any rights as a stockholder unless and until certificates for shares of Common Stock are issued to the Participant or such shares are credited to the Participant’s account on the records of the Company or a designee.

(g) Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

(h) Governing Law. All questions pertaining to the validity, construction and administration of the Plan and Purchase Rights granted hereunder shall be determined in conformity with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws, to the extent not inconsistent with Code Section 423 (for Section 423 Offerings) or other applicable federal laws of the United States.

(i) Elimination of Fractional Shares. Subject to Section 7(c), if under any provision of the Plan which requires a computation of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Purchase Right, the number so computed is not a whole number of shares of Common Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock shall be rounded down to the next whole number.

(j) Severability. If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(k) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural and words in the plural shall include the singular.

(l) Rules of Construction. Headings are given to the sections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference.

(m) Successors and Assigns. The Plan shall be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and Participants, their executors, administrators and permitted transferees and beneficiaries.

13


 

(n) Purchase Right Documentation. The grant of any Purchase Right under the Plan shall be evidenced by such documentation, if any, as may be determined by the Committee or its designee. Such documentation may state terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Purchase Right and may state such other terms, conditions and restrictions, including but not limited to terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to shares of Common Stock or other benefits subject to a Purchase Right, as may be established by the Committee.

(o) Uncertificated Shares. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent the Plan provides for the issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may, in the Company’s discretion, be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or by Applicable Law.

(p) Compliance with Recoupment, Ownership and Other Policies or Agreements. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary and subject to the provisions of Code Section 423 (for Section 423 Offerings), the Committee may, at any time (during or following termination of employment or service for any reason), determine that a Participant’s rights, payments and/or benefits with respect to a Purchase Right (including but not limited to any shares issued or issuable with respect to a Purchase Right) shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any other conditions applicable to a Purchase Right. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of employment for cause, violation of policies of the Company or a Related Corporation or Affiliate, breach of non-solicitation, non-competition, confidentiality, non-disparagement or other covenants, other conduct by the Participant that is determined by the Committee to be detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company, any Related Corporation or Affiliate, and/or other circumstances where such reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment is required by Applicable Law. In addition, without limiting the effect of the foregoing, as a condition to the grant of a Purchase Right or receipt or retention of shares of Common Stock, cash or any other benefit under the Plan, (i) the Committee may, at any time, require that a Participant comply with any compensation recovery (or “clawback”), stock ownership, stock retention or other policies or guidelines adopted by the Company, a Related Corporation or Affiliate, each as in effect from time to time and to the extent applicable to the Participant, and (ii) each Participant shall be subject to such compensation recovery, recoupment, forfeiture or other similar provisions as may apply under Applicable Law.

(q) Plan Controls. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, in the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained in the Plan and an express term contained in any documentation related to the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

(r) Administrative Costs. The Company or a Related Corporation or Affiliate will pay the expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan other than any fees or transfer, excise or similar taxes imposed on the transaction pursuant to which any shares of Common Stock are purchased. The Participant will pay any transaction fees, commissions or similar costs on any sale of shares of Common Stock and may also be charged the reasonable costs associated with issuing a stock certificate or similar matters.

(s) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. Each Participant who participates in a Section 423 Offering and is subject to taxation in the United States shall give the Company prompt written notice of any disposition or other transfer of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Purchase Right, if such disposition or transfer is made within two years after the Grant Date or within one year after the Purchase Date.

(t) Data Protection. By participating in the Plan or accepting any rights granted under it, each Participant consents to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so

14


 

that the Company and its Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer the Plan. This data will include, but may not be limited to, data about participation in the Plan and shares offered or received, purchased, or sold under the Plan from time to time and other appropriate financial and other data about the Participant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

(u) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Purchase Right shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and a Participant or other Person, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Purchase Right shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be obligated to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other service providers under general law.

16. Code Section 409A; Tax Qualification.

Purchase Rights to purchase shares of Common Stock granted under a Section 423 Offering are exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and Code Section 457A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that a Purchase Right may be subject to Code Section 409A or Code Section 457A or that any provision in the Plan would cause a Purchase Right under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A or Code Section 457A, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding Purchase Right, or take such other action the Committee determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding Purchase Right or future Purchase Right from or to allow any such Purchase Rights to comply with Code Section 409A or Code Section 457A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Committee would not violate Code Section 409A or Code Section 457A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Participant from any obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Code Section 409A or Code Section 457A. The Company makes no representation that the Purchase Right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A or Code Section 457A.

15


Exhibit 10.23

July 1, 2026

Matthew Bromberg

Via E-mail

Dear Matthew,

It is a pleasure to offer you the position of member of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

The Company is pleased to offer you the following:

 

Title:

 

Member of the Board and, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, member and/or chair of committees of the Board and/or the board of directors (or equivalent governing bodies) of any of the Company’s subsidiaries (and committees thereof).

 

 

 

Start Date:

 

As you may be aware, the Company is evaluating a possible initial public offering (“IPO”). Your position as a member of the Board will commence in connection with the pricing of the IPO. In the event the IPO does not occur, you and the Company will discuss and agree upon a start date in good faith.

 

 

 

Annual Retainer:

 

$125,000 per year payable in cash quarterly in arrears and pro-rated for any partial year of service. For the avoidance of doubt, there will be no additional fees paid on a “per meeting” basis.

 

 

 

Board Meetings; Expenses:

 

You will be expected to attend (in person or telephonically) all meetings of the Board and any committee of the Board on which you serve. You will be eligible for reimbursement for reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with your service on the Board, subject to any restrictions on such expenses set by the Company with respect to members of the Board and to reasonable substantiation and documentation for such expenses as may be specified by the Company from time to time.

 

 

 

Incentive Equity:

 

You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s equity incentive program as in effect from time to time. Following consummation of the IPO and the commencement of your role on the Board, we expect to grant you an initial award of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with an aggregate grant date fair value equal to $125,000, which shall vest on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the date of the regular annual meeting of stockholders of the public company that occurs in the year immediately following the year in which the grant date occurs, subject to your continued service through the applicable vesting date. In addition, subject to the completion of the IPO and pursuant to the terms any director compensation policy established by the Company, it is anticipated that you will receive annual equity awards during your service on the Board. Your initial equity award, in addition to any future equity awards, will be subject to final approval by the Company’s compensation committee or Board. These awards will be governed by the terms of the applicable equity incentive plan, award agreement(s) to be executed by you, and any other applicable governing documentation.

 

 

 

 


 

Benefits/Withholding Taxes:

 

 

You will not be entitled to participate in the Company’s (or any of its affiliates’) employee benefit plans. In addition, you will have full responsibility, and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any responsibility, for satisfying any liability for any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be paid with respect to any compensation paid hereunder, or in respect of any equity-based awards that you receive from the Company or any affiliate.

 

 

 

Term:

 

None. You understand that when you are engaged by the Company, your services will be terminable “at will,” which means that you may be removed from your position at any time by the shareholders of the Company or the Board and you may resign from your position for any reason at any time by providing written notice to the Company. The annual retainer and all expense reimbursements will cease upon the termination of your membership on the Board for any reason whatsoever.

 

This offer is contingent upon your acceptance of the terms of the offer set forth herein, including the restrictive covenants set forth on Annex A hereto, by signing the acknowledgment at the bottom of this letter (this “Letter Agreement”). If you accept engagement with the Company, federal law requires you to produce documents establishing your identity and work authorization. The Company cannot legally engage you to provide services if you do not produce such verification. In addition, the Company reserves the right to conduct (and you hereby consent and agree to the conduct of) background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential members of the Board.

You will be subject to any policies implemented by the Company applicable to non-employee directors generally, including any policies adopted in connection with the IPO.

This Letter Agreement, including Annex A, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to your service on the Board and your compensation therefore, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (including, without limitation, any verbal agreements or understandings) between you and the Company. If the Company or any of its affiliates is or becomes a party to one or more agreements with you, such other agreement(s) shall remain in full force and effect and continue in addition to this Letter Agreement, including, without limitation, any covenants pertaining to confidentiality, nondisclosure, non-competition, intellectual property, non-solicitation and non-disparagement applicable to you.

You hereby acknowledge and agree that your services as described herein do not violate or conflict with any agreement, arrangement, or other obligation (whether legal or fiduciary) to which you are subject, and in the event that, following the Start Date, there is a potential conflict of interest, you will report the conflict to the Board as promptly as possible and excuse yourself from dealings on that matter until such time as the Board provides direction to proceed. You will be subject to the Company’s standard indemnification rights on the same terms as provided to other members of the Board.

If you agree with the terms and conditions set forth in this Letter Agreement, please indicate your acceptance by signing the acknowledgement at the bottom of this Letter Agreement and returning a copy to the Company (electronic form permissible).

We look forward to having you become an integral part of the Company’s strategy as a member of the Board and believe you will find this new opportunity rewarding.

Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to reach out to me.

[Signature Page(s) to Follow]

 

 


Exhibit 10.23

 

Sincerely,

 

JERSEY MIKE’S SUBS INC.

 

/s/ Nigel Travis

By: Nigel Travis

Its: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 


 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

OF

OFFER

I, Matthew Bromberg, hereby acknowledge acceptance of the offer as outlined in the attached letter, dated July 1, 2026 (the “Letter Agreement”), for the position of member of the Board of Directors of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Board”). I accept engagement under the terms and conditions set forth in the Letter Agreement as of the Start Date (as set forth in the Letter Agreement).

 

/s/ Matthew Bromberg

 

July 8, 2026

Matthew Bromberg

 

Date

 

 


 

Annex A

Restrictive Covenants

1. Non-Compete. During your Service (as defined below) and until 24-month anniversary of the date of termination of your Service (the “Restricted Period”), you shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or enterprise whatsoever (“Person”) other than the Company Group, whether for compensation or otherwise, in any Restricted Area, (a) engage in any Restricted Business, (b) enter into the employ of, or render any services to, any Person engaged in any Restricted Business, (c) have an interest in any Person that engages, directly or indirectly, in any Restricted Business, or (d) other than in the context of the exercise of your rights and performance of your obligations as an employee of or other service provider engaged by the Company Group, interfere in any material respect with the business relationships (whether formed prior to or after the date of this Letter Agreement) between any member of the Company Group and any client, customer, vendor or supplier, or any similar business relationships, of the Company Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may own, directly or indirectly, solely as a passive investment, securities of any other Person if you do not, directly or indirectly, own 1%, in the aggregate, of any class of securities of such other Person; provided further, that during your Service to the Company or any member of the Company Group, such exception shall only apply with respect to publicly traded securities. For purposes of this Letter Agreement, (A) “Restricted Area” shall mean within fifty (50) miles of any “Jersey Mike’s” store or office location in the United States, as well as any foreign country, state, province or territory in which the Company Group operates or conducts business or, as of the date of the termination of your Services, has plans to operate or conduct business in the future, in each case, at any time during the Restricted Period, (B) “Restricted Business” shall mean (i) any business which derives at least ten percent (10%) of its gross annual revenue from the sale of any Competing Products, (ii) any business, activity, enterprise or venture where you devote the majority of your business time, skill or efforts to the establishment or development of, or operations related to, any Competing Product, and (iii) the following businesses: Subway, Jimmy John’s, Firehouse Subs, Potbelly Subs, Planet Subs, McAlister’s Deli, Schlotzky’s, Arby’s, Panera Bread, and Mr. Goodcents (including, in each case, any affiliates of such businesses), and (C) “Competing Products” means (i) sandwiches (including, without limitation, submarine-style, deli-style sandwiches or wraps) and (ii) any other food- or beverage-based products that any member of the Company Group sells during the course of your Service or has taken substantial steps towards developing during your Service if, in the case of clause (ii) only, such products represent more than five percent (5%) of the Company Group’s gross annual revenue at any point during your Service. You acknowledge that the geographic restrictions set forth in this Section 1 are reasonable and necessary to protect the goodwill of the business conducted by the Company, Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC and their subsidiaries and controlled affiliates (the “Company Group”). For purposes of this Annex A, the term “Service” means your service as a part- or full-time employee or consultant, board member, or advisor of the Company or any other member of the Company Group (as applicable).

2. Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference. During the Restricted Period, you shall not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other Person, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit business from franchisees, business partners, vendors, suppliers, area directors, distributors, licensees, licensors or other business relations of the Company Group, (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with the Company Group’s business relationship with its business partners, vendors, suppliers, franchisees, area directors, distributors, licensees, licensors or other business relations (including by making any disparaging statements about the Company Group), or (iii) submit, solicit, encourage or discuss any proposal, plan or offer to acquire an interest in any of the Company Group’s identified potential acquisition targets which are known to you or were otherwise identified during your Service to the Company or any other member of the Company Group.

3. Non-Solicitation of Employees. During the Restricted Period, you shall not, directly or indirectly, other than on behalf of the Company Group (i) solicit, induce or encourage, or attempt to solicit, induce or encourage, any employee, independent contractor or other service provider to terminate his or her

A-1


 

relationship with the Company Group or (ii) hire, employ or otherwise engage any such individual; provided, that the foregoing shall not (A) prohibit you from engaging in general solicitations (including by use of a search firm or an employment agency) for employees or independent contractors or from hiring such individuals as a result of their response to such solicitation, so long as such solicitation is general in nature and does not specifically target such employees or independent contractors, or (B) apply with respect to any employee, independent contractor or other service provider whose employment or other engagement by the Company Group terminated at least 12 months prior to such solicitation, hiring, employment or engagement.

4. Non-Disparagement. You shall not, whether in writing (electronically or otherwise) or orally, malign, denigrate, or disparage the Company, any other member of the Company Group, or any of their respective predecessors or successors, or any of their respective current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents, or representatives, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing (electronically or otherwise) or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. Nothing in this section shall preclude you from responding truthfully to a lawful subpoena or other compulsory legal process or providing truthful information otherwise required by law.

5. Intellectual Property. “Intellectual Property” means any intellectual property, including any idea, creation, invention, design, design patent, patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress, logo, goodwill, know-how, technique, technology, Trade Secret, strategic plan, software or program requirement, code, flow chart, diagram, supply source, drawing, blueprint, description, specification, sample, instruction, formula, invention, method, process, or other similar material. Any Intellectual Property developed within the scope of and during your Service, whether developed during work hours or after hours, and whether developed solely by you or by your effort combined with the effort of the Company Group’s consultants, designers, agents, vendors, customers, other employees, is a “work made for hire” and is the Company Group’s sole property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any such Intellectual Property is not deemed to be a “work made for hire,” you hereby assign and agree to assign to the Company Group all rights, title, or interest in and to that Intellectual Property and in and to any results or proceeds.

(a) Disclosure of Prior Inventions. You have identified on Annex B all inventions, ideas, and expressions of ideas relating in any way to the Restricted Business or demonstrably anticipated research and development that were made by you prior to your Service (“Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas”), and you represent that such list is complete. You agree that you will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, such Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas in any Company Group Intellectual Property without the Company’s prior written consent. If there is no such list on Appendix B, you represent that you have made no such Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas at the time of signing this Letter Agreement.

(b) Ownership of Company Inventions; Copyrights. You hereby agree promptly to disclose and describe to the Company, and hereby assign and agree to assign to the Company or its designee, your entire right, title, and interest in and to all Intellectual Property, inventions, ideas, and expressions of ideas, including any associated intellectual property rights, that you may solely or jointly conceive, develop, or reduce to practice during the period of service to the Company Group and any future inventions as described below (“Company Inventions”). You acknowledge that all original works of authorship that are made by you (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of your Service and that are protectable by copyrights are “works made for hire” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C.§ 101). To the extent that any such works are not so considered a “work made for hire” under applicable law or copyrightable subject matter, then such works will be deemed, upon creation, to be assigned to the Company automatically without further compensation or action by either party, and you hereby assign such works to the Company.

A-2


 

(c) Future Inventions. You recognize that Company Inventions or Confidential Information relating to your activities while working for the Company and conceived or made by you, alone or with others, within one (1) year after termination of service may have been conceived in significant part while providing services to the Company Group. Accordingly, you agree that such post-service inventions and proprietary information will be presumed to have been conceived during service to the Company Group and are to be assigned to the Company automatically without further compensation or action by either party, and you hereby assign such works to the Company.

(d) Cooperation in Perfecting Rights to Copyrights and Inventions. You agree to perform, during and after service, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights, and title throughout the world in the Intellectual Property and Company Inventions hereby assigned to the Company. In the event the Company is unable for any reason to secure your signature to any document required to apply for or execute any patent, copyright, or other applications with respect thereto (including improvements, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions or continuations in part thereof), you hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as your agents and attorneys in fact to act for and on your behalf and instead of you, to execute and file any such application and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyrights, or other rights thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by you.

(e) Disclosure. You are hereby notified that the provisions of this Letter Agreement do not apply to (i) any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or Trade Secret information or Intellectual Property of the Company Group was used and which was developed entirely on your own time and (1) which does not relate (a) directly to the Restricted Business or (b) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, and (2) which does not result from any services performed by you for the Company Group or (ii) any Intellectual Property, to the extent such application would violate any applicable law.

6. Confidential Information. You acknowledge that the Confidential Information obtained by your during your Service is the property of the Company Group. Therefore, you agree that you shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for your own purposes any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of any act or omission by you in violation of this letter; provided, however, that if you receive a request to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to a deposition, interrogation, request for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand, governmental or regulatory process, or similar process, you shall (i) to the extent practicable and not prohibited by law, notify the Company promptly, and consult with and assist (to the extent practicable and not prohibited by law) the Company, at the Company’s expense, in seeking a protective order, (ii) in the event that such protective order is not obtained, or if the Company waives compliance with the terms hereof, disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise reasonable best efforts to provide that the receiving person shall agree to treat such Confidential Information as confidential to the extent possible (and permitted under applicable law) in respect of the applicable proceeding or process and (iii) the Company shall be given an opportunity to review the Confidential Information prior to disclosure thereof. For purposes of this Letter Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes all non-public information (whether a Trade Secret or not and whether proprietary or not) relating to the Company Group’s business, and its owners (including Blackstone Inc. and its affiliates) or their family members, that the Company Group either treats as confidential, is of value to the Company Group, or is important to the Company Group’s business and operations, including but not limited to the following specific items: Trade Secrets, actual or prospective customers and customer lists; sales; actual and prospective pricing; rebate information; products; know-how; recipes; proprietary food preparation techniques; industrial engineering; manufacturing processes, methods and techniques; research and development; designs, patents, trademarks, copyrights and any other intellectual property; information systems and software; business plans, budgets,

A-3


 

forecasts and projections; negotiations and contracts; financial statements; loan agreements; raw materials, raw material usage and raw material costs; all cost and expense data regarding any area of the Company Group’s business; marketing strategies; information regarding the specific needs and requirements of the Company Group, its customers, vendors and suppliers; employment and personnel information, benefits and benefit plans and employee compensation; licenses; licensors; real and personal property leases and lease terms; legal matters; non-public information relating to the Company Group’s owners and their family members; any other non-public business information regarding the Company Group, including but not limited to any information or documents labeled “Confidential” or “Secret;” or any information, data or documents for which a reasonable person would know is of a confidential or proprietary nature, including but not limited to this Letter Agreement and the negotiations leading to it.

Confidential Information does not include information that:

(a) You can demonstrate was already in the public domain when it was disclosed to you; or

(b) Becomes part of the public domain under circumstances other than your direct or indirect unauthorized act or omission.

Nothing in this Letter Agreement is intended to interfere with or discourage a good faith disclosure to any governmental entity related to a suspected violation of the law. Pursuant to the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, you cannot and will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosing otherwise protected trade secrets and/or confidential or proprietary information as long as the disclosure is made in (i) confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, as long as such filing is made under seal. The Company Group will not retaliate against the individual in any way for a disclosure made in accordance with the law. In the event a disclosure is made, and the individual files a lawsuit against the Company Group alleging that the Company Group retaliated against the individual because of your disclosure, you may disclose the relevant trade secret or confidential information to your attorney and may use the same in the court proceeding only if (i) you ensure that any court filing that includes the trade secret or confidential information at issue is made under seal; and (ii) you do not otherwise disclose the trade secret or confidential information except as required by court order.

7. Trade Secret. “Trade Secret,” is defined as set forth under the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, 18 U.S.C. § 1836 et seq., as amended, and all applicable state laws, including but not limited to the laws of the State of Delaware, as amended, and will include information, without regard to form, including technical or non-technical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, or a list of actual or potential customers or suppliers that is not commonly known by or available to the public and that: (a) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

8. Scope and Enforcement of Covenants.

(a) You acknowledge that the provisions of this Annex A are in consideration of the compensation provided for under this Letter Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration as set forth in the Letter Agreement. In addition, you agree and acknowledge that the restrictions contained in Sections 1 through 7 do not preclude you from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on your ability to earn a living. In addition, you agree and acknowledge that the potential harm to the Company Group of the non-enforcement of this Annex A outweighs any potential harm to you of their enforcement by injunction or otherwise. You acknowledge that you have carefully read this Annex

A-4


 

A and have given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon you by this Annex A, and are in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company Group now existing or to be developed in the future. You expressly acknowledge and agree that each and every restraint imposed by this Annex A is reasonable with respect to subject matter and time period. It is specifically recognized by you that your services to the Company or any of its affiliates are special, unique, and of extraordinary value, that the Company Group has a protectable interest in the obligations imposed on you as provided in this Annex A and that money damages are insufficient to protect such interest, that there is adequate consideration being provided to you hereunder, that such prohibitions would be necessary and appropriate without regard to payments being made to you hereunder, and that the Company would not enter the Letter Agreement with you without the restrictions in this Annex A. You further acknowledge that the provisions of this Annex A are separate and independent of the other sections of the Letter Agreement. In the event that the agreements in this Annex A shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of their extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of their being too extensive in any other respect, they shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which they may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which they may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action. The period of time during which the provisions of Sections 1, 2 and 3 shall be in effect shall be extended by the length of time during which you are in breach of the terms thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, you acknowledge and agree that (i) the Company may amend any provision of this Annex A as it may deem in its discretion to be necessary or advisable to conform such provision to the requirements of, or increase the enforceability of such provision under, applicable law, and no such amendment shall require your consent so long as such amendment does not impose a greater restraint on you than is imposed by such provision as in effect prior to such amendment, and (ii) the Company may, in its discretion, elect to provide additional consideration to you as the Company may deem necessary or advisable to conform any provision of this Annex A to the requirements of, or increase the enforceability of such provision under, applicable law; provided, that in each case of (i) and (ii), the Company shall provide prompt written notice thereof to you.

9. Independent Obligations. The provisions of this Annex A are intended to be cumulative and are intended to be your independent obligations, and shall not be affected by any similar provisions contained in any other agreement entered into by you and any member of the Company Group or any policy adopted by any member of the Company Group applicable to its directors generally.

 

 

 

* * *

A-5


 

Annex B

Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas

Listed below are any Prior Inventions, Ideas, and Expressions of Ideas of Matthew Bromberg as defined in Annex A:

 

 

 

 

B-1


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement No. 333-297228 on Form S-1 of our report dated April 10, 2026, relating to the financial statements of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Morristown, New Jersey

July 20, 2026

 

 


Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement No. 333-297228 on Form S-1 of our report dated April 10, 2026, relating to the financial statements of Jersey Mike’s HoldCo, LLC. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Morristown, New Jersey

July 20, 2026

 

 


Exhibit 23.4

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S‑1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of Jersey Mike’s Subs Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by reference the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

Date: July 20, 2026

 

 

/s/ Matthew Bromberg

Name: Matthew Bromberg